[Rev. 1/4/2011 2:09:17 PM]
CHAPTER 389 - EXAMINATIONS, COURSES, STANDARDS AND DIPLOMAS
GENERAL PROVISIONS
389.011 Definitions.
389.015 “Adjusted diploma” defined.
389.017 “Adult standard diploma” defined.
389.018 “Aesthetic position” defined.
389.019 “Certificate of attendance” defined.
389.0195 “Criterion-referenced examination” defined.
389.020 “Demonstrate” defined.
389.021 “Dramatized event” defined.
389.022 “Dramatized idea or story” defined.
389.024 “Elements of music” defined.
389.027 “High school proficiency examinations” defined.
389.028 “Historical periods” defined.
389.029 “Information literate” defined.
389.030 “Level of musical difficulty” defined.
389.031 “Norm-referenced examination” defined.
389.034 “Semester” defined.
389.035 “Standard diploma” defined.
389.0355 “The arts” defined.
389.036 “Trimester” defined.
389.040 “Unit of credit” defined.
389.042 “Visual arts” defined.
389.043 “Visual characteristics” defined.
ADMINISTRATION OF ACHIEVEMENT AND PROFICIENCY EXAMINATIONS
389.048 Eligibility for high school proficiency examinations.
389.051 Times for administration; special administration.
389.0515 General requirements for examinations.
389.054 Confidentiality and security of testing materials.
389.056 Procedures for administration.
389.0565 Use of calculators on examinations.
389.057 Eligibility for reexamination.
389.058 Reporting of results to Department of Education.
389.059 Restriction on reporting scores of individual pupils; reporting of aggregated scores.
389.061 Specific norm-referenced and criterion-referenced examinations required.
389.071 Proficiency examinations in writing: Eleventh grade and above; fifth and eighth grade.
389.076 Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Reading.
389.079 Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Science.
389.081 Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Mathematics.
389.083 Maintenance of results of examinations and list of names and scores.
KINDERGARTEN THROUGH HIGH SCHOOL
389.187 Academic achievement, career exploration, and personal and social development.
KINDERGARTEN AND ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Prescribed Courses
389.195 Elementary school.
Public Kindergarten
389.231 English language arts.
389.236 Mathematics.
389.241 Foreign language.
Instruction Through First Grade
389.2417 English language arts.
389.2419 Mathematics.
Instruction Through Second Grade
389.2423 Health.
389.2425 Physical education.
389.243 English language arts.
389.2433 Information literacy.
389.2435 Mathematics.
389.2437 Social studies.
389.244 Science.
Instruction Through Third Grade
389.246 English language arts.
389.248 Information literacy.
389.251 Mathematics.
389.254 Social studies.
389.272 The arts.
389.281 Health.
389.283 Physical education.
389.289 Technology and computers.
389.291 Foreign language.
Instruction Through Fourth Grade
389.293 English language arts.
389.2932 Information literacy.
389.2934 Mathematics.
Instruction Through Fifth Grade
389.2941 English language arts.
389.29415 Information literacy.
389.2942 Social studies.
389.2943 Mathematics.
389.2944 Health.
389.2945 Foreign language.
389.2946 Physical education.
389.2947 Science.
389.2948 Technology and computers.
389.2949 The arts.
Instruction Through Sixth Grade
389.298 English language arts.
389.299 Information literacy.
389.301 Mathematics.
Instruction Through Seventh Grade
389.321 English language arts.
389.323 Mathematics.
Instruction Through Eighth Grade: All Schools
389.372 Social studies.
389.381 Health.
389.386 Physical education.
389.3905 Technology and computers.
389.391 Introduction to technology.
389.393 Home and career skills.
Instruction Through Eighth Grade: Schools Where Subjects Taught by Different Teachers
389.395 Required courses.
389.401 English language arts.
389.406 Mathematics.
389.411 Science.
Elective Courses in Sixth, Seventh and Eighth Grades
389.443 The arts.
Requirements for Promotion to High School
389.445 Required units of credit; pupils with disabilities; pupils who transfer between schools; recognition of certain programs of homeschool study.
MIDDLE SCHOOL OR JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL
389.447 Foreign language.
HIGH SCHOOL
Required Courses of Study
389.450 Prescribed courses of study for graduation.
389.452 Arts and humanities.
389.455 Health.
389.461 English language arts.
389.465 Mathematics: Generally.
389.4675 Mathematics: Performance standards.
389.468 Prealgebra.
389.470 Algebra I.
389.472 Geometry.
389.474 Algebra II.
389.476 Trigonometry.
389.478 Analytic geometry.
389.480 Precalculus.
389.482 Calculus.
389.484 Probability and statistics.
389.485 Physical education.
389.488 Exemption from physical education.
389.491 Science: Generally.
389.4915 Science: Standards.
389.492 Life science.
389.494 Earth science.
389.496 Physical science.
389.498 Environmental science.
389.505 Technology and computers.
389.511 Social studies.
Elective Courses of Study
389.516 Permissible elective courses of study.
389.520 Agriculture.
389.521 Agricultural business systems.
389.523 Agricultural mechanical engineering technology.
389.524 Landscape management.
389.525 Plant and environmental horticulture science.
389.526 Technology of horses.
389.527 Animal science and veterinary medicine.
389.530 Forestry.
389.532 Management of wildlife and natural resources.
389.534 Processing of meat.
389.536 Management of a feedlot.
389.537 Leadership, communication and policy relating to agriculture and natural resource sciences.
389.541 The arts.
389.543 Accounting.
389.5435 Business law.
389.545 Business communications.
389.5455 Business economics.
389.547 Entrepreneurship.
389.5475 Finance.
389.549 International business.
389.5495 Management and business leadership.
389.551 Business math.
389.5515 Business marketing.
389.553 Information systems and business technology.
389.5535 Business services and innovation.
389.555 Employability skills.
389.556 Journalism.
389.558 Speech.
389.562 Career and technical education in cooperation with private employer: Contents.
389.564 Career and technical education in cooperation with private employer: Duties of teacher.
389.566 Career and technical education in cooperation with private employer: Duties of employer.
389.568 Drivers’ education.
389.569 Foreign language: First year.
389.5695 Foreign language: Second year.
389.570 Foreign language: Fourth year.
389.571 American Sign Language: First year.
389.5712 American Sign Language: Second year.
389.5714 American Sign Language: Third year.
389.5716 American Sign Language: Fourth year.
389.572 Occupations in health care.
389.573 Culinary arts.
389.575 Foods and nutrition.
389.576 Fashion, textiles and design.
389.577 Hospitality services.
389.579 Travel and tourism.
389.580 Care of the aged and persons with special needs.
389.581 Early childhood care, education and services.
389.582 Housing and interior design.
389.584 Commercial housekeeping.
389.586 Occupations involving electricity.
389.588 Carpentry.
389.589 Residential building construction.
389.590 Repair of electrical and electronic equipment.
389.592 Heating, ventilation, air-conditioning and refrigeration.
389.594 Mechanics of gasoline, diesel and small engines.
389.596 Collision repair technology.
389.597 Automotive technology: Advanced program.
389.598 Mechanics of an aircraft.
389.600 Electronic communications.
389.601 Information technology.
389.602 Drafting.
389.603 Computer-aided drafting and design.
389.604 Graphic arts and printing.
389.606 Photography.
389.608 Machine shop.
389.610 Sheet metal.
389.611 Metalworking.
389.612 Welding.
389.614 Furniture and cabinetmaking.
389.616 Digital video and broadcast production.
389.618 Cosmetology.
389.620 Family and consumer sciences.
389.622 Industrial arts.
389.624 Marketing.
389.644 Skills to obtain employment: Contents.
389.646 Skills to obtain employment: Eligible pupils.
389.648 Skills to obtain employment: Duties of teacher.
389.650 Skills to obtain employment: Duties of participating employer.
389.652 Social studies.
389.6525 Introduction to occupations.
389.6526 Working citizen.
389.6527 Management of personal resources.
389.6528 Introduction to human relations and decision making.
389.6529 Introduction to human and family development.
389.653 Introduction to food science and nutrition.
389.6531 Introduction to economics of work.
389.6532 Introduction to basic communication skills.
389.6533 Introduction to keyboarding.
389.6534 Introduction to information technology.
389.6535 Introduction to visual communications.
389.6536 Introduction to keeping business records.
389.6537 Introduction to natural resources.
389.6538 Introduction to basic mechanical principles and skills.
389.6539 Introduction to basic mechanical maintenance.
389.6541 Introduction to animal science.
389.6542 Introduction to reading blueprints and technical sketching.
389.6543 Introduction to textile and apparel.
389.6544 Introduction to electricity.
389.6545 Introduction to electronics.
389.6546 Introduction to technical drawing.
389.6547 Introduction to energy.
389.6549 Great Basin Native American language.
Requirements for Diploma
389.655 Passage of proficiency examinations.
389.657 Alternative method to demonstrate proficiency in writing.
389.658 Submission of results of proficiency examinations.
389.659 Units required for promotion to next higher grade level; waiver of certain requirements.
389.660 Provision of remedial study for pupil in grade 11 or 12.
389.661 Enrollment in remedial study required for failure of proficiency examinations two or more times.
389.662 Proficiency examinations for pupil who transfers to Nevada high school.
389.663 Units and grade point average required to receive advanced diploma.
389.664 Units required to receive standard diploma.
389.666 Units applicable toward graduation.
389.668 Credit which may be granted in fractional time units.
389.670 Credit for specific course without attending classes.
389.672 Academic credit for occupational courses of study: Limitations and prerequisites.
389.673 Academic credit for occupational courses of study: Periodic review and approval of each course.
389.674 Credit for equivalent experience outside campus or program.
389.676 Credit for sectarian religious courses not allowed.
389.678 Summer school units applicable toward graduation.
389.680 Credit for correspondence courses.
389.682 Requirements for graduation for pupils transferring to Nevada high school.
389.684 Schools prohibited from reducing or reevaluating credits transferred from another school.
389.686 Exemptions for certain high schools from requirements for graduation.
389.688 Requirements for adult standard diploma.
389.690 Credit received through adult high school program applicable toward adult standard diploma.
389.692 Other credits applicable toward adult standard diploma.
389.694 Waiver of credits for adult standard diploma.
389.695 Attendance at adult high school program for test preparation.
389.696 Individualized program of education for pupil with disability.
389.698 Adjusted diploma for pupil with disability.
389.699 Requirements for certificate of attendance; subsequent issuance of diploma.
Miscellaneous Provisions
389.700 Transcript of high school record.
Program of Independent Study
389.710 “Independent study” defined.
389.720 Plan to operate program; approval or denial of plan; written policy; system of recordkeeping.
389.730 Courses allowed; courses outside school district.
389.740 Licensing of instructors; supervision required for certain courses.
389.750 Written agreement with pupil.
Program of Career and Technical Education
389.800 General requirements for program.
389.805 Duties of Department of Education and school district.
389.810 Establishment and duties of joint technical skills committees and career and technical education councils.
389.815 Requirements for endorsement on diploma indicating successful completion of program.
VETERANS
389.850 Issuance of standard high school diploma to certain veterans who left high school to serve in Armed Forces.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
NAC 389.011 Definitions. (NRS 385.080) As used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, the words and terms defined in NAC 389.015 to 389.043, inclusive, have the meanings ascribed to them in those sections.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A 1-26-90; R065-99, 11-3-99; R086-99, 11-3-99, eff. 1-1-2000; R037-99, 11-3-99, eff. 7-1-2000; R073-00, 6-20-2000; R013-03, 10-30-2003)
NAC 389.015 “Adjusted diploma” defined. (NRS 385.080) “Adjusted diploma” means a diploma which evidences the graduation from high school of a pupil with a disability after the pupil has met special requirements or adjusted standards.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A by R072-01, 11-7-2001)
NAC 389.017 “Adult standard diploma” defined. (NRS 385.080) “Adult standard diploma” means a diploma which evidences the graduation from high school of a person who has met the requirements for graduation through:
1. An adult high school program established by a school district; or
2. An alternative program for the education of pupils at risk of dropping out of school established by a school district pursuant to NRS 388.537.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A by R067-97, 12-10-97; R134-07, 6-17-2008)
NAC 389.018 “Aesthetic position” defined. (NRS 385.080) “Aesthetic position” means a point of view concerning the nature of the visual arts such as formalism, functionalism, hedonism, expressionism and realism.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)
NAC 389.019 “Certificate of attendance” defined. (NRS 385.080) “Certificate of attendance” means a certificate that evidences the satisfaction of all the requirements for graduation from high school or completion of an adult high school program except that a pupil has not passed one or more of the high school proficiency examinations or has not satisfied the alternative criteria prescribed by the State Board of Education pursuant to NRS 389.805, if applicable. The term “certificate of attendance” is not equivalent to nor does it replace or include a standard diploma, advanced diploma, adjusted diploma or adult standard diploma.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R086-99, 11-3-99, eff. 1-1-2000; A by R091-99, 1-14-2000; R134-07, 6-17-2008)
NAC 389.0195 “Criterion-referenced examination” defined. (NRS 385.080) “Criterion-referenced examination” means an examination in which the achievement and proficiency of a pupil on the examination is compared to an expected level of achievement and proficiency on the examination that is based on the specific academic standards, knowledge and skills that the examination was designed to measure.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R065-99, eff. 11-3-99; A by R072-01, 11-7-2001)
NAC 389.020 “Demonstrate” defined. (NRS 385.080) “Demonstrate” means the ability to define, identify or list the major components of a subject and, if the subject is part of an activity, to perform the activity in accordance with commonly held standards or, when applicable, to standards set by government or industry.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)
NAC 389.021 “Dramatized event” defined. (NRS 385.080) “Dramatized event” means a method of telling a story through the use of stage, film, television, radio or computer discs.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)
NAC 389.022 “Dramatized idea or story” defined. (NRS 385.080) “Dramatized idea or story” means a method of communicating an idea or telling a story through a variety of theatrical techniques such as pantomime, creative movement, improvisation, creative drama, storytelling, choral reading, story theater, puppetry, readers’ theater, role-playing and theater games.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)
NAC 389.024 “Elements of music” defined. (NRS 385.080) “Elements of music” means pitch, rhythm, harmony, dynamics, timbre, texture and form.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)
NAC 389.027 “High school proficiency examinations” defined. (NRS 385.080) “High school proficiency examinations” means the criterion-referenced examinations that:
1. Are administered to pupils in this State before the completion of grade 10 pursuant to NRS 389.015;
2. Are administered to pupils in this State before the completion of grade 11 pursuant to NRS 389.015 and 389.550; and
3. Pupils must pass to receive a standard high school diploma.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R065-99, eff. 11-3-99; A by R072-01, 11-7-2001; R042-05, 10-31-2005)
NAC 389.028 “Historical periods” defined. (NRS 385.080) “Historical periods” means major points in the history of mankind in which significant contributions to the theater have been made, such as fifth century Greece, the Elizabethan era, the French neoclassic period and the Restoration.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)
NAC 389.029 “Information literate” defined. (NRS 385.080) “Information literate” means attaining the literacy level established by NAC 389.2433, 389.248, 389.2932, 389.29415 or 389.299 for the grade level in which a pupil is enrolled.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R013-03, eff. 10-30-2003)
NAC 389.030 “Level of musical difficulty” defined. (NRS 385.080) “Level of musical difficulty” means a level of difficulty for playing music on a scale with six levels that are more particularly described as follows:
1. Level 1 is the “very easy” level and is characterized by the ability of the pupil to perform music that uses easy keys, meters and rhythms, and contains limited ranges.
2. Level 2 is the “easy” level and is characterized by the ability of the pupil to perform music that may include changes of tempo, key and meter, and contains modest ranges.
3. Level 3 is the “moderately easy” level and is characterized by the ability of the pupil to perform music that contains moderate technical demands, expanded ranges and varied interpretive requirements.
4. Level 4 is the “moderately difficult” level and is characterized by the ability of the pupil to perform music that requires well-developed technical skills, attention to phrasing and interpretation, and the ability to perform various meters and rhythms in a variety of keys.
5. Level 5 is the “difficult” level and is characterized by the ability of the pupil to perform music that requires advanced technical and interpretive skills, the ability to perform unusual meters, complex rhythms and subtle dynamic requirements, and contains key signatures with numerous sharps and flats.
6. Level 6 is the “very difficult” level and is characterized by the ability of the pupil to perform music that is suitable for pupils who are musically mature and of exceptional competence.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)
NAC 389.031 “Norm-referenced examination” defined. (NRS 385.080) “Norm-referenced examination” means an examination that:
1. Is administered to a national reference group; and
2. Allows for a comparison of the achievement and proficiency of pupils in this State to the achievement and proficiency of pupils in the national reference group who are tested at the same educational level and share the same general demographic characteristics.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R065-99, eff. 11-3-99; A by R072-01, 11-7-2001)
NAC 389.034 “Semester” defined. (NRS 385.080) “Semester” means one of the two academic terms that make up the school year at a school that offers a traditional 9-month school schedule.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R037-99, 11-3-99, eff. 7-1-2000)
NAC 389.035 “Standard diploma” defined. (NRS 385.080) “Standard diploma” means a diploma which evidences a pupil’s graduation from high school but which is not an adjusted diploma or an adult standard diploma.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)
NAC 389.0355 “The arts” defined. (NRS 385.080) “The arts” means the areas of visual arts, music and theater.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)
NAC 389.036 “Trimester” defined. (NRS 385.080) “Trimester” means one of the three academic terms that make up the school year at a school that offers a 12-month school program or a school program involving alternative scheduling whose regular academic year consists of three terms.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R037-99, 11-3-99, eff. 7-1-2000)
NAC 389.040 “Unit of credit” defined. (NRS 385.080) “Unit of credit” means an amount of credit which is awarded to a pupil for his successful completion of a course containing at least 120 hours of instruction or the equivalent.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)
NAC 389.042 “Visual arts” defined. (NRS 385.080) “Visual arts” means a broad category of art that includes, without limitation:
1. Traditional art such as drawing, painting, printmaking and sculpture;
2. Communication and design art such as film, television, graphics and production design;
3. Architecture and environmental art such as urban, interior and landscape design;
4. Folk art; and
5. Works in ceramic, fibers, jewelry, wood, paper and other materials.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)
NAC 389.043 “Visual characteristics” defined. (NRS 385.080) “Visual characteristics” means distinguishing traits, qualities or properties that may be seen and identified in a work of visual art.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)
ADMINISTRATION OF ACHIEVEMENT AND PROFICIENCY EXAMINATIONS
NAC 389.048 Eligibility for high school proficiency examinations. (NRS 385.080, 389.015)
1. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 2, to determine the eligibility of a pupil who has completed at least grade 9 in the 2001-2002 school year or thereafter to take the high school proficiency examinations, the pupil shall be deemed in:
(a) Grade 10 if the pupil has completed at least 5 units of credit.
(b) Grade 11 if the pupil has completed at least 11 units of credit.
(c) Grade 12 if the pupil has completed at least 17 units of credit.
2. If a pupil has an academic plan which projects that the pupil will graduate from high school before he is granted the number of opportunities to take the high school proficiency examinations that is otherwise granted to pupils in grades 11 and 12, the pupil may submit a written request to the superintendent of schools of the school district in which the pupil is enrolled or the governing body of the charter school in which the pupil is enrolled to take the high school proficiency examinations for the first time before he has earned the 5 units of credit required for grade 10.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R072-01, eff. 11-7-2001)
NAC 389.051 Times for administration; special administration. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550)
1. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 2, the board of trustees of each school district and the governing body of each charter school, respectively, shall administer the examinations required by NRS 389.015 and 389.550 in each public school in that district and each charter school which has the appropriate grades at the following times:
(a) For grades 3 through 8, criterion-referenced examinations in reading, mathematics and science as provided in NAC 389.061 must be administered in the spring semester on the dates specified by the Department of Education.
(b) For grades 4, 7 and 10, norm-referenced examinations in reading, language, mathematics and science must be administered in the spring semester on the dates specified by the Department of Education.
(c) For grades 5 and 8, the examination in writing must be administered in the spring semester on the date specified by the Department of Education.
(d) For grade 11, the high school proficiency examination in writing must be administered in November on the date specified by the Department of Education.
(e) For grade 12 and for adults, the high school proficiency examination in writing must be administered in:
(1) February;
(2) March or April;
(3) The summer months; and
(4) November,
Ê on the respective dates specified by the Department of Education.
(f) For grade 12 and for adults, the high school proficiency examination in writing may be administered, upon the direction of the Department of Education, to those pupils who have not yet passed the examination, on a date specified by the Department which must be approximately 2 weeks before the date of graduation.
(g) For grade 10, the high school proficiency examinations in reading, mathematics and science must be administered in April on the dates specified by the Department of Education.
(h) For grade 11, the high school proficiency examinations in reading, mathematics and science must be administered in:
(1) April; and
(2) The summer months,
Ê on the respective dates specified by the Department of Education.
(i) For grade 12 and for adults, the high school proficiency examinations in reading, mathematics and science must be administered in:
(1) February;
(2) March or April;
(3) The summer months; and
(4) November,
Ê on the respective dates specified by the Department of Education.
(j) For grade 12 and for adults, the high school proficiency examinations in reading, mathematics and science may be administered, upon the direction of the Department of Education, to those pupils who have not yet passed one or more of those examinations, on the dates specified by the Department, which must be approximately 2 weeks before the date of graduation.
2. Not later than May 1 of each year, the board of trustees of a school district in which a school with a 12-month school program is located or the governing body of a charter school with a 12-month school program shall, if pupils who attend the school are not expected to be in session on one of the dates prescribed in subsection 1 for the administration of an examination, consult with the standards, curricula and assessments team of the Department of Education to establish another date for the administration of that examination. Not later than June 1 of that year, the standards, curricula and assessments team shall provide the board of trustees or the governing body of a charter school with written confirmation of the date agreed upon pursuant to this subsection.
3. The Department of Education may schedule a special administration of any examination required to be passed for graduation if:
(a) The person taking the examination is a pupil enrolled in grade 12;
(b) That person, through no fault of his own, was not able to take the examination at its most recent administration; and
(c) No regular administration of the examination is scheduled before the date on which the person is otherwise eligible to graduate.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 3-9-88; A 9-15-89; 9-13-91; 10-8-93, eff. 9-1-94; 11-17-95; R115-97, 12-10-97; R115-97, 12-10-97, eff. 7-1-98; R019-98, 4-17-98; R019-98, 4-17-98, eff. 7-1-98; R065-99, 11-3-99; R065-99, 11-3-99, eff. 9-1-2000; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R072-01, 11-7-2001, eff. 7-1-2002; R042-05, 10-31-2005)
NAC 389.0515 General requirements for examinations. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550)
1. An examination that is administered to assess the achievement and proficiency of pupils in this State must:
(a) If the examination is administered pursuant to NRS 389.550, measure the achievement and proficiency of pupils in the standards of content established by the Council to Establish Academic Standards for Public Schools, as adopted by the State Board of Education pursuant to NRS 389.520;
(b) If the examination is administered pursuant to NRS 389.015 in any grade, measure the achievement and proficiency of pupils in the subjects set forth in subsection 1 of NRS 389.015 and in the standards of content established by the Council to Establish Academic Standards for Public Schools, as adopted by the State Board of Education pursuant to NRS 389.520;
(c) Be designed so that data relating to past and future trends of the examination scores of pupils may be compiled;
(d) Measure the specific knowledge and skills or level of achievement and proficiency that it was designed to measure;
(e) Be fair to all potential examinees and, insofar as practicable, be designed to account for differences among the examinees in their gender, culture and primary language; and
(f) Be useful in determining the achievement and proficiency of a pupil relative to a particular level of achievement and proficiency.
2. The costs of such an examination must not exceed the appropriations made by the Legislature for the administration of the examination.
3. The results of such an examination must be reported in a manner that:
(a) Is clear to parents and teachers; and
(b) Avoids the use of technical terms.
4. The Department of Education shall provide a program of professional development for teachers relating to the interpretation of the results of such an examination.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R065-99, eff. 11-3-99; A by R072-01, 11-7-2001; R072-01, 11-7-2001, eff. 7-1-2002)
NAC 389.054 Confidentiality and security of testing materials. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550, 389.616)
1. The board of trustees of each school district and the governing body of each charter school shall ensure that the employees of the school district or charter school, respectively, who have access to the materials necessary to administer the examinations required by NRS 389.015 and 389.550 are familiar with:
(a) The provisions of this section, subsection 6 of NRS 389.015 and NRS 389.600 to 389.648, inclusive; and
(b) Any instructions that are issued by the Department of Education relating to the confidentiality of those materials.
2. A person shall not make or distribute copies of the questions contained in the examinations required by NRS 389.015 and 389.550 or the approved answers used for grading them unless that person has received written authorization to do so from the publisher of the examination and the Department of Education.
3. Before the examinations required by NRS 389.015 and 389.550 are distributed to the schools in which the examinations will be administered, the board of trustees or the governing body shall ensure that the materials used to administer the examinations and the approved answers used for grading them are stored in such a manner that only those persons to whom the materials and answers may be disclosed pursuant to subsection 6 of NRS 389.015 have access to them.
4. The secure examination materials that are used to administer the examinations required by NRS 389.015 and 389.550 must not be distributed to the schools in which the examinations will be administered until such time as is necessary to allow the schools adequate time to prepare to administer the examinations.
5. The principal of each school to which an examination is delivered shall ensure that:
(a) The questions contained in the examination are stored in a secure location and are not distributed until the examination is administered; and
(b) The materials used to administer the examination are stored in a secure manner before the end of the day on which the examination is administered.
6. On or before September 15 of each year, the principal of each public school and charter school, respectively, shall submit to the Department of Education a statement that the principal will ensure that the school complies with the provisions of this section, the provisions of NRS 389.600 to 389.648, inclusive, and any instructions issued by the Department relating to the confidentiality of testing materials. The statement required pursuant to this subsection must be on a form prescribed by the Department.
7. The examinations required by NRS 389.015 and 389.550 must be administered:
(a) In a facility that is approved by the board of trustees of the school district or the governing body of the charter school; and
(b) By employees of the school district or charter school who are designated to administer the examinations by the board of trustees of the school district or the governing body of the charter school, respectively.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R115-97, eff. 12-10-97; A by R065-99, 11-3-99; R072-01, 11-7-2001)
NAC 389.056 Procedures for administration. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550) Achievement and proficiency examinations must be administered as follows:
1. For grades 4, 7 and 10, the reading, mathematics, language and science norm-referenced examinations must be administered pursuant to the instructions in the current edition of the manual for administration and the test coordinator’s manual prepared by the testing company and adopted by the Department of Education.
2. For grades 5 and 8, the examination in writing must be administered pursuant to the instructions in the current edition of Administration Manual: Nevada Fifth & Eighth Grade Proficiency Examinations in Writing, adopted by the Department of Education.
3. For grades 3 and 5, the criterion-referenced examinations required by NRS 389.550 must be administered pursuant to the instructions in the current edition of Nevada Criterion-Referenced Tests Administration Manual, adopted by the Department of Education.
4. For grades 10 and above, the high school proficiency examinations must be administered pursuant to the instructions in the current edition of Nevada High School Proficiency Examination Administration Manual, adopted by the Department of Education.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 3-9-88; A 9-15-89; 12-11-89; 9-13-91; 10-8-93, eff. 9-1-94; 11-17-95; R115-97, 12-10-97; R019-98, 4-17-98; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R042-05, 10-31-2005)
NAC 389.0565 Use of calculators on examinations. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550)
1. Except as otherwise provided in this section, calculators may not be used by pupils taking any examination in mathematics described in NAC 389.061, including, without limitation, the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Mathematics.
2. Each school district shall provide the pupils enrolled in a 4th grade, 7th grade or 10th grade class within the district with the option of using calculators on subtests identified as appropriate for use of a calculator by the test publisher, if the pupils are routinely authorized to use calculators on other examinations administered to the class.
3. A pupil may use a calculator while taking the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Mathematics if he is enrolled in a program of special education pursuant to NRS 388.440 to 388.520, inclusive, and his individual education plan specifies that he may use a calculator for assessment purposes.
4. A pupil may use a calculator while taking a portion of the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Mathematics if the Department of Education has specified that a calculator may be used while taking that portion of the examination.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R115-97, eff. 12-10-97; A by R019-98, 4-17-98; R065-99, 11-3-99; R065-99, 11-3-99, eff. 9-1-2000; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R042-05, 10-31-2005)
NAC 389.057 Eligibility for reexamination. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550)
1. A pupil who fails a proficiency examination administered during grade 11 is eligible to be reexamined only at the times that the examination is administered for the grade level of the pupil pursuant to NAC 389.051.
2. If the pupil does not pass a proficiency examination before the completion of grade 12, the pupil may be reexamined any time that the examination is administered to adults pursuant to NAC 389.051 after providing proof to the school district or, if the pupil attends a charter school, to the charter school that the pupil has completed appropriate remedial study.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 10-8-93; A by R065-99, 11-3-99; R072-01, 11-7-2001)
NAC 389.058 Reporting of results to Department of Education. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550) A private entity that has contracted with the State Board of Education to score the examinations administered pursuant to NRS 389.015 or 389.550 shall report the results of the examinations in writing to the Department of Education.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 9-15-89; A 12-11-89; 9-13-91; 10-8-93, eff. 9-1-94; R115-97, 12-10-97; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R042-05, 10-31-2005)
NAC 389.059 Restriction on reporting scores of individual pupils; reporting of aggregated scores. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.017, 389.550)
1. Except as otherwise provided by a specific statute or regulation, the Department of Education shall not report the scores achieved by an individual pupil on an examination required by NRS 389.015 or 389.550 to a person or governmental agency.
2. The Department may report the aggregated scores of 10 or more pupils.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 9-13-91; A by R065-99, 11-3-99; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R059-04, 8-25-2004)
NAC 389.061 Specific norm-referenced and criterion-referenced examinations required. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550) The following norm-referenced and criterion-referenced examinations must be used as examinations of achievement and proficiency:
1. For grade 3, the criterion-referenced examinations that must be used are the Nevada Third Grade Examinations in Mathematics and Reading prescribed by the Department of Education for each testing period. Each edition of those examinations must be based upon the standards of content and performance adopted pursuant to NRS 389.520.
2. For grade 4:
(a) The norm-referenced examinations that must be used are the subtests comprising the reading, language, mathematics and science portions of the norm-referenced examination adopted by the Department of Education.
(b) The criterion-referenced examinations that must be used are the Nevada Fourth Grade Examinations in Mathematics and Reading prescribed by the Department of Education for each testing period. Each edition of those examinations must be based upon the standards of content and performance adopted pursuant to NRS 389.520.
3. For grade 5, the criterion-referenced examinations that must be used are:
(a) The Nevada Proficiency Examination in Writing for the Fifth Grade prescribed by the Department of Education for each testing period; and
(b) The Nevada Fifth Grade Examinations in Mathematics, Reading and Science prescribed by the Department of Education for each testing period. Each edition of those examinations must be based upon the standards of content and performance adopted pursuant to NRS 389.520.
4. For grade 6, the criterion-referenced examinations that must be used are the Nevada Sixth Grade Examinations in Mathematics and Reading prescribed by the Department of Education for each testing period. Each edition of those examinations must be based upon the standards of content and performance adopted pursuant to NRS 389.520.
5. For grade 7:
(a) The norm-referenced examinations that must be used are the subtests comprising the reading, language, mathematics and science portions of the norm-referenced examination adopted by the Department of Education.
(b) The criterion-referenced examinations that must be used are the Nevada Seventh Grade Examinations in Mathematics and Reading prescribed by the Department of Education for each testing period. Each edition of those examinations must be based upon the standards of content and performance adopted pursuant to NRS 389.520.
6. For grade 8, the criterion-referenced examinations that must be used are:
(a) The Nevada Proficiency Examination in Writing for the Eighth Grade prescribed by the Department of Education for each testing period; and
(b) The Nevada Eighth Grade Examinations in Mathematics and Reading prescribed by the Department of Education for each testing period. Each edition of those examinations must be based upon the standards of content and performance adopted pursuant to NRS 389.520.
7. For grade 10:
(a) The norm-referenced examinations that must be used are the subtests comprising the reading, language, mathematics and science portions of the norm-referenced examination adopted by the Department of Education.
(b) The criterion-referenced examinations that must be used are:
(1) The Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Reading;
(2) The Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Mathematics; and
(3) Commencing with the graduating class of the 2009-2010 school year, the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Science,
Ê prescribed by the Department of Education for each testing period.
8. For grades 11 and above, the criterion-referenced examinations that must be used are:
(a) The Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Reading;
(b) The Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Mathematics;
(c) Commencing with the graduating class of the 2009-2010 school year, the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Science; and
(d) The Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Writing for the Eleventh Grade and Above,
Ê prescribed by the Department of Education for each testing period.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 3-9-88; A 9-15-89; 12-11-89; 9-13-91; 10-8-93, eff. 9-1-94; R115-97, 12-10-97; R019-98, 4-17-98; R065-99, 11-3-99; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R072-01, 11-7-2001, eff. 7-1-2002; R042-05, 10-31-2005)
NAC 389.071 Proficiency examinations in writing: Eleventh grade and above; fifth and eighth grade. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550)
1. Each edition of the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Writing for the Eleventh Grade and Above to be used after the fall semester of 1988 must require pupils to write on two topics to be chosen from the following styles of writing:
(a) Descriptive or narrative writing;
(b) Expository writing; or
(c) Persuasive writing.
2. Each edition of the Nevada Proficiency Examination in Writing for the Fifth and Eighth Grade must require pupils to write on one topic to be chosen from the following styles of writing:
(a) Descriptive writing;
(b) Narrative writing;
(c) Expository writing; or
(d) Persuasive writing.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 3-9-88; A 9-13-91; 10-8-93, eff. 9-1-94; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R042-05, 10-31-2005)
NAC 389.076 Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Reading. (NRS 385.080, 388.360, 389.015)
1. For grades 10, 11 and 12, and for adults, each edition of the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Reading must be based upon the standards of content and performance in English language arts adopted pursuant to NRS 389.520 and must assess pupils’ abilities to:
(a) Use word analysis skills and strategies to comprehend new words encountered in text;
(b) Use reading process skills and strategies to build comprehension;
(c) Comprehend, interpret and evaluate literature from a variety of authors, cultures and time periods; and
(d) Comprehend, interpret and evaluate informational text for specific purposes.
2. Pupils may be tested in the areas listed in subsection 1 for:
(a) Their abilities to comprehend the meaning of the material they have read;
(b) Their abilities to understand the intent of the author of the material they have read;
(c) Their abilities to form an opinion regarding the material they have read; and
(d) Their abilities to respond critically to the ideas expressed in the material they have read.
3. Passages on the examination required by subsection 1 may include selections:
(a) Relating to literature, social studies, science, mathematics, career and technical education, computer education and other areas of study included in the pupils’ curriculum; and
(b) From informational materials, including, without limitation, periodicals, manuals, handbooks and other publications.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 3-9-88; A 9-15-89; R115-97, 12-10-97; R065-99, 11-3-99; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R072-01, 11-7-2001, eff. 7-1-2002; R072-01, 11-7-2001, eff. 7-1-2003; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006)
NAC 389.079 Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Science. (NRS 385.080, 389.015)
1. Each edition of the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Science must be based upon the standards of content and performance in science adopted pursuant to NRS 389.520 and must assess pupils’ skills in the following areas:
(a) Physical science, which includes:
(1) Forces and motion;
(2) Structure and properties of matter;
(3) Energy;
(4) Chemical reactions; and
(5) Nuclear and electromagnetic energy.
(b) Life science, which includes:
(1) Structure and function;
(2) Anatomy, physiology and behavior;
(3) Heredity and diversity; and
(4) Evolution.
(c) Earth science, which includes:
(1) The structures and composition of the earth;
(2) Models of the earth;
(3) The history of the earth;
(4) Cycles of matter and energy; and
(5) The solar system and the universe.
(d) Environmental science, which includes:
(1) Ecosystems;
(2) Natural resources; and
(3) Conservation.
(e) Historical and technological perspectives of science.
(f) Scientific reasoning and critical thinking.
(g) Systems, models and predictions.
2. Pupils may be tested in the areas listed in subsection 1 for:
(a) Their understanding of the basic concepts, terms and historical basis of science;
(b) Their understanding of the general organizing principles of science; and
(c) Their abilities to understand and apply the skills and procedures necessary to design and perform scientific investigations.
3. For pupils who graduate from high school before the 2004-2005 school year, the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Science must be used solely to gather information and data concerning the examination and must not be used as a condition for receipt of a high school diploma.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R072-01, eff. 11-7-2001)
NAC 389.081 Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Mathematics. (NRS 385.080, 389.015)
1. For grades 10, 11 and 12, and for adults, each edition of the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Mathematics must be based upon the standards of content and performance in mathematics adopted pursuant to NRS 389.520 and must assess pupils’ abilities to:
(a) Calculate and estimate sums, differences, products, quotients, powers and roots by the use of mental math and apply formulas and algorithms;
(b) Represent, analyze and solve problem situations using discrete structures including, without limitation, graphs and matrices;
(c) Interpret and solve single and multistep word problems involving adding, subtracting, multiplying and dividing whole numbers, decimals, fractions and percentages;
(d) Create and use different forms of a variety of equations, proportions or formulas, or any combination thereof, to solve mathematical problems;
(e) Solve problems involving structure, language and uses of different systems of measurement;
(f) Use principles of geometry to solve mathematical problems; and
(g) Solve problems using various data analysis techniques, including, without limitation, single and multistep probability experiments, measures of central tendency and sampling.
2. Pupils may be tested in the areas listed in subsection 1 for their:
(a) Understanding of mathematical concepts;
(b) Knowledge of the procedures to be used to solve a problem; and
(c) Abilities to reason and solve problems.
3. The examination required by subsection 1 must emphasize the ability to solve problems and to perform calculations in the following areas of mathematics:
(a) Numbers and operations;
(b) Measurements;
(c) Geometry;
(d) Data analyses, probabilities and statistics; and
(e) Algebra and functions.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 3-9-88; A 9-15-89; R115-97, 12-10-97; R065-99, 11-3-99; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R072-01, 11-7-2001, eff. 7-1-2002; R072-01, 11-7-2001, eff. 7-1-2003)
NAC 389.083 Maintenance of results of examinations and list of names and scores. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550)
1. A school district shall keep the results of all examinations administered pursuant to NRS 389.015 to pupils in grades 4, 7 and 10 for 4 years after the date of the administration of the examination.
2. A school district shall keep the results of all examinations administered pursuant to NRS 389.550 to pupils in grades 3 through 8 for 4 years after the date of the administration of the examination.
3. The Department of Education shall maintain a list of the name and scores of each pupil who takes the High School Proficiency Examinations for 10 years after the date of the administration of the examination.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 9-13-91; A 1-26-94, eff. 9-1-94; R072-01, 11-1-2001; R042-05, 10-31-2005)
KINDERGARTEN THROUGH HIGH SCHOOL
NAC 389.187 Academic achievement, career exploration, and personal and social development. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.180) A course of study in academic achievement, career exploration, and personal and social development must include instruction designed to teach pupils in kindergarten through the completion of the 12th grade, as applicable:
1. For the area of academic achievement, skills that support academic achievement and lifelong learning, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Demonstrate attitudes, knowledge and skills that contribute to effective learning while in school and during the lifetime of that pupil;
(b) Complete his secondary education prepared academically to choose from a wide range of career and postsecondary academic options; and
(c) Explain the relationship of education to career, life and community.
2. For the area of career exploration, skills that support the ability of the pupil to investigate career options and develop the skills and attitudes necessary to make a successful transition from school to his career, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Explain his career goals;
(b) Explain the relationship between personal characteristics, education, training and career; and
(c) Develop strategies to achieve career goals.
3. For the area of personal and social development, skills that maximize the personal and social development of the pupil, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Acquire the attitudes, knowledge and interpersonal skills necessary to understand and respect himself and others;
(b) Make decisions, set goals and take action appropriate for the achievement of those goals; and
(c) Apply life skills that contribute to his safe and healthy physical and emotional development.
4. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrate:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R010-03, eff. 10-30-2003)
KINDERGARTEN AND ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Prescribed Courses
NAC 389.195 Elementary school. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185)
1. The State Board of Education prescribes the following courses of study for elementary schools:
(a) Reading.
(b) Language.
(c) Social studies.
(d) Mathematics.
(e) Science.
(f) Art.
(g) Music.
(h) Health.
(i) Physical education.
(j) Computers.
2. In addition to the courses prescribed by subsection 1, a course of study in:
(a) Introduction to technology is prescribed for pupils in sixth, seventh or eighth grade.
(b) Academic achievement, career exploration, and personal and social development is prescribed for pupils in seventh or eighth grade.
3. A local school board may offer:
(a) A course in a foreign language as an elective course for pupils in kindergarten through the eighth grade.
(b) A course in home and career skills as an elective course for pupils in seventh and eighth grades.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 8-26-85, eff. 8-1-86; A 5-27-92; R065-97, 12-10-97; R010-03, 10-30-2003)
Public Kindergarten
NAC 389.231 English language arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) Instruction in kindergarten in English language arts must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of kindergarten:
1. For the area of reading:
(a) Know and use skills and strategies of word analysis to comprehend new words encountered in text and to develop vocabulary, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Demonstrate phonological awareness of spoken words through:
(I) Rhyming;
(II) Conceptualizing words;
(III) An awareness of syllables; and
(IV) An awareness of onset and rime;
(2) Demonstrate phonemic awareness of spoken words through:
(I) Matching;
(II) Isolating;
(III) Blending;
(IV) Segmenting;
(V) Deleting; and
(VI) Substituting;
(3) Recognize and name uppercase and lowercase letters of the alphabet;
(4) Identify relationships between letters and sounds;
(5) Decipher words using the relationships between letters and sounds;
(6) With assistance, decipher words in text using short and long vowel sounds;
(7) Comprehend vocabulary using:
(I) Pictures;
(II) Symbols; and
(III) Environmental print;
(8) With assistance, comprehend vocabulary using:
(I) Suffixes;
(II) Synonyms; and
(III) Antonyms;
(9) Sequence the letters of the alphabet to understand alphabetical order;
(10) With assistance, use resources to find the meaning of an unknown word encountered in a text;
(11) Build vocabulary using pictures and symbols; and
(12) Identify high-frequency words in a text to build fluency and comprehension.
(b) Use skills and strategies relating to the process of reading to build comprehension, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Demonstrate:
(I) Concepts of print;
(II) Concepts of words; and
(III) A match of voice to print;
(2) Identify an author and an illustrator;
(3) With assistance, use strategies during the reading process which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Make predictions;
(II) Identify key vocabulary; and
(III) Make inferences; and
(4) With assistance, use strategies after completion of the reading to:
(I) Orally recall details; and
(II) Orally restate main ideas.
(c) Read literary texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate authors, cultures and time periods, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) With assistance, listen for and identify the:
(I) Setting; and
(II) Sequence of events;
(2) With assistance, make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text about the:
(I) Setting;
(II) Plot; and
(III) Characters;
(3) With assistance, listen to, identify and describe the:
(I) Physical traits of a character; and
(II) Personality traits of a character;
(4) With assistance, listen to and identify:
(I) The main idea;
(II) The first-person point of view;
(III) Examples of imagery;
(IV) The effects of rhythm and rhyme;
(V) Dialect; and
(VI) Words and phrases that reveal tone;
(5) With assistance, listen to, read and discuss texts from different:
(I) Cultures; and
(II) Time periods;
(6) With assistance, listen to and make predictions based on evidence from the text; and
(7) With assistance, make connections between the text and:
(I) The pupil;
(II) Other texts; and
(III) The world.
(d) Read expository and persuasive texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate the texts for specific purposes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) With assistance, listen to and identify the purpose of and gain information from:
(I) Illustrations;
(II) Graphs;
(III) Charts; and
(IV) Titles;
(2) With assistance, identify:
(I) Dialect; and
(II) Words and phrases that reveal tone;
(3) With assistance, listen to and identify the topic;
(4) With assistance, listen to and describe the sequential order;
(5) With assistance, listen to, read and discuss texts from different:
(I) Cultures; and
(II) Time periods;
(6) With assistance, make connections between the text and:
(I) The pupil;
(II) Other texts; and
(III) The world;
(7) With assistance, listen to and use information to answer specific questions;
(8) With assistance, listen to and make predictions and inferences based on evidence from the text;
(9) With assistance, listen to and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text; and
(10) With assistance, listen to and follow pictorial and written directions to complete a task.
2. For the area of writing:
(a) Write a variety of texts using the writing process, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) With assistance, use prewriting strategies to plan written work;
(2) With assistance, choose and narrow a topic to organize ideas;
(3) With assistance, explore a topic to plan written work;
(4) With assistance, draw or communicate ideas in writing;
(5) With assistance, revise drafts:
(I) To focus ideas;
(II) For voice; and
(III) For appropriateness for the audience;
(6) Edit to ensure correct spelling of first and last names;
(7) Edit for correct use of capitalization of first and last names;
(8) With assistance, edit for correct use of nouns;
(9) With assistance, edit sentence structure for complete sentences; and
(10) Create a final draft through writing, drawing or dictation.
(b) Write a variety of texts that inform, persuade, describe, evaluate, entertain or tell a story and are appropriate to purpose and audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) With assistance, draw or write to communicate;
(2) Draw or write about familiar experiences and events;
(3) With assistance, write sentences about familiar experiences or events appropriate to the audience and purpose;
(4) Listen to and discuss poetry;
(5) With assistance, draw or write:
(I) Responses to texts;
(II) Responses to expository texts; and
(III) Personal messages;
(6) With assistance, draw or communicate an opinion;
(7) With assistance, discuss and write or draw to:
(I) Formulate a question;
(II) Record information; and
(III) Answer a research question; and
(8) With assistance, identify the:
(I) Title of a text; and
(II) Author of a text.
3. For the areas of listening and speaking:
(a) Listen to and evaluate oral communications for content, style, purpose of the speaker and appropriateness for the audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Listen for a variety of purposes, including, without limitation:
(I) To gain information;
(II) Entertainment; and
(III) To understand directions;
(2) With assistance, listen for and identify the:
(I) Main idea;
(II) Purpose; and
(III) Message;
(3) Listen to and respond to oral communications;
(4) Expand vocabulary through listening;
(5) With assistance, listen for and identify:
(I) Dialect; and
(II) The use of formal and informal language;
(6) Actively listen to a speaker; and
(7) Listen to and participate in conversations.
(b) Speak using organization, style, tone, voice and media aids appropriate to the audience and purpose and participate in discussions to offer information, clarify ideas and support positions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) With assistance, give directions to complete tasks;
(2) With assistance, ask questions to clarify directions;
(3) Use precise language to describe:
(I) Feelings;
(II) Experiences;
(III) Observations; and
(IV) Ideas;
(4) With assistance, use standard English to communicate ideas;
(5) Speak clearly with prosody;
(6) Communicate personal experiences and retell stories;
(7) Communicate a statement that expresses an opinion;
(8) Participate in group discussions following a process in which pupils take turns;
(9) Participate in group discussions by asking and answering relevant questions;
(10) Demonstrate phonological awareness of spoken words through:
(I) Rhyming;
(II) Conceptualizing words;
(III) An awareness of syllables; and
(IV) An awareness of onset and rime; and
(11) Demonstrate phonemic awareness of spoken words through:
(I) Matching;
(II) Isolating;
(III) Blending;
(IV) Segmenting;
(V) Deleting; and
(VI) Substituting.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R102-07, 1-30-2008)
NAC 389.236 Mathematics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) Instruction in kindergarten in mathematics must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of kindergarten:
1. For the areas of numbers, number sense and computation, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must accurately calculate and use estimation techniques, number relationships, operation rules and algorithms, and determine the reasonableness of answers and the accuracy of solutions. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Count to 20 by demonstrating one-to-one correspondence using objects;
(b) Recognize, read and write numbers from 0 through 10;
(c) Identify the ordinal positions from first through third;
(d) Match the number of objects in a set to the correct numeral 0 through 10;
(e) Recognize relationships of more than, less than and equal to; and
(f) Use concrete objects to model simple addition and subtraction.
2. For the areas of patterns, functions and algebra, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use various algebraic methods to analyze, illustrate, extend and create numerous representations, including, without limitation, words, numbers, tables, and graphs of patterns, functions and algebraic relations. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Identify and create sets of objects containing unequal amounts, and describe them as greater than or less than; and
(b) Identify attributes used to sort objects.
3. For the area of measurement, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use appropriate tools and techniques of measurement to determine, estimate, record and verify direct and indirect measurements. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Compare, order and describe objects by size;
(b) Identify and sort pennies, nickels and dimes; and
(c) Recite, in order, the days of the week.
4. For the areas of spatial relationships, logic and geometry, to solve problems, communicate and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must identify, represent, verify and apply spatial relationships and geometric properties. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Identify two-dimensional shapes such as circles, triangles and rectangles, including squares, regardless of orientation;
(b) Demonstrate an understanding of position words to place objects, including, without limitation, before and after, far and near, and over and under;
(c) Identify two-dimensional figures as they appear in the environment, such as windows are shaped like rectangles;
(d) Identify three-dimensional figures as they appear in the environment;
(e) Sort and classify objects by color and shape; and
(f) Put events in a logical sequence.
5. For the area of data analysis, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must collect, organize, display, interpret and analyze data to determine statistical relationships and probability projections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Collect, organize and record data using objects and pictures; and
(b) Represent data in a variety of ways in response to questions posed by teachers.
6. For the area of problem solving, to develop the ability to solve problems, a pupil must engage in developmentally appropriate opportunities for problem solving in which there is a need to use various approaches to investigate and understand mathematical concepts to formulate problems, find solutions to problems, develop and apply strategies to solve problems, and integrate mathematical reasoning, communication and connections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Apply previous experience and knowledge to new problem-solving situations;
(b) Explain and verify results with respect to the original problem;
(c) Try more than one strategy to solve a problem when the first strategy proves unsuccessful; and
(d) Use technology, including, without limitation, a calculator, to develop mathematical concepts.
7. For the area of mathematical communication, to develop the ability to communicate mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to obtain information in everyday life by reading, listening and observing to translate information into mathematical language and symbols, process information mathematically, discuss and exchange ideas about mathematics as part of learning, read various fiction and nonfiction texts to learn about mathematics and present the results in written, oral and visual formats. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Use inquiry techniques to solve mathematical problems;
(b) Represent and communicate mathematical ideas using physical materials, models, pictures or writing;
(c) Identify and translate key words and phrases that imply mathematical operations; and
(d) Communicate strategies and solutions to mathematical problems by using oral and written expression of everyday language.
8. For the area of mathematical reasoning, to develop the ability to reason mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to investigate mathematical ideas and construct the pupil’s own learning in all content areas to reinforce and extend the pupil’s ability to reason logically, reflect on, clarify and justify his thinking, ask questions to extend his learning, use patterns and relationships to analyze mathematical situations, and determine relevant, irrelevant and sufficient information to solve mathematical problems. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Draw logical conclusions about mathematical problems;
(b) Discuss the steps used to solve a mathematical problem; and
(c) Justify and explain the solutions to problems using physical models.
9. For the area of mathematical connections, to develop the ability to make mathematical connections, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to view mathematics as an integrated whole, including linking new concepts to prior knowledge, identifying relationships between content strands and integrating mathematics with other disciplines, thereby allowing the flexibility to approach problems in a variety of ways within and beyond the field of mathematics. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Apply mathematical thinking and modeling to solve problems that arise in other disciplines, including, without limitation, rhythm in music and motion in science; and
(b) Identify mathematics used in everyday life.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R155-06, 9-18-2006)
NAC 389.241 Foreign language. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course in a foreign language offered as an elective in a public kindergarten must include instruction designed to teach the pupil by the completion of kindergarten to:
1. Communicate in the foreign language by:
(a) Singing songs.
(b) Following simple directions.
(c) Naming familiar objects.
(d) Using appropriate expressions and gestures of courtesy.
(e) Recognizing numbers and counting from 1 to 10.
(f) Comprehending brief oral directions, commands and information.
(g) Responding to personal questions.
2. Understand the culture studied by:
(a) Identifying how people in the culture celebrate important traditions, holidays and events.
(b) Exploring the products of the culture, including, without limitation, the food, musical instruments, clothing and toys of the culture.
(c) Practicing familiar concepts in the foreign language, including, without limitation, numbers, colors, animals, nursery rhymes and fairy tales.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R065-97, eff. 12-10-97)
Instruction Through First Grade
NAC 389.2417 English language arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the beginning of the first grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in kindergarten for English language arts offered in public schools. Instruction in the first grade in English language arts must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the first grade:
1. For the area of reading:
(a) Know and use skills and strategies of word analysis to comprehend new words encountered in text and to develop vocabulary, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Demonstrate phonological awareness of spoken words through:
(I) Rhyming;
(II) Conceptualizing words;
(III) An awareness of syllables; and
(IV) An awareness of onset and rime;
(2) Demonstrate phonemic awareness of spoken words through:
(I) Matching;
(II) Isolating;
(III) Blending;
(IV) Segmenting;
(V) Deleting; and
(VI) Substituting;
(3) With assistance, decipher words in text by using:
(I) Short and long vowels;
(II) Digraphs;
(III) Blends;
(IV) Diphthongs;
(V) Word families; and
(VI) Spelling patterns;
(4) Decipher words using the relationships between letters and sounds;
(5) With assistance, decipher words through structural analysis using:
(I) Base words;
(II) Suffixes;
(III) Prefixes;
(IV) Syllables; and
(V) Compound words;
(6) Comprehend vocabulary using:
(I) Suffixes;
(II) Synonyms; and
(III) Antonyms;
(7) With assistance, comprehend vocabulary using:
(I) Homographs;
(II) Homophones;
(III) Abbreviations; and
(IV) Clues from the context in which the word is being used;
(8) Sequence the letters of the alphabet to understand alphabetical order;
(9) With assistance, apply alphabetical order to locate words using the first letter of each word;
(10) With assistance, use resources to find and confirm the meaning of an unknown word encountered in a text;
(11) Build vocabulary using pictures and symbols;
(12) Identify high-frequency words in a text to build fluency and comprehension;
(13) With assistance, identify content-specific vocabulary in a text; and
(14) With assistance, read aloud with a focus on:
(I) Prosody;
(II) Accuracy;
(III) Automaticity; and
(IV) Reading rate.
(b) Use skills and strategies relating to the process of reading to build comprehension, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Demonstrate:
(I) Concepts of print;
(II) Concepts of words; and
(III) A match of voice to print;
(2) Identify an author and an illustrator;
(3) With assistance, use strategies during the reading process which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Make predictions;
(II) Identify key vocabulary; and
(III) Make inferences; and
(4) With assistance, use strategies after completion of the reading which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Orally recall details; and
(II) Orally restate main ideas.
(c) Read literary texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate authors, cultures and time periods, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) With assistance, make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text about the:
(I) Setting;
(II) Plot; and
(III) Characters;
(2) With assistance, identify and describe the:
(I) Physical traits of a character; and
(II) Personality traits of a character;
(3) Identify the main idea;
(4) With assistance, identify:
(I) The theme;
(II) The first-person point of view;
(III) Examples of imagery;
(IV) Examples of sensory words;
(V) Examples of similes;
(VI) The effects of rhythm and rhyme; and
(VII) Dialect;
(5) With assistance, listen to and identify words and phrases that reveal tone;
(6) With assistance, listen to, read and discuss texts from different:
(I) Cultures; and
(II) Time periods;
(7) Make predictions based on evidence from the text;
(8) With assistance, make connections between the text and:
(I) The pupil;
(II) Other texts; and
(III) The world; and
(9) With assistance, use information to answer specific questions.
(d) Read expository and persuasive texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate the texts for specific purposes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) With assistance, identify the purpose of and gain information from:
(I) Illustrations;
(II) Graphs;
(III) Charts;
(IV) Titles;
(V) Text boxes;
(VI) Diagrams;
(VII) Headings; and
(VIII) Tables of content;
(2) With assistance, identify and explain the use of:
(I) Boldface type;
(II) Underlined type;
(III) Highlighted type; and
(IV) Italicized type;
(3) With assistance, identify:
(I) Dialect; and
(II) Words and phrases that reveal tone;
(4) Identify the topic;
(5) Describe the sequential order of events;
(6) With assistance, describe the chronological order of events;
(7) With assistance, identify:
(I) Cause and effect, including, without limitation, the ability to identify a cause and its effect on events and relationships;
(II) Problems and solutions to the problems; and
(III) The main idea;
(8) With assistance, listen to, read and discuss texts from different:
(I) Cultures; and
(II) Time periods;
(9) With assistance, make connections between the text and:
(I) The pupil;
(II) Other texts; and
(III) The world;
(10) With assistance, use information to answer specific questions;
(11) With assistance, make predictions and inferences based on evidence from the text;
(12) With assistance, draw conclusions based on evidence from the text;
(13) With assistance, identify facts and opinions; and
(14) With assistance, follow pictorial and written directions to complete a task.
2. For the area of writing:
(a) Write a variety of texts using the writing process, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) With assistance, use prewriting strategies to plan written work;
(2) With assistance, choose and narrow a topic to organize ideas;
(3) With assistance, explore a topic to plan written work;
(4) Draw or communicate ideas in writing;
(5) With assistance, draft sentences about a single topic which:
(I) Are appropriate for the audience;
(II) Address the purpose; and
(III) Contain supporting details;
(6) With assistance, revise drafts:
(I) For organization;
(II) To focus ideas;
(III) For voice;
(IV) For appropriateness for the audience;
(V) For purpose; and
(VI) For relevant details;
(7) With assistance, edit sentences to ensure correct spelling of high-frequency words, content words and patterned words;
(8) Edit for the proper capitalization of:
(I) First and last names; and
(II) The beginning of sentences;
(9) With assistance, edit for the proper capitalization of:
(I) Months of the year; and
(II) Days of the week;
(10) With assistance, edit punctuation for:
(I) Punctuation at the end of a sentence; and
(II) Commas;
(11) With assistance, edit for the correct use of:
(I) Nouns;
(II) Verbs; and
(III) Pronouns;
(12) Edit sentence structure for complete sentences; and
(13) Prepare a legible final draft to display or share.
(b) Write a variety of texts that inform, persuade, describe, evaluate, entertain or tell a story and are appropriate to purpose and audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Draw or write to communicate;
(2) With assistance, write sentences using a topic sentence that is:
(I) Generated by the teacher; and
(II) Generated by the pupil;
(3) Draw or write about familiar experiences and events;
(4) With assistance, write sentences about experiences and events appropriate to the audience and purpose;
(5) Listen to and discuss poetry;
(6) Write:
(I) Responses to literary text; and
(II) Responses to expository text;
(7) Draw or communicate an opinion;
(8) With assistance, write:
(I) Friendly letters adhering to an established format;
(II) Poetry; and
(III) An opinion statement;
(9) With assistance, write sentences to:
(I) Formulate a question;
(II) Record information; and
(III) Answer a research question; and
(10) Identify the:
(I) Title of a text; and
(II) Author of a text.
3. For the area of listening, listen to and evaluate oral communications for content, style, purpose of the speaker and appropriateness for the audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Listen for a variety of purposes, including, without limitation:
(1) To gain information;
(2) Entertainment; and
(3) To understand directions;
(b) With assistance, listen for and identify the:
(1) Main idea;
(2) Purpose; and
(3) Message;
(c) With assistance, listen to and retell ideas;
(d) Listen to and respond to oral communications;
(e) Expand vocabulary through listening;
(f) With assistance, listen for and identify:
(1) Dialect; and
(2) The use of formal and informal language;
(g) Actively listen to a speaker; and
(h) Listen to and participate in conversations.
4. For the area of speaking, speak using organization, style, tone, voice and media aids appropriate to the audience and purpose and participate in discussions to offer information, clarify ideas and support positions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) With assistance, give directions to complete tasks;
(b) With assistance, ask questions to clarify directions;
(c) Use precise language to describe:
(1) Feelings;
(2) Experiences;
(3) Observations; and
(4) Ideas;
(d) With assistance, use standard English to communicate ideas;
(e) Speak clearly with prosody;
(f) Communicate information in small and large groups;
(g) With assistance, communicate information while maintaining a clear focus;
(h) Communicate statements that express an opinion;
(i) Participate in group discussions following a process in which pupils take turns;
(j) Ask relevant questions to clarify and gather information;
(k) Demonstrate phonological awareness of spoken words through:
(1) Rhyming;
(2) Conceptualizing words;
(3) An awareness of syllables; and
(4) An awareness of onset and rime; and
(l) Demonstrate phonemic awareness of spoken words through:
(1) Matching;
(2) Isolating;
(3) Blending;
(4) Segmenting;
(5) Deleting; and
(6) Substituting.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R102-07, 1-30-2008)
NAC 389.2419 Mathematics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the first grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in kindergarten for mathematics offered in public schools. Instruction in the first grade in mathematics must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the first grade:
1. For the areas of numbers, number sense and computation, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must accurately calculate and use estimation techniques, number relationships, operation rules and algorithms, and determine the reasonableness of answers and the accuracy of solutions. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Identify and model basic addition facts, sums through 10, and the corresponding subtraction facts;
(b) Model the meaning of addition and subtraction in a variety of ways, including, without limitation, the comparison of sets using objects, pictorial representations and symbols;
(c) Use the patterns in numbers and models to count by 2s, 5s and 10s to 100;
(d) Read, write, order and compare numbers from 0 through 100;
(e) Estimate the number of objects in a set through 10 and verify by counting;
(f) Read and write numbers as words through 10;
(g) Identify the ordinal positions from 1st through 10th;
(h) Write, model, read and identify place value positions of 1s and 10s;
(i) Identify the value of a given digit in the 1s and 10s place;
(j) Identify and model a whole;
(k) Identify and model 1/2 as two equal parts of a whole or a set of objects;
(l) Create, compare and describe sets of objects and numbers from 0 through 100 as greater than, less than or equal to;
(m) Demonstrate the joining and separating of sets with 20 or fewer objects; and
(n) Describe addition, subtraction and equality by using mathematical vocabulary and symbols.
2. For the areas of patterns, functions and algebra, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use various algebraic methods to analyze, illustrate, extend and create numerous representations, including, without limitation, words, numbers, tables, and graphs of patterns, functions and algebraic relations. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Recognize, describe, extend and create simple repeating patterns using symbols, objects and manipulatives;
(b) Recognize that the unknown variable in an addition or a subtraction equation represents a missing value that will make the statement true; and
(c) Create, compare and describe sets of objects as greater than, less than or equal to.
3. For the area of measurement, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use appropriate tools and techniques of measurement to determine, estimate, record and verify direct and indirect measurements. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Compare, describe, represent and order objects by length and weight;
(b) Compare and measure length and weight, using nonstandard units of measurement;
(c) Determine the value of any set of pennies, nickels and dimes;
(d) Recite the months of the year in order;
(e) Use a calendar to identify the days, weeks, months and year; and
(f) Read time to the nearest hour.
4. For the areas of spatial relationships, logic and geometry, to solve problems, communicate and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must identify, represent, verify and apply spatial relationships and geometric properties. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Name, sort and sketch two-dimensional shapes such as circles, triangles and rectangles, including squares, regardless of orientation;
(b) Demonstrate an understanding of position words, including, without limitation, up and down, left and right, top and bottom, and between and middle, by describing the relative location of objects;
(c) Identify and replicate two-dimensional designs that contain a line of symmetry;
(d) Identify and name three-dimensional figures as they appear in the environment;
(e) Sort and classify objects by size or thickness; and
(f) Identify what comes next in a step-by-step story or event sequence.
5. For the area of data analysis, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must collect, organize, display, interpret and analyze data to determine statistical relationships and probability projections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Collect, organize and record data in response to questions posed by a teacher and other pupils; and
(b) Use tally marks to represent data.
6. For the area of problem solving, to develop the ability to solve problems, a pupil must engage in developmentally appropriate opportunities for problem solving in which there is a need to use various approaches to investigate and understand mathematical concepts to formulate problems, find solutions to problems, develop and apply strategies to solve problems, and integrate mathematical reasoning, communication and connections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Apply previous experience and knowledge to new problem-solving situations;
(b) Explain and verify results with respect to the original problem;
(c) Try more than one strategy to solve a problem when the first strategy proves unsuccessful; and
(d) Use technology, including, without limitation, a calculator, to develop mathematical concepts.
7. For the area of mathematical communication, to develop the ability to communicate mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to obtain information in everyday life by reading, listening and observing to translate information into mathematical language and symbols, process information mathematically, discuss and exchange ideas about mathematics as part of learning, read various fiction and nonfiction texts to learn about mathematics and present the results in written, oral and visual formats. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Use physical materials, models, pictures or writing to represent and communicate mathematical ideas;
(b) Use inquiry techniques to solve mathematical problems;
(c) Identify and translate key words and phrases that imply mathematical operations; and
(d) Communicate strategies and solutions to mathematical problems by using oral and written expression of everyday language.
8. For the area of mathematical reasoning, to develop the ability to reason mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to investigate mathematical ideas and construct his own learning in all content areas to reinforce and extend his ability to reason logically, reflect on, clarify and justify his thinking, ask questions to extend his learning, use patterns and relationships to analyze mathematical situations, and determine relevant, irrelevant and sufficient information to solve mathematical problems. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Draw logical conclusions about mathematical problems;
(b) Discuss the steps used to solve a mathematical problem; and
(c) Justify and explain the solutions to problems using physical models.
9. For the area of mathematical connections, to develop the ability to make mathematical connections, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to view mathematics as an integrated whole, including linking new concepts to prior knowledge, identifying relationships between content strands and integrating mathematics with other disciplines, thereby allowing the flexibility to approach problems in a variety of ways within and beyond the field of mathematics. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Apply mathematical thinking and modeling to solve problems that arise in other disciplines, including, without limitation, rhythm in music and motion in science; and
(b) Identify mathematics used in everyday life.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R155-06, 9-18-2006)
Instruction Through Second Grade
NAC 389.2423 Health. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the second grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in health offered in public schools. Instruction in the second grade in health must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the second grade:
1. Comprehend concepts related to the promotion of health and the prevention of disease, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Explain why unknown or poisonous substances can be dangerous;
(b) Explain the need for obeying safety rules;
(c) Memorize the local emergency number and know how to obtain help in an emergency;
(d) Give examples of physical touching which are appropriate as compared to examples of physical touching which are not appropriate;
(e) Explain why he should eat more than one time per day; and
(f) State the job titles, locations and job descriptions of school health and safety personnel.
2. Demonstrate the ability to access valid health information and health-promoting products and services, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify positive and negative results of behaviors relating to posture, cleanliness, and dental, skin, ear and eye care.
3. Demonstrate the ability to practice health-enhancing behaviors and reduce health risks, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Explain how to say “no” to a friend;
(b) Explain the differences between illness and wellness;
(c) Describe how he is feeling when he is upset; and
(d) List the actions that a bully would take.
4. Analyze the influence of culture, media, technology and other factors on health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Identify factors that cause a person to purchase a specific food; and
(b) Name a food that is advertised on television.
5. Demonstrate the ability to use interpersonal communication skills to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify his wants, needs and feelings, and healthy ways through which those wants, needs and feelings can be expressed.
6. Demonstrate the ability to use goal-setting and decision-making skills to enhance health, as evidenced by the ability to define the word “decision.”
7. Demonstrate the ability to advocate for personal, family and community health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Demonstrate proper techniques for washing hands; and
(b) List two reasons why the pupil should have healthy personal hygiene.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R032-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000)
NAC 389.2425 Physical education. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the second grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in physical education offered in public schools. Instruction in the second grade in physical education must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the second grade:
1. Apply concepts relating to movement to the knowledge and development of motor skills, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Understand the vocabulary of simple patterns of movement;
(b) Identify the basic elements of forms of movement, including, without limitation, opposition;
(c) Identify and respond to cues that enhance skill performance, including, without limitation, to look, reach and give when catching an object; and
(d) Identify the physiological signs of moderate physical activity, including, without limitation, a fast heart rate and heavy breathing.
2. Demonstrate competency in many forms of movement and proficiency in a few forms of movement, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Combine in a sequence two or more locomotor or nonlocomotor skills;
(b) Perform a variety of basic manipulative skills in isolation; and
(c) Demonstrate a combination of two simple movements relating to weight transfer and balance.
3. Understand dance through the use of skills, techniques and choreography, and as a form of communication, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Create shapes at high, medium and low levels in a sequence of movement;
(b) Use locomotor movements in varying directions and pathways;
(c) Apply qualities of movement;
(d) Create, with or without a prop, a sequence of movement that has a beginning, a middle and an end;
(e) Demonstrate a quality of relationship between forms of movement, including, without limitation, imitation through echoing or mirroring, “close/near” or “over/under” movements and contrasting movements;
(f) Discuss and demonstrate how dance is used to communicate to other persons;
(g) Perform, with or without a prop and with few errors, various locomotor and nonlocomotor movements to a steady beat; and
(h) Perform simple folk dances or social dances, or both.
4. Achieve and maintain a health-enhancing level of individual fitness for an active lifestyle, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Identify health-related components of fitness, including, aerobic endurance, muscular strength, muscular endurance and flexibility;
(b) Identify those health-related components which are addressed in selected exercises;
(c) Engage in moderate, daily, structured physical activity; and
(d) Perform various structured exercises in a safe manner.
5. Practice personal responsibility, positive social interaction and respect for diversity in settings in which physical activities occur, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Apply class rules, procedures and safe practices, with reinforcement from a teacher;
(b) Engage in physical activity involving cooperation and sharing;
(c) Show respect for other pupils during activities, regardless of personal differences; and
(d) Participate in multicultural activities.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R033-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000)
NAC 389.243 English language arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the beginning of the second grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in English language arts offered in public schools. Instruction in the second grade in English language arts must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the second grade:
1. For the area of reading:
(a) Know and use skills and strategies of word analysis to comprehend new words encountered in text and to develop vocabulary, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Demonstrate phonemic awareness of spoken words through:
(I) Matching;
(II) Isolating;
(III) Blending;
(IV) Segmenting;
(V) Deleting; and
(VI) Substituting;
(2) Decipher words in text using:
(I) Relationships between letters and sounds;
(II) Short and long vowels;
(III) Digraphs;
(IV) Blends;
(V) Diphthongs;
(VI) Word families; and
(VII) Spelling patterns;
(3) With assistance, decipher words through structural analysis using:
(I) Base words;
(II) Suffixes;
(III) Prefixes;
(IV) Syllables; and
(V) Compound words;
(4) Comprehend vocabulary using:
(I) Homographs;
(II) Homophones;
(III) Abbreviations;
(IV) Synonyms; and
(V) Antonyms;
(5) With assistance, comprehend vocabulary using:
(I) Clues from the context in which the word is being used;
(II) Structural analysis;
(III) Syntax; and
(IV) Parts of speech;
(6) Apply alphabetical order to locate words using the first letter of each word;
(7) With assistance, use resources to find and confirm the meaning of an unknown word encountered in a text;
(8) With assistance, identify the connotative and denotative meaning of a word in a text;
(9) Build vocabulary using pictures and symbols;
(10) Apply knowledge of high-frequency words in a text to build fluency and comprehension;
(11) With assistance, identify content-specific vocabulary in a text; and
(12) With assistance, read aloud with a focus on:
(I) Prosody;
(II) Accuracy;
(III) Automaticity; and
(IV) Reading rate.
(b) Use skills and strategies of reading process to build comprehension, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) With assistance, use prereading strategies which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Preview the text;
(II) Access prior knowledge;
(III) Build background knowledge;
(IV) Set the purpose for reading the text;
(V) Make predictions;
(VI) Determine the reading rate; and
(VII) Determine the type of text;
(2) With assistance, use strategies during the reading process which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Apply strategies of self-correction;
(II) Make, confirm and revise predictions;
(III) Understand and use key vocabulary;
(IV) Identify the main idea and supporting details;
(V) Make inferences;
(VI) Adjust the reading rate; and
(VII) Apply knowledge of the type of text; and
(3) With assistance, use strategies after completion of the reading which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Recall details;
(II) Restate main ideas;
(III) Organize information;
(IV) Record information;
(V) Synthesize the text;
(VI) Evaluate the text; and
(VII) Evaluate the effectiveness of the strategies of reading.
(c) Read literary texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate authors, cultures and time periods, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Identify:
(I) The setting;
(II) The sequence of events in a text;
(III) Examples of imagery;
(IV) Examples of sensory words;
(V) Examples of similes; and
(VI) The effects of rhythm and rhyme on text;
(2) Describe the:
(I) Physical traits of a character; and
(II) Personality traits of a character;
(3) With assistance, make inferences and draw conclusions, based on evidence from the text, about the:
(I) Setting;
(II) Plot; and
(III) Characters;
(4) Explain the main idea of the text;
(5) With assistance, identify:
(I) Conflicts;
(II) Resolutions;
(III) Dialect and slang;
(IV) How one event may cause another event;
(V) A lesson learned based on the actions of a character;
(VI) The theme of the text;
(VII) The first-person point of view;
(VIII) Personification;
(IX) Alliteration; and
(X) Idioms;
(6) With assistance, listen to and identify words and phrases that reveal tone;
(7) Read and discuss texts from different:
(I) Cultures; and
(II) Time periods;
(8) With assistance, compare texts from different:
(I) Cultures; and
(II) Time periods;
(9) Make predictions based on evidence from the text;
(10) With assistance, make connections between the text and:
(I) The pupil;
(II) Other texts; and
(III) The world; and
(11) Use information to answer specific questions.
(d) Read expository and persuasive texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate the texts for specific purposes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Identify the purpose of and gain information from:
(I) Illustrations;
(II) Graphs;
(III) Charts;
(IV) Titles;
(V) Text boxes;
(VI) Diagrams;
(VII) Headings; and
(VIII) Tables of content;
(2) With assistance, gain information from glossaries, indices and maps;
(3) With assistance, explain the use of:
(I) Boldface type;
(II) Underlined type;
(III) Highlighted type;
(IV) Italicized type;
(V) Abbreviations; and
(VI) Acronyms;
(4) With assistance, identify:
(I) Dialect;
(II) Slang;
(III) Alliteration;
(IV) Metaphors;
(V) Words and phrases that reveal an author’s tone;
(VI) Theme;
(VII) A cause and its effect on events and relationships;
(VIII) Problems and solutions to the problems; and
(IX) A main idea based on evidence from the text;
(5) Identify:
(I) Cause and effect; and
(II) Fact and opinion;
(6) Explain the topic of the text;
(7) Describe the:
(I) Sequential order of the text; and
(II) Chronological order of the text;
(8) Read and discuss texts from different:
(I) Cultures; and
(II) Time periods;
(9) With assistance, compare texts from different:
(I) Cultures; and
(II) Time periods;
(10) With assistance, make connections between the text and:
(I) The pupil;
(II) Other texts; and
(III) The world;
(11) Use information to answer specific questions;
(12) Make predictions based on evidence from the text;
(13) With assistance, make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text; and
(14) Read and follow directions to complete a task.
2. For the area of writing:
(a) Write a variety of texts using the writing process, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Use prewriting strategies to plan written work;
(2) With assistance, choose and narrow a topic to organize ideas;
(3) With assistance, explore a topic to plan written work;
(4) Draft sentences about a single topic which:
(I) Are appropriate for the audience;
(II) Address the purpose; and
(III) Contain supporting details;
(5) With assistance, draft paragraphs about a single topic which address:
(I) The audience;
(II) The purpose; and
(III) Supporting details;
(6) With assistance, revise drafts:
(I) For organization;
(II) To focus ideas;
(III) For voice;
(IV) For appropriateness for the audience;
(V) For purpose;
(VI) For relevant details;
(VII) For word choice; and
(VIII) For sentence fluency;
(7) Edit sentences to ensure correct spelling of high-frequency words, content words and patterned words;
(8) Edit for the proper capitalization of:
(I) First and last names;
(II) The beginning of sentences;
(III) Months of the year; and
(IV) Days of the week;
(9) With assistance, edit for the proper capitalization of:
(I) Proper nouns;
(II) Initials; and
(III) Titles;
(10) Edit punctuation for:
(I) Punctuation at the end of a sentence; and
(II) Commas;
(11) With assistance, edit punctuation for apostrophes;
(12) With assistance, edit for the correct use of:
(I) Nouns;
(II) Verbs;
(III) Pronouns;
(IV) Adjectives;
(V) Agreement between the subject and verb; and
(VI) Verb tenses;
(13) Edit sentence structure for complete sentences;
(14) With assistance, edit sentences to combine sentences, when combining is appropriate; and
(15) Prepare a legible final draft to display or share.
(b) Write a variety of texts that inform, persuade, describe, evaluate, entertain or tell a story and are appropriate to purpose and audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Write sentences using a topic sentence that is:
(I) Generated by the teacher; and
(II) Generated by the pupil;
(2) With assistance, write paragraphs which include:
(I) A topic sentence;
(II) Supporting details; and
(III) A concluding statement;
(3) Write sentences about experiences and events appropriate to the purpose and audience;
(4) With assistance, write paragraphs about experiences and events which are appropriate to the purpose and audience and which:
(I) Are arranged in a logical sequence;
(II) Include characters; and
(III) Describe a setting;
(5) Write:
(I) Poetry;
(II) Responses to literary text;
(III) Responses to expository text;
(IV) An opinion statement; and
(V) Friendly letters adhering to an established format;
(6) With assistance, write persuasive paragraphs that include supporting evidence;
(7) With assistance, write directions to complete a task;
(8) Write sentences that:
(I) Formulate a question;
(II) Record information; and
(III) Answer a research question; and
(9) Identify the:
(I) Title of a text; and
(II) Author of a text.
3. For the area of listening, listen to and evaluate oral communications for content, style, purpose of the speaker and appropriateness for the audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Listen for a variety of purposes, including, without limitation:
(1) To gain information;
(2) Entertainment; and
(3) To understand directions;
(b) With assistance, listen for and identify the:
(1) Main idea;
(2) Purpose;
(3) Message;
(4) Mood; and
(5) Tone;
(c) With assistance, listen to and retell ideas;
(d) With assistance, listen for and summarize ideas and supporting details;
(e) Listen to and respond to oral communications;
(f) Expand vocabulary through listening;
(g) Listen for and identify:
(1) Dialect; and
(2) The use of formal and informal language;
(h) With assistance, listen for and identify social and academic language;
(i) Actively listen to a speaker; and
(j) Listen to and participate in conversations.
4. For the area of speaking, speak using organization, style, tone, voice and media aids appropriate to the audience and purpose and participate in discussions to offer information, clarify ideas and support positions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Give directions to complete tasks;
(b) Ask questions to clarify directions;
(c) Use precise language to describe:
(1) Feelings;
(2) Experiences;
(3) Observations; and
(4) Ideas;
(d) With assistance, use standard English to communicate ideas;
(e) Speak clearly with prosody;
(f) With assistance, use techniques for public speaking to deliver presentations which address the audience with appropriate:
(1) Volume;
(2) Eye contact;
(3) Enunciation;
(4) Posture;
(5) Expression; and
(6) Purpose;
(g) Communicate information while maintaining a clear focus;
(h) Communicate statements that express an opinion;
(i) Participate in group discussions following a process in which pupils take turns;
(j) Ask relevant questions to clarify and gather information;
(k) With assistance, communicate information in a logical sequence; and
(l) Demonstrate phonemic awareness of spoken words through:
(1) Matching;
(2) Isolating;
(3) Blending;
(4) Segmenting;
(5) Deleting; and
(6) Substituting.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R073-01, 11-1-2001; R102-07, 1-30-2008)
NAC 389.2433 Information literacy. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the second grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades to be information literate. Instruction in the second grade, regardless of whether it takes place in the library or the classroom, must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards for information literacy by the completion of the second grade:
1. For the areas of understanding the process of obtaining information in such a manner as to access information efficiently and effectively, evaluate information critically and competently, and use information accurately and creatively, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Recognize the need for information by giving examples of situations in which information beyond the pupil’s own knowledge is needed to resolve an information problem or question.
(b) Recognize that accurate and comprehensive information is the basis for intelligent decision making by selecting examples of accurate and inaccurate information and complete and incomplete information.
(c) Formulate questions by stating at least one broad question that will help in finding the needed information.
(d) Identify a variety of potential sources of information by listing several sources of information and explaining the kind of information found in each source.
(e) Develop and use successful strategies for locating information by listing some ideas for identifying and finding the needed information.
(f) Distinguish among fact, point of view and opinion by recognizing those concepts in various sources and products of information.
(g) Select information appropriate to a specific problem or question by recognizing information that is applicable to that problem or question.
(h) Organize information for practical application by describing several ways to organize information, including chronologically, topically and hierarchically.
(i) Integrate new information into a pupil’s existing knowledge by recognizing and understanding new information and ideas.
(j) Apply information using critical thinking and problem-solving skills by identifying information that meets a particular need for information.
(k) Produce and communicate information and ideas in appropriate formats by naming a variety of different formats for presenting different kinds of information.
2. For the areas of pursuing information related to personal interests, appreciating literature and other creative expressions of information, and striving for excellence in seeking information and generating knowledge, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Seek information relating to various dimensions of personal well-being, such as vocational interests, involvement in community, matters concerning health and recreational pursuits by:
(1) Occasionally seeking information about topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being; and
(2) Generally expanding beyond the pupil’s own knowledge to seek information concerning topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being.
(b) Design, develop and evaluate information and conclusions based upon that information relating to topics of personal interest to the pupil by organizing and presenting basic information gathered by the pupil relating to those topics of personal interest.
(c) Function as a competent and self-motivated reader by explaining and discussing various examples of fiction.
(d) Derive meaning from information presented creatively in a variety of formats by explaining and discussing films, plays and other creative presentations of information.
(e) Develop creative methods of conveying information in a variety of formats by expressing information and ideas creatively in simple formats.
(f) Assess the quality of the process and outcome of the pupil’s efforts to obtain information by retracing the steps the pupil took to find information and explaining which were most useful for resolving a problem or question concerning the information.
3. For the areas of recognizing the importance of information to a democratic society, practicing ethical behavior in regard to information and information technology, and participating effectively in groups to pursue and generate information, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Seek information from diverse sources, contexts, disciplines and cultures by identifying several appropriate sources for resolving an information problem or question.
(b) Respect the principle of equitable access to information by explaining why it is important for all pupils to have access to information, information sources and information technology.
(c) Respect the principles of intellectual freedom by defining or giving examples of “intellectual freedom.”
(d) Respect intellectual property rights by giving examples of what it means to respect intellectual property rights.
(e) Use information technology responsibly by stating the main points of the policy of the pupil’s school regarding the use of computing and communications hardware, software and networks.
(f) Share and contribute knowledge and information with other pupils in groups by seeking and communicating specific facts, opinions and points of view related to information problems or questions.
(g) Respect the ideas and backgrounds of other pupils and acknowledge the contributions of other pupils by describing their ideas accurately and completely.
(h) Collaborate with others, both in person and through technologies, to identify information problems and to seek solutions by:
(1) Expressing the pupil’s own ideas appropriately and effectively, in person and remotely through technologies, while working in groups to identify and resolve information problems;
(2) Participating actively in discussions with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to analyze information problems and suggest solutions; and
(3) Participating actively in discussions with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to devise solutions to information problems that integrate the information and ideas of group members.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R071-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R013-03, 10-30-2003)
NAC 389.2435 Mathematics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the second grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in mathematics offered in public schools. Instruction in the second grade in mathematics must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the second grade:
1. For the areas of numbers, number sense and computation, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must accurately calculate and use estimation techniques, number relationships, operation rules and algorithms, and determine the reasonableness of answers and the accuracy of solutions. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Identify and model basic addition facts for sums through 18 and the corresponding subtraction facts;
(b) Immediately recall from memory basic addition facts for sums through 18 and the corresponding subtraction facts;
(c) Add and subtract one-digit and two-digit numbers without regrouping;
(d) Generate and solve one-step addition and subtraction problems based on practical situations;
(e) Use the patterns in numbers to skip count;
(f) Estimate the number of objects in a set through 20 and verify by counting;
(g) Read and write numbers as words through 20;
(h) Identify and model the unit fractions 1/2 and 1/4 as equal parts of a whole or set of objects;
(i) Identify, use and model place value positions of 1s, 10s and 100s;
(j) Identify the value of a given digit in the 1s, 10s and 100s place;
(k) Identify equal parts of a whole;
(l) Read, write, compare and order numbers from 0 through 999;
(m) Identify the 1st through 20th ordinal positions;
(n) Create, compare and describe sets of objects and numbers from 1 through 100 as greater than, less than or equal to;
(o) Model addition and subtraction in a variety of ways using pictorial representations and symbols to illustrate subtraction of sets, comparison of sets and missing addends; and
(p) Reinforce the use of mathematical vocabulary and symbols to describe addition, subtraction and equality.
2. For the areas of patterns, functions and algebra, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use various algebraic methods to analyze, illustrate, extend and create numerous representations, including, without limitation, words, numbers, tables, and graphs of patterns, functions and algebraic relations. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Recognize, describe, extend, create and use repeating and increasing patterns, symbols, objects and manipulatives to solve problems;
(b) Use patterns and their extensions to solve problems;
(c) Model, explain and identify missing operations and missing numbers in open number sentences involving number facts in addition and subtraction;
(d) Complete number sentences using the words plus, minus, greater than, less than or equal to, as appropriate, or using the corresponding symbol; and
(e) Represent mathematical situations using numbers, symbols and words.
3. For the area of measurement, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use appropriate tools and techniques of measurement to determine, estimate, record and verify direct and indirect measurements. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Compare and order objects by various measurable attributes, including, without limitation, time, temperature, length, weight, capacity and area, and describe and define those various attributes;
(b) Compare objects to standard whole units to ascertain objects that are greater than, less than or equal to a given unit;
(c) Determine the value of any given set of coins;
(d) Read the time of day to the nearest half hour and quarter hour;
(e) Recognize equivalent combinations of coins;
(f) Use decimals to show amounts of money;
(g) Use elapsed time in 1-hour increments, beginning on the hour, to determine the start time, end time and elapsed time; and
(h) Recognize that there are 12 months in 1 year, 7 days in 1 week and 24 hours in 1 day.
4. For the areas of spatial relationships, logic and geometry, to solve problems, communicate and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must identify, represent, verify and apply spatial relationships and geometric properties. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Describe, sketch and compare two-dimensional shapes without regard to orientation;
(b) Identify shapes that are congruent and similar, including, without limitation, circles, triangles, rectangles and squares;
(c) Identify symmetry in figures as they appear in the environment;
(d) Identify, name, sort and describe two-dimensional and three-dimensional geometric figures and objects, including, without limitation, a circle, sphere, square and cube; and
(e) Sort and classify objects by two or more attributes.
5. For the area of data analysis, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must collect, organize, display, interpret and analyze data to determine statistical relationships and probability projections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Collect, record and classify data in response to questions posed by a teacher and other pupils;
(b) Use tables, pictographs and bar graphs to represent data; and
(c) Use informal concepts of probability, including, without limitation, certain and impossible probability, to make predictions about future events.
6. For the area of problem solving, to develop the ability to solve problems, a pupil must engage in developmentally appropriate opportunities for problem solving in which there is a need to use various approaches to investigate and understand mathematical concepts to formulate problems, find solutions to problems, develop and apply strategies to solve problems, and integrate mathematical reasoning, communication and connections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Apply previous experience and knowledge to new problem-solving situations;
(b) Explain and verify results with respect to the original problem;
(c) Try more than one strategy to solve a problem when the first strategy proves unsuccessful; and
(d) Use technology, including, without limitation, a calculator, to develop mathematical concepts.
7. For the area of mathematical communication, to develop the ability to communicate mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to obtain information in everyday life by reading, listening and observing to translate information into mathematical language and symbols, process information mathematically, discuss and exchange ideas about mathematics as part of learning, read various fiction and nonfiction texts to learn about mathematics and present the results in written, oral and visual formats. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Use inquiry techniques to solve mathematical problems;
(b) Represent and communicate mathematical ideas using physical materials, models, pictures or writing;
(c) Identify and translate key words and phrases that imply mathematical operations; and
(d) Communicate strategies and solutions to mathematical problems using oral and written expression of everyday language.
8. For the area of mathematical reasoning, to develop the ability to reason mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to investigate mathematical ideas and construct his own learning in all content areas to reinforce and extend his ability to reason logically, reflect on, clarify and justify his thinking, ask questions to extend his learning, use patterns and relationships to analyze mathematical situations, and determine relevant, irrelevant and sufficient information to solve mathematical problems. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Draw logical conclusions about mathematical problems;
(b) Discuss the steps used to solve a mathematical problem; and
(c) Justify and explain the solutions to problems using physical models.
9. For the area of mathematical connections, to develop the ability to make mathematical connections, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to view mathematics as an integrated whole, including linking new concepts to prior knowledge, identifying relationships between content strands and integrating mathematics with other disciplines, thereby allowing the flexibility to approach problems in a variety of ways within and beyond the field of mathematics. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Apply mathematical thinking and modeling to solve problems that arise in other disciplines, including, without limitation, rhythm in music and motion in science; and
(b) Identify mathematics used in everyday life.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R073-01, 11-1-2001; R155-06, 9-18-2006)
NAC 389.2437 Social studies. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the second grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in social studies offered in public schools. Instruction in the second grade in social studies must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the second grade:
1. For the area of history:
(a) Use chronology to organize and understand the sequence and relationship of events, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify past and present events, and events that may occur in the future.
(b) Understand the impact of the interaction of peoples, cultures and ideas between the years 1200 and 1750, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain why Columbus day is celebrated.
(2) Explain why Thanksgiving Day is celebrated.
(c) Understand the people, events, ideas and conflicts that led to the creation and growth of a distinctive culture between the years 1700 and 1865, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain why Independence Day is celebrated.
(2) Explain why Presidents’ Day is celebrated.
(d) Understand the importance and impact of political, economic and social ideas between the years 1860 and 1920, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Tell why Labor Day is celebrated.
(2) Tell why Memorial Day and Veterans’ Day are celebrated.
(e) Understand the shift of international relationships and power, and significant developments in American culture between the years 1945 and 1990, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to explain why Martin Luther King Jr. Day is celebrated.
2. For the area of geography:
(a) Use maps, globes and other geographic tools and technologies to locate and derive information about people, places and environments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify titles and symbols on a variety of maps.
(2) Choose a title and construct a key from three given map symbols.
(3) Describe what a map or globe represents.
(4) Recognize simple landforms and bodies of water on maps, globes and photographs.
(5) Obtain simple information from bar graphs and pictographs.
(6) Identify spatial patterns on a map by recognizing the repetition of symbols or features.
(7) Identify land and water on a full-color map, correctly applying the terms “continent” and “ocean.”
(8) Locate Nevada and the United States of America on an appropriate map.
(b) Understand the physical and human features and cultural characteristics of places, and use that information to define and study regions and their patterns of changes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify two basic types of landforms and bodies of water.
(2) Identify four traditions and customs that are practiced by families other than the family of the pupil.
(3) Give four examples of how technology is used in the home and classroom.
(4) Identify changes that have occurred over time in the home or neighborhood in which the pupil lives or at the school which he attends.
(5) Identify five areas in a home or classroom which are used for different purposes.
(c) Understand how physical processes shape the surface patterns and ecosystems of the earth, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Recognize and describe the weather conditions which are typical for each of the traditional four seasons of the year.
(2) Label on a simple diagram some basic elements of an ecosystem, including, without limitation, air, water, weather, food, shelter, and plant and animal life.
(d) Understand how economic, political and cultural processes interact to shape patterns of human migration and settlement, influence and interdependence, and conflict and cooperation, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Use a school map to construct a visual model of population distribution.
(2) Give accurate oral directions from one location to another location within his school or community.
(3) Categorize four different ways to move people, goods and ideas.
(4) Compare three differences between rural and urban communities.
(5) Sort and explain the differences between goods and services.
(6) Use a map or chart to display information about an economic product, including, without limitation, clothing, a backpack or other personal item or a type of food.
(7) Distinguish between wants and needs, and describe how people acquire and fulfill those wants and needs.
(8) List different groups to which people belong.
(9) Identify places and occasions where cooperation and conflict can occur at school.
(e) Understand the effects of interactions between human and physical systems, and the changes in use, distribution and importance of resources, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify how people shape their physical environment at home and school, including, without limitation, lighting, heating and cooling.
(f) Apply geographic knowledge of people, places and environments to interpret the past, understand the present and plan for the future, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Recognize the location of major current events.
(2) Plan a spatial change for a classroom or school, including, without limitation, changing the location of furniture or pupils.
(g) Ask and answer questions about geography by acquiring, organizing and analyzing geographic information, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Ask questions about location, including, without limitation, questions to determine where something is and why is it there.
(2) Gather geographic information from books and pictures to identify elements of the physical and human environments.
(3) Make simple lists that distinguish between geographic and nongeographic information, organize information into simple graphs, including, without limitation, bar graphs and line graphs, and arrange visual material to illustrate a geographic process.
(4) Identify and group information from several geographic sources, including, without limitation, maps, tables, graphs, photographs and documents.
(5) Display the results of a geographic inquiry in an illustrated oral or written report.
3. For the area of civics:
(a) Know why society needs rules, law and governments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Name classroom and school rules, and identify why those rules are necessary.
(2) Contribute to the decision-making process of the class.
(b) Know the roles, rights and responsibilities of citizens of the United States, and know the symbols of the United States, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to name a patriotic activity, holiday or symbol, including, without limitation, Independence Day.
(c) Know the political and economic relationship between the United States and its citizens, and other countries and their citizens, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify his school and community.
4. For the area of economics:
(a) Use fundamental concepts in economics, including, without limitation, scarcity, choice, cost, incentives and a comparison of cost and benefits, to describe and analyze problems and opportunities, both individual and social, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Cite an example of a time when a choice was made, and describe what was given up in making that choice.
(2) Give several accurate examples of “all-or-nothing” choices.
(b) Demonstrate an understanding of how markets work, including, without limitation, an understanding of why markets form, how supply and demand interact to determine market prices and interest rates, and how changes in prices act as signals to coordinate trade, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Give examples of trade.
(2) Give examples of prices that people have paid when buying goods and services.
(3) Give reasons why consumers choose to buy more of a good or service, including, without limitation, because the price of the good or service is low, and why consumers choose to buy less of a good or a service, including, without limitation, because the price of the good or service is high.
(c) Describe the roles played by various economic institutions in the United States, including, without limitation, financial institutions, labor unions, for-profit business organizations and not-for-profit organizations, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify reasons why people use banks.
(d) Demonstrate an understanding of various forms of money, how money makes it easier to trade, borrow, save, invest and compare the value of services, and how the Federal Reserve System and its policies affect the supply of money in the United States, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to explain the role of money in the purchase of goods and services.
(e) Demonstrate an understanding of the economic system of the United States, as a whole, in terms of how it allocates resources, how it determines the production, income, unemployment and price levels in the United States and how it leads to variations in individual levels of income, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain the role of consumers in the purchase of goods and services.
(2) Give examples of ways that people earn money.
(f) Demonstrate an understanding of how investment, entrepreneurship, competition and specialization lead to changes in the structure and performance of an economy, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Give examples of tools and machinery that enhance the ability of a person or company to produce goods and services.
(2) Give examples of inventions.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R074-00, eff. 6-20-2000)
NAC 389.244 Science. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) Instruction in kindergarten through the second grade in science must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards by the completion of the second grade:
1. For the area of science inquiry:
(a) Understand that science is an active process of systematically examining the natural world;
(b) Know how to make observations and provide descriptions of such observations using words, numbers and drawings;
(c) Know that tools can be used safely to gather data and to extend the senses; and
(d) Know that observable patterns can be used to predict future events or sort items.
2. For the areas of science, technology and society:
(a) Understand that many people contribute to the field of science, including, without limitation, men and women of all ages and backgrounds; and
(b) Know that teamwork is beneficial to the study of science, including, without limitation, working and sharing findings with others.
3. For the area of matter:
(a) Understand that matter has observable properties;
(b) Know that matter can exist in a solid form or liquid form;
(c) Know that certain properties of materials can be changed by heating, freezing, mixing, cutting or bending the material;
(d) Know that matter can be categorized by observable properties, including, without limitation, color, size, shape and weight; and
(e) Know that different objects can be made of many different types of materials.
4. For the areas of force and motion:
(a) Understand that the position and motion of an object can be described;
(b) Know that the position and motion of an object can be changed by pushing or pulling the object;
(c) Know that an object can move:
(1) In various manners and directions, including, without limitation, straight lines, zigzags, vibrations and circular motions; and
(2) At various speeds, including, without limitation, fast and slow;
(d) Know that magnets can be used to make certain objects move without being touched; and
(e) Know that an object will fall to the ground unless something holds the object off of the ground.
5. For the area of energy:
(a) Understand that heat, light and sound can be produced;
(b) Know that the sun is a source of heat and light;
(c) Know that sound is produced through the vibration of one or more objects; and
(d) Know that an object can be described as hot or cold in relation to another object.
6. For the area of heredity:
(a) Understand that living things, including, without limitation, plants and animals, pass certain characteristics to their offspring that make them resemble each other; and
(b) Know that differences exist among individuals of the same kind of plant or animal.
7. For the area of the structure of life:
(a) Understand that living things have identifiable characteristics; and
(b) Know that humans and other animals use their senses to understand and adapt to their environment.
8. For the area of organisms and their environment:
(a) Understand that living things live in different places and environments;
(b) Know that plants and animals need certain resources for energy and growth;
(c) Know that a habitat includes, without limitation, food, water, shelter and space; and
(d) Know that living things exist almost everywhere on the earth.
9. For the area of the diversity of life:
(a) Understand that there are many kinds of living things on the earth;
(b) Know that plants and animals can be distinguished by observable characteristics and behaviors; and
(c) Know that certain plants and animals are extinct.
10. For the areas of the atmospheric processes and the cycle of water:
(a) Understand that changes in the weather can transform the state of water from a liquid form to a solid form or a solid form to a liquid form;
(b) Know that the sun is a source of heat and light;
(c) Know that the water on the earth exists in a liquid form or solid form and can transform from one form to the other form;
(d) Know that the weather changes from day to day and from season to season; and
(e) Know that the weather can be described in terms of certain measurements, including, without limitation, the degree of the temperature, the direction and speed of the wind, and the amount of precipitation.
11. For the areas of the solar system and the universe:
(a) Understand that there are objects in the sky which display patterns, including, without limitation, how they look, where they are located and how they move;
(b) Know that the sun rises every day and the moon can rise during the day and night;
(c) Know that the sun and moon appear to move across the sky; and
(d) Know that the shape of the moon appears to change over the course of a month.
12. For the area of the structure and composition of the earth:
(a) Understand that the earth is composed of various materials, including, without limitation, rock, soil and water;
(b) Know that rocks exist in various sizes, shapes, textures and colors;
(c) Know that different objects are made of different types of materials; and
(d) Know that the color and texture of soil depends upon the composition of the soil.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R041-05, 10-31-2005)
Instruction Through Third Grade
NAC 389.246 English language arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the beginning of the third grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in English language arts offered in public schools. Instruction in the third grade in English language arts must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the third grade:
1. For the area of reading:
(a) Know and use skills and strategies of word analysis to comprehend new words encountered in text and to develop vocabulary, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Decipher words in text using phonics and structural analysis by applying knowledge of:
(I) Short and long vowels;
(II) Digraphs;
(III) Diphthongs;
(IV) Base words;
(V) Suffixes;
(VI) Prefixes;
(VII) Compound words;
(VIII) Blends;
(IX) Word families;
(X) Spelling patterns; and
(XI) Syllables;
(2) Comprehend, build and expand vocabulary using:
(I) Syntax;
(II) Parts of speech;
(III) Homographs;
(IV) Homophones;
(V) Synonyms;
(VI) Antonyms;
(VII) Clues from the context in which the word is being used; and
(VIII) Structural analysis;
(3) Apply alphabetical order to locate words using the first and second letters of each word;
(4) Use resources to find and confirm the meaning of an unknown word encountered in a text;
(5) With assistance, identify the connotative and denotative meaning of a word in a text;
(6) Build vocabulary using pictures and symbols;
(7) Apply knowledge of high-frequency words in a text to build fluency and comprehension;
(8) With assistance, identify content-specific vocabulary in a text; and
(9) Read aloud with a focus on:
(I) Prosody;
(II) Accuracy;
(III) Automaticity; and
(IV) Reading rate.
(b) Use skills and strategies of reading process to build comprehension, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Use prereading strategies which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Preview the text;
(II) Access prior knowledge;
(III) Build background knowledge;
(IV) Set the purpose for reading the text;
(V) Make predictions;
(VI) Determine the reading rate; and
(VII) Determine the type of text;
(2) Use strategies during the reading process which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Apply strategies of self-correction;
(II) Make, confirm and revise predictions;
(III) Understand and use key vocabulary;
(IV) Identify the main idea and supporting details;
(V) Make inferences;
(VI) Adjust the reading rate; and
(VII) Apply knowledge of the type of text; and
(3) With assistance, use strategies after completion of the reading which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Recall details;
(II) Restate main ideas;
(III) Organize information;
(IV) Record information;
(V) Synthesize the text;
(VI) Evaluate the text; and
(VII) Evaluate the effectiveness of the strategies of reading.
(c) Read literary texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate authors, cultures and time periods, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Describe:
(I) The setting;
(II) The sequence of events;
(III) A conflict; and
(IV) The resolution of the conflict;
(2) With assistance, identify:
(I) The climax;
(II) The turning point;
(III) The protagonist and antagonist;
(IV) The theme of the text;
(V) The third-person limited point of view;
(VI) Metaphors;
(VII) Hyperbole; and
(VIII) The use of formal and informal language;
(3) Identify:
(I) How one event may cause another event;
(II) A lesson learned based on the events or the actions of a character;
(III) The first-person point of view;
(IV) The effects of rhythm and rhyme on the text;
(V) Idioms;
(VI) Alliteration;
(VII) Sensory words;
(VIII) Dialect;
(IX) Slang; and
(X) Words and phrases that reveal tone;
(4) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text about the:
(I) Setting;
(II) Plot; and
(III) Characters;
(5) Describe the:
(I) Physical traits of a character;
(II) Personality traits of a character; and
(III) Motivation for the actions of a character;
(6) Explain the main idea of a text and support the explanation with evidence from the text;
(7) Identify examples of:
(I) Imagery;
(II) Similes; and
(III) Personification;
(8) Compare texts from different:
(I) Cultures; and
(II) Time periods;
(9) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;
(10) Make connections between the text and:
(I) The pupil;
(II) Other texts; and
(III) The world;
(11) Use information to answer specific questions; and
(12) With assistance, summarize information.
(d) Read expository and persuasive texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate the texts for specific purposes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Identify the purpose of and gain information from:
(I) Illustrations;
(II) Graphs;
(III) Charts;
(IV) Titles;
(V) Text boxes;
(VI) Diagrams;
(VII) Headings;
(VIII) Maps;
(IX) Tables of content;
(X) Glossaries; and
(XI) Indices;
(2) Identify and explain the use of:
(I) Boldface type;
(II) Underlined type;
(III) Highlighted type;
(IV) Italicized type;
(V) Abbreviations; and
(VI) Acronyms;
(3) Identify:
(I) Dialect;
(II) Slang;
(III) Metaphors;
(IV) Words and phrases that reveal an author’s tone;
(V) Techniques of persuasion and propaganda;
(VI) A cause and its effect on events and relationships;
(VII) A problem and the solution to the problem; and
(VIII) The main idea, which must be supported by evidence from the text;
(4) With assistance, identify:
(I) Alliteration;
(II) Informal and formal language;
(III) Idioms;
(IV) Similes;
(V) Personification;
(VI) How language is used for persuasion and propaganda; and
(VII) The theme of the text;
(5) Explain the topic of the text and support the explanation with evidence;
(6) With assistance, distinguish the theme of the text from the topic of the text;
(7) Describe the:
(I) Sequential order of the text; and
(II) Chronological order of the text;
(8) With assistance, trace the development of the argument, viewpoint or perspective of the author;
(9) Compare texts from different:
(I) Cultures; and
(II) Time periods;
(10) Make connections between the text and:
(I) The pupil;
(II) Other texts; and
(III) The world;
(11) Use information to answer specific questions;
(12) With assistance, develop hypotheses based on information;
(13) With assistance, summarize information;
(14) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;
(15) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text;
(16) Distinguish between fact and opinion; and
(17) Read and follow directions to complete a task.
2. For the area of writing:
(a) Write a variety of texts using the writing process, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Use prewriting strategies to plan written work;
(2) Choose and narrow a topic to organize ideas;
(3) Explore a topic to plan written work;
(4) Draft paragraphs about a single topic which:
(I) Are appropriate for the audience;
(II) Address the purpose; and
(III) Contain supporting details;
(5) With assistance, draft papers which contain more than one paragraph about a single topic and which include:
(I) An introduction; and
(II) A conclusion;
(6) With assistance, revise drafts:
(I) For organization;
(II) To focus ideas;
(III) For voice;
(IV) For appropriateness for the audience;
(V) For purpose;
(VI) For relevant details;
(VII) For word choice; and
(VIII) For sentence fluency;
(7) Edit paragraphs to ensure correct spelling of high-frequency words, content words and patterned words;
(8) Edit for the proper capitalization of:
(I) The beginning of sentences;
(II) Months of the year;
(III) Days of the week;
(IV) Proper nouns;
(V) Initials; and
(VI) Titles;
(9) With assistance, edit for the proper capitalization of abbreviations;
(10) Edit punctuation for:
(I) Punctuation at the end of a sentence;
(II) Commas; and
(III) Apostrophes;
(11) With assistance, edit punctuation for quotation marks;
(12) Edit for the correct use of:
(I) Nouns;
(II) Verbs;
(III) Pronouns;
(IV) Adjectives;
(V) Agreement between the subject and verb; and
(VI) Verb tenses;
(13) With assistance, edit for the correct use of adverbs;
(14) Edit sentence structure:
(I) For complete sentences; and
(II) To combine sentences, when combining is appropriate;
(15) With assistance, edit sentences for:
(I) Compound sentences; and
(II) Complex sentences; and
(16) Prepare a legible final draft to display or share.
(b) Write a variety of texts that inform, persuade, describe, evaluate, entertain or tell a story and are appropriate to the purpose and audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Write paragraphs which include:
(I) A topic sentence;
(II) Supporting details; and
(III) A concluding statement;
(2) With assistance, write papers which contain more than one paragraph and which include:
(I) A beginning, a middle and an end; and
(II) A thesis statement;
(3) Write paragraphs about experiences and events appropriate to the purpose and audience that:
(I) Are arranged in a logical sequence;
(II) Include characters; and
(III) Describe a setting;
(4) With assistance, write paragraphs about experiences and events which are appropriate to the purpose and the audience and which include:
(I) A plot; and
(II) Dialogue;
(5) Write:
(I) Poetry;
(II) Responses to literary text;
(III) Responses to expository text;
(IV) An opinion statement;
(V) Friendly letters adhering to an established format; and
(VI) Directions to complete a task;
(6) With assistance, write:
(I) Persuasive paragraphs that include supporting evidence;
(II) Responses to text that demonstrate an understanding of the setting;
(III) Responses to text that use specific details from the text; and
(IV) Persuasive essays and compositions that include supporting evidence;
(7) With assistance, summarize information; and
(8) Write research papers by:
(I) Formulating and recording questions;
(II) Identifying and collecting information;
(III) Recording information from sources used to prepare the research paper;
(IV) Organizing information collected by the pupil; and
(V) Documenting the sources from which information was obtained.
3. For the area of listening, listen to a speaker and evaluate oral communications for content, style, purpose of the speaker and appropriateness for the audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Listen for a variety of purposes, including, without limitation:
(1) To gain information;
(2) Entertainment; and
(3) To understand directions;
(b) Listen for and identify:
(1) The main idea;
(2) The purpose;
(3) The message;
(4) The mood;
(5) The tone;
(6) Dialect; and
(7) The use of formal and informal language;
(c) Listen to and retell ideas with supporting details;
(d) With assistance, listen for and summarize ideas and supporting details;
(e) With assistance, listen for and distinguish fact from opinion;
(f) Listen to and respond to oral communications;
(g) With assistance, listen to and evaluate the content of oral communications;
(h) Expand vocabulary through listening;
(i) With assistance, listen for and identify social and academic language;
(j) Actively listen to a speaker;
(k) Listen to and participate in conversations;
(l) With assistance, listen to and evaluate constructive feedback; and
(m) With assistance, provide constructive feedback.
4. For the area of speaking, speak using organization, style, tone, voice and media aids appropriate to audience and purpose and participate in discussions to offer information, clarify ideas and support positions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Give directions to complete tasks;
(b) Ask questions to clarify directions;
(c) Use precise language to describe:
(1) Feelings;
(2) Experiences;
(3) Observations; and
(4) Ideas;
(d) Use standard English to communicate ideas;
(e) Speak clearly with prosody;
(f) Use techniques for public speaking to deliver presentations which address the audience with appropriate:
(1) Volume;
(2) Eye contact;
(3) Enunciation;
(4) Posture;
(5) Expression;
(6) Purpose; and
(7) Prosody;
(g) Communicate information:
(1) While maintaining a clear focus; and
(2) In a logical sequence;
(h) With assistance, communicate information by illustrating information using media aids;
(i) Communicate statements that express an opinion;
(j) With assistance, defend a position using evidence which supports that position;
(k) Contribute and respond to conversations and discussions about a specified topic;
(l) Ask relevant questions to clarify information; and
(m) With assistance, take a leadership role in conversations and discussions.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R073-01, 11-1-2001; R102-07, 1-30-2008)
NAC 389.248 Information literacy. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the third grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades to be information literate. Instruction in the third grade, regardless of whether it takes place in the library or the classroom, must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards for information literacy by the completion of the third grade:
1. For the areas of understanding the process of obtaining information in such a manner as to access information efficiently and effectively, evaluate information critically and competently, and use information accurately and creatively, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Recognize the need for information by:
(1) Giving examples of situations in which additional information beyond the pupil’s own knowledge is needed to resolve an information problem or question;
(2) Determining whether additional information beyond the pupil’s own knowledge is needed to resolve an information problem or question; and
(3) By selecting examples of accurate and inaccurate information and complete and incomplete information.
(b) Recognize that accurate and comprehensive information is the basis for intelligent decision making by explaining the differences between accurate and inaccurate information.
(c) Formulate questions by:
(1) Stating at least one broad question that will help in finding the needed information; and
(2) Stating both broad and specific questions that will help in finding the needed information.
(d) Identify a variety of potential sources of information by listing several sources of information and by explaining the kind of information found in each source.
(e) Develop and use successful strategies for locating information by listing some ideas for identifying and finding information that is needed.
(f) Determine accuracy, relevance and comprehensiveness by defining “accuracy,” “relevance” and “comprehensiveness” and giving examples of their applications.
(g) Distinguish among fact, point of view and opinion by:
(1) Recognizing those concepts in various sources and products of information; and
(2) Explaining how those concepts are different from the others.
(h) Identify inaccurate and misleading information by explaining how such information can lead to faulty conclusions.
(i) Select information that is appropriate to a specific problem or question by recognizing information that is applicable to that problem or question.
(j) Organize information for practical application by:
(1) Describing several ways to organize information, including chronologically, topically and hierarchically; and
(2) Organizing the information in different ways according to the specific information problem or question.
(k) Integrate new information into the pupil’s existing knowledge by:
(1) Recognizing and understanding new information and ideas; and
(2) Combining what is already known about a topic with new information and drawing conclusions using the combined information.
(l) Apply information in critical thinking and problem solving by:
(1) Identifying information that meets a particular need for information; and
(2) Using information from a variety of sources to resolve an information problem or question.
(m) Produce and communicate information and ideas in appropriate formats by:
(1) Naming a variety of different formats for presenting different kinds of information; and
(2) Choosing an appropriate format for presenting information from a variety of sources based on the information itself, the audience, and the nature of the information problem or question to determine the applicability of that format to a specific information problem or question.
2. For the areas of pursuing information related to personal interests, appreciating literature and other creative expressions of information, and striving for excellence in seeking information and generating knowledge, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Seek information relating to various dimensions of personal well-being, such as vocational interests, involvement in community, matters concerning health and recreational pursuits by:
(1) Occasionally seeking information about topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being; and
(2) Generally expanding beyond the pupil’s own knowledge to seek information concerning topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being.
(b) Design, develop and evaluate information and conclusions based upon that information relating to topics of personal interest to the pupil by:
(1) Organizing and presenting basic information gathered by the pupil relating to those topics of personal interest; and
(2) Creating solutions and methods of conveying information concerning those topics of personal interest.
(c) Function as a competent and self-motivated reader by:
(1) Explaining and discussing various examples of fiction; and
(2) Choosing fiction and other types of literature to read and analyze.
(d) Derive meaning from information presented creatively in a variety of formats by explaining and discussing films, plays and other creative presentations of information.
(e) Develop creative methods of conveying information in a variety of formats by:
(1) Expressing information and ideas creatively in simple formats; and
(2) Expressing information and ideas creatively in ways that combine several formats.
(f) Assess the quality of the process and outcome of the pupil’s efforts to obtain information by:
(1) Retracing the steps the pupil took to obtain information and explaining which were most useful for resolving a problem or question concerning the information; and
(2) Assessing each step the pupil took to obtain information with respect to a specific problem concerning the information and assessing the result.
(g) Devise basic strategies for revising, improving and updating self-generated knowledge by explaining those basic strategies.
3. For the areas of recognizing the importance of information to a democratic society, practicing ethical behavior in regard to information and information technology, and participating effectively in groups to pursue and generate information, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Seek information from diverse sources, contexts, disciplines and cultures by identifying several appropriate sources for resolving an information problem or question.
(b) Respect the principle of equitable access to information by:
(1) Explaining why it is important for all pupils to have access to information, information sources and information technology; and
(2) Using information, information sources and information technology efficiently so that they are available for other pupils to use.
(c) Respect the principles of intellectual freedom by:
(1) Defining or giving examples of “intellectual freedom”; and
(2) Analyzing a situation in terms of its relationship to intellectual freedom, including, without limitation, issuing a personal opinion of a book or video in the library media center.
(d) Respect intellectual property rights by:
(1) Giving examples of what it means to respect intellectual property rights; and
(2) Analyzing situations to determine the steps necessary to respect intellectual property rights, including, without limitation, the creation of a term paper or the development of a multimedia product.
(e) Use information technology responsibly by stating the main points of the policy of the pupil’s school regarding the use of computing and communications hardware, software and networks.
(f) Share and contribute knowledge and information with other pupils in groups by:
(1) Seeking and communicating specific facts, opinions and points of view related to information problems or questions; and
(2) Using information sources and selecting information and ideas that will contribute directly to the success of group projects.
(g) Respect the ideas and backgrounds of other pupils and acknowledge their contributions by:
(1) Describing the ideas of other pupils accurately and completely; and
(2) Encouraging consideration of ideas and information from all group members.
(h) Collaborate with others, both in person and through technologies, to identify information problems and to seek solutions by:
(1) Expressing the pupil’s own ideas appropriately and effectively, in person and remotely through technologies, while working in groups to identify and resolve information problems;
(2) Participating actively in discussions with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to analyze information problems and suggest solutions; and
(3) Participating actively in discussions with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to devise solutions to information problems that integrate the information and ideas of group members.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R071-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R013-03, 10-30-2003)
NAC 389.251 Mathematics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the third grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in mathematics offered in public schools. Instruction in the third grade in mathematics must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the third grade:
1. For the areas of numbers, number sense and computation, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must accurately calculate and use estimation techniques, number relationships, operation rules and algorithms, and determine the reasonableness of answers and the accuracy of solutions. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Immediately recall and use addition and subtraction facts;
(b) Immediately recall multiplication facts for products through 81;
(c) Add and subtract two-digit and three-digit numbers with and without regrouping;
(d) Generate and solve two-step addition and subtraction problems based on practical situations;
(e) Generate and solve one-step multiplication problems based on practical situations;
(f) Add and subtract decimals using money as a model;
(g) Read, write, compare and order numbers from 0 through 9,999;
(h) Read and write numbers as words through 100;
(i) Use, model and identify the place value positions of 1s, 10s, 100s and 1,000s;
(j) Identify the value of a given digit in the 1s, 10s, 100s and 1,000s place;
(k) Identify and model the unit fractions 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/6 and 1/8 as equal parts of a whole or set of objects;
(l) Read and write unit fractions with numbers and with words that represent numbers;
(m) Model and explain multiplication and division as skip-counting patterns;
(n) Model and explain multiplication and division as repeated addition or subtraction;
(o) Estimate the number of objects in a set using a variety of techniques;
(p) Model addition, subtraction, multiplication and division in a variety of ways; and
(q) Use mathematical vocabulary and symbols to describe multiplication and division.
2. For the areas of patterns, functions and algebra, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use various algebraic methods to analyze, illustrate, extend and create numerous representations, including, without limitation, words, numbers, tables, and graphs of patterns, functions and algebraic relations. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Recognize, describe and create patterns by using objects and numbers found in tables, number charts and charts;
(b) Record results of patterns created by using manipulatives, pictures and numeric representations and describe how they are extended;
(c) Model, explain and solve open number sentences involving addition, subtraction and multiplication facts;
(d) Use variables and open sentences to express relationships; and
(e) Complete number sentences using the words plus, minus, greater than, less than or equal to, as appropriate, or using the corresponding symbol.
3. For the area of measurement, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use appropriate tools and techniques of measurement to determine, estimate, record and verify direct and indirect measurements. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Compare, order and describe objects by using various measurable attributes for area, volume and capacity;
(b) Select and use appropriate units of measure;
(c) Measure to a required degree of accuracy to the nearest 1/2 unit;
(d) Determine possible combinations of coins and bills to equal given amounts;
(e) Read, write and use money notations;
(f) Recognize equivalent relationships between and among bills and coins;
(g) Tell the time of day to the nearest minute by using analog and digital clocks;
(h) Determine start, end and elapsed time by using elapsed time in half-hour increments, beginning on the hour or half-hour; and
(i) Recognize that there are 60 minutes in 1 hour.
4. For the areas of spatial relationships, logic and geometry, to solve problems, communicate and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must identify, represent, verify and apply spatial relationships and geometric properties. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Describe, sketch, compare and contrast plane geometric figures;
(b) Demonstrate and describe the transformational motions of a geometric figure, including, without limitation, a translation or slide, a rotation or turn, and a reflection or flip;
(c) Sketch, model, build, compare and contrast two-dimensional and three-dimensional geometric figures and objects;
(d) Create two-dimensional designs that contain a line of symmetry;
(e) Identify, draw and describe horizontal, vertical and oblique lines; and
(f) Use the quantifiers all, some and none to describe the characteristics of a set.
5. For the area of data analysis, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must collect, organize, display, interpret and analyze data to determine statistical relationships and probability projections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Use informal concepts of probability such as impossible, unlikely, likely and certain to make predictions about future events;
(b) Pose questions that can be used to guide data collection, organization and representation; and
(c) Use graphical representations, including, without limitation, number lines, frequency tables and pictographs, to represent data.
6. For the area of problem solving, to develop the ability to solve problems, a pupil must engage in developmentally appropriate opportunities for problem solving in which there is a need to use various approaches to investigate and understand mathematical concepts to formulate problems, find solutions to problems, develop and apply strategies to solve problems, and integrate mathematical reasoning, communication and connections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Generalize and apply previous experiences and strategies to new problem-solving situations;
(b) Determine an efficient problem-solving strategy and verify, interpret and evaluate the results with respect to the original problem;
(c) Try more than one strategy to solve a problem when the first strategy proves unsuccessful;
(d) Interpret and solve a variety of mathematical problems by paraphrasing;
(e) Identify necessary and extraneous information;
(f) Check the reasonableness of a solution; and
(g) Use technology, including, without limitation, a calculator, to develop mathematical concepts.
7. For the area of mathematical communication, to develop the ability to communicate mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to obtain information in everyday life by reading, listening and observing to translate information into mathematical language and symbols, process information mathematically, discuss and exchange ideas about mathematics as part of learning, read various fiction and nonfiction texts to learn about mathematics and present the results in written, oral and visual formats. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Use inquiry techniques to solve mathematical problems;
(b) Use a variety of methods to represent and communicate mathematical ideas through oral, verbal and written formats;
(c) Identify and translate key words and phrases that imply mathematical operations; and
(d) Communicate strategies and solutions to mathematical problems by using oral and written expression of everyday language.
8. For the area of mathematical reasoning, to develop the ability to reason mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to investigate mathematical ideas and construct his own learning in all content areas to reinforce and extend his ability to reason logically, reflect on, clarify and justify his thinking, ask questions to extend his learning, use patterns and relationships to analyze mathematical situations, and determine relevant, irrelevant and sufficient information to solve mathematical problems. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Draw logical conclusions about mathematical problems;
(b) Follow a logical argument and judge the validity of the argument;
(c) Review and refine the assumptions and steps used to derive conclusions in mathematical arguments; and
(d) Justify and explain the solutions to problems using manipulatives and physical models.
9. For the area of mathematical connections, to develop the ability to make mathematical connections, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to view mathematics as an integrated whole, including linking new concepts to prior knowledge, identifying relationships between content strands and integrating mathematics with other disciplines, thereby allowing the flexibility to approach problems in a variety of ways within and beyond the field of mathematics. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Use mathematical ideas from one area of mathematics to explain an idea from another area of mathematics;
(b) Use physical models to explain the relationship between concepts and procedures;
(c) Apply mathematical thinking and modeling to solve problems that arise in other disciplines, including, without limitation, rhythm in music and motion in science; and
(d) Identify, explain and use mathematics in everyday life.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R073-01, 11-1-2001; R155-06, 9-18-2006)
NAC 389.254 Social studies. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the third grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in social studies offered in public schools. Instruction in the third grade in social studies must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the third grade:
1. For the area of history:
(a) Use chronology to organize and understand the sequence and relationship of events, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify the source of information for a current event.
(2) Read a timeline.
(b) Use vocabulary and concepts specific to social studies to engage in inquiry, research and analysis, and use related decision-making skills, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to ask questions related to history.
(c) Understand the impact of the interaction of peoples, cultures and ideas between the years 1200 and 1750, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify what life was like for a Native American living in North America before European contact, including, without limitation, food, clothing and shelter.
(d) Understand the people, events, ideas and conflicts that led to the creation and growth of a distinctive culture between the years 1700 and 1865, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify the Declaration of Independence.
(2) Identify patriotic symbols, including, without limitation, the bald eagle, the flag of the United States and the Liberty Bell.
(3) Identify the “Star Spangled Banner” as the national anthem of the United States.
(4) Describe the life of the pioneers.
(e) Understand the importance and impact of political, economic and social ideas between the years 1860 and 1920, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify the Statue of Liberty as a patriotic symbol of the United States.
2. For the area of geography:
(a) Use maps, globes and other geographic tools and technologies to locate and derive information about people, places and environments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify and use the cardinal directions, such as north, south, east and west, on a compass rose to locate places on a map.
(2) Select the appropriate map or globe for a given task.
(3) Answer detailed geographic questions using maps, globes, photographs and graphs.
(4) Independently construct a simple map which includes, without limitation, an appropriate title, a minimum of five symbols in the map key and a compass rose showing the cardinal directions.
(5) Recognize and differentiate among physical maps, political maps and special purpose and thematic maps.
(6) Identify and explain the significance of spatial patterns on a map, including, without limitation, distribution of population in rural and urban areas.
(7) Explain the differences between a city and a state, and give examples of each.
(8) Locate Nevada on a labeled map of the United States and read the names of the five states that border Nevada.
(9) Locate the United States on a labeled map of the world, and read the names of the two countries which border the United States.
(b) Understand the physical and human features and cultural characteristics of places, and use that information to define and study regions and their patterns of changes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Observe and describe, by utilizing a variety of visual materials, sources of data and narratives, the differences among:
(I) Physical features, including, without limitation, landforms, weather and climate, bodies of water, vegetation and soils; and
(II) Human features, including, without limitation, distribution of population, languages, types of housing and types of economic activities.
(2) Identify and distinguish among expressions of different customs and cultures by examining the language, music, stories and art of those cultures.
(3) Identify and discuss how people view their own communities.
(4) Identify and list how communities use different types of technology.
(5) Identify a historic landmark and describe the event which took place at the landmark.
(6) Sequence, in chronological order, timelines or other pictorial representations that depict changes which have occurred in the same place over time.
(7) Identify and categorize where people live, work and play within the neighborhood or community in which the pupil lives.
(c) Understand how physical processes shape the surface patterns and ecosystems of the earth, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify appropriate land and water habitats for selected plants and animals.
(2) Identify and describe natural hazards and disasters, including, without limitation, floods, wildfires, volcanic eruptions and earthquakes.
(3) Compare the elements of different types of ecosystems, including, without limitation, living and nonliving elements, location, climate, weather, vegetation and animal life.
(4) Locate various ecosystems within his community using maps and photographs.
(5) Construct a simple model of an ecosystem that includes illustrations of locations, climate, vegetation and animal life for a pond, stream or field.
(d) Understand how economic, political and cultural processes interact to shape patterns of human migration and settlement, influence and interdependence, and conflict and cooperation, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Construct a graph or chart to compare the population distribution in different areas using climate, precipitation, length of growing seasons, natural resources and other physical features.
(2) Draw a simple map that illustrates how to get from one location to another location.
(3) Identify and list the types of transportation and communication networks used in daily life.
(4) Describe the characteristics of, and distinguish among, rural, suburban and urban communities.
(5) Locate sources of goods and services in the community by using materials that include, without limitation, newspapers, telephone books, maps and other media sources.
(6) Investigate an economic product by asking and answering questions about the location of the product, including, without limitation, questions about the location of the raw materials needed to produce the product, the processing or manufacturing of the product, and the distribution of the product.
(7) Compare and contrast the wants and needs of people in different communities, and the means by which those wants and needs may be fulfilled.
(8) Describe the different purposes of various organizations, including, without limitation, Scouts, Little League and 4-H clubs.
(9) Describe how cooperation and conflict affect various places in different communities.
(e) Understand the effects of interactions between human and physical systems, and the changes in use, distribution and importance of resources, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) List tools, machines and other technologies that have changed the physical environment.
(2) Compare different ways that people modify their physical environment, including, without limitation, building irrigation projects, clearing land for housing projects, building roads and building parks.
(3) List examples of ways that people depend on natural resources, including, without limitation, the use of natural resources for water, shelter and food.
(4) List examples of how people modify and manage natural resources within their communities.
(f) Apply geographic knowledge of people, places and environments to interpret the past, understand the present and plan for the future, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Use visual clues, including, without limitation, historical photographs and illustrations, to define when and where an event in the past took place.
(2) Identify on a map the locations at which current events are taking place.
(3) Identify a geographic issue or theme, including, without limitation, natural hazards, climate, availability of water and changes in population, that affect the home, school or community of the pupil.
(4) Predict possible geographic changes, including, without limitation, changes in population, availability of resources, growth of a community, and influx of business and industry into a community, that could take place in the neighborhood or community in which the pupil lives.
(g) Ask and answer questions about geography by acquiring, organizing and analyzing geographic information, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Ask questions about why things are located where they are, including, without limitation, questions about places described in books, locations where current events are taking place and features of the neighborhood or community in which the pupil lives.
(2) Gather geographic information from maps, globes and atlases, and apply quantitative skills to that knowledge, including, without limitation, counting land or water forms, measuring distances and identifying directions.
(3) Use outline maps that are appropriately labeled to display geographic information obtained from graphs and other resources.
(4) Select and explain information from several geographic sources, including, without limitation, maps, tables, graphs, photographs and other documents.
(5) Create a visual model to illustrate the results of a geographic inquiry, and summarize key geographic ideas.
3. For the area of civics:
(a) Know why society needs rules, law and governments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify a variety of rules, laws and authorities that keep people safe and property secure.
(2) Explain that a democracy involves voting, majority rule and the setting of rules.
(b) Know the United States Constitution and the government created by the United States Constitution, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to name the current President of the United States.
(c) Describe the roles of political parties, interest groups and public opinion in the democratic process, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to discuss why people form groups.
(d) Know the roles, rights and responsibilities of citizens of the United States, and know the symbols of the United States, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify his rights within the classroom.
(2) Identify conflicts that exist within his school.
(3) Explain why patriotic holidays are celebrated.
(4) Recognize the Pledge of Allegiance.
(e) Know the structure and functions of state and local governments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to name the current Governor of the State of Nevada.
(f) Know the political and economic relationship between the United States and its citizens, and other countries and their citizens, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify the county, state and country in which he lives.
4. For the area of economics:
(a) Use fundamental concepts in economics, including, without limitation, scarcity, choice, cost, incentives and a comparison of cost and benefits, to describe and analyze problems and opportunities, both individual and social, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Categorize the wants of a person as a good, service or leisure activity.
(2) Identify examples of incentives and categorize those examples as positive or negative incentives.
(3) Identify the benefits and costs of an “all-or-nothing” choice.
(b) Demonstrate a knowledge of past and present economic performance in the United States, identify economic indicators used to measure that performance, use that knowledge to make individual decisions and discuss relevant social issues, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify and use per capita measurements in the classroom, such as determining the number of pencils per pupil in the classroom.
(2) Give reasons why people seek employment.
(c) Demonstrate an understanding of how markets work, including, without limitation, an understanding of why markets form, how supply and demand interact to determine market prices and interest rates, and how changes in prices act as signals to coordinate trade, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Differentiate between barter and monetary trade.
(2) Give examples of prices received for selling goods and services.
(3) Give reasons why producers choose to sell more of a good or service, such as when the price of the good or service is high, and why producers choose to sell less of a good or service, such as when the price of the good or service is low.
(d) Describe the roles played by various economic institutions in the United States, including, without limitation, financial institutions, labor unions, for-profit business organizations and not-for-profit organizations, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Demonstrate an understanding of key banking terms, including, without limitation, savings, interest and borrowing.
(2) Identify a for-profit business organization and a service provided by that organization.
(3) Identify a not-for-profit business organization and a service provided by that organization.
(e) Demonstrate an understanding of various forms of money, how money makes it easier to trade, borrow, save, invest and compare the value of services, and how the Federal Reserve System and its policies affect the supply of money in the United States, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify forms of money, including, cash, checks and debit cards.
(f) Demonstrate an understanding of the economic system of the United States, as a whole, in terms of how it allocates resources, how it determines the production, income, unemployment and price levels in the United States and how it leads to variations in individual levels of income, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain that producers sell goods and services.
(2) Demonstrate an understanding of income and give examples of income.
(3) Compare jobs by identifying what skills a person must have to do a specific job and how much a person would be paid for doing that job.
(g) Demonstrate an understanding of how investment, entrepreneurship, competition and specialization lead to changes in the structure and performance of an economy, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Give examples of skills, training and education that enhance the ability of a person to produce goods and services.
(2) List examples of entrepreneurs.
(3) Describe what it means to compete in an economy.
(h) Explore the characteristics of economic systems from places other than the United States to demonstrate an understanding of how those systems and the economic system in the United States are connected, through trade, with peoples and cultures throughout the world, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Give examples of goods imported and exported by the United States.
(2) Identify the countries of origin of commonly used products.
(3) Identify the currencies of other countries.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R074-00, eff. 6-20-2000)
NAC 389.272 The arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the third grade, each pupil must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in the arts offered in public elementary schools. Instruction in the arts in the third grade must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards of performance by the completion of the third grade:
1. For the area of music:
(a) Sing a varied repertoire of music alone and with others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Sing folk songs, patriotic songs and multicultural songs with the correct pitch and mood using the head tone;
(2) Sing simple ostinatos on pitch; and
(3) Maintain a part while singing a round in an ensemble.
(b) Perform a varied repertoire of music on instruments alone and with others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Play a melodic or rhythmic pattern on instruments in the classroom using the proper technique; and
(2) Accompany simple folk, traditional and multicultural music using accurate rhythmic and melodic patterns.
(c) Improvise melodies, variations and accompaniments as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to improvise a rhythmic and melodic phrase while maintaining a steady beat.
(d) Compose and arrange music within specified guidelines as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Organize sounds into musical interpretations of stories, rhymes and poetry in large groups;
(2) With assistance from the teacher, create a two-phrase song or instrumental piece with a beginning, middle and end using a pentatonic scale; and
(3) Organize simple pieces of music using a variety of sound sources.
(e) Read and notate music as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Read quarter notes, quarter rests and eighth notes and perform through speaking, body percussion and instruments that are out of pitch;
(2) Sing and play simple pentatonic patterns using solfege, numbers or letters;
(3) Use music symbols such as fermata, repeat signs and double bar lines;
(4) Notate a simple oral rhythmic pattern; and
(5) Notate a simple oral melodic pattern.
(f) Listen to, analyze and describe music as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify rhythmic and melodic patterns that are repeated within a musical piece;
(2) Describe a simple musical form;
(3) Recognize the difference in vocal timbres among the male and female voices of children when presented separately; and
(4) Recognize instruments that are out of pitch in a musical example.
(g) Evaluate music and musical performances as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Use criteria provided by the teacher to evaluate performances and compositions; and
(2) Evaluate performances and compositions in his own words.
(h) Demonstrate knowledge of the historical periods and cultural diversity of music, including, without limitation, the ability to:
(1) Identify various styles of music from diverse cultures; and
(2) Recognize that various styles of music are used in different settings.
2. For the area of theater:
(a) Understand the components of a theatrical production, including, without limitation, scriptwriting, directing and production as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Write or improvise a simple script based on personal experience, imagination or the retelling of a story;
(2) Create simple sets and sound effects for a dramatized idea or story; and
(3) Create props, costumes, masks or makeup for a dramatized idea or story.
(b) Understand and demonstrate the role of an actor in the theater as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify two of the different traits of a given person, animal or object;
(2) Portray two of the traits of a given person, animal or object; and
(3) Vocally and physically portray in a dramatized idea or story the varied emotions of a character.
(c) Apply and demonstrate critical and creative thinking skills in theater, film, television and electronic media as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Express opinions related to a performance of another student or a visiting artist; and
(2) Differentiate between what is real and what is make-believe.
(d) Recognize and explain how theatrical experiences contribute to a better understanding of history, culture and human relationships as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to state the similarities and differences between dramatic characters and real people.
3. For the area of visual arts:
(a) Know and apply media, techniques and processes for developing visual arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to create works of visual art using different media, techniques and processes and meeting most criteria assigned by the teacher.
(b) Use knowledge of the characteristics, purposes and functions of the visual arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify selected elements and principles of design in nature and works of visual art; and
(2) Create works of visual art using various visual characteristics of visual art.
(c) Choose, apply and evaluate a range of subject matter, symbols and ideas for visual art as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to create works of visual art that demonstrate a choice of subject matter and symbols to communicate meaning through such works.
(d) Understand the visual arts in relation to history and culture as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Match a work of visual art to a particular culture, time or place; and
(2) Create a work of visual art that is influenced by a particular historical period or culture.
(e) Analyze and assess characteristics, merits and meaning in his own works of visual art and the works of others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to brainstorm possible meanings for a work of visual art.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)
NAC 389.281 Health. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the third grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in health offered in public schools. Instruction in the third grade in health must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the third grade:
1. Comprehend concepts related to the promotion of health and the prevention of disease, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Explain personal responsibility for reducing and avoiding hazards and accidents;
(b) Explain how to obtain help in an emergency;
(c) Identify safety hazards in the home;
(d) Identify potentially hazardous situations, including, without limitation, getting into an automobile, going into someone else’s house, letting someone into his house and leaving the area where the pupil is supposed to be, without the permission of his parent or guardian;
(e) Plan a meal that contains food from at least three of the five food groups;
(f) Describe the potential causes of common diseases, how those diseases spread and the measures that can be taken to help prevent the diseases from spreading;
(g) Explain the relationship between accidents and the consumption of alcohol or other drugs; and
(h) Identify the five senses of the body.
2. Access valid health information and health-promoting products and services, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to find information regarding the need to balance exercise, nutrition, relaxation and sleep.
3. Practice health-enhancing behaviors and reduce health risks, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Explain the individual needs of persons to balance exercise, nutrition, relaxation and sleep;
(b) Give at least one reason why he needs to eat a variety of foods from each of the five food groups;
(c) Identify safety hazards in the home;
(d) List the appropriate steps to provide first aid in the care of wounds, including, without limitation, how to stop bleeding and how to cleanse and bandage a wound;
(e) Practice ways to refuse drugs, alcohol and tobacco; and
(f) Describe a dangerous situation and possible safer solutions or alternatives to the situation.
4. Analyze the influence of culture, media, technology and other factors on health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Identify foods which are common to a particular culture and place those foods in the correct food group; and
(b) Name two active forms of recreation practiced in another country.
5. Use interpersonal communication skills to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Communicate care, consideration and respect for himself and others;
(b) Identify skills for attentive listening that build and maintain healthy relationships; and
(c) Identify the physical expressions of emotions associated with anger and conflict.
6. Use goal-setting and decision-making skills to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Identify and demonstrate the steps in a decision-making process relating to a specific health issue;
(b) Describe the ways a person can help keep a healthy home and school environment;
(c) Identify how each person has a unique rate of growth and development that is influenced by the health habits and heredity of that person;
(d) Explain how to obtain help in an emergency; and
(e) Identify abusive behavior exhibited by other children and adults and provide the names of the persons whom the pupil should tell if he sees abusive behavior being exhibited.
7. Advocate for personal, family and community health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to follow instructions from a teacher related to the sharing of classroom projects with other pupils.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R032-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000)
NAC 389.283 Physical education. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the third grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in physical education offered in public schools. Instruction in the third grade in physical education must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the third grade:
1. Understand and apply concepts relating to movement to the knowledge and development of motor skills, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Use a vocabulary relating to movement for manipulative, locomotor and nonlocomotor movement activities correctly;
(b) Apply the basic elements of a form of movement in a dynamic environment;
(c) Identify simple cues in the performance of his peers; and
(d) Monitor physiological changes which occur during moderate physical activity.
2. Demonstrate competency in many forms of movement and proficiency in a few forms of movement, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Maintain a mature form in all locomotor and nonlocomotor movements with a partner;
(b) Perform a variety of manipulative skills in a dynamic environment; and
(c) Sequence combinations of more complex movements relating to weight transfer and balance.
3. Understand dance through the use of skills, techniques and choreography, and as a form of communication, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Create, with a partner and with few errors, shapes at high, medium and low levels in a sequence of movement;
(b) Perform, with a partner, locomotor movements in varying directions and pathways;
(c) Demonstrate the qualities of movement with a partner;
(d) Create, with a partner and with or without a prop, a sequence of movement with a beginning, a middle and an end;
(e) Use appropriate skills with a partner;
(f) Express emotion through movement;
(g) Observe and discuss how dance differs from and is the same as sports and everyday activities;
(h) Perform, with a partner and with or without a prop, various movements to a steady beat;
(i) Move to a steady beat at various tempos; and
(j) Perform folk dances or social dances, or both, from various cultures.
4. Achieve and maintain a health-enhancing level of individual fitness for an active lifestyle, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Describe the implications of the results of health-related assessments of fitness;
(b) Sustain moderate physical activity that will promote the development of the health-related components of fitness;
(c) Engage in activities that promote the development of the health-related components of fitness; and
(d) Identify proper techniques for warming up, conditioning and cooling down, and state the reasons for using those techniques.
5. Practice personal responsibility, positive social interaction and respect for diversity in settings in which physical activities occur, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Apply class rules, procedures, safety practices and etiquette with limited reinforcement from a teacher;
(b) Identify acceptable responses to challenges, successes and failures in physical activity;
(c) Understand the purpose for modifying activities with regard to diversity in physical activity; and
(d) Understand the connection between a dance, game or sport and the culture in which the dance, game or sport originates.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R033-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000)
NAC 389.289 Technology and computers. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the third grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in technology and computers offered in public schools. Instruction in the third grade in technology and computers must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the third grade:
1. To develop the ability to use productivity tools, pupils must be able to use appropriate productivity tools, including, without limitation, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, multimedia and telecommunications, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Locate and use letters, numbers and special keys on a keyboard using the left and right hands, as appropriate;
(b) Type and edit an existing document;
(c) Search a database to locate specific information;
(d) Use a predesigned spreadsheet to enter simple labels, values and formulas, including, without limitation, three-cell formulas such as “2+2=4”;
(e) Use multimedia software;
(f) Explain the purpose of a multimedia presentation;
(g) Create and save files on various storage media;
(h) Identify the differences between network and stand-alone computer systems; and
(i) Identify a variety of electronic communication devices.
2. In the area of tools used for research, pupils must be able to use various tools of technology to research information and evaluate the accuracy and appropriateness of the information to solve problems and make decisions, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Contribute an idea for a topic or definition of a problem;
(b) Contribute one appropriate keyword to a group of keywords for a topic or problem, and use the keyword to conduct an electronic search;
(c) Work within a group to select research materials successfully;
(d) Identify an organizational tool and place information within a format;
(e) Participate in sharing his portion of the research with other members of his group; and
(f) Summarize the research process of the class and discuss the results of the research process.
3. In the area of tools and processes, pupils must be able to identify, apply and manage various concepts, tools and resources to evaluate their accuracy and appropriateness in solving problems and making decisions, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Identify tools and resources used in technology and computers;
(b) Regularly select and manipulate tools to use for tasks in the areas of technology and computers;
(c) Demonstrate the importance of safety while working with technology and computers; and
(d) Regularly resolve difficulties using tools or devices, with practice guided by a teacher.
4. In the area of systems, pupils must be able to recognize that systems are made up of individual components and that each component affects the operation of the entire system and its relationship with other systems, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) List the parts of an open and a closed loop system;
(b) Given a system, explain how the parts of that system work together to achieve a desired outcome; and
(c) List and group technological systems, including, without limitation, construction, energy, power, transportation, biotechnology and manufacturing.
5. In the area of implications of technology and computers on society, pupils must be able to evaluate the impact and ethical implications of technology and computers on persons, society and the environment, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Discuss common uses of technology in daily life and the advantages and disadvantages provided by those uses of technology;
(b) Explain computer piracy and its implications;
(c) Use proper etiquette when using electronic communications;
(d) Identify changes in the school environment and in the community that are a result of technology;
(e) With the assistance of a teacher, list several careers which currently exist that were not in existence when the pupil was born; and
(f) Explain how physical environments are changed by human activity through technology.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R038-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000)
NAC 389.291 Foreign language. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course in a foreign language offered as an elective course in a public elementary school through the third grade must, in addition to the requirements set forth in NAC 389.241 and subject to the experience of the pupils with the foreign language in kindergarten through the second grade, include instruction designed to teach the pupil by the completion of the third grade to:
1. Engage in conversations, provide and obtain information, express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions in the foreign language by:
(a) Counting and performing simple arithmetic problems.
(b) Participating in brief guided conversations.
(c) Making simple requests.
(d) Asking and answering simple questions.
(e) Expressing the pupil’s state of being and feelings.
(f) Using simple commands.
2. Understand and interpret written and spoken material in the foreign language on a variety of topics by:
(a) Comprehending brief written and oral directions, commands and information.
(b) Reading familiar words.
(c) Reading numbers, dates, words related to the family and weather, and other thematic vocabulary.
(d) Recognizing a sound with its corresponding letter or symbol.
3. Present information, concepts and ideas to an audience in the foreign language by performing skits, puppet shows or dialogues with limited vocabulary.
4. Understand the relationship between the practices and perspectives of the culture studied by exploring the verbal and nonverbal communication of the culture, including, without limitation, gestures, body language, dance, art and music.
5. Understand the relationship between the products and perspectives of the culture studied by:
(a) Exploring the products of the culture studied.
(b) Understanding the relationship between those products and the environment in which they are produced.
6. Understand other disciplines through the foreign language by practicing familiar concepts in the foreign language, including, without limitation, numbers, colors, animals, nursery rhymes, fairy tales, the calendar, weather, money and mathematics.
7. Understand the nature of language through comparisons of the foreign language with the pupil’s language by comparing cognates, word families and language patterns.
8. Understand the concept of culture through comparisons of the culture studied and the pupil’s culture by:
(a) Exploring and recognizing the contributions of the culture studied to the American culture, including, without limitation, music, food, art, toys and folk tales.
(b) Demonstrating an awareness of ways of expressing respect and communicating differences in status in the pupil’s language and the foreign language.
9. Use the foreign language in and outside of school by participating in performances at school or in the community in the foreign language or relating to the culture studied.
10. Develop an interest in continuing the study of the foreign language for personal enjoyment and enrichment by:
(a) Playing sports or games from the culture studied that are appropriate for the pupil’s age.
(b) Listening to music, singing songs or playing musical instruments from the culture studied.
(c) Planning real or imaginary travel to a country in which the foreign language is spoken.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R065-97, eff. 12-10-97; A by R164-99, 2-16-2000)
Instruction Through Fourth Grade
NAC 389.293 English language arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the beginning of the fourth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in English language arts offered in public schools. Instruction in the fourth grade in English language arts must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the fourth grade:
1. For the area of reading:
(a) Know and use skills and strategies of word analysis to comprehend new words encountered in text and to develop vocabulary, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Decipher words in text using phonics and structural analysis by applying knowledge of:
(I) Short and long vowels;
(II) Digraphs;
(III) Diphthongs;
(IV) Base words;
(V) Suffixes;
(VI) Prefixes;
(VII) Compound words;
(VIII) Blends;
(IX) Word families;
(X) Spelling patterns; and
(XI) Syllables;
(2) Comprehend, build and expand vocabulary using:
(I) Syntax;
(II) Parts of speech;
(III) Homographs;
(IV) Homophones;
(V) Synonyms;
(VI) Antonyms;
(VII) Clues from the context in which the word is being used; and
(VIII) Structural analysis;
(3) Apply alphabetical order to locate words in resources;
(4) Use resources to find and confirm the meaning of an unknown word encountered in a text;
(5) With assistance, use resources to confirm the origin of a word;
(6) Identify the connotative and denotative meaning of a word in a text;
(7) Build vocabulary using pictures and symbols;
(8) Apply knowledge of high-frequency words in a text to build fluency and comprehension;
(9) Identify content-specific vocabulary in a text; and
(10) Read aloud with fluency and with a focus on:
(I) Prosody;
(II) Accuracy;
(III) Automaticity; and
(IV) Reading rate.
(b) Use skills and strategies of reading process to build comprehension, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Use prereading strategies which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Preview the text;
(II) Access prior knowledge;
(III) Build background knowledge;
(IV) Set the purpose for reading the text;
(V) Make predictions;
(VI) Determine the reading rate; and
(VII) Determine the type of text;
(2) Use strategies during the reading process which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Apply strategies of self-correction;
(II) Make, confirm and revise predictions;
(III) Understand and use key vocabulary;
(IV) Identify the main idea and supporting details;
(V) Make inferences;
(VI) Adjust the reading rate; and
(VII) Apply knowledge of the type of text; and
(3) Use strategies after completion of the reading which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Recall details;
(II) Restate main ideas;
(III) Organize information;
(IV) Record information;
(V) Synthesize the text;
(VI) Evaluate the text; and
(VII) Evaluate the effectiveness of the strategies of reading.
(c) Read literary texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate authors, cultures and time periods, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Explain:
(I) The setting;
(II) The sequence of events;
(III) A conflict;
(IV) The resolution of the conflict;
(V) The climax;
(VI) The turning point; and
(VII) The main idea and supporting details;
(2) With assistance, describe an internal conflict and an external conflict;
(3) With assistance, identify and discuss the main plot and a subplot;
(4) Identify:
(I) How one event may cause another event;
(II) The theme;
(III) A lesson learned based on the events or the actions of a character;
(IV) The first-person point of view;
(V) The third-person limited point of view;
(VI) The effects of rhythm and rhyme on text; and
(VII) Words and phrases that reveal tone;
(5) Describe the:
(I) Physical traits of a character;
(II) Personality traits of a character; and
(III) Motivation for the actions of a character;
(6) Make inferences and draw conclusions about a character based on evidence from the text;
(7) With assistance, identify:
(I) The third-person omniscient point of view; and
(II) Examples of irony;
(8) Explain how the author of a text uses:
(I) Imagery;
(II) Similes;
(III) Personification;
(IV) Metaphors;
(V) Idioms;
(VI) Alliteration;
(VII) Sensory words;
(VIII) Hyperbole;
(IX) Dialect;
(X) Slang;
(XI) Formal language; and
(XII) Informal language;
(9) With assistance, explain:
(I) How words and phrases create tone and mood;
(II) The influence of historical events;
(III) The influence of cultures; and
(IV) The influence of the time period;
(10) Compare texts from different:
(I) Cultures; and
(II) Time periods;
(11) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;
(12) Make connections between the text and:
(I) The pupil;
(II) Other texts; and
(III) The world;
(13) Use information to answer specific questions; and
(14) Summarize information.
(d) Read expository and persuasive texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate the texts for specific purposes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Identify the purpose of and gain information from:
(I) Illustrations;
(II) Graphs;
(III) Charts;
(IV) Titles;
(V) Text boxes;
(VI) Diagrams;
(VII) Headings;
(VIII) Maps;
(IX) Tables of content;
(X) Glossaries; and
(XI) Indices;
(2) Identify and explain the use of:
(I) Boldface type;
(II) Underlined type;
(III) Highlighted type;
(IV) Italicized type;
(V) Abbreviations; and
(VI) Acronyms;
(3) Identify:
(I) Dialect;
(II) Slang;
(III) Alliteration;
(IV) Informal and formal language;
(V) Idioms;
(VI) Words and phrases that reveal an author’s tone;
(VII) Techniques of persuasion and propaganda; and
(VIII) The theme;
(4) Explain:
(I) Idioms;
(II) Similes;
(III) Personification;
(IV) How language clarifies ideas and concepts;
(V) A cause and its effect on events and relationships; and
(VI) A problem and a solution to the problem;
(5) With assistance, explain:
(I) How analogies are used;
(II) How an author uses concrete examples to explain abstract ideas; and
(III) The influence of historical events and cultures;
(6) With assistance, identify how language is used for persuasion and propaganda;
(7) Describe the:
(I) Sequential order of the text; and
(II) Chronological order of the text;
(8) With assistance, describe the importance of sequential order and chronological order;
(9) Distinguish the theme of the text from the topic of the text;
(10) With assistance, analyze:
(I) A cause and its effect on events and relationships; and
(II) The accuracy of facts;
(11) Describe a main idea based on evidence from the text;
(12) With assistance, compare events;
(13) With assistance, trace the development of the argument, viewpoint or perspective of the author;
(14) Compare texts from different:
(I) Cultures; and
(II) Time periods;
(15) Make connections between the text and:
(I) The pupil;
(II) Other texts; and
(III) The world;
(16) Use information to answer specific questions;
(17) With assistance, develop hypotheses based on information;
(18) Summarize information;
(19) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;
(20) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text;
(21) Distinguish between fact and opinion; and
(22) Read and follow directions to complete a task or a procedure.
2. For the area of writing:
(a) Write a variety of texts using the writing process, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Use prewriting strategies to plan written work;
(2) Choose and narrow a topic to organize ideas;
(3) Explore a topic to plan written work;
(4) Draft paragraphs about a single topic which:
(I) Are appropriate for the audience;
(II) Address the purpose;
(III) Contain supporting details;
(IV) Contain an introduction; and
(V) Contain a conclusion;
(5) With assistance, draft papers which contain more than one paragraph about a single topic and which include transitions;
(6) Revise drafts:
(I) For organization;
(II) To focus ideas;
(III) For voice;
(IV) For appropriateness for the audience;
(V) For purpose;
(VI) For relevant details;
(VII) For word choice; and
(VIII) For sentence fluency;
(7) Edit paragraphs and documents to ensure correct spelling of high-frequency words, content words and patterned words;
(8) Edit for the proper capitalization of:
(I) The beginning of sentences;
(II) Months of the year;
(III) Days of the week;
(IV) Proper nouns;
(V) Initials;
(VI) Titles; and
(VII) Abbreviations;
(9) Edit punctuation for:
(I) Punctuation at the end of a sentence;
(II) Commas;
(III) Apostrophes; and
(IV) Quotation marks;
(10) With assistance, edit punctuation for:
(I) Abbreviations; and
(II) Colons;
(11) Edit for the correct use of:
(I) Nouns;
(II) Verbs;
(III) Pronouns;
(IV) Adjectives;
(V) Agreement between the subject and verb;
(VI) Verb tenses; and
(VII) Adverbs;
(12) With assistance, edit for the correct use of:
(I) Clauses;
(II) Phrases; and
(III) Agreement between a pronoun and its antecedent;
(13) Edit sentence structure:
(I) For complete sentences;
(II) To combine sentences, when combining is appropriate;
(III) For compound sentences; and
(IV) For complex sentences;
(14) With assistance, edit sentences to eliminate:
(I) Sentence fragments; and
(II) Run-on sentences;
(15) With assistance, select a format in which to publish a final draft that is appropriate to the audience and purpose; and
(16) Prepare a legible final draft to display or share.
(b) Write a variety of texts that inform, persuade, describe, evaluate, entertain or tell a story and are appropriate to purpose and audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Write paragraphs which include:
(I) A topic sentence;
(II) Supporting details;
(III) A beginning, a middle and an end; and
(IV) A concluding statement;
(2) With assistance, write papers which contain more than one paragraph and which include:
(I) Transitions; and
(II) A thesis statement;
(3) Write papers which contain more than one paragraph about experiences and events appropriate to the purpose and the audience and which:
(I) Are arranged in a logical sequence;
(II) Include characters;
(III) Describe a setting;
(IV) Contain a plot; and
(V) Contain dialogue;
(4) With assistance, write papers which contain more than one paragraph about experiences and events appropriate to the purpose and the audience and which use:
(I) Figurative language; and
(II) Sensory details;
(5) Write:
(I) Poetry;
(II) Responses to text that demonstrate an understanding of the setting;
(III) Responses to text that use specific details from the text;
(IV) Persuasive paragraphs that include supporting evidence;
(V) Friendly letters adhering to an established format; and
(VI) Directions to complete a task or a procedure;
(6) With assistance, write:
(I) Responses to text that demonstrate an understanding of the development and motivation of a character;
(II) Responses to text that analyze the elements of exposition and their effects on the text;
(III) Persuasive essays and compositions which include a thesis statement, supporting evidence and relevant evidence;
(IV) Business and professional letters adhering to an established format; and
(V) A variety of communications in a format appropriate for the type of communication;
(7) Summarize information;
(8) Write research papers by:
(I) Formulating and recording questions;
(II) Identifying and collecting information;
(III) Recording information from sources used to prepare the research paper;
(IV) Paraphrasing and summarizing information;
(V) Organizing information collected by the pupil; and
(VI) Documenting the sources from which information was obtained; and
(9) With assistance, demonstrate an understanding of the differences between original works and plagiarized works.
3. For the area of listening, listen to and evaluate oral communications for content, style, purpose of the speaker and appropriateness for the audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Listen for a variety of purposes, including, without limitation:
(1) To gain information;
(2) Entertainment; and
(3) To understand directions;
(b) Listen for and identify:
(1) The main idea;
(2) The purpose;
(3) The message;
(4) The mood;
(5) The tone;
(6) Dialect;
(7) Slang; and
(8) The use of formal and informal language;
(c) Listen for and summarize ideas and supporting details;
(d) With assistance, listen to and evaluate oral communications for:
(1) Delivery;
(2) Point of view; and
(3) Ideas;
(e) Listen for and distinguish fact from opinion;
(f) With assistance, listen for and identify techniques of persuasion;
(g) Listen to and evaluate the content of oral communications;
(h) Expand vocabulary through listening;
(i) Actively listen to a speaker;
(j) Listen to and participate in conversations;
(k) Listen to and evaluate constructive feedback;
(l) Provide constructive feedback; and
(m) With assistance, focus attention to solve problems by identifying, synthesizing and evaluating data.
4. For the area of speaking, speak using organization, style, tone, voice and media aids appropriate to the audience and purpose and participate in discussions to offer information, clarify ideas and support positions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Give directions to complete tasks;
(b) Ask questions to clarify directions;
(c) Use precise language to describe:
(1) Feelings;
(2) Experiences;
(3) Observations; and
(4) Ideas;
(d) Use standard English to communicate ideas;
(e) Use techniques for public speaking to deliver presentations which address the audience with appropriate:
(1) Volume;
(2) Eye contact;
(3) Enunciation;
(4) Posture;
(5) Expression;
(6) Purpose; and
(7) Prosody;
(f) Communicate information:
(1) While maintaining a clear focus;
(2) In a logical sequence; and
(3) By illustrating information using media aids;
(g) Communicate statements that express an opinion;
(h) Defend a position using evidence which supports that position;
(i) Contribute to conversations and discussions about a specified topic;
(j) Respond to questions to clarify and expand ideas;
(k) Ask relevant questions to clarify information;
(l) With assistance, take a leadership role in conversations and discussions; and
(m) With assistance, distinguish between relevant and irrelevant information.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R102-07, 1-30-2008)
NAC 389.2932 Information literacy. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the fourth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades to be information literate. Instruction in the fourth grade, regardless of whether it takes place in the library or the classroom, must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards for information literacy by the completion of the fourth grade:
1. For the areas of understanding the process of obtaining information in such a manner as to access information efficiently and effectively, evaluate information critically and competently, and use information accurately and creatively, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Recognize the need for information by:
(1) Giving examples of situations in which additional information beyond the pupil’s own knowledge is needed to resolve an information problem or question; and
(2) Determining whether additional information beyond the pupil’s own knowledge is needed to resolve an information problem or question.
(b) Recognize that accurate and comprehensive information is the basis for intelligent decision making by:
(1) Selecting examples of accurate and inaccurate information and complete and incomplete information; and
(2) Explaining the difference between accurate and inaccurate information and complete and incomplete information.
(c) Formulate questions by:
(1) Stating at least one broad question that will help in finding the needed information; and
(2) Stating both broad and specific questions that will help in finding the needed information.
(d) Identify a variety of potential sources of information by:
(1) Listing several sources of information and explaining the kind of information found in each source; and
(2) Brainstorming a range of sources of information that will meet a need for information.
(e) Develop and use successful strategies for locating information by:
(1) Listing some ideas for identifying and finding the needed information; and
(2) Explaining and applying a plan to access the needed information.
(f) Determine accuracy, relevance and comprehensiveness by:
(1) Defining the terms “accuracy,” “relevance” and “comprehensiveness” and giving examples of their applications; and
(2) Comparing and contrasting sources related to a topic.
(g) Distinguish among fact, point of view and opinion by:
(1) Recognizing those concepts in various sources and products of information; and
(2) Explaining how each concept is different from the others.
(h) Identify inaccurate and misleading information by:
(1) Recognizing inaccurate and misleading information in sources and products of information; and
(2) Explaining how such information can lead to faulty conclusions.
(i) Select information that is appropriate to a specific problem or question by:
(1) Recognizing information that is applicable to that problem or question; and
(2) Analyzing information from a variety of sources to determine its applicability to that problem or question.
(j) Organize information for practical application by:
(1) Describing several ways to organize information, including chronologically, topically and hierarchically; and
(2) Organizing the information in different ways according to the specific information problem or question.
(k) Integrate new information into the pupil’s existing knowledge by:
(1) Recognizing and understanding new information and ideas; and
(2) Combining what is already known about a topic with new information and drawing conclusions using the combined information.
(l) Apply information in critical thinking and problem solving by:
(1) Identifying information that meets a particular need for information; and
(2) Using information from a variety of sources to resolve an information problem or question.
(m) Produce and communicate information and ideas in appropriate formats by:
(1) Naming a variety of different formats for presenting different kinds of information; and
(2) Choosing an appropriate format for presenting information based on the information itself, the audience, and the nature of the information problem or question.
2. For the areas of pursuing information related to personal interests, appreciating literature and other creative expressions of information, and striving for excellence in seeking information and generating knowledge, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Seek information relating to various dimensions of personal well-being, such as vocational interests, involvement in community, matters concerning health and recreational pursuits by:
(1) Occasionally seeking information about topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being;
(2) Generally expanding beyond the pupil’s own knowledge to seek information concerning topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being; and
(3) Exploring a range of sources to obtain information concerning topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being.
(b) Design, develop and evaluate information and conclusions based upon that information relating to topics of personal interest to the pupil by:
(1) Organizing and presenting basic information gathered by the pupil relating to those topics of personal interest; and
(2) Creating solutions and methods of conveying information concerning those topics of personal interest.
(c) Function as a competent and self-motivated reader by:
(1) Explaining and discussing various examples of fiction;
(2) Choosing fiction and other types of literature to read and analyze; and
(3) Reading avidly and evaluating the strengths and weaknesses of literature read.
(d) Derive meaning from information presented creatively in a variety of formats by explaining and discussing films, plays and other creative presentations of information.
(e) Develop creative methods of conveying information in a variety of formats by:
(1) Expressing information and ideas creatively in simple formats; and
(2) Expressing information and ideas creatively in ways that combine several formats.
(f) Assess the quality of the process and outcome of the pupil’s efforts to obtain information by:
(1) Retracing the steps the pupil took to obtain information and explaining which were most useful for resolving a problem or question concerning the information; and
(2) Assessing each step the pupil took to obtain information with respect to a specific problem concerning the information and assessing the result.
(g) Devise basic strategies for revising, improving and updating self-generated knowledge by explaining those strategies.
3. For the areas of recognizing the importance of information to a democratic society, practicing ethical behavior in regard to information and information technology, and participating effectively in groups to pursue and generate information, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Seek information from diverse sources, contexts, disciplines and cultures by:
(1) Identifying several appropriate sources for resolving an information problem or question; and
(2) Using a variety of sources covering diverse perspectives to resolve an information problem or question.
(b) Respect the principle of equitable access to information by:
(1) Explaining why it is important for all pupils to have access to information, information sources and information technology; and
(2) Using information, information sources and information technology efficiently so that they are available for other pupils to use.
(c) Respect the principles of intellectual freedom by:
(1) Defining or giving examples of “intellectual freedom”; and
(2) Analyzing a situation in terms of its relationship to intellectual freedom, including, without limitation, issuing a personal opinion of a book or video in the library media center.
(d) Respect intellectual property rights by:
(1) Giving examples of what it means to respect intellectual property rights; and
(2) Analyzing situations to determine the steps necessary to respect intellectual property rights, including, without limitation, the creation of a term paper or the development of a multimedia product.
(e) Use information technology responsibly by:
(1) Stating the main points of the policy of the pupil’s school regarding the use of computing and communications hardware, software and networks; and
(2) Locating appropriate information efficiently with the school’s computing and communications hardware, software and networks.
(f) Share and contribute knowledge and information with other pupils in groups by:
(1) Seeking and communicating specific facts, opinions and points of view related to information problems or questions; and
(2) Using information sources and selecting information and ideas that will contribute directly to the success of group projects.
(g) Respect the ideas and backgrounds of other pupils and acknowledge their contributions by:
(1) Describing the ideas of other pupils accurately and completely; and
(2) Encouraging consideration of ideas and information from all group members.
(h) Collaborate with others, both in person and through technologies, to identify information problems and to seek solutions by:
(1) Expressing the pupil’s own ideas appropriately and effectively, in person and remotely through technologies, while working in groups to identify and resolve information problems;
(2) Participating actively in discussions with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to analyze information problems and suggest solutions; and
(3) Participating actively in discussions with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to devise solutions to information problems that integrate the information and ideas of group members.
(i) Collaborate with others, both in person and through technologies, to design, develop and evaluate products and solutions of information to create and evaluate simple products of information.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R071-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R013-03, 10-30-2003)
NAC 389.2934 Mathematics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the fourth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in mathematics offered in public schools. Instruction in the fourth grade in mathematics must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the fourth grade:
1. For the areas of numbers, number sense and computation, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must accurately calculate and use estimation techniques, number relationships, operation rules and algorithms and determine the reasonableness of answers and the accuracy of solutions. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Immediately recall and use multiplication and corresponding division facts through products of 144;
(b) Generate and solve addition, subtraction, multiplication and division problems using whole numbers in practical situations;
(c) Multiply and divide multidigit numbers by one-digit numbers with regrouping, including, without limitation, monetary amounts as decimals;
(d) Read, write, order and compare whole numbers;
(e) Use estimation to determine the reasonableness of an answer in mathematical and practical situations;
(f) Use and identify place value positions of whole numbers to 1,000,000;
(g) Identify and compare fractions with like denominators using numbers, models and drawings;
(h) Read and write numbers as words;
(i) Count by multiples of a given number;
(j) Explain relationships between skip counting, repeated addition and multiples; and
(k) Add and subtract multidigit numbers.
2. For the areas of patterns, functions and algebra, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use various algebraic methods to analyze, illustrate, extend and create numerous representations, including, without limitation, words, numbers, tables, and graphs of patterns, functions and algebraic relations. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Identify, describe and represent patterns and relationships in the number system, including, without limitation, arithmetic and geometric sequences;
(b) Model, explain and solve open number sentences involving addition, subtraction, multiplication and division;
(c) Select the solution to an equation from a given set of numbers; and
(d) Complete number sentences using the words plus, minus, multiplied by, divided by, greater than, less than and equal to, as appropriate, or using the corresponding symbol.
3. For the area of measurement, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use appropriate tools and techniques of measurement to determine, estimate, record and verify direct and indirect measurements. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Define and determine the perimeter of polygons and the area of rectangles, including squares;
(b) Determine totals for monetary amounts in practical situations;
(c) Estimate and convert units of measure for length, area and weight within the same measurement system, including customary and metric;
(d) Estimate temperature in practical situations;
(e) Measure length, area, temperature and weight to a required degree of accuracy using the customary and metric systems;
(f) Use money notation to add and subtract given monetary amounts;
(g) Describe time using “a.m.” and “p.m.” designations appropriately;
(h) Determine start, end and elapsed time using elapsed time in quarter-hour increments, beginning on the quarter hour; and
(i) Recognize the number of weeks in a year, days in a year and days in a month.
4. For the areas of spatial relationships, logic and geometry, to solve problems, communicate and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must identify, represent, verify and apply spatial relationships and geometric properties. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Identify, draw, and classify angles, including, without limitation, straight, right, obtuse or acute angles;
(b) Identify, describe and classify two-dimensional and three-dimensional figures by relevant properties including the number of vertices, edges and faces using models;
(c) Identify, label, describe and draw points, line segments, rays and angles;
(d) Identify shapes that are congruent, similar or symmetrical, or any combination thereof, using a variety of methods, including, without limitation, transformational motions;
(e) Identify coordinates for a given point in the first quadrant;
(f) Locate points of given coordinates on a grid in the first quadrant; and
(g) Use the connectors “and,” “or” and “not” to describe the members of a set.
5. For the area of data analysis, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must collect, organize, display, interpret and analyze data to determine statistical relationships and probability projections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Conduct simple probability experiments using concrete materials;
(b) Pose questions that can be used to guide the collection of categorical and numerical data;
(c) Organize and represent data using a variety of graphical representations, including, without limitation, frequency tables and line plots;
(d) Model and compute range;
(e) Model the measures of central tendency for mode and median;
(f) Interpret data and make predictions using frequency tables and line plots; and
(g) Represent the results of simple probability experiments as fractions to make predictions about future events.
6. For the area of problem solving, to develop the ability to solve problems, a pupil must engage in developmentally appropriate opportunities for problem solving in which there is a need to use various approaches to investigate and understand mathematical concepts to formulate problems, find solutions to problems, develop and apply strategies to solve problems and integrate mathematical reasoning, communication and connections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Generalize and apply previous experiences and strategies to new problem-solving situations;
(b) Determine an efficient problem-solving strategy and verify, interpret and evaluate the results with respect to the original problem;
(c) Try more than one strategy to solve a problem when the first strategy proves unsuccessful;
(d) Interpret and solve a variety of mathematical problems by paraphrasing;
(e) Identify necessary and extraneous information;
(f) Check the reasonableness of a solution; and
(g) Use technology, including, without limitation, a calculator, to develop mathematical concepts.
7. For the area of mathematical communication, to develop the ability to communicate mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to obtain information in everyday life by reading, listening and observing to translate information into mathematical language and symbols, process information mathematically, discuss and exchange ideas about mathematics as part of learning, read various fiction and nonfiction texts to learn about mathematics and present the results in written, oral and visual formats. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Use inquiry techniques to solve mathematical problems;
(b) Use a variety of methods to represent and communicate mathematical ideas through oral, verbal and written formats;
(c) Identify and translate key words and phrases that imply mathematical operations; and
(d) Communicate strategies and solutions to mathematical problems by using oral and written expression of everyday language.
8. For the area of mathematical reasoning, to develop the ability to reason mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to investigate mathematical ideas and construct his own learning in all content areas to reinforce and extend his ability to reason logically, reflect on, clarify and justify his thinking, ask questions to extend his learning, use patterns and relationships to analyze mathematical situations, and determine relevant, irrelevant and sufficient information to solve mathematical problems. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Draw logical conclusions about mathematical problems;
(b) Follow a logical argument and judge the validity of the argument;
(c) Review and refine the assumptions and steps used to derive conclusions in mathematical arguments; and
(d) Justify and explain the solutions to problems using manipulatives and physical models.
9. For the area of mathematical connections, to develop the ability to make mathematical connections, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to view mathematics as an integrated whole, including linking new concepts to prior knowledge, identifying relationships between content strands and integrating mathematics with other disciplines, thereby allowing the flexibility to approach problems in a variety of ways within and beyond the field of mathematics. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Use mathematical ideas from one area of mathematics to explain an idea from another area of mathematics;
(b) Use physical models to explain the relationship between concepts and procedures;
(c) Apply mathematical thinking and modeling to solve problems that arise in other disciplines, including, without limitation, rhythm in music and motion in science; and
(d) Identify, explain and use mathematics in everyday life.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R155-06, 9-18-2006)
Instruction Through Fifth Grade
NAC 389.2941 English language arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the beginning of the fifth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in English language arts offered in public schools. Instruction in the fifth grade in English language arts must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the fifth grade:
1. For the area of reading:
(a) Know and use skills and strategies of word analysis to comprehend new words encountered in text and to develop vocabulary, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Decipher words in text using phonics and structural analysis by applying knowledge of:
(I) Spelling patterns;
(II) Base words;
(III) Root words;
(IV) Suffixes;
(V) Prefixes;
(VI) Syllables; and
(VII) Compound words;
(2) Comprehend, build and expand vocabulary using:
(I) Syntax;
(II) Parts of speech;
(III) Homographs;
(IV) Homophones;
(V) Synonyms;
(VI) Antonyms;
(VII) Clues from the context in which the word is being used; and
(VIII) Structural analysis;
(3) Apply alphabetical order to locate words in resources;
(4) Use resources to find and confirm the:
(I) Meaning of an unknown word encountered in a text; and
(II) Origin of an unknown word;
(5) With assistance, use resources to find and confirm the:
(I) Greek root of a word; and
(II) Latin root of a word;
(6) Identify the differences between the connotative and denotative meaning of a word in a text;
(7) Build vocabulary using pictures and symbols;
(8) Apply knowledge of:
(I) High-frequency words in a text to build fluency and comprehension; and
(II) Content-specific vocabulary in a text to build comprehension; and
(9) Read aloud and silently with fluency and with a focus on:
(I) Prosody;
(II) Accuracy;
(III) Automaticity; and
(IV) Reading rate.
(b) Use skills and strategies of reading process to build comprehension, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Use prereading strategies which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Preview the text;
(II) Access prior knowledge;
(III) Build background knowledge;
(IV) Set the purpose for reading the text;
(V) Make predictions;
(VI) Determine the reading rate; and
(VII) Determine the type of text;
(2) Use strategies during the reading process which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Apply strategies of self-correction;
(II) Make, confirm and revise predictions;
(III) Understand and use key vocabulary;
(IV) Identify the main idea and supporting details;
(V) Make inferences;
(VI) Adjust the reading rate; and
(VII) Apply knowledge of the type of text; and
(3) Use strategies after completion of the reading which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Recall details;
(II) Restate main ideas;
(III) Organize information;
(IV) Record information;
(V) Synthesize the text;
(VI) Evaluate the text; and
(VII) Evaluate the effectiveness of the strategies of reading.
(c) Read literary texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate authors, cultures and time periods, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Explain:
(I) The setting;
(II) The sequence of events;
(III) A conflict;
(IV) The resolution of the conflict;
(V) The climax;
(VI) The turning point; and
(VII) A lesson learned based on the events or the actions of a character;
(2) With assistance, describe the development of the plot with a focus on:
(I) Exposition;
(II) Rising action; and
(III) Falling action;
(3) Describe:
(I) The physical traits of a character;
(II) The personality traits of a character;
(III) The motivation for the actions of a character;
(IV) An internal conflict and an external conflict;
(V) The main plot and the subplots;
(VI) How one event may cause another event;
(VII) The theme based on evidence from the text; and
(VIII) An example of the first-person point of view;
(4) Identify:
(I) The protagonist and the antagonist;
(II) The third-person limited point of view;
(III) The third-person omniscient point of view;
(IV) The effects of rhythm and rhyme on text;
(V) Words and phrases that reveal tone; and
(VI) Examples of irony;
(5) With assistance, distinguish between the third-person limited point of view and the third-person omniscient point of view;
(6) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text about the:
(I) Setting;
(II) Plot; and
(III) Characters;
(7) Explain the author’s use of:
(I) Imagery;
(II) Figurative language;
(III) Sound devices;
(IV) Dialect;
(V) Slang;
(VI) Formal language; and
(VII) Informal language;
(8) With assistance, explain how the author of a text uses flashback and foreshadowing;
(9) Explain:
(I) How words and phrases create tone and mood;
(II) The influence of historical events;
(III) The influence of cultures; and
(IV) The influence of the time period;
(10) With assistance, identify elements of characterization;
(11) With assistance, compare texts from the same historical period which relate to a single topic;
(12) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;
(13) Make connections between the text and:
(I) The pupil;
(II) Other texts; and
(III) The world;
(14) Use information to answer specific questions; and
(15) Summarize information.
(d) Read expository and persuasive texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate the texts for specific purposes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Identify the purpose of and gain information from:
(I) Illustrations;
(II) Graphs;
(III) Charts;
(IV) Titles;
(V) Text boxes;
(VI) Diagrams;
(VII) Headings;
(VIII) Maps;
(IX) Tables of content;
(X) Glossaries; and
(XI) Indices;
(2) Identify and explain the use of:
(I) Boldface type;
(II) Underlined type;
(III) Highlighted type;
(IV) Italicized type;
(V) Abbreviations;
(VI) Acronyms; and
(VII) Parenthetical expressions;
(3) Identify:
(I) Dialect;
(II) Slang;
(III) Informal and formal language;
(IV) Idioms;
(V) Words and phrases that reveal an author’s tone; and
(VI) Language used for persuasion and propaganda;
(4) Explain:
(I) Figurative language;
(II) Analogies;
(III) How language clarifies ideas and concepts;
(IV) A cause and its effect on events and relationships;
(V) A problem and a solution to the problem;
(VI) The influence of historical events;
(VII) The influence of cultures; and
(VIII) The influence of the time period;
(5) With assistance, explain the use of organizational structure by the author;
(6) With assistance, describe how an author uses concrete examples to explain abstract ideas;
(7) Describe:
(I) The importance of the sequential order of the text and the chronological order of the text;
(II) A main idea based on evidence from the text; and
(III) The theme based on evidence from the text;
(8) Distinguish the theme of the text from the topic of the text;
(9) Compare events;
(10) Trace the development of the argument, viewpoint or perspective of the author;
(11) With assistance, compare texts from the same historical period which relate to the same topic;
(12) Make connections between the text and:
(I) The pupil;
(II) Other texts; and
(III) The world;
(13) Use information to answer specific questions;
(14) Develop hypotheses based on information;
(15) Summarize information;
(16) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;
(17) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text;
(18) Distinguish between fact and opinion;
(19) Analyze the accuracy of facts;
(20) With assistance, determine the accuracy of evidence;
(21) With assistance, verify information from one source by consulting other sources; and
(22) Read and follow directions to complete a task or a procedure.
2. For the area of writing:
(a) Write a variety of texts using the writing process, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Use prewriting strategies to plan written work;
(2) Choose and narrow a topic to organize ideas;
(3) Explore a topic to plan written work;
(4) Draft papers which contain more than one paragraph about a single topic and which:
(I) Are appropriate for the audience;
(II) Address the purpose;
(III) Contain supporting details;
(IV) Contain an introduction;
(V) Contain transitions; and
(VI) Contain a conclusion;
(5) Revise drafts:
(I) For organization;
(II) To focus ideas;
(III) For voice;
(IV) For appropriateness for the audience;
(V) For purpose;
(VI) For relevant details;
(VII) For word choice; and
(VIII) For sentence fluency;
(6) Edit essays and compositions to ensure correct spelling of high-frequency words and content words;
(7) Edit for proper capitalization;
(8) Edit punctuation for:
(I) Punctuation at the end of a sentence;
(II) Commas;
(III) Apostrophes;
(IV) Quotation marks;
(V) Abbreviations; and
(VI) Colons;
(9) With assistance, edit punctuation for:
(I) Hyphens; and
(II) Semicolons;
(10) Edit for the correct use of:
(I) Nouns;
(II) Verbs;
(III) Pronouns;
(IV) Adjectives;
(V) Agreement between the subject and verb;
(VI) Verb tenses;
(VII) Adverbs;
(VIII) Clauses;
(IX) Phrases; and
(X) Agreement between a pronoun and its antecedent;
(11) Edit sentence structure:
(I) For complete sentences;
(II) To combine sentences, when combining is appropriate;
(III) For compound sentences; and
(IV) For complex sentences;
(12) Edit sentences to eliminate:
(I) Sentence fragments; and
(II) Run-on sentences;
(13) Select a format in which to publish a final draft that is appropriate to the audience and purpose; and
(14) Prepare a legible final draft to display or share.
(b) Write a variety of texts that inform, persuade, describe, evaluate, entertain or tell a story, and are appropriate to purpose and audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Write essays and compositions which include:
(I) A topic sentence;
(II) Supporting details;
(III) A thesis statement;
(IV) Transitions;
(V) A beginning, a middle and an end; and
(VI) A concluding statement;
(2) With assistance, write essays and compositions using patterns of organization which:
(I) Compare and contrast; and
(II) Show cause and effect;
(3) Write papers which contain more than one paragraph about experiences and events appropriate to the purpose and the audience and which:
(I) Are arranged in a logical sequence;
(II) Include characters;
(III) Describe a setting;
(IV) Contain a plot;
(V) Contain dialogue;
(VI) Use figurative language; and
(VII) Use sensory details;
(4) Write:
(I) Poetry;
(II) Responses to text that demonstrate an understanding of the development and motivation of a character;
(III) Responses to text that analyze the elements of exposition and their effects on the text; and
(IV) A variety of communications in a format appropriate for the type of communication;
(5) With assistance, write directions to complete a task or a procedure with a focus on:
(I) Clarity;
(II) Format;
(III) Technical vocabulary; and
(IV) Text features;
(6) Write persuasive essays and compositions which include:
(I) A thesis statement;
(II) Supporting evidence; and
(III) Relevant evidence;
(7) With assistance, write responses which demonstrate an understanding of plot in literary selections;
(8) Summarize information;
(9) Write research papers by:
(I) Choosing and narrowing a research topic;
(II) Locating and collecting information from primary and secondary sources;
(III) Recording information from sources used to prepare the research paper;
(IV) Paraphrasing and summarizing information;
(V) Organizing information collected by the pupil; and
(VI) Adhering to an established format to document the sources from which information was obtained; and
(10) Demonstrate an understanding of the differences between original works and plagiarized works.
3. For the area of listening, listen to and evaluate oral communications for content, style, purpose of the speaker and appropriateness for the audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Listen for a variety of purposes, including, without limitation:
(1) To gain information;
(2) Entertainment; and
(3) To understand directions;
(b) Listen for and identify the:
(1) Main idea;
(2) Purpose;
(3) Message;
(4) Mood; and
(5) Tone;
(c) Listen for and summarize ideas and supporting details;
(d) Listen to and evaluate oral communications for:
(1) Content;
(2) Delivery;
(3) Point of view; and
(4) Ideas;
(e) With assistance, listen to and evaluate the purpose and value of oral communications;
(f) With assistance, listen for and explain the effect of the attitude of the speaker on the audience;
(g) Listen for and distinguish fact from opinion;
(h) With assistance, listen for and identify techniques of persuasion;
(i) Expand vocabulary through listening;
(j) Listen for and identify:
(1) Dialect;
(2) Slang; and
(3) The use of formal and informal language;
(k) Listen for and distinguish between social and academic language;
(l) Actively listen to oral communications;
(m) Listen to and participate in conversations;
(n) Listen to and evaluate constructive feedback;
(o) Provide constructive feedback; and
(p) Focus attention to solve problems by identifying, synthesizing and evaluating data.
4. For the area of speaking, speak using organization, style, tone, voice and media aids appropriate to audience and purpose and participate in discussions to offer information, clarify ideas and support positions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Give directions to complete tasks;
(b) Ask questions to clarify directions;
(c) Use precise language to describe:
(1) Feelings;
(2) Experiences;
(3) Observations; and
(4) Ideas;
(d) Use standard English to communicate ideas;
(e) Use techniques for public speaking to deliver presentations which address the audience with appropriate:
(1) Volume;
(2) Eye contact;
(3) Enunciation;
(4) Posture;
(5) Expression;
(6) Purpose; and
(7) Prosody;
(f) Communicate information:
(1) While maintaining a clear focus;
(2) In a logical sequence; and
(3) By illustrating information using media aids;
(g) Communicate statements that express an opinion;
(h) Defend a position using evidence which supports that position;
(i) Contribute to conversations and discussions about a specified topic;
(j) Respond to questions to clarify and expand ideas;
(k) Ask relevant questions to clarify information and expand ideas;
(l) Take a leadership role in conversations and discussions; and
(m) Distinguish between relevant and irrelevant information.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R102-07, 1-30-2008)
NAC 389.29415 Information literacy. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the fifth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades to be information literate. Instruction in the fifth grade, regardless of whether it takes place in the library or the classroom, must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards for information literacy by the completion of the fifth grade:
1. For the areas of understanding the process of obtaining information in such a manner as to access information efficiently and effectively, evaluate information critically and competently, and use information accurately and creatively, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Recognize the need for information by:
(1) Giving examples of situations in which additional information beyond the pupil’s own knowledge is needed to resolve an information problem or question;
(2) Determining whether additional information beyond the pupil’s own knowledge is needed to resolve an information problem or question; and
(3) Assessing whether a range of information problems or questions can be resolved based on the pupil’s own knowledge or whether additional information is required.
(b) Recognize that accurate and comprehensive information is the basis for intelligent decision making by:
(1) Selecting examples of accurate and inaccurate information and complete and incomplete information; and
(2) Explaining the difference between accurate and inaccurate information and complete and incomplete information.
(c) Formulate questions by:
(1) Stating at least one broad question that will help in finding the needed information; and
(2) Stating both broad and specific questions that will help in finding the needed information.
(d) Identify a variety of potential sources of information by:
(1) Listing several sources of information and explaining the kind of information found in each source;
(2) Brainstorming a range of sources of information that will meet a need for information; and
(3) Using a full range of sources of information to meet different needs for information.
(e) Develop and use successful strategies for locating information by:
(1) Listing some ideas for identifying and finding information that is needed; and
(2) Explaining and applying a plan to access information that is needed.
(f) Determine accuracy, relevance and comprehensiveness by:
(1) Defining the terms “accuracy,” “relevance” and “comprehensiveness” and giving examples of their applications; and
(2) Comparing and contrasting sources related to a topic.
(g) Distinguish among fact, point of view and opinion by:
(1) Recognizing those concepts in various sources and products of information;
(2) Explaining how each concept is different from the others; and
(3) Assembling them, as appropriate, in the pupil’s own work.
(h) Identify inaccurate and misleading information by:
(1) Recognizing inaccurate and misleading information in sources and products of information; and
(2) Explaining how such information can lead to faulty conclusions.
(i) Select information that is appropriate to a specific problem or question by:
(1) Recognizing information that is applicable to that problem or question;
(2) Analyzing information from a variety of sources to determine its applicability to that problem or question; and
(3) Integrating accurate, relevant and comprehensive information to resolve that information problem or question.
(j) Organize information for practical application by:
(1) Describing several ways to organize information, including chronologically, topically and hierarchically;
(2) Organizing the information in different ways according to the specific information problem or question; and
(3) Organizing a product of information that presents different types of information in the most effective ways.
(k) Integrate new information into the pupil’s existing knowledge by:
(1) Recognizing and understanding new information and ideas;
(2) Combining what is already known about a topic with new information and drawing conclusions using the combined information; and
(3) Integrating the pupil’s existing knowledge with information from a variety of sources to create new meaning.
(l) Apply information in critical thinking and problem solving by:
(1) Identifying information that meets a particular need for information;
(2) Using information from a variety of sources to resolve an information problem or question; and
(3) Devising creative approaches to use information to resolve information problems or questions.
(m) Produce and communicate information and ideas in appropriate formats by:
(1) Naming a variety of different formats for presenting different kinds of information;
(2) Choosing an appropriate format for presenting information based on the information itself, the audience, and the nature of the information problem or question; and
(3) Choosing the most appropriate format for presenting information and justifying that choice.
2. For the areas of pursuing information related to personal interests, appreciating literature and other creative expressions of information, and striving for excellence in seeking information and generating knowledge, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Seek information relating to various dimensions of personal well-being, such as vocational interests, involvement in community, matters concerning health and recreational pursuits by:
(1) Occasionally seeking information about topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being;
(2) Generally expanding beyond the pupil’s own knowledge to seek information concerning topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being; and
(3) Exploring a range of sources to obtain information concerning topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being.
(b) Design, develop and evaluate information and conclusions based upon that information relating to topics of personal interest to the pupil by:
(1) Organizing and presenting basic information gathered by the pupil relating to those topics of personal interest;
(2) Creating solutions and methods of conveying information concerning those topics of personal interest; and
(3) Judging the quality of the pupil’s own solutions and methods of conveying information concerning those topics of personal interest.
(c) Function as a competent and self-motivated reader by:
(1) Explaining and discussing various examples of fiction;
(2) Choosing fiction and other types of literature to read and analyze; and
(3) Reading avidly and evaluating the strengths and weaknesses of literature read.
(d) Derive meaning from information presented creatively in a variety of formats by explaining and discussing films, plays and other creative presentations of information.
(e) Develop creative methods of conveying information in a variety of formats by:
(1) Expressing information and ideas creatively in simple formats; and
(2) Expressing information and ideas creatively in ways that combine several formats.
(f) Assess the quality of the process and outcome of the pupil’s efforts to obtain information by:
(1) Retracing the steps the pupil took to obtain information and explaining which were most useful for resolving a problem or question concerning the information;
(2) Assessing each step the pupil took to obtain information with respect to a specific problem concerning the information and assessing the result; and
(3) Evaluating the process of obtaining information at each step as it occurs and making such adjustments as are necessary to improve both the process and the outcome.
(g) Devise basic strategies for revising, improving and updating self-generated knowledge by:
(1) Explaining those strategies; and
(2) Selecting and applying such strategies as are appropriate.
3. For the areas of recognizing the importance of information to a democratic society, practicing ethical behavior in regard to information and information technology, and participating effectively in groups to pursue and generate information, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Seek information from diverse sources, contexts, disciplines and cultures by:
(1) Identifying several appropriate sources for resolving an information problem or question; and
(2) Using a variety of sources covering diverse perspectives to resolve an information problem or question.
(b) Respect the principle of equitable access to information by:
(1) Explaining why it is important for all pupils to have access to information, information sources and information technology;
(2) Using information, information sources and information technology efficiently so that they are available for other pupils to use; and
(3) Proposing strategies for ensuring that pupils and other people have equitable access to information, information sources and information technology.
(c) Respect the principles of intellectual freedom by:
(1) Defining or giving examples of “intellectual freedom”; and
(2) Analyzing a situation in terms of its relationship to intellectual freedom, including, without limitation, issuing a personal opinion of a book or video in the library media center.
(d) Respect intellectual property rights by:
(1) Giving examples of what it means to respect intellectual property rights;
(2) Analyzing situations to determine the steps necessary to respect intellectual property rights, including, without limitation, the creation of a term paper or the development of a multimedia product; and
(3) Avoiding plagiarism, correctly citing sources and making copies and incorporating text and images only with appropriate approval when creating products of information.
(e) Use information technology responsibly by:
(1) Stating the main points of the policy of the pupil’s school regarding the use of computing and communications hardware, software and networks;
(2) Locating appropriate information efficiently with the school’s computing and communications hardware, software and networks; and
(3) Following all guidelines and policies of the school relating to the use of computing and communications hardware, software and networks when resolving information problems or questions.
(f) Share and contribute knowledge and information with other pupils in groups by:
(1) Seeking and communicating specific facts, opinions and points of view related to information problems or questions;
(2) Using information sources and selecting information and ideas that will contribute directly to the success of group projects; and
(3) Integrating the pupil’s own knowledge and information with that of other pupils in the group.
(g) Respect the ideas and backgrounds of other pupils and acknowledge their contributions by:
(1) Describing the ideas of other pupils accurately and completely;
(2) Encouraging consideration of ideas and information from all group members; and
(3) Helping to organize and integrate the contributions of all the members of the group into products of information.
(h) Collaborate with others, both in person and through technologies, to identify information problems and to seek solutions by:
(1) Expressing the pupil’s own ideas appropriately and effectively, in person and remotely through technologies, while working in groups to identify and resolve information problems;
(2) Participating actively in discussions with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to analyze information problems and suggest solutions; and
(3) Participating actively in discussions with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to devise solutions to information problems that integrate the information and ideas of group members.
(i) Collaborate with others, both in person and through technologies, to design, develop and evaluate products and solutions of information to create and evaluate simple products of information.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R071-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R013-03, 10-30-2003)
NAC 389.2942 Social studies. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the fifth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in social studies offered in public schools. Instruction in the fifth grade in social studies must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the fifth grade:
1. For the area of history:
(a) Use chronology to organize and understand the sequence and relationship of events, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify current events from multiple sources.
(2) Record events on a graphic organizer, including, without limitation, a calendar or timeline.
(b) Use vocabulary and concepts specific to social studies to engage in inquiry, research and analysis, and use related decision-making skills, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Ask questions related to history and identify resources that can be used to research the issue in question.
(2) Organize historical information from a variety of sources.
(c) Understand the development of human societies, civilizations and empires through the year 400, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Define “hunter-gatherer.”
(2) Locate the areas within Nevada where the earliest Native American inhabitants, known as the Desert Archaic people, lived.
(d) Understand the characteristics, ideas and significance of civilizations and religions that existed between the years 1 and 1400, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify the explorations of the Vikings in North America.
(e) Understand the impact of the interaction of peoples, cultures and ideas between the years 1200 and 1750, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify Native American cultures in this State, including, the cultures of the Northern Paiute, Southern Paiute, Washoe and Western Shoshone.
(2) Describe the life of a Native American living in North America before European contact, including, without limitation, communication, food, clothing, shelter, transportation, family and tools.
(3) Describe expeditions of early explorers, including, without limitation, Christopher Columbus and Ferdinand Magellan.
(4) Describe the relationship between Native Americans, Europeans and Africans.
(5) Describe colonial life in North America.
(f) Understand the people, events, ideas and conflicts that led to the creation and growth of a distinctive culture between the years 1700 and 1865, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify the events which led to the creation and signing of the Declaration of Independence.
(2) Identify key people of the American Revolution, including, without limitation, George Washington and Benjamin Franklin.
(3) Describe the relationship between the War of 1812 and the national anthem of the United States.
(4) Describe the experiences of pioneers moving westward, including, without limitation, the experiences of pioneers who traveled along the Oregon and California trails, and the Donner Party.
(5) Identify explorers and settlers in preterritorial Nevada, including, without limitation, Kit Carson and John C. Fremont.
(6) Identify, in general terms, the American Civil War and its final outcome, including, without limitation, the Union, the Confederacy, General Robert E. Lee and General Ulysses S. Grant.
(7) Explain the symbols, mottos and slogans related to the State of Nevada, including, without limitation, the phrase “Battle Born,” the Great Seal of the State of Nevada, the phrase “Silver State” and the state flag.
(g) Understand the importance and impact of political, economic and social ideas between the years 1860 and 1920, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify the contributions of inventors and discoverers, including, without limitation, Thomas Edison, the Wright Brothers, Alexander Graham Bell and George Washington Carver.
(2) Describe the contributions of immigrant groups who lived in Nevada.
(3) Describe the significance of Labor Day.
(4) Describe the distinctions between the reasons for celebrating Memorial Day and the reasons for celebrating Veterans’ Day.
(h) Understand the importance and impact of political, economic and social changes in the world between the years 1920 and 1945, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify the major events of the Great Depression, including, without limitation, the crash of the stock market, the Dust Bowl, migration and the building of Hoover Dam.
(2) Identify the participation of the United States in World War II, including, without limitation, the attack on Pearl Harbor, the “homefront,” “D-Day” and the atomic bomb.
(i) Understand the shift of international relationships and power, and the significant developments in the American culture that occurred between the years 1945 and 1990, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify major advancements in science and technology, including, without limitation, television and computers.
(2) Identify the major points of the speech made by Martin Luther King, Jr., commonly known as the “I Have a Dream” speech.
(j) Understand the political, economic, social and technological issues challenging the world between the years 1990 and the present, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify major news events on the local, state, national and world levels.
2. For the area of geography:
(a) Use maps, globes and other geographic tools and technologies to locate and derive information about people, places and environments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Use maps and features of maps, including, without limitation, directional orientation, map symbols and grid systems, to identify and locate major geographic features of Nevada and the United States.
(2) Identify the characteristics and purposes of different maps and globes.
(3) Read and derive information from photographs, maps, graphs and computer resources.
(4) Construct maps and charts of the United States or any part thereof, which adequately display information about human and physical features, including, without limitation, landforms, weather and climate, bodies of water, vegetation and soils, distribution of population, languages, housing and economic activities.
(5) Identify the purpose and summarize the content of various maps of the United States.
(6) Answer spatial questions about a map using basic geographic vocabulary.
(7) Identify major regions of the United States, including, the West, Southwest, Midwest, Southeast and Northeast.
(8) With the use of an atlas, label a map of the United States with the names of the 50 states.
(9) On a map of the United States, locate the following metropolitan areas:
(I) Washington, D.C.;
(II) Los Angeles;
(III) Seattle;
(IV) Denver;
(V) Chicago;
(VI) Atlanta; and
(VII) New York City.
(b) Understand the physical and human features and cultural characteristics of places, and use that information to define and study regions and their patterns of changes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify and list the physical and human features and cultural characteristics of places and regions in the United States.
(2) Identify examples in a community or region that reflect the cultural identity of the community or region.
(3) Describe the characteristics of the community in which the pupil resides and the State of Nevada from different perspectives.
(4) Identify the effects of the use of technology in different communities in the United States.
(5) Identify and describe the locations where selected historical events occurred.
(6) Describe how the community in which the pupil resides and the State of Nevada have changed over time.
(7) Identify the criteria used to define different types of regions.
(c) Understand how physical processes shape the surface patterns and ecosystems of the earth, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify the four basic physical systems of the earth, such as the atmosphere, lithosphere, hydrosphere and biosphere, and give several examples of the components of each of those systems.
(2) Define and give historical examples of natural hazards and disasters, including, without limitation, floods, wildfires, earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, tornados, hurricanes and tsunamis.
(3) Identify the parts of different ecosystems, including, soil, climate, plant life and animal life.
(4) Locate and describe major ecosystems on earth, including, without limitation, deserts, rain forests, mountains and prairies.
(5) Investigate one type of ecosystem by asking and answering geographic questions about the characteristics, locations and distribution of the ecosystem.
(d) Understand how economic, political and cultural processes interact to shape patterns of human migration and settlement, influence and interdependence, and conflict and cooperation, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain differences in the distribution of population in Nevada and the United States.
(2) Identify the “push-pull” factors that influence human migration and settlement.
(3) List examples of historical movements of people, goods and ideas.
(4) Describe the differences among rural, suburban and urban migration and settlement.
(5) Identify the sources of various economic goods and describe their movement between states or countries.
(6) Investigate an economic issue by asking and answering questions about the locations where the economic issue is in question.
(7) Identify differences in the economic development and quality of life among the countries located in North America.
(8) Describe why types of organizations may differ because of the geographic location of the organizations.
(9) Describe issues of cooperation and conflict within the United States.
(e) Understand the effects of interactions between human and physical systems, and the changes in use, distribution and importance of resources, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe and provide examples of ways in which changes in the physical environment affect humans, including, without limitation, the effect of weather and climate, and the availability of water.
(2) Describe and provide examples of places within the United States where the environment has been altered by technology.
(3) Explain and provide examples of the impact of human modification of the physical environment on the people who live in that location, including, without limitation, construction that limits the availability of water, the construction of flood channels and mining.
(4) Describe and illustrate the pattern of distribution and use of natural resources, including, without limitation, water, minerals, forests and wind.
(5) Compare the differences in the ways that people in the United States and people in another country use the same resource.
(f) Apply geographic knowledge of people, places and environments to interpret the past, understand the present and plan for the future, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe how the physical settings of a past event influenced that event.
(2) Use current events to ask and answer geographic questions.
(3) Discuss a geographic issue using more than one point of view.
(4) Describe a geographic issue and the possible impact which that issue might have in the future.
(g) Ask and answer questions about geography by acquiring, organizing and analyzing geographic information, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Ask geographic questions about the origin and significance of spatial patterns, including, without limitation, questions to determine:
(I) Where a pattern is;
(II) Why a pattern is located where it is;
(III) With what a pattern is associated; and
(IV) What the consequences are of the location and associations of a pattern.
(2) Locate and gather geographic information from a variety of sources, including, without limitation, periodicals, databases, interviews, cartograms and aerial photographs.
(3) Create complex maps, graphs or charts to display geographic information, including, without limitation, choropleth maps, cartograms and climagraphs.
(4) Interpret information obtained from maps, satellite images and aerial photographs to recognize spatial patterns and relationships between locations.
(5) Support a conclusion by presenting geographic information in an oral or a written report, accompanied by maps and graphics.
3. For the area of civics:
(a) Know why society needs rules, law and governments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe the effect on society of the absence of laws.
(2) Identify the United States Constitution and the Declaration of Independence as the foundations of the government of the United States.
(3) Define and give examples of a representative democracy.
(4) Identify the rights of minor political parties.
(b) Know the United States Constitution and the government created by the United States Constitution, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify the three branches of the Federal Government.
(2) Name the two houses of the Congress of the United States.
(3) Identify powers of the Congress of the United States, including, without limitation, the power to tax, the power to declare war and the power to impeach.
(4) Identify the Supreme Court as the highest court in the United States.
(5) Define the word “trial” as that word relates to the resolution of disputes.
(c) Describe the roles of political parties, interest groups and public opinion in the democratic process, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) List the qualities of a leader.
(2) Name the two major political parties.
(3) Give examples of interest groups.
(4) Identify sources of information which people use to form an opinion.
(d) Know the roles, rights and responsibilities of citizens of the United States, and know the symbols of the United States, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe the difference between a natural born citizen and a naturalized citizen.
(2) Identify the Bill of Rights.
(3) Identify ways in which conflicts can be resolved in a peaceful manner that respects individual rights.
(4) Describe the symbolic importance of Independence Day and the Pledge of Allegiance.
(e) Know the structure and functions of state and local governments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain why local governments are created.
(2) Name the three branches of State Government.
(3) Know the different types of courts.
(f) Explain the different political and economic systems in the world, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to list the characteristics of a nation-state, including, without limitation, self-rule, territory, population and organized governments.
(g) Know the political and economic relationship between the United States and its citizens, and other countries and their citizens, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify the countries bordering the United States.
(2) Explain ways in which countries interact.
4. For the area of economics:
(a) Use fundamental concepts in economics, including, without limitation, scarcity, choice, cost, incentives and a comparison of cost and benefits, to describe and analyze problems and opportunities, both individual and social, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe a situation in which the scarcity of a good or service requires a person to make a choice, and identify a cost associated with making such a choice.
(2) Give examples of situations in which people with different preferences make different decisions.
(3) Demonstrate an understanding that choosing a little more or a little less of a good or service generates either a benefit or a cost.
(b) Demonstrate a knowledge of past and present economic performance in the United States, identify economic indicators used to measure that performance, use that knowledge to make individual decisions and discuss relevant social issues, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Compare per capita measurements for the United States during different times.
(2) Define the concepts of inflation and deflation, and explain how they affect persons.
(3) Define employment and unemployment.
(4) Identify and give examples of interest rates for borrowing and saving money.
(c) Demonstrate an understanding of how markets work, including, without limitation, an understanding of why markets form, how supply and demand interact to determine market prices and interest rates, and how changes in prices act as signals to coordinate trade, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Defend the statement, “Trade is always mutually beneficial,” with supporting examples.
(2) Demonstrate an understanding of supply and demand in a market.
(3) Contrast the effects of a change in the price of a good or service on the behavior of buyers and sellers of that good or service.
(d) Describe the roles played by various economic institutions in the United States, including, without limitation, financial institutions, labor unions, for-profit business organizations and not-for-profit organizations, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify financial institutions, including, without limitation, banks, credit unions and brokerage firms.
(2) Provide examples of labor unions.
(3) Explain the purposes for establishing for-profit organizations.
(4) Explain the purposes for establishing not-for-profit organizations.
(e) Demonstrate an understanding of various forms of money, how money makes it easier to trade, borrow, save, invest and compare the value of services, and how the Federal Reserve System and its policies affect the supply of money in the United States, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain why it is easier for people to save and trade money rather than use other commodities.
(2) Identify forms of money that were used in the United States before the 20th century.
(f) Demonstrate an understanding of the economic system of the United States, as a whole, in terms of how it allocates resources, how it determines the production, income, unemployment and price levels in the United States and how it leads to variations in individual levels of income, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Discuss the resources needed for production in households, schools and community groups.
(2) Demonstrate an understanding that a person can be both a consumer and a producer.
(3) Recognize the three following types of productive resources:
(I) Natural resources, including, without limitation, minerals;
(II) Human resources, including, without limitation, educated workers; and
(III) Capital resources, including, without limitation, machinery.
(4) Illustrate how the spending by one person becomes the income for another person.
(5) Identify factors within a person’s control that can affect the likelihood for him to be employed, including, without limitation, work experience, education, training and skills.
(6) Describe how income reflects choices that people make about education, training, development of skills, lifestyle and careers.
(g) Demonstrate an understanding of how investment, entrepreneurship, competition and specialization lead to changes in the structure and performance of an economy, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Provide an example of how purchasing a tool or acquiring an education can be an investment.
(2) Describe the characteristics of an entrepreneur, including, without limitation, risk-taking, problem-solving, self-motivation and independent thinking.
(3) Give examples of ways in which sellers compete using three of the following criteria:
(I) Price;
(II) Customer service;
(III) Variety;
(IV) Quality of the product; and
(V) Advertising and marketing.
(4) Explain why specialization increases productivity and interdependence.
(h) Explore the characteristics of economic systems from places other than the United States to demonstrate an understanding of how those systems and the economic system in the United States are connected, through trade, with peoples and cultures throughout the world, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain why the United States imports and exports goods.
(2) Describe how the exchange of goods and services around the world creates interdependence among peoples in different places, such as the production of a candy bar in the United States which requires ingredients from other countries around the world.
(3) Give the value of the United States dollar in terms of the currencies of other countries.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R074-00, eff. 6-20-2000)
NAC 389.2943 Mathematics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the fifth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in mathematics offered in public schools. Instruction in the fifth grade in mathematics must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the fifth grade:
1. For the areas of numbers, number sense and computation, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must accurately calculate and use estimation techniques, number relationships, operation rules and algorithms, and determine the reasonableness of answers and the accuracy of solutions. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Generate and solve addition, subtraction, multiplication and division problems using whole numbers and decimals in practical situations;
(b) Identify and use place value positions of whole numbers and decimals to the hundredths;
(c) Add and subtract fractions with like denominators using models, drawings and numbers;
(d) Compare fractions with unlike denominators by using models and drawings and by finding common denominators;
(e) Identify, model and compare improper fractions and mixed numbers;
(f) Read, write, compare and order integers in mathematical and practical situations;
(g) Use multiples of 10 to expand knowledge of basic multiplication and division facts;
(h) Estimate to determine the reasonableness of an answer in mathematical and practical situations involving decimals;
(i) Add and subtract decimals;
(j) Multiply and divide decimals by whole numbers in problems that represent practical situations; and
(k) Use order of operations to evaluate expressions with whole numbers.
2. For the areas of patterns, functions and algebra, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use various algebraic methods to analyze, illustrate, extend and create numerous representations, including, without limitation, words, numbers, tables and graphs of patterns, functions and algebraic relations. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Identify, describe and represent patterns and relationships in the number system, including, without limitation, triangular numbers and perfect squares;
(b) Find possible solutions to an inequality involving a variable using whole numbers as a replacement set;
(c) Solve equations with whole numbers using a variety of methods, including, without limitation, inverse operations, mental math and guess and check; and
(d) Complete number sentences using the words greater than or equal to, less than or equal to and not equal to, as appropriate, and using the corresponding symbol.
3. For the area of measurement, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use appropriate tools and techniques of measurement to determine, estimate, record and verify direct and indirect measurements. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Estimate and convert units of measure for weight, volume and capacity within the same measurement system, including customary and metric;
(b) Measure volume and weight to a required degree of accuracy in the customary and metric systems;
(c) Describe the difference between perimeter and area, including, without limitation, the difference in units of measure;
(d) Determine total, differences and change due for monetary amounts in practical situations; and
(e) Determine equivalent periods of time, including, without limitation, relationships between and among seconds, minutes, hours, days, months and years.
4. For the areas of spatial relationships, logic and geometry, to solve problems, communicate and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must identify, represent, verify and apply spatial relationships and geometric properties. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Draw, identify, describe and classify triangles and quadrilaterals based on their properties;
(b) Identify and draw circles and parts of circles and describe the relationships between the various parts;
(c) Represent concepts of congruency, similarity or symmetry using a variety of methods, including, without limitation, transformational motions and dilation;
(d) Graph coordinates representing geometric shapes in the first quadrant;
(e) Predict and describe the effects of combining, dividing and changing shapes into other shapes;
(f) Identify, draw, label and describe planes, parallel lines, intersecting lines and perpendicular lines;
(g) Describe the characteristics of right, acute, obtuse, scalene, equilateral and isosceles triangles; and
(h) Represent relationships using Venn diagrams.
5. For the area of data analysis, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must collect, organize, display, interpret and analyze data to determine statistical relationships and probability projections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Model and compute measures of central tendency for mean, median and mode;
(b) Pose questions that can be used to guide the collection of categorical and numerical data;
(c) Organize and represent data using a variety of graphical representations, including, without limitation, stem and leaf plots and histograms;
(d) Compute range;
(e) Interpret data and make predictions using stem and leaf plots and histograms;
(f) Represent and solve problems involving combinations using a variety of methods;
(g) Conduct simple probability experiments using concrete materials;
(h) Represent the results of simple probability experiments as decimals to make predictions about future events; and
(i) Select an appropriate type of graph to accurately represent the data and justify the selection.
6. For the area of problem solving, to develop the ability to solve problems, a pupil must engage in developmentally appropriate opportunities for problem solving in which there is a need to use various approaches to investigate and understand mathematical concepts to formulate problems, find solutions to problems, develop and apply strategies to solve problems, and integrate mathematical reasoning, communication and connections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Generalize and apply previous experiences and strategies to new problem-solving situations;
(b) Determine an efficient problem-solving strategy and verify, interpret and evaluate the results with respect to the original problem;
(c) Try more than one strategy to solve a problem when the first strategy proves unsuccessful;
(d) Interpret and solve a variety of mathematical problems by paraphrasing;
(e) Identify necessary and extraneous information;
(f) Check the reasonableness of a solution; and
(g) Use technology, including, without limitation, a calculator, to develop mathematical concepts.
7. For the area of mathematical communication, to develop the ability to communicate mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to obtain information in everyday life by reading, listening and observing to translate information into mathematical language and symbols, process information mathematically, discuss and exchange ideas about mathematics as part of learning, read various fiction and nonfiction texts to learn about mathematics and present the results in written, oral and visual formats. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Use inquiry techniques to solve mathematical problems;
(b) Use a variety of methods to represent and communicate mathematical ideas through oral, verbal and written formats;
(c) Identify and translate key words and phrases that imply mathematical operations; and
(d) Communicate strategies and solutions to mathematical problems by using oral and written expression of everyday language.
8. For the area of mathematical reasoning, to develop the ability to reason mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to investigate mathematical ideas and construct his own learning in all content areas to reinforce and extend his ability to reason logically, reflect on, clarify and justify his thinking, ask questions to extend his learning, use patterns and relationships to analyze mathematical situations, and determine relevant, irrelevant and sufficient information to solve mathematical problems. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Draw logical conclusions about mathematical problems;
(b) Follow a logical argument and judge the validity of the argument;
(c) Review and refine the assumptions and steps used to derive conclusions in mathematical arguments; and
(d) Justify and explain the solutions to problems using manipulatives and physical models.
9. For the area of mathematical connections, to develop the ability to make mathematical connections, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to view mathematics as an integrated whole, including linking new concepts to prior knowledge, identifying relationships between content strands and integrating mathematics with other disciplines, thereby allowing the flexibility to approach problems in a variety of ways within and beyond the field of mathematics. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Use mathematical ideas from one area of mathematics to explain an idea from another area of mathematics;
(b) Use physical models to explain the relationship between concepts and procedures;
(c) Apply mathematical thinking and modeling to solve problems that arise in other disciplines, including, without limitation, rhythm in music and motion in science; and
(d) Identify, explain and use mathematics in everyday life.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R073-01, 11-1-2001; R155-06, 9-18-2006)
NAC 389.2944 Health. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the fifth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in health offered in public schools. Instruction in the fifth grade in health must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the fifth grade:
1. Comprehend concepts related to the promotion of health and the prevention of disease, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Identify sources of help for persons seeking protection from neglect, physical abuse, emotional abuse or sexual abuse;
(b) List safety procedures that help to prevent accidents;
(c) Develop and practice daily and weekly plans, schedules and routines of personal care, fitness and nutrition that contribute to appearance and well-being;
(d) Identify sources of reliable health information and services;
(e) Describe reasons why some persons use suicide, drugs, alcohol or tobacco as strategies for coping;
(f) Explain positive strategies for coping with and resolving internal conflicts which would allow the pupil to avoid getting involved in violent situations;
(g) Identify alternative activities and behaviors that could be used for coping other than suicide or using alcohol, tobacco and other drugs;
(h) Describe how the pupil can use a food label, which includes facts about the food, to make choices concerning the food;
(i) Identify precautions that can be taken to avoid predators and the steps which a person should take if he encounters a predator; and
(j) Identify at least one major nutrient provided by each of the five food groups and a function served by each such nutrient.
2. Access valid health information and health-promoting products and services, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to list local preventative health care organizations and the locations of and services offered by those organizations.
3. Practice health-enhancing behaviors and reduce health risks, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Explain the relationship between accidents and the consumption of alcohol or other drugs;
(b) Practice ways to refuse drugs, alcohol and tobacco;
(c) Develop safety rules for home, school, work and play;
(d) Demonstrate basic procedures in first aid;
(e) Identify positive and negative effects of stress;
(f) Define “depression” and “suicide”;
(g) Explain school rules, and the consequences of breaking those rules, related to harassment, fighting and intimidation; and
(h) Role-play a variety of methods for handling anger.
4. Analyze the influence of culture, media, technology and other factors on health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Examine an advertisement for a food or health-related product and identify the stated and implied messages being made by the advertisement;
(b) Provide three statements relating to health that are made by other persons and examine those statements for accuracy; and
(c) Prepare a report on a disease which includes a discussion on how technology affects a course of treatment for that disease.
5. Use interpersonal communication skills to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Use skills for attentive listening that build and maintain healthy relationships; and
(b) Give examples of verbal and nonverbal communications.
6. Use goal-setting and decision-making skills to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Explain strategies for coping with and resolving internal conflicts which would allow the pupil to avoid the use of drugs, alcohol and tobacco;
(b) Identify three health behaviors that can be managed by the pupil;
(c) Identify positive alternatives to substance abuse;
(d) Explain how the pupil would obtain help for a friend or member of his family who is talking about suicide; and
(e) Explain the benefits of the problem-solving process in making health-related decisions.
7. Advocate for personal, family and community health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Identify safety rules for pedestrians;
(b) Cite universal precaution policies relating to blood-borne pathogens; and
(c) Practice appropriate methods of communicating with other persons.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R032-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000)
NAC 389.2945 Foreign language. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course in a foreign language offered as an elective course in a public elementary school through the fifth grade must, in addition to the requirements set forth in NAC 389.291 and subject to the experience of the pupils with the foreign language in kindergarten through the fourth grade, include instruction designed to teach the pupil by the completion of the fifth grade to:
1. Engage in conversations, provide and obtain information, express feelings and emotions and exchange opinions in the foreign language by:
(a) Identifying common objects after listening to an oral description.
(b) Telling time.
(c) Using the calendar.
2. Understand and interpret written and spoken material in the foreign language on a variety of topics by:
(a) Reading combinations of familiar words in short sentences.
(b) Reading all words that the pupil is able to use orally.
(c) Comprehending brief written directions, narratives and other information.
3. Present information, concepts and ideas in the foreign language to an audience by:
(a) Responding to personal questions.
(b) Writing familiar words or phrases, including, without limitation, colors, dates, numbers, lyrics of songs and words related to the family and weather.
(c) Writing simple text on familiar topics, including, without limitation, filling in the blanks or labeling pictures in simple stories.
4. Understand the relationship between the practices and perspectives of the culture studied by:
(a) Becoming aware of the effects of important people, holidays, geography and history on the lives of the people of the culture studied.
(b) Demonstrating an awareness of the different patterns of daily life within the culture studied and the pupil’s culture.
5. Understand the relationship between the products and perspectives of the culture studied by comparing the products with the environments in which they are produced.
6. Understand other disciplines through the foreign language by practicing familiar concepts in the foreign language, including, without limitation, telling time and identifying the seasons.
7. Understand the concept of culture through comparisons of the culture studied and the pupil’s culture by developing an awareness of cultural diversity and some of the contributions of the foreign language to American culture.
8. Understand the concept of language by recognizing some of the contributions of the foreign language to American culture.
9. Use the language in and outside of school by:
(a) Writing format letters, including, without limitation, letters to a pen pal.
(b) Identifying professions that require proficiency in another language.
(c) Exploring careers that require the ability to communicate in the foreign language.
10. Develop an interest in continuing the study of the foreign language for personal enjoyment and enrichment by:
(a) Playing sports or games of the culture studied that are appropriate for the age of the pupil.
(b) Listening to music, singing songs or playing musical instruments from the culture studied.
(c) Planning a real or imaginary trip to a country in which the foreign language is spoken.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R065-97, eff. 12-10-97; A by R164-99, 2-16-2000)
NAC 389.2946 Physical education. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the fifth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in physical education offered in public schools. Instruction in the fifth grade in physical education must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the fifth grade:
1. Understand and apply concepts relating to movement to the knowledge and development of motor skills, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Use vocabulary correctly to differentiate between more complex gamelike strategies, including, without limitation, strategies for offense and for defense;
(b) Identify the intermediate elements of forms of movement;
(c) Apply simple strategies to gamelike situations;
(d) Identify the characteristics of a skilled performance in a few forms of movement; and
(e) Explain the physiological factors affecting individual differences in levels of physical fitness.
2. Demonstrate competency in many forms of movement and proficiency in a few forms of movement, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Use locomotor and nonlocomotor movements in physical activities;
(b) Execute a combination of manipulative skills in a new dynamic environment; and
(c) Create and perform a sequence of movement, alone or within a group, that combines movements relating to weight transfer and balance.
3. Understand dance through the use of skills, techniques and choreography, and as a form of communication, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Create, within a group, sequences of movement which clearly demonstrate the use of shapes, levels and pathways;
(b) Perform a range of qualities of movement clearly;
(c) Observe and identify actions and elements of movement within brief sequences of movement;
(d) Create and perform, with or without rhythmic accompaniment, a brief sequence of movement which has an identifiable beginning, middle and end;
(e) Apply one partner skill while creating a sequence of movement with another person;
(f) Create a brief movement phrase, accurately repeat the phrase and then vary the phrase by making changes in time, space or qualities of movements, or any combination thereof;
(g) Recognize the elements of movement found in dance, sport and everyday activities;
(h) Create a sequence of movement to express an idea or a concept;
(i) Discuss interpretations and reactions to a sequence of movement;
(j) Create and perform, within a group and with or without a prop, various movements to a steady beat;
(k) Move to a musical beat and respond to changes in tempo; and
(l) Perform more technically complex folk dances or social dances, or both, from various cultures, and identify the cultural and historical context of the folk or social dance.
4. Achieve and maintain a health-enhancing level of individual fitness for an active lifestyle, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Create personal goals related to an assessment of his physical fitness;
(b) Maintain a continuous aerobic activity for a specified time;
(c) Engage in physical activity at a target heart rate for a specified time;
(d) Identify the health-related components of fitness in various activities; and
(e) Use proper techniques for warming up, conditioning and cooling down.
5. Practice personal responsibility, positive social interaction and respect for diversity in settings in which physical activities occur, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Make correct decisions in applying rules and procedures and using proper etiquette;
(b) Respond in a positive manner to challenges, successes and failures in physical activity;
(c) Manage conflict positively, regardless of differences with other persons, with reinforcement from a teacher;
(d) Demonstrate teamwork and positive sportsmanship while interacting with other persons, regardless of differences; and
(e) Identify similarities of and differences between games, sports and dances from different cultures.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R033-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000)
NAC 389.2947 Science. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the fifth grade, pupils must understand, know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in science offered in public schools. Instruction in the third grade through the fifth grade in science must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards by the completion of the fifth grade:
1. For the area of science inquiry:
(a) Understand that the study of science involves asking and answering questions and comparing the answers to what scientists already know about the world;
(b) Know that scientific progress is made by conducting careful investigations, recording data and communicating the results of investigations and data in an accurate manner;
(c) Know how to compare the results of a scientific experiment to what scientists already know about the world;
(d) Know how to draw conclusions from scientific evidence;
(e) Know that graphic representations of recorded data can be used to make predictions;
(f) Know how to plan and conduct a safe and simple investigation; and
(g) Know that a model is a tool which can be used to learn about the object or properties the model is designed to resemble.
2. For the areas of science, technology and society:
(a) Understand that people from all cultures and levels of education, experience and ability contribute to the fields of science and technology;
(b) Know that people of diverse cultures have contributed to scientific knowledge and technology throughout history;
(c) Know that technology has positive and negative impacts on society; and
(d) Know that there are benefits to working with others in a team and sharing findings.
3. For the area of matter:
(a) Understand the properties of objects and materials;
(b) Know that matter exists in different states which have distinct physical properties, including, without limitation, solids, liquids and gases;
(c) Know that heating and cooling can change some common materials from one state to another, including, without limitation, water;
(d) Know that materials can be classified by their observable physical and chemical properties, including, without limitation, magnetism, conductivity, density and solubility;
(e) Know that a material can be created by combining two or more different materials and that the properties of the newly created material may be different from the properties of the original materials;
(f) Know that the mass of a material remains constant whether the material is together, separated into parts or changed to a different state or form; and
(g) Know that materials are composed of certain elements that are too small to be seen without magnification.
4. For the areas of force and motion:
(a) Understand that certain forces applied to an object can change the position or motion of the object, including, without limitation, gravitational, electrical and magnetic forces;
(b) Know that an object will speed up, slow down or move in a different direction if an unbalanced force is applied to the object;
(c) Know that the strength of a force which is applied to an object and the mass of the object will influence the amount of change in the motion of the object;
(d) Know that a magnetic force can cause certain objects to attract or repel each other;
(e) Know that an electrically charged particle can attract or repel another electrically charged particle or material; and
(f) Know that the gravity of the earth can pull any object toward the surface of the earth without touching the object.
5. For the area of energy:
(a) Understand that energy exists in different forms;
(b) Know that light can be described in terms of simple properties, including, without limitation, color, brightness and reflection;
(c) Know the wave characteristics of sound;
(d) Know that heat can be produced as a by-product when one form of energy converts to another form of energy, including, without limitation, the conversion of stored energy to motion through the use of a machine or a living organism;
(e) Know that heat can transfer from one object to another by conduction and that certain materials conduct heat better than other materials; and
(f) Know the organization of a simple electrical circuit, including, without limitation, a battery, generator or a wire through which an electrical current can pass.
6. For the area of heredity:
(a) Understand that certain characteristics in living things are inherited and certain characteristics are not inherited;
(b) Know certain physical characteristics and behaviors that are inherited in animals and plants;
(c) Know that reproduction is an essential characteristic for the continuation of every species;
(d) Know that the offspring of an animal or plant can:
(1) Resemble the animal or plant from which the offspring was generated;
(2) Resemble other offspring of the animal or plant from which the offspring was generated; and
(3) Exhibit differences in characteristics from the animal or plant from which the offspring was generated;
(e) Know how to observe and describe differences between different persons of the human population; and
(f) Know that certain behaviors of animals are learned behaviors.
7. For the area of the structure of life:
(a) Understand that living things have specialized structures that perform a variety of life functions;
(b) Know that plants and animals have structures that enable them to grow, reproduce and survive; and
(c) Know that living things have predictable life cycles.
8. For the area of organisms and their environment:
(a) Understand that there are a variety of ecosystems on the earth and that different organisms interact with one another within their ecosystems;
(b) Know the organization of simple food webs;
(c) Know that organisms interact with one another and with the nonliving elements of their ecosystem;
(d) Know that changes to an environment can be beneficial or detrimental to certain organisms;
(e) Know that all organisms, including, without limitation, human beings, can cause changes to their environment; and
(f) Know that plants and animals can adapt in certain ways to survive in certain ecosystems.
9. For the area of the diversity of life:
(a) Understand that living things can be classified according to physical characteristics, behaviors and habitats;
(b) Know that animals and plants can be classified according to their observable characteristics;
(c) Know that fossils are evidence of past life on the earth; and
(d) Know that certain differences between each animal or plant within a species can provide the animal or plant with advantages or disadvantages for survival and reproduction.
10. For the areas of the atmospheric processes and the cycle of water:
(a) Understand the relationship between the weather and the cycle of water;
(b) Know that the sun is the main source of energy for the earth;
(c) Know the processes of the cycle of water and the role of the sun in the cycle of water;
(d) Know that most of the surface of the earth is covered with fresh water or salt water;
(e) Know the role of water in various phenomena involving the weather, including, without limitation, the role of water in thunderstorms, snowstorms, floods and droughts; and
(f) Know that air is a substance that surrounds the earth, takes up space and moves around the earth in the form of wind.
11. For the areas of the solar system and the universe:
(a) Understand that there are many components in the solar system, including, without limitation, the earth;
(b) Know that there are more stars than can easily be counted by the human eye;
(c) Know that stars are not the same color or brightness and are not scattered evenly throughout the solar system;
(d) Know that the solar system includes, without limitation, the sun, planets and moons;
(e) Know that the sun is a star;
(f) Know that stars other than the sun are so far away from the earth that they look like points of light;
(g) Know that there are cyclical patterns of observable objects in the solar system; and
(h) Know that the patterns of stars in the sky stay the same, except that the patterns of stars appear to move across the sky each night and that different stars can be seen in different seasons.
12. For the area of the composition and structure of the earth:
(a) Understand that features on the surface of the earth are constantly changed by a combination of slow and rapid processes;
(b) Know that fossils are evidence of past life;
(c) Know that water, wind and ice constantly change the surface of the land on the earth through erosion of rock and soil in some geographic locations and the deposit of rock and soil in other geographic locations;
(d) Know that landforms can be created from:
(1) Slow processes, including, without limitation, erosion and deposition of rock and soil; and
(2) Fast processes, including, without limitation, volcanoes, earthquakes, landslides, floods and human activity;
(e) Know that rock is composed of various combinations of minerals; and
(f) Know that soil varies from place to place and contains biological and mineral components.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R041-05, 10-31-2005)
NAC 389.2948 Technology and computers. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the fifth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in technology and computers offered in public schools. Instruction in the fifth grade in technology and computers must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the fifth grade:
1. To develop the ability to use productivity tools, pupils must be able to use appropriate productivity tools, including, without limitation, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, multimedia and telecommunications, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Demonstrate and use correct finger placement for basic keyboarding skills;
(b) Use basic formatting techniques on a computer, including, without limitation, selection of the font type, size and color;
(c) Use the tools of a computer to edit a composed document, including, without limitation, spell check;
(d) Include a graphic in a document;
(e) Print a document;
(f) Create a database using predefined fields, such as listing fields and formulas for an entry in a database or spreadsheet;
(g) Enter data for multiple records;
(h) Print reports based on sort and query, such as searching for certain criteria in a specified field;
(i) Under the guidance of a teacher or media specialist, construct a spreadsheet;
(j) Create a multimedia document or presentation to organize and present an idea using text, graphics or sounds, or any combination thereof;
(k) Describe and use the file management system of a computer;
(l) Explain the differences between data files, program files and operating system files;
(m) Describe access privileges and demonstrate the process of obtaining access where possible;
(n) Identify a local area network, or LAN;
(o) Explain the uses of electronic communication devices; and
(p) Define distance learning, telecommuting and teleconferencing.
2. In the area of tools used for research, pupils must be able to use various tools of technology to research information and evaluate the accuracy and appropriateness of the information to solve problems and make decisions, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) With the direction of a teacher or a media specialist:
(1) Individually select a research topic or define a problem, give a possible outcome of the research of the topic or problem, and list available tools of technology that can be used;
(2) Generate a list of keywords to conduct an electronic search; and
(3) Explore hyperlinks to select and evaluate information useful to the research of a topic or problem;
(b) While working in a group, identify a tool for organizing the research of a topic or problem, and place information within a format;
(c) Demonstrate an understanding of intellectual property, and identify the source and content of information collected;
(d) Collaboratively list sources used to research a topic or problem; and
(e) With the direction of a teacher or a media specialist, summarize the research process and evaluate its outcome.
3. In the area of tools and processes, pupils must be able to identify, apply and manage various concepts, tools and resources to evaluate their accuracy and appropriateness in solving problems and making decisions, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) List technological resources, including, without limitation, people, information, materials, machines, energy, effort, capital resources and time;
(b) Demonstrate the use of tools and materials to design or develop products or projects;
(c) Select and demonstrate the safe use of tools; and
(d) Identify situations where incorrect, inoperable or inappropriate tools are being used and cooperatively take appropriate actions to correct such situations.
4. In the area of systems, pupils must be able to recognize that systems are made up of individual components and that each component affects the operation of the system and its relationship with other systems, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) List the parts of open, closed, simple, complex, micro and macro systems;
(b) Cooperatively identify resources necessary to achieve a desired outcome; and
(c) Given a multitude of systems, including, without limitation, open, closed, macro, micro, simple and complex systems, sort the systems according to the type and level of the system.
5. In the area of implications of technology and computers on society, pupils must be able to evaluate the impact and ethical implications of technology and computers on persons, society and the environment, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Explain how a given object was developed to meet a human need or desire;
(b) Communicate the positive or negative outcomes of technology;
(c) Compare and contrast the technological developments within a given career; and
(d) Discuss changes in information technologies and the effect that these changes have on the workplace and society.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R038-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000)
NAC 389.2949 The arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the fifth grade, each pupil must know and be able to do everything required in previous grades for courses in the arts offered in public elementary schools. Instruction in the arts in the fifth grade must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards of performance by the completion of the fifth grade:
1. For the area of music:
(a) Sing a varied repertoire of music alone and with others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Sing folk songs, patriotic songs and multicultural songs demonstrating correct pitch, mood and tempo while using the head voice;
(2) Respond to cues from a conductor;
(3) Consistently sing complex ostinatos on pitch; and
(4) Maintain his own parts while singing descants, partner songs and three-part rounds in a large ensemble.
(b) Perform a varied repertoire of music on instruments alone and with others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Play a melodic, rhythmic and chordal pattern on instruments in the classroom using the proper technique;
(2) Echo an eight-beat rhythmic and melodic pattern; and
(3) Play or accompany folk, traditional and multicultural music using accurate rhythm and melodic patterns.
(c) Improvise melodies, variations and accompaniments as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to improvise:
(1) Two rhythmic and melodic phrases while maintaining a steady beat; and
(2) By playing, speaking or singing a specific section of music, such as introductions and codas.
(d) Compose and arrange music within specified guidelines as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Organize sounds into musical representations of characters, places, objects, actions, events or feelings to accompany readings and dramatizations in a large group; and
(2) With assistance from the teacher, create and perform songs and instrumental pieces in a specific form using a variety of sound sources.
(e) Read and notate music as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Demonstrate knowledge of whole, half, dotted half, quarter and eighth notes and rests through speaking and body percussion;
(2) Read melodic patterns in the treble clef with solfege, letters or numbers;
(3) Define and use musical symbols such as dynamics and tempo;
(4) Sight-read a rhythmic and pentatonic pattern;
(5) Notate an eight-beat rhythmic pattern in standard notation; and
(6) Notate an eight-beat melodic pattern in standard notation.
(f) Listen to, analyze and describe music as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify groups of repeated rhythmic and melodic patterns in a listening selection and recognize simple form;
(2) Describe musical examples using appropriate musical terminology such as tempo, dynamics and mood; and
(3) Identify families of instruments.
(g) Evaluate music and musical performances as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Construct criteria for evaluating musical performances and compositions; and
(2) Evaluate performances and compositions using standard musical vocabulary.
(h) Demonstrate knowledge of the historical periods and cultural diversity of music, including, without limitation, the ability to:
(1) Connect music with various historical periods and various cultures of the world; and
(2) Identify roles of musicians and offer an example of each.
2. For the area of theater:
(a) Understand the components of a theatrical production, including, without limitation, scriptwriting, directing and production as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Write or improvise a script with two or more characters which has a beginning, middle and end and which has a setting and character descriptions;
(2) Plan, rehearse and present a dramatized idea or story in a cooperative setting;
(3) Draw or build a simple model set utilizing basic craft materials; and
(4) Use materials in the classroom or home to create props and costumes to suggest a specific time and locale in a dramatized event.
(b) Understand and demonstrate the role of the actor in the theater as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe the traits of characters by examining their specific actions and what they say;
(2) Demonstrate character through movement, pantomime, improvisation or voice; and
(3) Portray the traits of a character through appropriate movement, voice and language in a dramatized idea or story.
(c) Apply and demonstrate critical and creative thinking skills in theater, film, television and electronic media as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Discuss what he sees and hears in a performance;
(2) Explain how a performance made him feel and state his preference for a particular genre; and
(3) Explain two differences between comedy and tragedy, giving examples.
(d) Recognize and explain how theatrical experiences contribute to a better understanding of history, culture and human relationships as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Cite two examples from movies or television that give historical and cultural information; and
(2) Identify the conflict between characters in a dramatized event.
3. For the area of visual arts:
(a) Know and apply media, techniques and processes for developing visual arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Cite one example that demonstrates the different uses of media, techniques and processes in works of art;
(2) Describe how the response of the audience changes because of different media, techniques and processes; and
(3) Identify and demonstrate the appropriate use of various media, techniques and processes to communicate ideas.
(b) Use knowledge of characteristics, purposes and functions of the visual arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe selected visual characteristics of visual art;
(2) Explain purposes and functions of selected works of visual art;
(3) Explain how visual characteristics, purposes and functions of selected works of visual art cause different responses from the audience; and
(4) Choose visual characteristics to create a work that communicates an intended purpose to the audience.
(c) Choose, apply and evaluate a range of subject matter, symbols and ideas as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain what a work of visual art is about by identifying subject matter, symbols and ideas;
(2) Create a work of visual art that integrates subject matter and symbols with ideas to convey meaning to the audience; and
(3) Explain how and why subject matter, symbols and ideas are chosen to present meaning in the pupil’s work.
(d) Understand the visual arts in relation to history and culture as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Place accurately a variety of works of visual art in historical or cultural contexts; and
(2) Create works of visual art that show the influence of a particular time and place.
(e) Analyze and assess characteristics, merits and meaning in his own works of visual art and the works of others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Compare and contrast two works of visual art based on the observations of the pupil;
(2) Identify merits in various works of visual art;
(3) Present various interpretations of a work of visual art; and
(4) Identify preferred characteristics or meanings in works of visual art.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)
Instruction Through Sixth Grade
NAC 389.298 English language arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the beginning of the sixth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in English language arts offered in public schools. Instruction in the sixth grade in English language arts must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the sixth grade:
1. For the area of reading:
(a) Know and use skills and strategies of word analysis to comprehend new words encountered in text and to develop vocabulary, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Decipher words in text using structural analysis by applying knowledge of:
(I) Spelling patterns;
(II) Base words;
(III) Root words;
(IV) Suffixes;
(V) Prefixes;
(VI) Syllables; and
(VII) Compound words;
(2) Comprehend, build and expand vocabulary using:
(I) Syntax;
(II) Parts of speech;
(III) Homographs;
(IV) Homophones;
(V) Synonyms;
(VI) Antonyms;
(VII) Clues from the context in which the word is being used; and
(VIII) Structural analysis;
(3) Apply alphabetical order to locate words in resources;
(4) Use resources to find and confirm the:
(I) Meaning of an unknown word encountered in a text;
(II) Origin of an unknown word;
(III) Greek root of a word; and
(IV) Latin root of a word;
(5) Explain the difference between the connotative and denotative meaning of a word in a text;
(6) Build vocabulary using pictures and symbols;
(7) Apply knowledge of content-specific vocabulary in a text to build comprehension; and
(8) Read aloud and silently with fluency and with a focus on:
(I) Prosody;
(II) Accuracy;
(III) Automaticity; and
(IV) Reading rate.
(b) Use skills and strategies of reading process to build comprehension, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Use prereading strategies which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Preview the text;
(II) Access prior knowledge;
(III) Build background knowledge;
(IV) Set the purpose for reading the text;
(V) Make predictions;
(VI) Determine the reading rate; and
(VII) Determine the type of text;
(2) Use strategies during the reading process which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Apply strategies of self-correction;
(II) Make, confirm and revise predictions;
(III) Understand and use key vocabulary;
(IV) Identify the main idea and supporting details;
(V) Make inferences;
(VI) Adjust the reading rate; and
(VII) Apply knowledge of the type of text; and
(3) Use strategies after completion of the reading which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Recall details;
(II) Restate main ideas;
(III) Organize information;
(IV) Record information;
(V) Synthesize the text;
(VI) Evaluate the text; and
(VII) Evaluate the effectiveness of the strategies of reading.
(c) Read literary texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate authors, cultures and time periods, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Explain the setting;
(2) Describe the development of the plot with a focus on:
(I) Climax;
(II) Resolution;
(III) The turning point;
(IV) Exposition;
(V) Rising action; and
(VI) Falling action;
(3) Describe:
(I) An internal conflict and an external conflict;
(II) The main plot and the subplots;
(III) How one event may cause another event;
(IV) The motivation for the actions of a character;
(V) The theme based on evidence from the text;
(VI) The effect of the use of first-person point of view;
(VII) The effect of the use of third-person limited point of view; and
(VIII) The effect of the use of third-person omniscient point of view;
(4) Explain the author’s use of:
(I) Flashback;
(II) Characterization;
(III) Imagery;
(IV) Figurative language;
(V) Sound devices;
(VI) Dialect;
(VII) Slang;
(VIII) Formal language; and
(IX) Informal language;
(5) Explain:
(I) A lesson learned based on the events or the actions of a character;
(II) How the use of words and phrases reveal tone;
(III) Examples of irony;
(IV) The influence of cultures; and
(V) The influence of time periods;
(6) With assistance, analyze the use of foreshadowing by an author;
(7) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text about the:
(I) Setting;
(II) Plot; and
(III) Characters;
(8) Identify:
(I) The protagonist and the antagonist; and
(II) The effects of rhythm and rhyme on the text;
(9) With assistance, compare themes that relate to a single topic;
(10) Distinguish between the third-person limited point of view and the third-person omniscient point of view;
(11) Analyze how words and phrases create mood;
(12) Compare texts from the same historical period which were written by different authors;
(13) With assistance, make inferences about the cultural and historical viewpoints of an author;
(14) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;
(15) Make connections between the text and:
(I) The pupil;
(II) Other texts; and
(III) The world;
(16) Use information to answer specific questions;
(17) Summarize information; and
(18) With assistance, synthesize information.
(d) Read expository and persuasive texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate the texts for specific purposes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Evaluate information from:
(I) Illustrations;
(II) Graphs;
(III) Charts;
(IV) Titles;
(V) Text boxes;
(VI) Diagrams;
(VII) Headings;
(VIII) Maps;
(IX) Tables of content;
(X) Glossaries; and
(XI) Indices;
(2) Identify and explain the use of:
(I) Boldface type;
(II) Underlined type;
(III) Highlighted type;
(IV) Italicized type;
(V) Abbreviations;
(VI) Acronyms; and
(VII) Parenthetical expressions;
(3) Describe the use of:
(I) Dialect;
(II) Slang;
(III) Informal and formal language; and
(IV) Idioms;
(4) Explain:
(I) The use of figurative language;
(II) The use of analogies;
(III) How language clarifies ideas and concepts;
(IV) How language is used for persuasion and propaganda; and
(V) The influence of cultures;
(5) Identify words and phrases that reveal an author’s tone;
(6) Describe how an author uses concrete examples to explain abstract ideas;
(7) With assistance, explain the intended and unintended effects of techniques for persuasion and propaganda on an audience;
(8) Describe, based on evidence from the text:
(I) The main idea; and
(II) The theme;
(9) With assistance, compare themes relating to a single topic;
(10) Compare events;
(11) Evaluate:
(I) The impact of the sequential order of the text and the chronological order of the text;
(II) A cause and its effect on events and relationships;
(III) A problem and a solution to the problem; and
(IV) Hypotheses based on information;
(12) Compare texts from the same historical period which were written by different authors;
(13) With assistance, make inferences about the cultural and historical viewpoints of the author;
(14) Make connections between the text and:
(I) The pupil;
(II) Other texts; and
(III) The world;
(15) Use information to answer specific questions;
(16) Summarize information;
(17) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;
(18) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text;
(19) Evaluate the author’s use of facts and opinions;
(20) Analyze the accuracy of facts;
(21) Determine the reasonableness and accuracy of evidence;
(22) Verify information from one source by consulting other sources;
(23) Read and follow directions to complete a task or a procedure; and
(24) With assistance, evaluate directions to complete a task or a procedure for:
(I) Clarity;
(II) Format;
(III) Technical vocabulary; and
(IV) Text features.
2. For the area of writing:
(a) Write a variety of texts using the writing process, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Use prewriting strategies to plan written work;
(2) Choose and narrow a topic to organize ideas;
(3) Explore a topic to plan written work;
(4) Draft paragraphs about a single topic that:
(I) Are appropriate for the audience;
(II) Address the purpose;
(III) Contain supporting details;
(IV) Contain an introduction;
(V) Contain transitions; and
(VI) Contain a conclusion;
(5) Revise drafts:
(I) For organization;
(II) To focus ideas;
(III) For voice;
(IV) For appropriateness for the audience;
(V) For purpose;
(VI) For relevant details;
(VII) For word choice; and
(VIII) For sentence fluency;
(6) Edit essays and compositions to ensure correct spelling of high-frequency words and content words;
(7) Edit for proper capitalization;
(8) Edit punctuation for:
(I) Punctuation at the end of a sentence;
(II) Commas;
(III) Apostrophes;
(IV) Quotation marks;
(V) Abbreviations;
(VI) Colons; and
(VII) Hyphens;
(9) With assistance, edit punctuation for semicolons and parentheses;
(10) Edit for the correct use of:
(I) Nouns;
(II) Verbs;
(III) Pronouns;
(IV) Adjectives;
(V) Agreement between the subject and verb;
(VI) Verb tenses;
(VII) Adverbs;
(VIII) Clauses;
(IX) Phrases; and
(X) Agreement between a pronoun and its antecedent;
(11) With assistance, edit for the correct pronoun case;
(12) Edit sentence structure:
(I) For complete sentences;
(II) To combine sentences, when combining is appropriate;
(III) For compound sentences; and
(IV) For complex sentences;
(13) Edit sentences to eliminate:
(I) Sentence fragments; and
(II) Run-on sentences;
(14) With assistance, edit sentences for compound-complex sentences;
(15) Select a format in which to publish a final draft that is appropriate to the audience and purpose; and
(16) Prepare a legible final draft to display or share.
(b) Write a variety of texts that inform, persuade, describe, evaluate, entertain or tell a story and are appropriate to purpose and audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Write essays and compositions which include:
(I) A topic sentence;
(II) Supporting details;
(III) A thesis statement;
(IV) Transitions;
(V) A beginning, a middle and an end; and
(VI) A concluding statement;
(2) With assistance, write essays and compositions using patterns of organization which:
(I) Compare and contrast; and
(II) Show cause and effect;
(3) Write papers which contain more than one paragraph about experiences and events appropriate to the purpose and the audience and which:
(I) Are arranged in a logical sequence;
(II) Include characters;
(III) Describe a setting;
(IV) Contain a plot;
(V) Contain dialogue;
(VI) Use figurative language; and
(VII) Use sensory details;
(4) Write:
(I) Poetry;
(II) Responses to text that demonstrate an understanding of plot in literary selections;
(III) Responses to text that analyze the elements of exposition and their effects on the text; and
(IV) A variety of communications in a format appropriate for the type of communication;
(5) With assistance, write:
(I) Responses to text which demonstrate an understanding of the characters and setting;
(II) Persuasive essays appropriate to the audience and purpose; and
(III) Persuasive essays and compositions that include a structure of cause and effect;
(6) Write persuasive essays and compositions which include:
(I) A thesis statement;
(II) Supporting evidence; and
(III) Relevant evidence;
(7) Write directions to complete a task or a procedure with a focus on:
(I) Clarity;
(II) Format;
(III) Technical vocabulary; and
(IV) Text features;
(8) Summarize information;
(9) Write research papers by:
(I) Choosing and narrowing a research topic;
(II) Locating and collecting information from primary and secondary sources;
(III) Recording information from sources used to prepare the research paper;
(IV) Paraphrasing and summarizing information;
(V) Organizing information collected by the pupil; and
(VI) Adhering to an established format to document the sources from which information was obtained;
(10) With assistance, evaluate the credibility of resources; and
(11) Demonstrate an understanding of the differences between original works and plagiarized works.
3. For the area of listening, listen to and evaluate oral communications for content, style, purpose of the speaker and appropriateness for the audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Listen for a variety of purposes, including, without limitation:
(1) To gain information;
(2) Entertainment; and
(3) To understand directions;
(b) Listen for and identify:
(1) The main idea;
(2) The purpose;
(3) The message;
(4) The mood;
(5) The tone; and
(6) Techniques of persuasion;
(c) Listen for and summarize ideas and supporting details;
(d) Listen to and evaluate oral communications for:
(1) Content;
(2) Delivery;
(3) Point of view;
(4) Ideas;
(5) Purpose; and
(6) Value;
(e) With assistance, listen for and explain the effect of the attitude of the speaker on the audience;
(f) Listen for and distinguish fact from opinion;
(g) With assistance, listen for and evaluate techniques for public speaking;
(h) Evaluate the logic of the arguments of the speaker;
(i) Expand vocabulary through listening;
(j) Listen for and identify:
(1) Dialect;
(2) Slang; and
(3) The use of formal and informal language;
(k) Listen for and distinguish between social and academic language;
(l) Actively listen to oral communications;
(m) Listen to and participate in conversations;
(n) Listen to and evaluate constructive feedback;
(o) Provide constructive feedback; and
(p) Focus attention to solve problems by identifying, synthesizing and evaluating data.
4. For the area of speaking, speak using organization, style, tone, voice and media aids appropriate to the audience and purpose and participate in discussions to offer information, clarify ideas and support positions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Give directions to complete tasks or procedures with a focus on clarity and technical vocabulary;
(b) Ask questions to clarify directions;
(c) Use precise language to describe:
(1) Feelings;
(2) Experiences;
(3) Observations; and
(4) Ideas;
(d) Use standard English to communicate ideas;
(e) Use techniques for public speaking to deliver presentations which address the audience with appropriate:
(1) Volume;
(2) Eye contact;
(3) Enunciation;
(4) Posture;
(5) Expression;
(6) Purpose; and
(7) Prosody;
(f) Communicate information:
(1) While maintaining a clear focus;
(2) In a logical sequence; and
(3) By illustrating information using media aids;
(g) Communicate statements that express an opinion;
(h) Defend a position using evidence which supports that position;
(i) Contribute to conversations and discussions about a specified topic;
(j) Respond to questions to clarify and expand ideas;
(k) Ask relevant questions to clarify information and expand ideas;
(l) Take a leadership role in conversations and discussions;
(m) Distinguish between relevant and irrelevant information; and
(n) With assistance, negotiate to arrive at a consensus by proposing and examining possible options.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R102-07, 1-30-2008)
NAC 389.299 Information literacy. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the 6th grade, and continuing through the 12th grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades to be information literate. Instruction in the 6th grade, regardless of whether it takes place in the library or the classroom, must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards for information literacy by the completion of the 6th grade and continuing through the completion of the 12th grade:
1. For the areas of understanding the process of obtaining information in such a manner as to access information efficiently and effectively, evaluate information critically and competently, and use information accurately and creatively, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Recognize the need for information by:
(1) Giving examples of situations in which additional information beyond the pupil’s own knowledge is needed to resolve an information problem or question;
(2) Determining whether additional information beyond the pupil’s own knowledge is needed to resolve an information problem or question; and
(3) Assessing whether a range of information problems or questions can be resolved based on the pupil’s own knowledge or whether additional information is required.
(b) Recognize that accurate and comprehensive information is the basis for intelligent decision making by:
(1) Selecting examples of accurate and inaccurate information and of complete and incomplete information;
(2) Explaining the difference between accurate and inaccurate information and between complete and incomplete information; and
(3) Judging the quality of decisions in terms of the accuracy and completeness of the information on which they are based.
(c) Formulate questions by:
(1) Stating at least one broad question that will help in finding the needed information;
(2) Stating both broad and specific questions that will help in finding the needed information; and
(3) Revising, adding and deleting questions as the needs for information change.
(d) Identify a variety of potential sources of information by:
(1) Listing several sources of information and explaining the kind of information found in each source;
(2) Brainstorming a range of sources of information that will meet a need for information; and
(3) Using a full range of information sources to meet different needs for information.
(e) Develop and use successful strategies for locating information by:
(1) Listing some ideas for identifying and finding information that is needed;
(2) Explaining and applying a plan to access information that is needed; and
(3) Formulating and revising plans for accessing information for a range of needs and situations.
(f) Determine accuracy, relevance and comprehensiveness by:
(1) Defining the terms “accuracy,” “relevance” and “comprehensiveness” and giving examples of their application;
(2) Comparing and contrasting sources related to a topic; and
(3) Judging the accuracy, relevance and comprehensiveness of sources of information in relation to a range of topics and information problems.
(g) Distinguish among fact, point of view and opinion by:
(1) Recognizing those concepts in various sources and products of information;
(2) Explaining how each concept is different from the others; and
(3) Assembling them, as appropriate, in the pupil’s own work.
(h) Identify inaccurate and misleading information by:
(1) Recognizing inaccurate and misleading information in sources and products of information;
(2) Explaining how such information can lead to faulty conclusions; and
(3) Judging, and supporting judgments of, the degree of inaccuracy, bias or misleading information in sources and products of information.
(i) Select information appropriate to a specific problem or question by:
(1) Recognizing information that is applicable to that problem or question;
(2) Analyzing information from a variety of sources to determine its applicability to that problem or question; and
(3) Integrating accurate, relevant and comprehensive information to resolve that problem or question.
(j) Organize information for practical application by:
(1) Describing several ways to organize information, including chronologically, topically and hierarchically;
(2) Organizing the information in different ways according to the specific information problem or question; and
(3) Organizing a product of information that presents different types of information in the most effective ways.
(k) Integrate new information into the pupil’s existing knowledge by:
(1) Recognizing and understanding new information and ideas;
(2) Combining what is already known about a topic with new information and drawing conclusions using the combined information; and
(3) Integrating the pupil’s existing knowledge with information from a variety of sources to create new meaning.
(l) Apply information in critical thinking and problem solving by:
(1) Identifying information that meets a particular need for information;
(2) Using information from a variety of sources to resolve an information problem or question; and
(3) Devising creative approaches to use information to resolve information problems or questions.
(m) Produce and communicate information and ideas in appropriate formats by:
(1) Naming a variety of different formats for presenting different kinds of information;
(2) Choosing an appropriate format for presenting information based on the information itself, the audience, and the nature of the information problem or question; and
(3) Choosing the most appropriate format for presenting information and justifying that choice.
2. For the areas of pursuing information related to personal interests, appreciating literature and other creative expressions of information, and striving for excellence in seeking information and generating knowledge, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Seek information relating to various dimensions of personal well-being, such as vocational interests, involvement in community, matters concerning health and recreational pursuits by:
(1) Occasionally seeking information about topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being;
(2) Generally expanding beyond the pupil’s own knowledge to seek information concerning topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being; and
(3) Exploring a range of sources to obtain information concerning topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being.
(b) Design, develop and evaluate information and conclusions based upon that information relating to topics of personal interest to the pupil by:
(1) Organizing and presenting basic information gathered by the pupil relating to those topics of personal interest;
(2) Creating solutions and methods of conveying information concerning those topics of personal interest; and
(3) Judging the quality of the pupil’s own solutions and methods of conveying information concerning those topics of personal interest.
(c) Function as a competent and self-motivated reader by:
(1) Explaining and discussing various examples of fiction;
(2) Choosing fiction and other types of literature to read and analyze; and
(3) Reading avidly and evaluating the strengths and weaknesses of literature read.
(d) Derive meaning from information presented creatively in a variety of formats by explaining and discussing films, plays and other creative presentations of information.
(e) Develop creative methods of conveying information in a variety of formats by:
(1) Expressing information and ideas creatively in simple formats; and
(2) Expressing information and ideas creatively in ways that combine several formats.
(f) Assess the quality of the process and outcome of the pupil’s efforts to obtain information by:
(1) Retracing the steps the pupil took to obtain information and explaining which were most useful for resolving a problem or question concerning the information;
(2) Assessing each step the pupil took to obtain information with respect to a specific problem concerning the information and assessing the result; and
(3) Evaluating the process of obtaining information at each step as it occurs and making such adjustments as are necessary to improve both the process and the outcome.
(g) Devise basic strategies for revising, improving and updating self-generated knowledge by:
(1) Explaining those strategies;
(2) Selecting and applying such strategies as are appropriate; and
(3) Recognizing gaps in the pupil’s own knowledge and applying appropriate strategies for filling those gaps.
3. For the areas of recognizing the importance of information to a democratic society, practicing ethical behavior in regard to information and information technology, and participating effectively in groups to pursue and generate information, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Seek information from diverse sources, contexts, disciplines and cultures by:
(1) Identifying several appropriate sources for resolving an information problem or question;
(2) Using a variety of sources covering diverse perspectives to resolve an information problem or question; and
(3) Seeking sources representing a variety of contexts, disciplines and cultures and evaluating their usefulness for resolving an information problem or question.
(b) Respect the principle of equitable access to information by:
(1) Explaining why it is important for all pupils to have access to information, information sources and information technology;
(2) Using information, information sources and information technology efficiently so that they are available for other pupils to use; and
(3) Proposing strategies for ensuring that pupils and others have equitable access to information, information sources and information technology.
(c) Respect the principles of intellectual freedom by:
(1) Defining or giving examples of “intellectual freedom”;
(2) Analyzing a situation in terms of its relationship to intellectual freedom, including, without limitation, issuing a personal opinion of a book or video in the library media center; and
(3) Predicting what might happen if the principles of intellectual freedom were ignored in the pupil’s own community.
(d) Respect intellectual property rights by:
(1) Giving examples of what it means to respect intellectual property rights;
(2) Analyzing situations to determine the steps necessary to respect intellectual property rights, including, without limitation, the creation of a term paper or the development of a multimedia product; and
(3) Avoiding plagiarism, citing sources properly and making copies and incorporating text and images only with appropriate approval when creating products of information.
(e) Use information technology responsibly by:
(1) Stating the main points of the policy of the pupil’s school regarding the use of computing and communications hardware, software and networks;
(2) Locating appropriate information efficiently with the school’s computing and communications hardware, software and networks; and
(3) Following all guidelines and policies of the school relating to the use of computing and communications hardware, software and networks when resolving information problems or questions.
(f) Share and contribute knowledge and information with other pupils in groups by:
(1) Seeking and communicating specific facts, opinions and points of view related to information problems or questions;
(2) Using information sources and selecting information and ideas that will contribute directly to the success of group projects; and
(3) Integrating the pupil’s own knowledge and information with that of other pupils in the group.
(g) Respect the ideas and backgrounds of other pupils and acknowledge their contributions by:
(1) Describing the ideas of other pupils accurately and completely;
(2) Encouraging consideration of ideas and information from all group members; and
(3) Helping to organize and integrate the contributions of all the members of the group into products of information.
(h) Collaborate with others, both in person and through technologies, to identify information problems and to seek a solution by:
(1) Expressing the pupil’s own ideas appropriately and effectively, in person and remotely through technologies, while working in groups to identify and resolve information problems;
(2) Participating actively in discussions with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to analyze information problems and suggest solutions; and
(3) Participating actively in discussions with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to devise solutions that integrate the information and ideas of group members.
(i) Collaborate with others, both in person and through technologies, to design, develop and evaluate products and solutions of information by:
(1) Working with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to create and evaluate simple products of information;
(2) Working with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to create and evaluate products of information that communicate complex information and ideas; and
(3) Working with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to create and evaluate complex products of information that integrate information in a variety of formats.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R071-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R013-03, 10-30-2003)
NAC 389.301 Mathematics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the sixth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in mathematics offered in public schools. Instruction in the sixth grade in mathematics must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the sixth grade:
1. For the areas of numbers, number sense and computation, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must accurately calculate and use estimation techniques, number relationships, operation rules and algorithms, and determine the reasonableness of answers and the accuracy of solutions. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Compare, read, write and order groups of fractions, groups of percents and groups of decimals;
(b) Estimate using decimals, fractions and percents;
(c) Add and subtract fractions with unlike denominators;
(d) Identify and use place value positions to the thousandths;
(e) Multiply and divide with fractions using models, drawings and numbers;
(f) Use models to translate among fractions, decimals and percents;
(g) Identify equivalent expressions between and among fractions, decimals and percents;
(h) Use estimation strategies in mathematical and practical situations;
(i) Calculate using fractions, decimals and percents in mathematical and practical situations;
(j) Use order of operations to evaluate expressions with integers; and
(k) Use the concepts of number theory, including, without limitation, prime and composite numbers, factors, multiples and rules of divisibility, to solve problems.
2. For the areas of patterns, functions and algebra, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use various algebraic methods to analyze, illustrate, extend and create numerous representations, including, without limitation, words, numbers, tables, and graphs of patterns, functions and algebraic relations. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Use and create tables and charts to extend a pattern to describe a rule for input and output tables and to find missing terms in a sequence;
(b) Evaluate formulas and algebraic expressions using whole number values;
(c) Solve and graphically represent equations and simple inequalities in one variable;
(d) Write simple expressions and equations using variables to represent mathematical situations; and
(e) When given a rule relating two variables, create a table and represent the ordered pairs on a coordinate plane.
3. For the area of measurement, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use appropriate tools and techniques of measurement to determine, estimate, record and verify direct and indirect measurements. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Explain how the size of the unit of measure used affects the precision;
(b) Given two measurements of the same object, select the one that is more precise;
(c) Estimate and compare, using customary and metric systems, the corresponding units of measure for temperature, length, weight and mass;
(d) Select, model and apply formulas to find the perimeter, circumference and area of plane figures;
(e) Compare and use unit cost in practical situations;
(f) Write and apply ratios in mathematical and practical problems involving measurement and monetary conversions; and
(g) Use equivalent periods of time to solve practical problems.
4. For the areas of spatial relationships, logic and geometry, to solve problems, communicate and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must identify, represent, verify and apply spatial relationships and geometric properties. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Measure angles using a protractor;
(b) Determine actual measurements represented on scale drawings;
(c) Using a coordinate plane, identify and locate points;
(d) Graph coordinates representing geometric shapes in all four quadrants on a coordinate plane;
(e) Make a model of a three-dimensional prism from a two-dimensional drawing;
(f) Make a two-dimensional drawing of a three-dimensional prism;
(g) Model slope, including, without limitation, pitch and angle of inclination, using concrete objects and practical examples;
(h) Draw, identify and find measures of complementary and supplementary angles using arithmetic and geometric methods;
(i) Determine the measures of missing angles of triangles based on the Triangle Sum Theorem;
(j) Construct circles, angles and triangles based on given measurements using a variety of methods and tools, including, without limitation, a compass, straight edge, paper folding and technology;
(k) Identify, classify, compare and draw regular and irregular quadrilaterals;
(l) Identify, draw and use central angles to represent fractions of a circle;
(m) Convert actual measurements to scale; and
(n) Identify counterexamples to disprove a conditional statement.
5. For the area of data analysis, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must collect, organize, display, interpret and analyze data to determine statistical relationships and probability projections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Interpret data and make predictions using circle graphs and scatter plots;
(b) Find experimental probability using concrete materials;
(c) Find the number of outcomes for a specific event by constructing sample spaces and tree diagrams;
(d) Analyze the effect a change of type of graph will have on the interpretation of a set of data;
(e) Analyze various representations of a set of data to draw conclusions and make predictions;
(f) Pose questions that guide the collection of data;
(g) Organize and represent data using a variety of graphical representations, including, without limitation, circle graphs and scatter plots;
(h) Select and apply the measures of central tendency to describe data;
(i) Represent the results of simple probability experiments as fractions, decimals, percents and ratios to make predictions about future events; and
(j) Describe the limitations of a variety of graphical representations.
6. For the area of problem solving, to develop the ability to solve problems, a pupil must engage in developmentally appropriate opportunities for problem solving in which there is a need to use various approaches to investigate and understand mathematical concepts to formulate problems, find solutions to problems, develop and apply strategies to solve problems, and integrate mathematical reasoning, communication and connections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Generalize solutions and apply previous knowledge to new problem-solving situations;
(b) Determine an efficient problem-solving strategy and verify, interpret and evaluate the results with respect to the original problem;
(c) Apply problem-solving strategies until a solution is found or it is clear that no solution exists;
(d) Interpret and solve a variety of mathematical problems by paraphrasing;
(e) Identify necessary and extraneous information;
(f) Check the reasonableness of a solution; and
(g) Apply technology as a tool in problem-solving situations.
7. For the area of mathematical communication, to develop the ability to communicate mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to obtain information in everyday life by reading, listening and observing to translate information into mathematical language and symbols, process information mathematically, discuss and exchange ideas about mathematics as part of learning, read various fiction and nonfiction texts to learn about mathematics and present the results in written, oral and visual formats. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Use formulas, algorithms, inquiry and other techniques to solve mathematical problems;
(b) Evaluate written and oral presentations in mathematics;
(c) Identify and translate key words and phrases that imply mathematical operations;
(d) Model and explain mathematical relationships using oral, written, graphic and algebraic methods; and
(e) Communicate strategies and solutions to mathematical problems by using oral and written expression of everyday language.
8. For the area of mathematical reasoning, to develop the ability to reason mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to investigate mathematical ideas and construct his own learning in all content areas to reinforce and extend his ability to reason logically, reflect on, clarify and justify his thinking, ask questions to extend his learning, use patterns and relationships to analyze mathematical situations, and determine relevant, irrelevant and sufficient information to solve mathematical problems. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Recognize and apply inductive and deductive reasoning;
(b) Review and refine the assumptions and steps used to derive conclusions in mathematical arguments; and
(c) Justify answers and the steps taken to solve problems with and without manipulatives and physical models.
9. For the area of mathematical connections, to develop the ability to make mathematical connections, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to view mathematics as an integrated whole, including linking new concepts to prior knowledge, identifying relationships between content strands and integrating mathematics with other disciplines, thereby allowing the flexibility to approach problems in a variety of ways within and beyond the field of mathematics. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Use mathematical ideas from one area of mathematics to explain an idea from another area of mathematics;
(b) Use manipulatives and physical models to explain the relationships between concepts and procedures;
(c) Use the connections among mathematical topics to develop multiple approaches to problems;
(d) Apply mathematical thinking and modeling to solve problems that arise in other disciplines, including, without limitation, rhythm in music and motion in science; and
(e) Identify, explain and apply mathematics in everyday life.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R155-06, 9-18-2006)
Instruction Through Seventh Grade
NAC 389.321 English language arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the beginning of the seventh grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in English language arts offered in public schools. Instruction in the seventh grade in English language arts must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the seventh grade:
1. For the area of reading:
(a) Know and use skills and strategies of word analysis to comprehend new words encountered in text and to develop vocabulary, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Decipher words in text using structural analysis by applying knowledge of:
(I) Base words;
(II) Root words;
(III) Suffixes;
(IV) Prefixes;
(V) Syllables; and
(VI) Compound words;
(2) Comprehend, build and expand vocabulary using:
(I) Syntax;
(II) Parts of speech;
(III) Homographs;
(IV) Homophones;
(V) Synonyms;
(VI) Antonyms;
(VII) Clues from the context in which the word is being used; and
(VIII) Structural analysis;
(3) Apply alphabetical order to locate words in resources;
(4) Use resources to find and confirm the:
(I) Meaning of an unknown word encountered in a text;
(II) Origin of an unknown word;
(III) Greek root of a word; and
(IV) Latin root of a word;
(5) Explain the difference between the connotative and denotative meaning of a word in a text;
(6) Build vocabulary using pictures and symbols;
(7) Apply knowledge of content-specific vocabulary in a text to build comprehension; and
(8) Read aloud and silently with fluency and with a focus on:
(I) Prosody;
(II) Accuracy;
(III) Automaticity; and
(IV) Reading rate.
(b) Use skills and strategies of reading process to build comprehension, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Use prereading strategies which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Preview the text;
(II) Access prior knowledge;
(III) Build background knowledge;
(IV) Set the purpose for reading the text;
(V) Make predictions;
(VI) Determine the reading rate; and
(VII) Determine the type of text;
(2) Use strategies during the reading process which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Apply strategies of self-correction;
(II) Make, confirm and revise predictions;
(III) Understand and use key vocabulary;
(IV) Identify the main idea and supporting details;
(V) Make inferences;
(VI) Adjust the reading rate; and
(VII) Apply knowledge of the type of text; and
(3) Use strategies after completion of the reading which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Recall details;
(II) Restate main ideas;
(III) Organize information;
(IV) Record information;
(V) Synthesize the text;
(VI) Evaluate the text; and
(VII) Evaluate the effectiveness of the strategies of reading.
(c) Read literary texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate authors, cultures and time periods, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Analyze the setting;
(2) Analyze the development of the plot with a focus on:
(I) Climax;
(II) Resolution;
(III) The turning point;
(IV) Exposition;
(V) Rising action; and
(VI) Falling action;
(3) Describe:
(I) An internal conflict and an external conflict;
(II) The main plot and the subplots;
(III) How one event may cause another event;
(IV) The motivation for the actions of a character; and
(V) The theme based on evidence from the text;
(4) Analyze the effect of the author’s use of:
(I) First-person point of view;
(II) Third-person limited point of view; and
(III) Third-person omniscient point of view;
(5) Explain the author’s use of:
(I) Flashback; and
(II) Characterization;
(6) Analyze the author’s use of:
(I) Foreshadowing;
(II) Imagery;
(III) Figurative language;
(IV) Sound devices;
(V) Dialect;
(VI) Slang;
(VII) Formal language; and
(VIII) Informal language;
(7) Explain:
(I) A lesson learned based on the events or the actions of a character;
(II) How the use of words and phrases reveal tone;
(III) The use of irony;
(IV) The influence of cultures;
(V) The influence of time periods; and
(VI) The relationships among the protagonists, antagonists and supporting characters;
(8) With assistance, analyze the use of flashback by an author;
(9) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text about the:
(I) Setting;
(II) Plot; and
(III) Characters;
(10) Identify the effects of rhythm and rhyme on the text;
(11) Compare themes that relate to a single topic;
(12) Distinguish between the third-person limited point of view and the third-person omniscient point of view;
(13) Analyze how words and phrases create mood;
(14) With assistance, identify various types of irony;
(15) Make inferences about the cultural and historical viewpoints of an author;
(16) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;
(17) Make connections between the text and:
(I) The pupil;
(II) Other texts; and
(III) The world;
(18) Use information to answer specific questions;
(19) Summarize information;
(20) Synthesize information; and
(21) With assistance, paraphrase information.
(d) Read expository and persuasive texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate the texts for specific purposes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Evaluate information from:
(I) Illustrations;
(II) Graphs;
(III) Charts;
(IV) Titles;
(V) Text boxes;
(VI) Diagrams;
(VII) Headings;
(VIII) Maps;
(IX) Tables of content;
(X) Glossaries; and
(XI) Indices;
(2) Identify and explain the use of:
(I) Boldface type;
(II) Underlined type;
(III) Highlighted type;
(IV) Italicized type;
(V) Abbreviations;
(VI) Acronyms; and
(VII) Parenthetical expressions;
(3) Describe the use of:
(I) Dialect;
(II) Slang;
(III) Informal and formal language; and
(IV) Idioms;
(4) Explain:
(I) The use of figurative language;
(II) The use of analogies;
(III) How words and phrases reveal the author’s tone;
(IV) How language clarifies ideas and concepts;
(V) How language is used for persuasion and propaganda;
(VI) The influence of cultures; and
(VII) The intended and unintended effects of techniques for persuasion and propaganda on an audience;
(5) Describe how an author uses concrete examples to explain abstract ideas;
(6) Describe, based on evidence from the text:
(I) The main idea; and
(II) The theme;
(7) Compare themes relating to a single topic;
(8) Compare events;
(9) Evaluate:
(I) The impact of the sequential order of the text and the chronological order of the text;
(II) A cause and its effect on events and relationships;
(III) A problem and a solution to the problem; and
(IV) Hypotheses based on information;
(10) Make inferences about the cultural and historical viewpoints of the author;
(11) Make connections between the text and:
(I) The pupil;
(II) Other texts; and
(III) The world;
(12) Use information to answer specific questions;
(13) Summarize information;
(14) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;
(15) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text;
(16) Evaluate the author’s use of facts and opinions;
(17) Analyze the accuracy of facts;
(18) Determine the reasonableness and accuracy of evidence;
(19) Verify information from one source by consulting other sources;
(20) Explain the author’s use of organizational structure;
(21) Trace the development of the argument, viewpoint or perspective of the author;
(22) Synthesize information;
(23) With assistance, paraphrase information;
(24) Read and follow directions to complete a task or a procedure; and
(25) Evaluate directions to complete a task or procedure for:
(I) Clarity;
(II) Format;
(III) Technical vocabulary; and
(IV) Text features.
2. For the area of writing:
(a) Write a variety of texts using the writing process, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Use prewriting strategies to plan written work;
(2) Choose and narrow a topic to organize ideas;
(3) Explore a topic to plan written work;
(4) Draft papers which contain more than one paragraph about a single topic and which:
(I) Are appropriate for the audience;
(II) Address the purpose;
(III) Contain supporting details;
(IV) Contain an introduction;
(V) Contain transitions; and
(VI) Contain a conclusion;
(5) Revise drafts:
(I) For organization;
(II) To focus ideas;
(III) For voice;
(IV) For appropriateness for the audience;
(V) For purpose;
(VI) For relevant details;
(VII) For word choice; and
(VIII) For sentence fluency;
(6) Edit essays and compositions to ensure correct spelling of high-frequency words and content words;
(7) Edit for proper capitalization;
(8) Edit punctuation for:
(I) Punctuation at the end of a sentence;
(II) Commas;
(III) Apostrophes;
(IV) Quotation marks;
(V) Abbreviations;
(VI) Colons;
(VII) Hyphens;
(VIII) Semicolons; and
(IX) Parentheses;
(9) With assistance, edit punctuation for varied sentence structure;
(10) Edit for the correct use of:
(I) Nouns;
(II) Verbs;
(III) Pronouns;
(IV) Adjectives;
(V) Agreement between the subject and verb;
(VI) Verb tenses;
(VII) Adverbs;
(VIII) Clauses;
(IX) Phrases;
(X) Agreement between a pronoun and its antecedent; and
(XI) The pronoun case;
(11) Edit sentence structure:
(I) For complete sentences;
(II) To combine sentences, when combining is appropriate;
(III) For compound sentences;
(IV) For complex sentences; and
(V) For compound-complex sentences;
(12) Edit sentences to eliminate:
(I) Sentence fragments; and
(II) Run-on sentences;
(13) Select a format in which to publish a final draft that is appropriate to the audience and purpose; and
(14) Prepare a legible final draft to display or share.
(b) Write a variety of texts that inform, persuade, describe, evaluate, entertain or tell a story and are appropriate to purpose and audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Write essays and compositions which include:
(I) A topic sentence;
(II) Supporting details;
(III) A thesis statement;
(IV) Transitions;
(V) A beginning, a middle and an end; and
(VI) A concluding statement;
(2) Write essays and compositions using patterns of organization which:
(I) Compare and contrast; and
(II) Show cause and effect;
(3) With assistance, write essays and compositions that use various organizational structures and stylistic devices;
(4) Write papers which contain more than one paragraph about experiences and events appropriate to the purpose and the audience and which:
(I) Are arranged in a logical sequence;
(II) Include characters;
(III) Describe a setting;
(IV) Contain a plot;
(V) Contain dialogue;
(VI) Use figurative language; and
(VII) Use sensory details;
(5) Write:
(I) Poetry;
(II) Responses to text that demonstrate an understanding of plot, character and setting;
(III) Responses to text that demonstrate an understanding of exposition supported by evidence from the text;
(IV) A variety of communications in a format appropriate for the type of communication; and
(V) Persuasive essays appropriate to the audience and purpose;
(6) With assistance, write responses to text that make connections between the text and other texts, experiences or ideas;
(7) Write persuasive essays and compositions which include:
(I) A thesis statement;
(II) Supporting evidence;
(III) Relevant evidence; and
(IV) A structure of cause and effect;
(8) With assistance, write persuasive essays and compositions which include:
(I) Structures for addressing problems and solutions; and
(II) Rhetorical strategies;
(9) Write directions to complete a task or a procedure with a focus on:
(I) Clarity;
(II) Format;
(III) Technical vocabulary; and
(IV) Text features;
(10) Summarize information;
(11) Write research papers by:
(I) Choosing and narrowing a research topic;
(II) Locating, collecting and analyzing information from primary and secondary sources;
(III) Recording information from sources used to prepare the research paper;
(IV) Paraphrasing and summarizing information;
(V) Organizing information collected by the pupil; and
(VI) Adhering to an established format to document the sources from which information was obtained;
(12) Evaluate the credibility of resources; and
(13) Demonstrate an understanding of the differences between original works and plagiarized works.
3. For the area of listening, listen to and evaluate oral communications for content, style, purpose of the speaker and appropriateness for the audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Listen for a variety of purposes, including, without limitation:
(1) To gain information;
(2) Entertainment; and
(3) To understand directions;
(b) Listen for and identify:
(1) The main idea;
(2) The purpose;
(3) The message;
(4) The mood;
(5) The tone; and
(6) Techniques of persuasion;
(c) Listen for and summarize ideas and supporting details;
(d) Listen to and evaluate oral communications for:
(1) Content;
(2) Delivery;
(3) Point of view;
(4) Ideas;
(5) Purpose; and
(6) Value;
(e) Listen for and evaluate the effect of the attitude of the speaker on the audience;
(f) Listen for and distinguish fact from opinion;
(g) Listen for and evaluate techniques for public speaking;
(h) Listen to and evaluate the logic of the arguments of the speaker;
(i) Expand vocabulary through listening;
(j) Listen for and identify:
(1) Dialect;
(2) Slang; and
(3) The use of formal and informal language;
(k) Listen for and distinguish between social and academic language;
(l) Actively listen to oral communications;
(m) Listen to and participate in conversations;
(n) Listen to and evaluate constructive feedback;
(o) Provide constructive feedback; and
(p) Focus attention to solve problems by identifying, synthesizing and evaluating data.
4. For the area of speaking, speak using organization, style, tone, voice and media aids appropriate to the audience and purpose and participate in discussions to offer information, clarify ideas and support positions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Give directions to complete tasks or procedures with a focus on clarity and technical vocabulary;
(b) Ask questions to clarify directions;
(c) Use precise language to describe and elicit:
(1) Feelings;
(2) Experiences;
(3) Observations; and
(4) Ideas;
(d) Use standard English to communicate ideas;
(e) Use techniques for public speaking to deliver presentations which address the audience with appropriate:
(1) Volume;
(2) Eye contact;
(3) Enunciation;
(4) Posture;
(5) Expression;
(6) Purpose; and
(7) Prosody.
(f) Communicate information:
(1) While maintaining a clear focus;
(2) In a logical sequence; and
(3) By illustrating information using media aids;
(g) Communicate statements that express an opinion;
(h) Defend a position using evidence which supports that position;
(i) Provide constructive feedback when participating in conversations and discussions;
(j) Respond to questions to generate possible solutions to a problem;
(k) Ask relevant questions to clarify information and expand ideas;
(l) Take a leadership role in conversations and discussions;
(m) Distinguish between relevant and irrelevant information; and
(n) With assistance, negotiate to arrive at a consensus by proposing and examining possible options.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R102-07, 1-30-2008)
NAC 389.323 Mathematics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the seventh grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in mathematics offered in public schools. Instruction in the seventh grade in mathematics must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the seventh grade:
1. For the areas of numbers, number sense and computation, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must accurately calculate and use estimation techniques, number relationships, operation rules and algorithms, and determine the reasonableness of answers and the accuracy of solutions. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Translate among fractions, decimals and percents, including, without limitation, fractional percents;
(b) Identify and use place value in mathematical and practical situations;
(c) Write, identify and use powers of 10 from 10-3 through 106;
(d) Compare and order a combination of rational numbers, including, without limitation, fractions, decimals, percents and integers, in mathematical and practical situations;
(e) Identify absolute values of integers;
(f) Generate a reasonable estimate for a computation using a variety of methods;
(g) Select and round to the appropriate significant digit;
(h) Calculate with integers and other rational numbers to solve mathematical and practical situations;
(i) Use order of operations to evaluate expressions and solve one-step equations containing rational numbers; and
(j) Identify and apply the distributive, commutative and associative properties of rational numbers to solve problems.
2. For the areas of patterns, functions and algebra, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use various algebraic methods to analyze, illustrate, extend and create numerous representations, including, without limitation, words, numbers, tables, and graphs of patterns, functions and algebraic relations. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Evaluate formulas and algebraic expressions for given integer values;
(b) Model and solve equations using concrete and visual representations;
(c) Generate and graph a set of ordered pairs that represent a linear equation;
(d) Use and create tables, charts and graphs to extend a pattern to describe a linear rule, including, without limitation, integer values;
(e) Solve and graphically represent equations and inequalities in one variable with integer solutions;
(f) Simplify algebraic expressions by combining like terms; and
(g) Identify linear equations and inequalities.
3. For the area of measurement, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use appropriate tools and techniques of measurement to determine, estimate, record and verify direct and indirect measurements. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Estimate and compare, using the customary and metric systems, the corresponding units of measure for area, capacity and volume;
(b) Given a measurement, identify the greatest possible error;
(c) Select, model and apply formulas to find the volume and surface area of solid figures;
(d) Calculate simple interest in monetary problems;
(e) Write and apply proportions to solve mathematical and practical problems involving measurement and monetary conversions; and
(f) Use elapsed time to solve practical problems.
4. For the areas of spatial relationships, logic and geometry, to solve problems, communicate and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must identify, represent, verify and apply spatial relationships and geometric properties. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Identify, classify, compare, and draw regular and irregular polygons;
(b) Find and verify the sum of the measures of interior angles of triangles and quadrilaterals;
(c) Use ratios and proportions to create scale drawings;
(d) Use coordinate geometry and models to demonstrate translation, reflection and rotation;
(e) Make a model of a three-dimensional figure from a two-dimensional drawing;
(f) Make a two-dimensional drawing of a three-dimensional object;
(g) Determine the slope of a line, midpoint of a segment, and horizontal and vertical distance between two points using coordinate geometry;
(h) Describe the geometric relationships of parallel lines, perpendicular lines, bisectors, triangles and quadrilaterals;
(i) Model the Pythagorean Theorem and solve for the hypotenuse;
(j) Construct and identify congruent angles, parallel lines and perpendicular lines;
(k) Describe the location of the original figure and its transformation on a coordinate plane; and
(l) Make and test conjectures to explain observed mathematical relationships and to develop logical arguments to justify conclusions.
5. For the area of data analysis, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must collect, organize, display, interpret and analyze data to determine statistical relationships and probability projections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Organize, display and read data, with and without the assistance of technology, using the appropriate graphical representations;
(b) Formulate questions that guide the collection of data;
(c) Interpret graphical representations of data to describe patterns, trends and data distribution;
(d) Analyze the effect that a change of scale will have on statistical charts and graphs;
(e) Find the number of permutations possible for an event in mathematical and practical situations;
(f) Find the theoretical probability of an event using different counting methods, including, without limitation, sample spaces, and compare that probability with experimental results;
(g) Represent the probability of an event as a number between 0 and 1; and
(h) Interpolate and extrapolate from a given set of data to make predictions for the data.
6. For the area of problem solving, to develop the ability to solve problems, a pupil must engage in developmentally appropriate opportunities for problem solving in which there is a need to use various approaches to investigate and understand mathematical concepts to formulate problems, find solutions to problems, develop and apply strategies to solve problems and integrate mathematical reasoning, communication and connections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Generalize solutions and apply previous knowledge to new problem-solving situations;
(b) Determine an efficient problem-solving strategy and verify, interpret and evaluate the results with respect to the original problem;
(c) Apply problem-solving strategies until a solution is found or it is clear that no solution exists;
(d) Interpret and solve a variety of mathematical problems by paraphrasing;
(e) Identify necessary and extraneous information;
(f) Check the reasonableness of a solution; and
(g) Apply technology as a tool in problem-solving situations.
7. For the area of mathematical communication, to develop the ability to communicate mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to obtain information in everyday life by reading, listening and observing to translate information into mathematical language and symbols, process information mathematically, discuss and exchange ideas about mathematics as part of learning, read various fiction and nonfiction texts to learn about mathematics and present the results in written, oral and visual formats. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Use formulas, algorithms, inquiry and other techniques to solve mathematical problems;
(b) Evaluate written and oral presentations in mathematics;
(c) Identify and translate key words and phrases that imply mathematical operations;
(d) Model and explain mathematical relationships using oral, written, graphic and algebraic methods; and
(e) Communicate strategies and solutions to mathematical problems using oral and written expression of everyday language.
8. For the area of mathematical reasoning, to develop the ability to reason mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to investigate mathematical ideas and construct his own learning in all content areas to reinforce and extend his ability to reason logically, reflect on, clarify and justify his thinking, ask questions to extend his learning, use patterns and relationships to analyze mathematical situations, and determine relevant, irrelevant and sufficient information to solve mathematical problems. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Recognize and apply inductive and deductive reasoning;
(b) Review and refine the assumptions and steps used to derive conclusions in mathematical arguments; and
(c) Justify answers and the steps taken to solve problems with and without manipulatives and physical models.
9. For the area of mathematical connections, to develop the ability to make mathematical connections, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to view mathematics as an integrated whole, including linking new concepts to prior knowledge, identifying relationships between content strands and integrating mathematics with other disciplines, thereby allowing the flexibility to approach problems in a variety of ways within and beyond the field of mathematics. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Use mathematical ideas from one area of mathematics to explain an idea from another area of mathematics;
(b) Use manipulatives and physical models to explain the relationships between concepts and procedures;
(c) Use the connections among mathematical topics to develop multiple approaches to problems;
(d) Apply mathematical thinking and modeling to solve problems that arise in other disciplines, including, without limitation, rhythm in music and motion in science; and
(e) Identify, explain and apply mathematics in everyday life.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R155-06, 9-18-2006)
Instruction Through Eighth Grade: All Schools
NAC 389.372 Social studies. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the eighth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in social studies offered in public schools. Instruction in the eighth grade in social studies must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the eighth grade:
1. For the area of history:
(a) Use chronology to organize and understand the sequence and relationship of events, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe how a current event is presented by multiple sources.
(2) Create a tiered timeline.
(b) Use vocabulary and concepts specific to social studies to engage in inquiry, research and analysis, and use related decision-making skills, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Frame historical questions which examine multiple points of view.
(2) Evaluate sources of historical information based on credibility, reliability, bias, cultural context and the period from which the information is obtained.
(3) Read and use historical information, including, without limitation, charts, diagrams, graphs, maps, photographs, political cartoons and tables.
(c) Understand the development of human societies, civilizations and empires through the year 400, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain the characteristics and environments of a hunter-gatherer culture.
(2) Identify significant characteristics of early agricultural societies, including, without limitation, farming and the domestication of animals.
(3) Locate ancient and classical civilizations in time and place, including, without limitation, the civilizations of China, Egypt, Greece, India, Mesopotamia and Rome.
(4) Describe achievements made by ancient and classical civilizations, including, without limitation, the civilizations of the Americas, China, Egypt, Greece, India, Mesopotamia and Rome.
(5) Describe the lifestyles of the Desert Archaic people of Nevada.
(d) Understand the characteristics, ideas and significance of civilizations and religions that existed between the years 1 and 1400, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe the explorations of North America by the Vikings.
(2) Describe contributions and the locations of the Mayan, Aztec and Incan civilizations.
(3) Describe the origins, traditions, customs and spread of western and eastern world religions, including, without limitation, Buddhism, Christianity, Hinduism, Islam and Judaism.
(4) Identify the characteristics of European feudalism.
(e) Understand the impact of the interaction of peoples, cultures and ideas between the years 1200 and 1750, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Define the Renaissance in terms of science and fine arts.
(2) Describe the lifestyles of the Native American cultures in Nevada, including, Northern Paiute, Southern Paiute, Washoe and Western Shoshone.
(3) Describe the cultural regions of the Native Americans in North America, including, without limitation, the Northwest, Southwest, Southeast, Northeast, California, Plains, Great Basin, Plateau, and Arctic and Sub-Arctic.
(4) Describe motivations behind the Scandinavian and European explorations, including, without limitation, all-water routes to Asia, trade and religion.
(5) Explain interactions among Native Americans, Europeans and Africans.
(6) Compare the lifestyles of Native Americans with the lifestyles of the colonists.
(7) Explain why and where colonies were established in the Americas by the European countries, and explain how those colonies were governed.
(8) Describe the lifestyles of colonists living in the New England, Middle and Southern colonies.
(9) Describe the African slave trade.
(f) Understand the people, events, ideas and conflicts that led to the creation and growth of a distinctive culture between the years 1700 and 1865, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe major inventions of the Industrial Revolution, including, without limitation, the steam engine and textile machines.
(2) Describe the effects of laws and taxes enacted by the British government and imposed on the American colonies, including, without limitation, the Stamp Act, the Intolerable Acts and the Quartering Act.
(3) Explain the major ideas expressed in the Declaration of Independence, including, without limitation, equality, the right to change government, and the right to life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness.
(4) Describe key people and events of the American Revolution, including, without limitation, King George III of England, George Washington, the Battle of Saratoga, Valley Forge, Lexington and Concord.
(5) Identify the Articles of Confederation.
(6) Explain why the United States Constitution was written.
(7) Identify the principles of the Bill of Rights.
(8) Define the concepts of capitalism and free market economy.
(9) Describe the early development of the government of the United States, including, without limitation, the cabinet of President George Washington, Marbury v. Madison, and political parties.
(10) Describe the contributing factors in the development of a national identity, including, without limitation, the invention of the cotton gin, the factory system, the War of 1812, the Erie Canal, railroads, the Monroe Doctrine, immigration, nativism and the invention of the telegraph.
(11) Identify key people and events in the social reform movements of the antebellum United States, including, without limitation, Dorothea Dix, Sojourner Truth, the Seneca Falls Declaration and Horace Mann.
(12) Recognize the development of an emerging American culture in the United States, including, without limitation, contributions from literature, music, poetry and language development.
(13) Describe the doctrine of Manifest Destiny and the expansion of the United States, including, without limitation:
(I) Lewis and Clark and the Louisiana Purchase;
(II) The Trail of Tears;
(III) The Battle of the Alamo;
(IV) The Treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo;
(V) The Oregon, California, Central Overland, Spanish, Santa Fe and Mormon Trails;
(VI) The Donner Party; and
(VII) The California Gold Rush.
(14) Describe the contributions of explorers and settlers in preterritorial Nevada, and their influences on the future of the State of Nevada, including, without limitation, Kit Carson, John C. Fremont, James Beckwourth, Peter Skene Ogden, Joseph Walker and Jedediah Smith.
(15) Describe the Mormon influence on the political and economical development of preterritorial Nevada.
(16) Define “abolition” and identify key people and events of that movement, including, without limitation, Frederick Douglas, Harriet Tubman, the Underground Railroad and Sojourner Truth.
(17) Identify the causes, key people, events and outcomes of the American Civil War, including, without limitation, states’ rights and slavery, Abraham Lincoln, the Emancipation Proclamation, the Battles of Vicksburg and Gettysburg, the Gettysburg Address, General Robert E. Lee and General Ulysses S. Grant.
(18) Explain the significant events that led to Nevada’s statehood, including, without limitation, the Comstock Lode and the election of 1864.
(g) Understand the importance and impact of political, economic and social ideas between the years 1860 and 1920, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify the 13th, 14th and 15th Amendments to the United States Constitution.
(2) Identify Black codes and Jim Crow laws.
(3) Discuss the interactions between settlers and Native Americans during the Westward expansion, including, without limitation, Ghost Dance/Wounded Knee and Little Big Horn.
(4) Describe the contributions of Sarah Winnemucca Hopkins to Native Americans in Nevada and in the United States.
(5) Describe aspects of life in the western frontier, including, without limitation, communication, the Pony Express, the telegraph, farming and water issues, mining, ranching and transportation.
(6) Describe the effects of industrialization and new technologies on the transformation of the United States, including, without limitation, the steel industry, mass production, the mechanized assembly line and communication tools.
(7) Identify American industrialists and their contributions, including, without limitation, Andrew Carnegie, Henry Ford and John D. Rockefeller.
(8) Identify immigrant and native groups involved in mining, ranching, the railroads and commerce in Nevada and in the United States.
(9) Describe the goals and accomplishments of labor unions in Nevada and in the United States.
(10) Describe the women’s suffrage movement and the 19th Amendment to the United States Constitution.
(11) Describe the expansion of the United States, including, without limitation, Alaska, Hawaii, the Panama Canal and the Spanish-America War.
(12) Identify the causes, outcomes and consequences of World War I, including, without limitation, Sarajevo, alliances and nationalism, weapons and tactics, and the Treaty of Versailles.
(h) Understand the importance and impact of political, economic and social changes in the world between the years 1920 and 1945, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Define the concept of totalitarianism.
(2) Identify scientific and technological advancements and their impact, including, without limitation, airplanes, radios, automobiles and household appliances.
(3) Explain how literature, music and visual arts from this period are a reflection of the time.
(4) Describe the causes and effects of the Great Depression and the New Deal in Nevada and in the United States, including, without limitation, the crash of the stock market, the building of the Hoover Dam, family life and government programs.
(5) Identify the causes, effects and outcomes of World War II, including, without limitation, the legacy of World War I, the attack on Pearl Harbor, the Allies and Axis powers, the advent of the atomic bomb and the establishment of the United Nations.
(6) Identify key elements of the Holocaust, including, without limitation, “Aryan Supremacy,” Kristallnacht, the “Final Solution,” and concentration and death camps.
(7) Identify the effects of World War II on the home front in the United States and in the State of Nevada, including, without limitation, the end of the Great Depression, internment camps, rationing, propaganda and “Rosie the Riveter.”
(i) Understand the shift of international relationships and power, and the significant developments in the American culture that occurred between the years 1945 and 1990, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify the Cold War, including, without limitation, the Marshall Plan, the Berlin Blockade and the North Atlantic Treaty Organization.
(2) Identify the effects of the Cold War on the United States, including, without limitation, the arms race and nuclear testing, McCarthyism, the space race and the Cuban Missile Crisis.
(3) Explain why the United Nations was involved in the conflict in Korea and describe the outcome of its involvement.
(4) Explain how science and technology changed life in the United States after World War II, including, without limitation, television, electronics and computers, and advancements in medicine.
(5) Summarize the changes in the demographics of the United States during this period.
(6) Describe the impact of the United States military and atomic testing in Nevada.
(7) Identify the major issues, events and people of the modern Civil Rights Movement in Nevada and the United States, including, without limitation, Rosa Parks, Martin Luther King, Jr., Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka, voting rights, integration, Grant Sawyer and Cesar Chavez.
(8) Identify the causes and effects of the conflict in Vietnam, including, without limitation, the Tet Offensive, the Gulf of Tonkin Resolution, the antiwar movement, the draft and lottery, and prisoners of war and persons listed as missing in action.
(9) Identify the significance on the political culture in the United States of:
(I) Watergate;
(II) The Iranian hostage crisis; and
(III) The Iran-Contra affair.
(10) Identify key people and events that contributed to the end of the Cold War, including, without limitation, the recognition of China, detente and the Strategic Defense Initiative.
(11) Describe the significance of the breakup of the Soviet Union, including, without limitation, the fall of the Berlin Wall.
(12) Describe the effects of tourism and gaming on Nevada.
(13) Identify examples of the arts, music, literature and media, and their impact on American society in the United States.
(j) Understand the political, economic, social and technological issues challenging the world between the years 1990 and the present, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe scientific and technological developments, including, without limitation, the personal computer, the Internet, satellites and advances in medicine.
(2) Describe major world, national and local issues, including, without limitation, ethnic and religious conflicts, environmental issues, gaming, health issues, and the allocation of water and other resources.
(3) Identify the causes and effects of the Persian Gulf Crisis.
(4) Identify the role of the media in the changing political climate.
(5) Identify how literature, music and the visual arts from this period are a reflection of the time.
2. For the area of geography:
(a) Use maps, globes and other geographic tools and technologies to locate and derive information about people, places and environments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Use maps and map skills, including, without limitation, scale, latitude, longitude and projections, to identify and locate physical and human features in the United States and in the world.
(2) Compare and contrast the characteristics and purposes of several types of maps, map projections and other geographic representations.
(3) Use maps, graphic representations, aerial photographs, satellite images and computer resources to compare the physical and human features of the earth.
(4) Construct maps and charts to display information about physical and human features.
(5) Compare and contrast maps of similar areas for purpose, accuracy, content and design.
(6) Make and defend a spatial decision, including, without limitation, the location of schools, shopping centers or landfills, applying basic geographic vocabulary and concepts.
(7) Identify on a map the major regions of the world, including, without limitation, Latin America, Oceania, East Asia, the Indian subcontinent and Europe.
(8) Identify from a list of prominent countries the relative location of each country and the continent on which the country is located.
(9) Locate, on a map using an atlas, the major cities of the world, including, without limitation, Beijing, Bombay or Mumbai, Buenos Aires, Cairo, Jakarta, London, Montreal, Moscow, Mexico City, Paris, Sydney and Tokyo.
(b) Understand the physical and human features and cultural characteristics of places, and use that information to define and study regions and their patterns of changes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe the relationship between physical and human features, such as landforms and political boundaries.
(2) Explain how places, regions and systems of belief are important to the expression of a cultural identity.
(3) Explain how cultural characteristics affect different points of view with regard to places and regions.
(4) Describe ways in which technology affects how cultural groups use places and regions.
(5) Evaluate the roles which regions play in historical events.
(6) Describe how and why regions change over time.
(7) Illustrate the relationship between the physical and cultural characteristics of a region.
(c) Understand how physical processes shape the surface patterns and ecosystems of the earth, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain how physical processes within the atmosphere, lithosphere, hydrosphere and biosphere influence the surface of the earth.
(2) Explain how natural hazards and disasters alter the features and patterns of the earth.
(3) Describe the interdependence among soil, climate, plant life and animal life within ecosystems.
(4) Compare and contrast the biodiversity and productivity of various ecosystems.
(5) Formulate a hypothesis about the changing nature of an ecosystem and use appropriate research skills to draw a conclusion about that hypothesis.
(d) Understand how economic, political and cultural processes interact to shape patterns of human migration and settlement, influence and interdependence, and conflict and cooperation, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe the characteristics of developed and developing countries using key demographic concepts.
(2) Describe the reasons for human migration and settlement, and explain the effects of migration and settlements on places and cultures.
(3) Describe how a historical event was affected by the movement of people, goods and ideas.
(4) Identify the different patterns of migration and settlement in developing and developed countries.
(5) Explain how the physical and human geography of a region influences its economic activities.
(6) Identify a regional or international economic issue and explain that issue from a spatial perspective.
(7) Compare the elements of economic development and quality of life between developing and developed countries.
(8) Compare and contrast changes that have occurred in cultural, political and economic organizations over time.
(9) Compare how cooperation and conflict among people contribute to political, economic and cultural division in the world.
(10) Identify transregional alliances and international organizations that influence cooperation and conflict among countries.
(e) Understand the effects of interactions between human and physical systems, and the changes in use, distribution and importance of resources, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe and predict the regional or global impact of changes in the physical environment.
(2) Compare and contrast the opportunities and constraints that the physical environment places on human activity.
(3) Evaluate the role of technology in the human modification of the physical environment and provide examples of that technology, including, without limitation, explosives, steam power and computer technology.
(4) Describe the patterns of change caused by human modification of the physical environment.
(5) Research a specific natural hazard and document its effect on human systems.
(6) Identify and locate examples of renewable and nonrenewable natural resources.
(7) Select a resource, including, without limitation, forests, water and minerals, and evaluate different points of view regarding the use of the resource.
(f) Apply geographic knowledge of people, places and environments to interpret the past, understand the present and plan for the future, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain how different characteristics of people, places and resources have affected events and conditions in the past.
(2) Select a current event and explain the significance of its location and the physical features of that location.
(3) Using geographic knowledge, skills and perspectives, research a contemporary issue, including, without limitation, the building of a dam, the construction of a downtown area or water rights.
(4) List and describe several possible outcomes for a geographic issue, including, without limitation, the growth of population, patterns of consumption and the advent of new technologies and new mining techniques, and defend one possible solution to that issue.
(g) Ask and answer questions about geography by acquiring, organizing and analyzing geographic information, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify geographic issues and define geographic problems, posing appropriate geographic questions to research the issues.
(2) Use a variety of research skills, including, without limitation, maps, field work and computer resources, to locate and collect geographic information.
(3) Create and prepare various forms of maps, graphs, diagrams, tables and charts to organize geographic information, including, without limitation, isolines, population pyramids, flowcharts and databases.
(4) Evaluate and analyze information obtained from a variety of geographic sources using descriptive statistics, including, without limitation, average, mean, mode and range, and other simple quantitative techniques.
(5) Make generalizations about geographic questions by developing and presenting combinations of geographic information to answer those questions.
3. For the area of civics:
(a) Know why society needs rules, law and governments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Define the concepts of the rule of law and the rule of men.
(2) Describe the significance of the Declaration of Independence and the United States Constitution as the foundations of democracy in the United States.
(3) Explain popular sovereignty and the need for citizen involvement at all levels of government in the United States.
(4) Identify the enduring principles of the United States Constitution.
(5) Explain how the United States Constitution can be formally amended.
(b) Know the United States Constitution and the government created by the United States Constitution, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain the functions of the three branches of government as set forth in the United States Constitution.
(2) Explain why the Congress of the United States is composed of two houses.
(3) Discuss the enumerated and implied powers of the Congress of the United States.
(4) Describe the duties of the President of the United States, including, without limitation, presenting a budget proposal.
(5) List the ways in which the Supreme Court of the United States determines policy.
(6) Describe the trial process, including, without limitation, the selection and responsibilities of juries.
(7) Explain the system of checks and balances, as set forth by the United States Constitution.
(c) Explain the relationship between the states and the Federal Government of the United States, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Provide examples of governmental powers which are distributed between a state and the Federal Government, including, without limitation, the powers to tax, to declare war and to issue drivers’ licenses.
(2) Define “federalism.”
(3) Explain how the supremacy clause of the United States Constitution defines the relationship between a state government and the Federal Government.
(d) Describe the roles of political parties, interest groups and public opinion in the democratic process, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe the election process.
(2) Provide examples of how political parties have changed.
(3) Identify the impact of interest groups on the political process.
(4) Identify the influence of the media in forming public opinion.
(5) Identify propaganda and persuasion in political advertising and literature.
(6) Provide examples of contemporary public issues that may require public solutions.
(e) Know the roles, rights and responsibilities of citizens of the United States, and know the symbols of the United States, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify the rights, privileges and responsibilities of citizens of the United States, including, without limitation, voting, holding office, jury duty, and military, community and public service.
(2) Explain the significance of symbols and mottos, including, without limitation:
(I) The motto, E pluribus Unum;
(II) The National Anthem;
(III) The flag;
(IV) The Pledge of Allegiance;
(V) The Statue of Liberty; and
(VI) The Great Seal of the United States.
(3) Explain the necessity of the Bill of Rights for a democratic society.
(4) Identify examples of conflict resolution that respect individual rights at school, in the community and within the United States.
(f) Know the structure and functions of state and local governments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe the organization and purpose of state, local and tribal governments.
(2) Describe the juvenile, civil and criminal court systems.
(g) Explain the different political and economic systems in the world, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Define the major political systems of the world, including, without limitation, monarchies, totalitarian dictatorships, presidential systems, parliamentary systems and communism.
(2) Define the major economic systems of the world, including, without limitation, capitalism, mixed economy, socialism and command economy.
(h) Know the political and economic relationship between the United States and its citizens, and other countries and their citizens, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify countries that play a significant role in the foreign policy of the United States.
(2) Define the concept of foreign policy.
(3) Describe the ways in which countries interact diplomatically, including, without limitation, through the use of treaties, trade, humanitarian aid and military force.
(4) Describe the purpose of the United Nations.
(5) List and describe the purposes of nongovernmental organizations, including, without limitation, the World Bank, Amnesty International and the International Red Cross.
4. For the area of economics:
(a) Use fundamental concepts in economics, including, without limitation, scarcity, choice, cost, incentives and a comparison of cost and benefits, to describe and analyze problems and opportunities, both individual and social, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Given that a choice has been made among several alternatives, identify opportunity cost of choice.
(2) Demonstrate an understanding that self-interest is a motivational factor when people respond to incentives.
(3) For a particular good or activity, identify the costs and benefits of consuming an additional unit of the good or activity.
(b) Demonstrate a knowledge of past and present economic performance in the United States, identify the economic indicators used to measure that performance and use that knowledge to make individual decisions and discuss relevant social issues, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Calculate the gross domestic product per capita by dividing the gross domestic product of a country by its population, and compare the gross domestic product per capita for several countries, including the United States.
(2) Use the Consumer Price Index to compare the buying power of the United States dollar in a year with its buying power in another year.
(3) Identify the unemployment rate as the percentage of people in the labor force who are not working.
(4) Given a historical graph of unemployment rates in the United States, determine whether the current unemployment rate is high or low in comparison to the other unemployment rates.
(5) Explain why riskier loans command higher interest rates than do safer loans.
(6) Given a historical graph of interest rates in the United States, determine whether the current interest rate is high or low, in comparison to the other interest rates.
(c) Demonstrate an understanding of how markets work, including, without limitation, an understanding of why markets form, how supply and demand interact to determine market prices and interest rates, and how changes in prices act as signals to coordinate trade, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Give examples of markets in which people benefit from trade.
(2) Explain how supply and demand function to determine market prices.
(3) Explain why buyers demand less of a good or service and sellers supply more of the good or service when prices for the good or service increase.
(4) Explain why buyers demand more of a good or service and sellers supply less of a good or service when prices for the good or service decrease.
(d) Describe the roles played by various economic institutions in the United States, including, without limitation, financial institutions, labor unions, for-profit business organizations and not-for-profit organizations, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe services that financial institutions provide for their customers, including, without limitation, channeling money from savers to borrowers.
(2) Describe services that labor unions provide for their members, including, without limitation, collective bargaining.
(3) Explain the advantages and disadvantages of each of the three primary forms of business organizations, such as sole proprietorship, partnership and corporation.
(4) Explain why not-for-profit organizations are tax-exempt.
(e) Demonstrate an understanding of various forms of money, how money makes it easier to trade, borrow, save, invest and compare the value of services, and how the Federal Reserve System and its policies affect the supply of money in the United States, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Illustrate how prices stated in terms of money help people compare the value of products.
(2) Describe the transition from the use of commodities as money to the use of modern forms of money.
(f) Demonstrate an understanding of the economic system of the United States, as a whole, in terms of how it allocates resources, how it determines the production, income, unemployment and price levels in the United States and how it leads to variations in individual levels of income, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain ways in which households, schools and community groups allocate resources.
(2) Explain how reactions by consumers and producers to changes in prices affect the allocation of resources.
(3) Explain how the current utilization of a productive resource affects the availability of that resource in the future.
(4) Explain the circular flow of economic activity.
(5) Identify factors that can affect the likelihood of a person to be unemployed.
(6) Explain that the wages that a person earns is affected by his productivity and by the market value of the goods or services which he produces.
(g) Demonstrate an understanding of how investment, entrepreneurship, competition and specialization lead to changes in the structure and performance of an economy, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain how investments can improve standards of living by increasing productivity.
(2) Describe the advantages and disadvantages of being an entrepreneur.
(3) Illustrate how competition among sellers decreases prices, while competition among buyers increases prices.
(4) Give examples of ways in which specialization is facilitated by trade.
(h) Explain the role of government in a market economy, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Give examples of the kinds of goods and services that a government provides.
(2) Give examples of activities that benefit participants, but harm nonparticipants.
(3) Identify methods by which a government redistributes money.
(4) Give examples of ways in which a government protects property.
(i) Explore the characteristics of economic systems from places other than the United States to demonstrate an understanding of how those systems and the economic system in the United States are connected, through trade, with peoples and cultures throughout the world, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain how governments use tariffs or quotas to restrict trade.
(2) Describe how economic interdependence among countries affects the standards of living in those countries.
(3) Compute the prices of products from the United States in terms of the currencies of other countries.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R074-00, eff. 6-20-2000)
NAC 389.381 Health. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the eighth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in health offered in public schools. Instruction in the eighth grade in health must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the eighth grade:
1. Comprehend concepts related to the promotion of health and the prevention of disease, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Practice interpersonal communication skills to clarify and resolve conflicts and to manage anger;
(b) Analyze the relationship between taking risks and accidents;
(c) Explain the causes and effects of child abuse;
(d) List the warning signs of suicide;
(e) Explain how the systems of a person’s body work together as a unit to perform life-sustaining functions that influence the growth and development of the person;
(f) Explain the importance of continuing physical activity into adult life to promote fitness and overall health;
(g) List three factors that affect the nutrient or energy needs, or both, of a person; and
(h) Identify sources of help for a person who has a substance abuse problem.
2. Access valid health information and health-promoting products and services, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Debate how personal responsibility impacts health care, including, without limitation, a discussion on choices of health care providers and insurance coverage; and
(b) List the qualities of a scientifically valid publication.
3. Practice health-enhancing behaviors and reduce health risks, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Name two short-term consequences of illegally using alcohol, tobacco or drugs;
(b) Role-play two ways of saying “no” to the use of alcohol or drugs;
(c) Analyze the food labels, which include facts about the food, of at least three food items and, based on that analysis, compare the nutrient content in those items;
(d) Apply knowledge of personal hygiene and recognize that first impressions of a person are often based on the appearance of that person;
(e) Use interpersonal communication skills to clarify and resolve conflicts, including, without limitation, peer mediation;
(f) Perform advanced procedures in first aid, including, without limitation, cardiopulmonary resuscitation and procedures for treating bleeding, shock and poisoning;
(g) Explain rules prohibiting the possession of a weapon in school and the consequences for violating those rules; and
(h) Access school personnel when confronted with a safety or security concern.
4. Analyze the influence of culture, media, technology and other factors on health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Examine and discuss various influences on consumer health and social marketing;
(b) Understand how specific technological advances have aided in the treatment and prevention of diseases; and
(c) Examine the system for providing health care in the United States and how that system has changed during the 20th century.
5. Use interpersonal communication skills to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Create a class plan for conflict management;
(b) Role-play alternative responses in stressful situations; and
(c) Describe the stages and emotions associated with death and dying.
6. Use goal-setting and decision-making skills to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Evaluate his current eating habits and create a plan for eating that is consistent with the recommendations found on the food guide pyramid recommended by the United States Department of Agriculture;
(b) Develop a plan that combines regular physical activity with personal health habits;
(c) Identify sources of intervention and help for a person who has a substance abuse problem; and
(d) Demonstrate the ability to cope with peer pressure using the decision-making process.
7. Advocate for personal, family and community health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Analyze the influence of peer pressure on health choices; and
(b) Describe the effects that chemicals and chemical dependency have on young adolescents.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R032-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000)
NAC 389.386 Physical education. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the eighth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in physical education offered in public schools. Instruction in the eighth grade in physical education must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the eighth grade:
1. Pupils must understand and be able to apply concepts relating to movement to the learning and development of motor skills, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Describe, using the appropriate vocabulary, strategies relating to movement and games;
(b) Describe and apply the advanced elements of forms of movement and game strategies;
(c) Evaluate forms of movement for the improvement of skills; and
(d) Recognize the physical benefits of exercise during and after physical activity.
2. Demonstrate competency in many forms of movement and proficiency in a few forms of movement, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Refine locomotor and nonlocomotor movements in a sports setting;
(b) Refine previously learned manipulative skills;
(c) Demonstrate the basic elements of more advanced manipulative skills; and
(d) Explain how scientific principles apply to movements relating to weight transfer and balance.
3. Understand dance through the use of skills, techniques and choreography, and as a form of communication, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Identify and demonstrate basic dance steps, positions and patterns from two different theatrical styles or traditional styles, or both theatrical and traditional styles;
(b) Observe and describe the actions and qualities of movement in a dance sequence, using appropriate vocabulary relating to movement;
(c) Accurately transfer a rhythmic pattern from the aural, verbal or visual form, or any combination thereof, to a kinesthetic form, with some assistance from a teacher; and
(d) Perform traditional style dance or theatrical style dance, or both, from different times, periods or cultures, and describe the differences in the steps and style of movement.
4. Achieve and maintain a health-enhancing level of individual fitness for an active lifestyle, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Design a personal health-related program of fitness based on an accurately assessed profile of fitness;
(b) Understand principles of training or conditioning and apply those principles to regular activities for fitness;
(c) Identify or participate in, or both identify and participate in, a variety of health-related activities in both the school and the community; and
(d) Compare exercises which are safe with exercises which are unsafe, and demonstrate exercises which are safe.
5. Practice personal responsibility, positive social interaction and respect for diversity in settings in which physical activities occur, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Analyze potential consequences when confronted with a choice in behavior;
(b) Work cooperatively within a group to achieve goals in cooperative and in competitive situations;
(c) Engage in behaviors that are supportive and inclusive of all levels of abilities of other persons in settings in which physical activities occur; and
(d) Demonstrate a sport, dance or game, or any combination thereof, from another culture.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R033-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000)
NAC 389.3905 Technology and computers. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the eighth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in technology and computers offered in public schools. Instruction in the eighth grade in technology and computers must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the eighth grade:
1. To develop the ability to solve problems, pupils must be able to use problem-solving processes and resources to reach a desired outcome, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Describe more than one design or problem-solving method;
(b) Select an appropriate design or problem-solving method; and
(c) Generate a desired outcome using a design or problem-solving method.
2. To develop the ability to use productivity tools, pupils must be able to use appropriate productivity tools, including, without limitation, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, multimedia and telecommunications, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Demonstrate proficiency and accuracy in keyboarding skills;
(b) Type, edit and print a document;
(c) Use advanced formatting techniques, including, without limitation, margins, line spacing and tabs;
(d) Import graphics with appropriate placement into a document;
(e) Search for and replace text within a document;
(f) Create a database, define fields and enter data for multiple records;
(g) Develop a spreadsheet that includes, without limitation, labels, values, formulas and functions;
(h) Create a chart that visually represents data;
(i) Print a spreadsheet showing the formulas used in the spreadsheet;
(j) Create a multipage, multimedia presentation using text, graphics and sound to communicate a concept effectively;
(k) Organize files on a computer disc, hard drive, server or other storage device;
(l) Explain how:
(1) A local area network, or LAN;
(2) An Intranet; and
(3) The Internet,
Ê operates when compared to a stand-alone system;
(m) Use an available electronic communication device, including, without limitation, e-mail, a facsimile machine, a telephone and a two-way radio; and
(n) Explain the advantages of connectivity for sharing information and resources.
3. In the area of tools used for research, pupils must be able to use various tools of technology to research information and evaluate the accuracy and appropriateness of the information to solve problems and make decisions, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) With the assistance of a teacher or media specialist, select a research topic or develop a statement of a problem, and identify the elements, scope and expected outcome of the research on the topic or problem;
(b) Independently generate a list of keywords to conduct a search using electronic-based sources;
(c) Use hyperlinks to explore additional possible sources of information when collecting information;
(d) Place information within an organizational format;
(e) Demonstrate an understanding of intellectual property by citing sources of copyrighted materials in papers, projects and multimedia;
(f) Analyze selected information for reliability, authenticity and timeliness;
(g) Contribute to generating a standard bibliography while working within a group; and
(h) Independently list the steps of the process of the research and judge the outcome of the research.
4. In the area of tools and processes, pupils must be able to identify, apply and manage various concepts, tools and resources to evaluate their accuracy and appropriateness in solving problems and making decisions, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) List the tools and resources needed to solve a problem in a technology or computer area;
(b) Demonstrate the proper use of tools, instrumentation, equipment, materials and processes while fabricating models, designs, simulations and prototypes;
(c) Given a situation, describe or define the correct use of tools, processes and materials in diverse technology and computer applications; and
(d) Correctly operate and perform appropriate maintenance on technology tools.
5. In the area of systems, pupils must be able to recognize that systems are made up of individual components and that each component affects the operation of the system and its relationship with other systems, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) List resources necessary to achieve a desired outcome;
(b) Describe how the output of one system could be the input for another system;
(c) Given the systems in the area of technology, determine how those systems are controlled to achieve a desired outcome; and
(d) Select and use an appropriate system to achieve a given outcome.
6. In the area of implications of technology and computers on society, pupils must be able to evaluate the impact and ethical implications of technology and computers on persons, society and the environment, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Practice legal and ethical behaviors when using information and technology, and discuss the consequences of misusing such information and technology;
(b) Describe how technology is affecting society and the environment;
(c) Discuss the impact of technology on career options; and
(d) Demonstrate that people control technology and are responsible for the effects of technology.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R038-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000)
NAC 389.391 Introduction to technology. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course in the study of biological, informational, communicative and physical technology must include instruction designed to teach the pupil by the completion of the eighth grade to:
1. Demonstrate how the evolution in each area of technology has contributed to a progression from the agricultural era to the industrial era to the information era.
2. Describe the evolution of a modern tool, device or method within each area of technology and describe how each has changed daily routines and contributed to human progress.
3. Describe examples of technological innovation in each area of technology.
4. List examples of the seven resources of technology—people, information, tools, materials, capital, energy and time—and identify their different forms.
5. Use technological resources to produce a given product.
6. Identify technological alternatives for satisfying a given human need in two selected nations of differing cultural conditions and differing amounts of nonrenewable resources.
7. Design and carry out an optimal solution to a given technological problem.
8. Recognize the limitations of resources which limit solutions to technological problems.
9. Describe examples of common technological systems in each area of technology.
10. Apply the model for technological systems to the safe assembly or construction and operation of a technological system.
11. Demonstrate a functional open-loop system, add feedback to close the loop and operate the system to produce a given result.
12. Identify the subsystems of a modern, complex technological system in each area of technology and describe how each is combined to generate a new system resulting in improved or additional human capabilities.
13. Demonstrate a technological system in each area of technology and describe results that are desired, undesired, expected and unexpected in one of the areas.
14. Identify instances of conflict between a technological system, the human user and the resulting environment made by man in each area of technology and demonstrate techniques for resolving each instance of conflict.
15. Identify instances of conflict between a technological system and the natural environment in each area of technology, and demonstrate techniques for improving each instance of conflict.
16. Demonstrate a solution to a problem within each area of technology and identify needed and alternative resources to solve the problem.
17. Investigate the properties of various synthetic, raw and biological materials through testing and describe why materials are often chosen on the basis of their properties.
18. Demonstrate a functional technological system by substituting the use of different resources to optimize the results of the system within given constraints.
19. Demonstrate a variety of traditional and modern processes for converting materials within each area of technology.
20. Process information and communicate a message using graphic, photographic or electronic means.
21. Use information from data stored in a computer to solve a problem in a technological system.
22. Perform a variety of processes for converting energy within each area of technology.
23. Use a computer to apply computer software to verify the solution to a problem related to processing resources in a technological system.
24. Describe examples of open-loop and closed-loop systems in each area of technology using graphic illustrations.
25. Demonstrate how human and technological sensors are used to monitor the results of a technological process.
26. Assemble and operate a closed-loop technological system.
27. Use a computer to control a technological system.
28. Use techniques of extrapolating the effect of changes in society on the future to anticipate the consequences of a new technology.
29. Describe how technology has created new jobs and made other jobs obsolete.
30. Describe a local, national and global problem, propose alternative technological solutions to each problem and demonstrate a solution to one of the problems.
31. Draw and label a diagram depicting a systems approach to solving a problem in each area of technology.
32. Use a systems approach to solve a technological problem.
33. Use a computer to document progress toward reaching the optimal solution to a technological problem.
34. Demonstrate basic math skills and concepts regarding whole numbers, common fractions, decimal fractions and percents in the solution of a technological problem.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-93; A 5-27-92)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.444)
NAC 389.393 Home and career skills. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in home and career skills must include instruction designed to teach the pupil by the completion of the eighth grade to:
1. Describe how decisions are made.
2. Describe how different types of decisions differ with regard to frequency, level and complexity when given the opportunity to analyze typical activities of teenagers.
3. Explain how human needs, wants, values, goals and standards affect decision making when given a variety of life situations.
4. Apply the principles of making decisions to given life situations.
5. Apply the process of solving problems to a given life situation and select a solution from a group of alternatives.
6. Demonstrate how human and nonhuman resources can be used to accomplish a given task.
7. Apply the principles of management to demonstrate the interchangeable nature of resources.
8. Demonstrate the interrelationship among the skills of decision making, problem solving and management.
9. Relate self concept and factors which affect its formation and development to the pupil’s own situation.
10. Recognize that personal judgments of others are affected by appearance, behavior and gender.
11. Establish a goal for personal improvement.
12. Identify and resolve concerns common to adolescents.
13. Apply the skills of decision making, problem solving and management to attain a goal established for personal improvement.
14. Develop a plan to manage personal time that incorporates personal values, standards and goals.
15. Analyze the influence of peers and “significant others” on personal development.
16. Analyze the influence of the family on personal development.
17. Develop communication skills used in interpersonal relationships.
18. Recognize the adolescent’s role in providing for the needs of others who are dependent upon him.
19. Analyze how roles and responsibilities change in relation to personal development.
20. Identify the factors that influence the practices of the consumer.
21. Identify the rights and responsibilities of the consumer and the alternative choices that a consumer possesses regarding money, nutrition, wardrobe and the management of his personal environment.
22. Demonstrate skills related to comparative shopping.
23. Apply the principles of managing money to a personal spending plan.
24. Evaluate safe, efficient and profitable methods of saving money to manage personal resources.
25. Apply procedures that will protect personal money and avoid unnecessary risks.
26. Describe the significance of the cultural, social, psychological, biological, economic, political, global and leisure conditions which affect a person’s choice of food.
27. Evaluate dietary patterns to meet nutritional needs.
28. Apply the skills of decision making, problem solving and management to purchasing food and preparing meals.
29. Plan a wardrobe and accessories based on personal wants, values and finances.
30. Demonstrate care and maintenance of a personal wardrobe and accessories.
31. Describe the human need for personal privacy and the respect for the property of others.
32. Apply the skills of decision making, problem solving and management in selecting, using and maintaining living accommodations.
33. Identify the reasons for working, using descriptions of different work environments.
34. Identify characteristics of workers that contribute to individual and group success.
35. Predict the effects of technology and the changing roles of society on work and workers in the 21st century.
36. Apply the skills of decision making, problem solving and management to planning a career.
37. Determine alternative career interests and the suitability of entrepreneurship as a career choice.
38. Analyze factors that lead to the success of a small enterprise.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.442)
Instruction Through Eighth Grade: Schools Where Subjects Taught by Different Teachers
NAC 389.395 Required courses. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185) The following courses of study are required for the seventh and eighth grades where the subjects offered by the school are taught by different teachers:
1. Mathematics.
2. Science.
3. Social studies, which must include instruction in at least three of the following areas by completion of the eighth grade:
(a) Civics.
(b) Economics.
(c) The history of Nevada.
(d) The history of the United States.
(e) The geography of the world.
4. English language arts.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 1-26-90; 5-27-92; R076-99, 11-4-99; R074-00, 6-20-2000)
NAC 389.401 English language arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the beginning of the eighth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in English language arts offered in public schools. Instruction in the eighth grade in English language arts must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the eighth grade:
1. For the area of reading:
(a) Know and use skills and strategies of word analysis to comprehend new words encountered in text and to develop vocabulary, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Decipher words in text using structural analysis by applying knowledge of:
(I) Base words;
(II) Root words;
(III) Suffixes;
(IV) Prefixes;
(V) Syllables; and
(VI) Compound words;
(2) Comprehend, build and expand vocabulary using:
(I) Syntax;
(II) Parts of speech;
(III) Homographs;
(IV) Homophones;
(V) Synonyms;
(VI) Antonyms;
(VII) Clues from the context in which the word is being used; and
(VIII) Structural analysis;
(3) Apply alphabetical order to locate words in resources;
(4) Use resources to find and confirm the:
(I) Meaning of an unknown word encountered in a text;
(II) Origin of an unknown word;
(III) Greek root of a word; and
(IV) Latin root of a word;
(5) Evaluate the author’s use of the connotative and denotative meaning of a word in a text;
(6) Build vocabulary using pictures and symbols;
(7) Apply knowledge of content-specific vocabulary in a text to build comprehension; and
(8) Read aloud and silently with fluency and with a focus on:
(I) Prosody;
(II) Accuracy;
(III) Automaticity; and
(IV) Reading rate.
(b) Use skills and strategies of reading process to build comprehension, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Use prereading strategies which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Preview the text;
(II) Access prior knowledge;
(III) Build background knowledge;
(IV) Set the purpose for reading the text;
(V) Make predictions;
(VI) Determine the reading rate; and
(VII) Determine the type of text;
(2) Use strategies during the reading process which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Apply strategies of self-correction;
(II) Make, confirm and revise predictions;
(III) Understand and use key vocabulary;
(IV) Identify the main idea and supporting details;
(V) Make inferences;
(VI) Adjust the reading rate; and
(VII) Apply knowledge of the type of text; and
(3) Use strategies after completion of the reading which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Recall details;
(II) Restate main ideas;
(III) Organize information;
(IV) Record information;
(V) Synthesize the text;
(VI) Evaluate the text; and
(VII) Evaluate the effectiveness of the strategies of reading.
(c) Read literary texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate authors, cultures and time periods, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Analyze the setting;
(2) Analyze the development of the plot with a focus on:
(I) Climax;
(II) Resolution;
(III) The turning point;
(IV) Exposition;
(V) Rising action; and
(VI) Falling action;
(3) Describe:
(I) An internal conflict and an external conflict;
(II) The main plot and the subplots;
(III) The motivation for the actions of a character; and
(IV) The theme based on evidence from the text;
(4) Analyze:
(I) How one event may cause another event;
(II) Methods of characterization used by the author;
(III) How words and phrases create mood; and
(IV) The influence of historical events and cultures;
(5) Analyze the effect of the author’s use of:
(I) First-person point of view;
(II) Third-person limited point of view; and
(III) Third-person omniscient point of view;
(6) Analyze the author’s use of:
(I) Flashback;
(II) Foreshadowing;
(III) Sound devices;
(IV) Dialect;
(V) Slang;
(VI) Formal language; and
(VII) Informal language;
(7) Analyze the author’s use of and the purpose of imagery and figurative language;
(8) Explain:
(I) The author’s development of a character;
(II) A lesson learned based on the events or the actions of a character;
(III) How the use of a stylistic device creates tone and mood; and
(IV) The use of irony;
(9) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text about the:
(I) Setting;
(II) Plot; and
(III) Characters;
(10) Identify the effects of rhythm and rhyme on the text;
(11) Compare themes that relate to a single topic;
(12) Distinguish between the third-person limited point of view and the third-person omniscient point of view;
(13) With assistance, identify various types of irony;
(14) With assistance, analyze the influence of the work of an author on historical events;
(15) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;
(16) Make connections between the text and:
(I) The pupil;
(II) Other texts; and
(III) The world;
(17) Use information to answer specific questions;
(18) Summarize information;
(19) Synthesize information; and
(20) Paraphrase information.
(d) Read expository and persuasive texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate the texts for specific purposes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Evaluate information from:
(I) Illustrations;
(II) Graphs;
(III) Charts;
(IV) Titles;
(V) Text boxes;
(VI) Diagrams;
(VII) Headings;
(VIII) Maps;
(IX) Tables of content;
(X) Glossaries; and
(XI) Indices;
(2) Identify and explain the use of:
(I) Boldface type;
(II) Underlined type;
(III) Highlighted type;
(IV) Italicized type;
(V) Abbreviations;
(VI) Acronyms; and
(VII) Parenthetical expressions;
(3) Analyze the use of:
(I) Dialect;
(II) Slang;
(III) Informal and formal language;
(IV) Idioms;
(V) Figurative language; and
(VI) Analogies;
(4) Explain:
(I) How words and phrases reveal an author’s tone;
(II) How language clarifies ideas and concepts; and
(III) How language is used for persuasion and propaganda;
(5) Describe how an author uses concrete examples to explain abstract ideas;
(6) Describe the main idea based on evidence from the text;
(7) Compare themes relating to a single topic;
(8) Compare events;
(9) Evaluate:
(I) The impact of the sequential order of the text and the chronological order of the text;
(II) A cause and its effect on events and relationships;
(III) A problem and a solution to the problem;
(IV) Hypotheses based on information;
(V) The author’s use of facts and opinions; and
(VI) The author’s use of organizational structure;
(10) Make inferences about the cultural and historical viewpoints of the author;
(11) Make connections between the text and:
(I) The pupil;
(II) Other texts; and
(III) The world;
(12) Use information to answer specific questions;
(13) Summarize information;
(14) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;
(15) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text;
(16) Analyze:
(I) The accuracy of facts;
(II) The reasonableness and accuracy of evidence;
(III) The intended and unintended effects of techniques for persuasion and propaganda in various media;
(IV) The theme based on evidence from the text;
(V) The influence of historical events and culture; and
(VI) Information from one source by consulting other sources;
(17) Analyze the development of the argument, viewpoint or perspective of the author;
(18) Synthesize information;
(19) Paraphrase information;
(20) With assistance, synthesize information from two or more texts;
(21) With assistance, predict events and relationships if:
(I) The sequence is altered; and
(II) The chronological order is altered;
(22) Read and follow directions to complete a task or a procedure; and
(23) Evaluate directions to complete a task or a procedure for:
(I) Clarity;
(II) Format;
(III) Technical vocabulary; and
(IV) Text features.
2. For the area of writing:
(a) Write a variety of texts using the writing process, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Use prewriting strategies to plan written work;
(2) Choose and narrow a topic to organize ideas;
(3) Explore a topic to plan written work;
(4) Draft papers which contain more than one paragraph about a single topic and which:
(I) Are appropriate for the audience;
(II) Address the purpose;
(III) Contain an introduction;
(IV) Contain supporting details;
(V) Contain transitions; and
(VI) Contain a conclusion;
(5) Revise drafts:
(I) For organization;
(II) To focus ideas;
(III) For voice;
(IV) For appropriateness for the audience;
(V) For purpose;
(VI) For relevant details;
(VII) For word choice; and
(VIII) For sentence fluency;
(6) Edit essays and compositions to ensure correct spelling of high-frequency words and content words;
(7) Edit for proper capitalization;
(8) Edit punctuation for:
(I) Punctuation at the end of a sentence;
(II) Commas;
(III) Apostrophes;
(IV) Quotation marks;
(V) Abbreviations;
(VI) Colons;
(VII) Hyphens;
(VIII) Semicolons;
(IX) Parentheses; and
(X) Varied sentence structure;
(9) Edit for the correct use of:
(I) Nouns;
(II) Verbs;
(III) Pronouns;
(IV) Adjectives;
(V) Agreement between the subject and verb;
(VI) Verb tenses;
(VII) Adverbs;
(VIII) Clauses;
(IX) Phrases;
(X) Agreement between a pronoun and its antecedent; and
(XI) The pronoun case;
(10) Edit sentence structure:
(I) For complete sentences;
(II) To combine sentences, when combining is appropriate;
(III) For compound sentences;
(IV) For complex sentences; and
(V) For compound-complex sentences;
(11) Edit sentences to eliminate:
(I) Sentence fragments; and
(II) Run-on sentences;
(12) Select a format in which to publish a final draft that is appropriate to the audience and purpose; and
(13) Prepare a legible final draft to display or share.
(b) Write a variety of texts that inform, persuade, describe, evaluate, entertain or tell a story and are appropriate to purpose and audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Write essays and compositions which include:
(I) A topic sentence;
(II) Supporting details;
(III) A thesis statement;
(IV) Transitions;
(V) A beginning, a middle and an end; and
(VI) A concluding statement;
(2) Write essays and compositions that use various organizational structures and stylistic devices;
(3) Write papers which contain more than one paragraph about experiences and events appropriate to the purpose and the audience and which:
(I) Are arranged in a logical sequence;
(II) Include characters;
(III) Describe a setting;
(IV) Contain a plot;
(V) Contain dialogue;
(VI) Use figurative language; and
(VII) Use sensory details;
(4) Write:
(I) Poetry;
(II) Responses to text that make connections between the text and other texts, experiences or ideas;
(III) A variety of communications in a format appropriate for the type of communication; and
(IV) Persuasive essays and compositions appropriate to the audience and purpose;
(5) Write persuasive essays and compositions which include:
(I) A thesis statement;
(II) Supporting evidence;
(III) Relevant evidence;
(IV) A structure of cause and effect;
(V) Structures for addressing problems and solutions; and
(VI) Rhetorical strategies;
(6) Write directions to complete a task or a procedure with a focus on:
(I) Clarity;
(II) Format;
(III) Technical vocabulary; and
(IV) Text features;
(7) Write research papers by:
(I) Choosing and narrowing a research topic;
(II) Locating, collecting and analyzing information from primary and secondary sources;
(III) Recording information from sources used to prepare the research paper;
(IV) Paraphrasing and summarizing information;
(V) Organizing information collected by the pupil; and
(VI) Adhering to an established format to document and cite the sources from which information was obtained;
(8) With assistance, write:
(I) An analysis of an expository text that addresses the effectiveness of the writing technique; and
(II) A literary analysis;
(9) Evaluate the credibility of resources; and
(10) Demonstrate an understanding of the differences between original works and plagiarized works.
3. For the area of listening, listen to and evaluate oral communications for content, style, purpose of the speaker and appropriateness for the audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Listen for a variety of purposes, including, without limitation:
(1) To gain information;
(2) Entertainment; and
(3) To understand directions;
(b) Listen for and identify:
(1) The main idea;
(2) The purpose;
(3) The message;
(4) The mood;
(5) The tone; and
(6) Techniques of persuasion;
(c) Listen for and summarize ideas and supporting details;
(d) Listen to and evaluate oral communications for:
(1) Content;
(2) Delivery;
(3) Point of view;
(4) Ideas;
(5) Purpose; and
(6) Value;
(e) Listen for and evaluate the effect of the attitude of the speaker on the audience;
(f) Listen for and distinguish fact from opinion;
(g) Listen for and evaluate techniques for public speaking;
(h) Listen to and evaluate the logic of the arguments of the speaker;
(i) Expand vocabulary through listening;
(j) Listen for and identify:
(1) Dialect;
(2) Slang; and
(3) The use of formal and informal language;
(k) Listen for and distinguish between social and academic language;
(l) Actively listen to oral communications;
(m) Listen to and participate in conversations;
(n) Listen to and evaluate constructive feedback;
(o) Provide constructive feedback; and
(p) Focus attention to solve problems by identifying, synthesizing and evaluating data.
4. For the area of speaking, speak using organization, style, tone, voice and media aids appropriate to audience and purpose and participate in discussions to offer information, clarify ideas and support positions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Give directions to complete tasks or procedures with a focus on clarity and technical vocabulary;
(b) Ask questions to clarify directions;
(c) Use precise language to describe and elicit:
(1) Feelings;
(2) Experiences;
(3) Observations; and
(4) Ideas;
(d) Use standard English to communicate ideas;
(e) Use techniques for public speaking to deliver presentations which address the audience with appropriate:
(1) Volume;
(2) Eye contact;
(3) Enunciation;
(4) Posture;
(5) Expression;
(6) Purpose; and
(7) Prosody;
(f) Communicate information:
(1) While maintaining a clear focus;
(2) In a logical sequence; and
(3) By illustrating information using media aids;
(g) Communicate statements that express an opinion;
(h) Defend a position using logic and citing evidence which supports that position;
(i) Provide constructive feedback using established procedures;
(j) Respond to questions with evidence in support of an opinion;
(k) Ask relevant questions to generate possible solutions to a problem;
(l) Take a leadership role in conversations and discussions;
(m) Distinguish between relevant and irrelevant information; and
(n) Negotiate to arrive at a consensus by proposing and examining possible options.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R073-01, 11-1-2001; R102-07, 1-30-2008)
NAC 389.406 Mathematics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the eighth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in mathematics offered in public schools. Instruction in the eighth grade in mathematics must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the eighth grade:
1. For the areas of numbers, number sense and computation, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must accurately calculate and use estimation techniques, number relationships, operation rules and algorithms, and determine the reasonableness of answers and the accuracy of solutions. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Calculate with real numbers to solve problems in mathematical and practical situations;
(b) Compare and order real numbers, including, without limitation, powers of whole numbers, in mathematical and practical situations;
(c) Use estimation strategies to determine the reasonableness of answers in mathematical and practical situations;
(d) Represent numbers using scientific notation in mathematical and practical situations;
(e) Translate among fractions, decimals and percents, including, without limitation, percents greater than 100 and percents less than 1;
(f) Explain and use the relationship among equivalent representations of rational numbers in mathematical and practical situations;
(g) Identify perfect squares to 225 and their corresponding square roots;
(h) Use order of operations to solve equations in the real number system; and
(i) Identify and apply the identity property, inverse property and the absolute value of real numbers to solve problems.
2. For the areas of patterns, functions and algebra, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use various algebraic methods to analyze, illustrate, extend and create numerous representations, including, without limitation, words, numbers, tables, and graphs of patterns, functions and algebraic relations. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Describe how a change in the value of one variable affects the remaining variables in a mathematical relationship;
(b) Add and subtract binomials;
(c) Translate among verbal descriptions, graphic, tabular and algebraic representations of mathematical situations, with and without the assistance of technology;
(d) Find the missing term in a numerical sequence or a pictorial representation of a sequence;
(e) Evaluate formulas and algebraic expressions using rational numbers, with and without the assistance of technology;
(f) Solve and graphically represent equations and inequalities in one variable, including, without limitation, absolute value;
(g) Identify, model, describe and evaluate functions, with and without the assistance of technology;
(h) Solve linear equations and represent the solution graphically; and
(i) Solve inequalities and represent the solution on a number line.
3. For the area of measurement, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use appropriate tools and techniques of measurement to determine, estimate, record and verify direct and indirect measurements. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Demonstrate an understanding of precision, error of measure and tolerance in measurement when using the appropriate tool of measurement;
(b) Estimate and convert units of measure for mass and capacity using the same system of measurement, including the customary and metric systems;
(c) Identify how changes in a dimension of a figure effect changes in its perimeter, area and volume;
(d) Calculate percents in monetary problems; and
(e) Apply ratios and proportions to calculate rates and solve mathematical and practical problems using indirect measure.
4. For the areas of spatial relationships, logic and geometry, to solve problems, communicate and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must identify, represent, verify and apply spatial relationships and geometric properties. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Apply the properties of equality and proportionality to congruent or similar shapes;
(b) Verify and explain the Pythagorean Theorem using a variety of methods;
(c) Construct geometric figures using a variety of tools;
(d) Find and use the sum of the measures of interior angles of polygons;
(e) Demonstrate dilation using coordinate geometry and models;
(f) Describe the relationship between an original figure and its transformation or dilation;
(g) Calculate slope, midpoint and distance using equations and formulas, with and without the assistance of technology;
(h) Determine the x- and y- intercepts of a line;
(i) Form generalizations and validate conclusions about geometric figures and their properties;
(j) Determine the measure of the missing side of a right triangle; and
(k) Represent logical relationships using conditional statements.
5. For the area of data analysis, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must collect, organize, display, interpret and analyze data to determine statistical relationships and probability projections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Organize, display and read data, with and without the assistance of technology, by using box and whisker plots;
(b) Differentiate between the probability of an event and the odds of an event;
(c) Determine the number of combinations possible in mathematical and practical situations;
(d) Evaluate the accuracy and validity of statistical arguments based on data analysis;
(e) Formulate reasonable inferences and predictions based on interpolations and extrapolations of data to solve practical problems;
(f) Formulate questions and design a study that guides the collection of data;
(g) Select and apply appropriate measures of data distribution using interquartile range and central tendency; and
(h) Distinguish between permutations and combinations.
6. For the area of problem solving, to develop the ability to solve problems, a pupil must engage in developmentally appropriate opportunities for problem solving in which there is a need to use various approaches to investigate and understand mathematical concepts to formulate problems, find solutions to problems, develop and apply strategies to solve problems, and integrate mathematical reasoning, communication and connections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Generalize solutions and apply previous knowledge to new problem-solving situations;
(b) Determine an efficient problem-solving strategy and verify, interpret and evaluate the results with respect to the original problem;
(c) Apply problem-solving strategies until a solution is found or it is clear that no solution exists;
(d) Interpret and solve a variety of mathematical problems by paraphrasing;
(e) Identify necessary and extraneous information;
(f) Check the reasonableness of a solution; and
(g) Apply technology as a tool in problem-solving situations.
7. For the area of mathematical communication, to develop the ability to communicate mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to obtain information in everyday life by reading, listening and observing to translate information into mathematical language and symbols, process information mathematically, discuss and exchange ideas about mathematics as part of learning, read various fiction and nonfiction texts to learn about mathematics and present the results in written, oral and visual formats. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Use formulas, algorithms, inquiry and other techniques to solve mathematical problems;
(b) Evaluate written and oral presentations in mathematics;
(c) Identify and translate key words and phrases that imply mathematical operations;
(d) Model and explain mathematical relationships using oral, written, graphic and algebraic methods; and
(e) Communicate strategies and solutions to mathematical problems using oral and written expression of everyday language.
8. For the area of mathematical reasoning, to develop the ability to reason mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to investigate mathematical ideas and construct his own learning in all content areas to reinforce and extend his ability to reason logically, reflect on, clarify and justify his thinking, ask questions to extend his learning, use patterns and relationships to analyze mathematical situations, and determine relevant, irrelevant and sufficient information to solve mathematical problems. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Recognize and apply inductive and deductive reasoning;
(b) Review and refine the assumptions and steps used to derive conclusions in mathematical arguments; and
(c) Justify answers and the steps taken to solve problems with and without manipulatives and physical models.
9. For the area of mathematical connections, to develop the ability to make mathematical connections, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to view mathematics as an integrated whole, including linking new concepts to prior knowledge, identifying relationships between content strands and integrating mathematics with other disciplines, thereby allowing the flexibility to approach problems in a variety of ways within and beyond the field of mathematics. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Use mathematical ideas from one area of mathematics to explain an idea from another area of mathematics;
(b) Use manipulatives and physical models to explain the relationships between concepts and procedures;
(c) Use the connections among mathematical topics to develop multiple approaches to problems;
(d) Apply mathematical thinking and modeling to solve problems that arise in other disciplines, including, without limitation, rhythm in music and motion in science; and
(e) Identify, explain and apply mathematics in everyday life.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R073-01, 11-1-2001; R155-06, 9-18-2006)
NAC 389.411 Science. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the eighth grade, pupils must understand, know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in science offered in public schools. Instruction in the sixth grade through the eighth grade in science must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards by the completion of the eighth grade:
1. For the area of science inquiry:
(a) Understand that scientific knowledge requires critical consideration of verifiable evidence which is obtained from scientific inquiry and appropriate investigation;
(b) Know how to identify and critically evaluate information in data, tables and graphs;
(c) Know how to critically evaluate information to distinguish between scientific fact and opinion;
(d) Know that various explanations can be made for the same evidence;
(e) Know how to design and conduct a controlled experiment;
(f) Know how to use appropriate technology and laboratory procedures safely to observe, measure, record and analyze data; and
(g) Know that scientific inquiry includes, without limitation, evaluation of the results of scientific investigations, experiments, observations, theoretical and mathematical models and explanations proposed by other scientists.
2. For the areas of science, technology and society:
(a) Understand the interactions and relationships between science and society in a world which is constantly changing;
(b) Understand that technology can cause various consequences to the environment, including, without limitation:
(1) The depletion of environmental resources and degradation to the environment; and
(2) An increase in the availability of environmental resources, the mitigation of degradation to the environment and the use of new resources in a more economical manner; and
(c) Know that scientific knowledge is revised through a process of incorporating new evidence which is obtained through ongoing scientific research, investigation and collaborative discussion.
3. For the area of matter:
(a) Understand the properties of matter and the changes that can occur to the properties of matter;
(b) Know that matter is made up of tiny particles called atoms;
(c) Know that a substance which contains only one kind of atom is an element that cannot be broken into smaller pieces by normal laboratory processes;
(d) Know that atoms combine to form molecules;
(e) Know that a compound is formed when two or more different kinds of atoms are chemically bonded together;
(f) Know that the particles of the same matter are arranged differently based upon whether the matter is a solid, liquid or gas;
(g) Know that elements can be arranged in the periodic table in a manner which shows repeating patterns that group certain elements with similar properties;
(h) Know the characteristics of electrons, protons and neutrons;
(i) Know methods for separating mixtures based on the properties of the components; and
(j) Know that mass is conserved in physical and chemical changes.
4. For the areas of force and motion:
(a) Understand that the position and motion of an object depend on the forces acting on the object;
(b) Know the effect that balanced and unbalanced forces have on the motion of an object;
(c) Know that electric currents can produce magnetic forces and that magnets can cause electric currents; and
(d) Know that every object exerts a gravitational force on every other object and that the magnitude of the gravitational force depends on the mass of the objects and the distance between the objects.
5. For the area of energy:
(a) Understand how energy is transferred;
(b) Know that light which is visible is a narrow band within the electromagnetic spectrum;
(c) Know that vibrations, including, without limitation, sound and earthquakes:
(1) Move at various speeds in different materials;
(2) Have different wavelengths; and
(3) Create disturbances in a wavy pattern that spread away from the source of the vibration in a uniform manner;
(d) Know that physical, chemical and nuclear changes involve a transfer of energy;
(e) Know that energy can only be changed from one form to another and cannot be created or destroyed through a chemical or physical reaction;
(f) Know that energy which is produced from heat flows from warmer materials or regions to cooler materials or regions through the process of conduction, convection or radiation; and
(g) Know that heat, light, sound and other chemical changes can be produced by transferring electrical energy through electrical circuits.
6. For the area of heredity:
(a) Understand the role of genetic information in the continuation of a species;
(b) Know that heredity is the passage of genetic instructions from one generation to the next generation;
(c) Know that changes in the genes of an egg or sperm can cause changes in the characteristics which are inherited;
(d) Know that specific organisms can be bred to produce specific characteristics; and
(e) Know that certain characteristics of an organism are caused by interaction with the environment and genetic information.
7. For the area of the structure of life:
(a) Understand that all living things are composed of cells, which are the fundamental units of life;
(b) Understand that multicellular organisms have specialized cells which perform a variety of life functions;
(c) Know that a cell can grow, divide and take in nutrients which are used to provide energy for the cell to function;
(d) Know that certain organisms are composed of only one cell and that multicellular organisms can consist of millions of cells which work together to allow the organism to function;
(e) Know that tissues, organs and organ systems work together to perform the functions of life and that:
(1) Tissue can be formed when cells combine; and
(2) Organs and systems of organs can be formed when tissues combine; and
(f) Know that disease can result from defects in certain systems of the body or from damage caused by certain infections.
8. For the area of organisms and their environment:
(a) Understand various interactions between living and nonliving components of various ecosystems;
(b) Know how matter and energy are transferred through food webs in an ecosystem;
(c) Know how to characterize an organism in an ecosystem based on the functions of the organism;
(d) Know how to evaluate whether changes in the environment of an organism can be beneficial or harmful; and
(e) Know that interrelated factors affect the number and type of organisms an ecosystem can support.
9. For the area of the diversity of life:
(a) Understand that living things change over time and contribute to the variety of organisms existing on the earth;
(b) Know that a species can be identified and classified based upon its characteristics;
(c) Know that fossils provide evidence of how life and environmental conditions have changed throughout geological time; and
(d) Know that the behavior of an organism is based on experience and the evolutionary history of the species of the organism.
10. For the areas of the atmospheric processes and the cycle of water:
(a) Understand the relationship between the atmosphere, topography, weather and climate of the earth;
(b) Know that seasons are caused by variations in the amounts of the energy transferred from the sun to the surface of the earth based on the axial tilt of the earth;
(c) Know how the processes involved in the cycle of water affect patterns in the climate;
(d) Know the properties that make water an essential component of various systems of the earth;
(e) Understand the composition of the atmosphere of the earth, with an emphasis on the role of the atmosphere in the weather and climate of the earth;
(f) Know the difference between local weather and regional climates; and
(g) Know the topography of the earth and the patterns of global and local atmospheric movement which influence local weather and which occur primarily in the lower atmosphere.
11. For the area of the solar system and the universe:
(a) Understand the characteristics of the solar system which is part of the Milky Way Galaxy, including, without limitation, the characteristics of the planets in the solar system;
(b) Know that the universe contains many billions of galaxies and each galaxy contains many billions of stars;
(c) Know that the solar system includes, without limitation, a great variety of planetary moons, asteroids and comets;
(d) Know that the earth is part of the solar system located within the Milky Way Galaxy;
(e) Know that the sun is many thousands of times closer to the earth than any other star and billions of times closer to the earth than the farthest end of the Milky Way Galaxy;
(f) Know that the sun is a star in the Milky Way Galaxy which is medium in size in relation to other stars in the Milky Way Galaxy, part of which can be seen as a glowing band of light which spans across the sky; and
(g) Know that regular and predictable patterns of movement by the earth around the sun and by the moon around the earth explain certain phenomena, including, without limitation, the day, the year, phases of the moon and eclipses.
12. For the area of the composition and structure of the earth:
(a) Understand that landforms result from a combination of constructive and destructive processes;
(b) Know that sedimentary rocks and fossils provide evidence of changing environments and the constancy of geological processes;
(c) Know that rocks at the surface of the earth can weather and form sediments that are buried, compacted, heated and recrystallized into new rock;
(d) Know that the earth is composed of:
(1) A continental and oceanic crust;
(2) A mantle which contains hot convection currents; and
(3) A dense metallic core;
(e) Know that the very slow movement of large crustal plates results in geological events;
(f) Know that geological processes produce state and regional topography;
(g) Know that minerals have different properties and different distributions according to how they form;
(h) Know the characteristics, amounts and locations of renewable and nonrenewable resources found in Nevada; and
(i) Know that soil:
(1) Has various properties, including, without limitation, color, texture and the amount of water the soil can retain; and
(2) Provides nutrients for life in accordance with the manner in which the living thing is formed.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R041-05, 10-31-2005)
Elective Courses in Sixth, Seventh and Eighth Grades
NAC 389.443 The arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) Each pupil who elects to take a class in the arts in the sixth, seventh or eighth grade must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for the elected course of study that is offered in the public elementary schools. Instruction in the arts in the sixth, seventh or eighth grade must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards of performance by the completion of the eighth grade:
1. For the area of music:
(a) Sing a varied repertoire of music alone and with others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to sing:
(1) With expression, technical accuracy, good breath control and correct intonation, articulation and rhythm throughout the singing ranges of the pupil while singing alone and with others;
(2) In small and large ensembles while following a conductor; and
(3) A repertoire in two and three parts, with and without accompaniment, maintaining his own part.
(b) Perform a varied repertoire of music on instruments alone and with others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to play:
(1) With expression, technical accuracy and appropriate ensemble skills on at least one instrument and with a varied repertoire with a level of musical difficulty of 2 in small and large ensembles while following a conductor;
(2) A mixed-meter repertoire, making a smooth transition from one meter to another; and
(3) Diverse genres with stylistic accuracy and appropriate expression.
(c) Improvise melodies, variations and accompaniments as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to improvise:
(1) Simple musical phrases in a given key;
(2) Simple harmonies in a given key; and
(3) Melodic and rhythmic embellishments on given pentatonic melodies.
(d) Compose and arrange music within specified guidelines as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Compose short pieces of music in groups using the elements of music; and
(2) Arrange simple pieces of music for voices or instruments.
(e) Read and notate music as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Read whole, half, quarter, eighth, sixteenth and dotted notes and rests in various meters through speaking or body percussion in two or three parts;
(2) Read simple melodies in clefs that are appropriate for the pupil;
(3) Apply standard symbols of music within the context of the repertoire with a level of musical difficulty of 2;
(4) Sight-read music with technical accuracy and expression and with a level of musical difficulty of 1; and
(5) Use standard notation to record simple musical ideas.
(f) Listen to, analyze and describe music as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Apply knowledge of rhythm, melody and musical forms to aural examples using musical terminology that is appropriate; and
(2) Describe the uses of the elements of music in aural examples representing diverse genres and cultures.
(g) Evaluate music and musical performances as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Develop musical criteria for evaluating the quality and effectiveness of performances and compositions; and
(2) Evaluate the quality of his own performance and composition and the performances and compositions of others and offer justification for his evaluation.
(h) Demonstrate relationships between music, the other arts and disciplines outside the arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to compare:
(1) Similar themes found in music and other art forms; and
(2) Concepts common to music and other disciplines outside the arts.
(i) Demonstrate knowledge of the historical periods and cultural diversity of music, including, without limitation, the ability to discuss:
(1) Distinguishing characteristics of styles of music from various historical periods and cultures; and
(2) The roles of musicians and the conditions under which they perform in several cultures of the world and in various historical periods.
2. For the area of theater:
(a) Understand the components of theatrical production, including, without limitation, scriptwriting, directing and production as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Create an original script that is properly formatted, incorporating a cast of characters, prop list, costume list, simple stage directions and technical needs;
(2) Use vocabulary that is appropriate for stage directing to direct actors or to be directed on stage;
(3) Explain the roles and responsibilities of the various personnel involved in a stage production;
(4) Explain the intention of the playwright in a play;
(5) Design and create a program and one of the following promotional materials for production:
(I) Posters;
(II) Flyers;
(III) Tickets; or
(IV) Public service announcements;
(6) Work in a group and in a safe manner to design and construct a unit set for a production;
(7) Design and assemble all the props, costumes and makeup for characters with attention to age, culture and overall interpretation of a production;
(8) Describe simple sound and lighting effects for any dramatized event; and
(9) Implement specific sound effects and suggested lighting conditions for a dramatized event.
(b) Understand and demonstrate the role of the actor in the theater as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Examine the text to determine logically the actions and intentions of a character;
(2) Use basic acting skills, including, without limitation, focus, concentration, breathing and vocal techniques, memory and sensory recall, and physical movement; and
(3) Portray characters that are believable to an audience in informal productions.
(c) Apply and demonstrate critical and creative thinking skills in theater, film, television and electronic media as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Write a review of a dramatized production that addresses two or more of the elements of theater;
(2) Present through any artistic media a clear representation of the emotional impact on an audience of the visual, aural or kinesthetic elements of a performance; and
(3) In most instances, differentiate between farce, satire, high and low comedy, and epic tragedy.
(d) Recognize and explain how theatrical experiences contribute to a better understanding of history, culture and human relationships as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Cite two examples from theater that give historical and cultural information; and
(2) Give reasons for conflicts among characters.
(e) Make connections between theater and other academic disciplines as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Find common components used in at least two works from two of the three areas of the arts and explain how they relate to one another;
(2) Identify and explain the roots of theater in western civilization; and
(3) Describe how three scientific advances have improved dramatic events.
3. For the area of visual arts:
(a) Know and apply media, techniques and processes for developing visual arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Compare and contrast the use of media, techniques and processes in works of visual art;
(2) Give purposeful responses to the use of media, technique and processes; and
(3) Communicate ideas and experiences through the works of visual art of the pupil using media, techniques and processes.
(b) Use knowledge of characteristics, purposes and functions of the visual arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Define and evaluate the effects of visual characteristics in works of visual art;
(2) Define and evaluate the effects of purposes in works of visual art;
(3) Discuss the effectiveness of visual characteristics, purposes and functions in works of visual art; and
(4) Use various visual characteristics to communicate original ideas in the works of visual art of the pupil.
(c) Choose, apply and evaluate a range of subject matter, symbols and ideas as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Discuss the visual, spatial, temporal and formal aspects of a work of visual art as it relates to history and culture;
(2) Plan and create an original work of visual art that uses subject matter, symbols and ideas which demonstrate knowledge of culture; and
(3) Discuss in groups whether subject matter, symbols and ideas successfully convey an intended result to the audience.
(d) Understand the visual arts in relation to history and culture as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Discover and organize visual characteristics of selected works of visual art with regard to history and culture;
(2) Describe and discuss the purposes and meanings of works of visual art from various cultures, times and places; and
(3) Create a work of visual art based on cultural research that shows how time and place influence visual characteristics of the work.
(e) Analyze and assess characteristics, merits and meaning in his own works of visual art and the works of others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain works of visual art based on themes, styles, purposes and subject matter;
(2) Compare and contrast the degrees of merit in works of visual art;
(3) Analyze and generate new interpretations of works of visual art; and
(4) Develop and explain, with guidance from the teacher, an aesthetic position and use it to critique a work of visual art.
(f) Demonstrate relationships between the visual arts, the other arts and disciplines outside the arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain how the principles of the visual arts are similar to principles of other disciplines;
(2) Discover and explain the relationships between the visual arts and other arts in terms of principles and subject matter; and
(3) Create a work of visual art that reflects principles common to the arts and multiple disciplines.
4. As used in this section:
(a) “High comedy” means farce and satirical forms of comedy.
(b) “Low comedy” means burlesque and slapstick forms of comedy.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)
Requirements for Promotion to High School
NAC 389.445 Required units of credit; pupils with disabilities; pupils who transfer between schools; recognition of certain programs of homeschool study. (NRS 385.080, 392.033)
1. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 6, a pupil who enrolls in a junior high or middle school for the 1999-2000 school year must earn at least the following units of credit during the seventh and eighth grades for promotion to high school:
(a) One unit of credit in language with a passing grade; and
(b) One unit of credit in mathematics with a passing grade.
2. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 6, a pupil who enrolls in a junior high or middle school after the 1999-2000 school year and who enrolls in the seventh grade before the 2008-2009 school year must earn at least the following units of credit during the seventh and eighth grades for promotion to high school:
(a) One and one-half units of credit in language with a passing grade; and
(b) One and one-half units of credit in mathematics with a passing grade.
3. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 6, a pupil who enrolls in the seventh grade for the 2008-2009 school year or after must earn at least the following units of credit during the seventh and eighth grades for promotion to high school:
(a) One and one-half units of credit in English with a passing grade;
(b) One and one-half units of credit in mathematics with a passing grade;
(c) One unit of credit in science with a passing grade; and
(d) One unit of credit in social studies with a passing grade.
4. A pupil may apply units of credit toward promotion to high school if he earned the units of credit:
(a) At a public or private junior high or middle school located in this State.
(b) At a public or private junior high or middle school located outside of this State if the school district approves a transfer of the units in accordance with the procedure adopted by the board of trustees of the school district pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 392.033.
(c) At the Nevada Youth Training Center or the Caliente Youth Center.
(d) During summer school in courses offered by a public or private junior high or middle school. Such units must be earned in courses which are equivalent to the courses offered in the programs of the junior high or middle school in which the pupil is enrolled.
(e) While being homeschooled in this State or homeschooled outside of this State if the school district approves the units in accordance with NRS 392.033.
5. If a pupil earns units of credit for sectarian religious courses, he may not apply those units toward promotion to high school.
6. A pupil with a disability who is enrolled in a program of special education may be promoted to high school if he meets the requirements for promotion to high school that are prescribed in his individualized educational program.
7. If a pupil transfers to a junior high or middle school from a junior high or middle school in this State or from a school outside of this State, the courses of study and units of credit completed by the pupil before he transferred must be evaluated by the school district that the pupil transfers to in accordance with the procedure adopted by the board of trustees of the school district pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 392.033.
8. For purposes of paragraph (a) of subsection 5 of NRS 392.033, the board of trustees of a school district may consider recognition of the programs of homeschool study accredited by the following national or regional accrediting associations:
(a) Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools;
(b) New England Association of Schools and Colleges;
(c) North Central Association of Colleges and Schools;
(d) Northwest Association of Accredited Schools;
(e) Southern Association of Colleges and Schools;
(f) Western Association of Schools and Colleges;
(g) Commission on International and Trans-Regional Accreditation; or
(h) Any other national or regional accrediting association recognized by the board of trustees of the school district.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R064-98, eff. 9-9-98; A by R076-99, 11-4-99; R015-06, 9-18-2007; R154-07, 1-30-2008)
MIDDLE SCHOOL OR JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL
NAC 389.447 Foreign language. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course in a foreign language offered as an elective course in a public middle school or junior high school through the ninth grade must, in addition to the requirements set forth in NAC 389.2945 and subject to the experience of the pupils with the foreign language in kindergarten through the eighth grade, include instruction designed to teach the pupil by the completion of the ninth grade to:
1. Engage in conversations, provide information, express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions in the foreign language by:
(a) Talking and writing about activities of daily life using memorized phrases, short sentences, numbers, dates, times and other basic thematic vocabulary.
(b) Giving and following simple oral and written instructions and commands using visual cues when appropriate.
(c) Recognizing commonly used verbs and phrases in discussions about past and future events.
(d) Participating in structured conversations on a variety of topics, including, without limitation, state of being and feelings.
(e) Making simple oral and written requests.
(f) Telling and writing a simple narrative about a personal experience or event in the present tense.
(g) Restating in the present tense, with assistance, what another person has said.
(h) Recognizing the standard rules of usage and grammar.
(i) Demonstrating accuracy in the imitation of modeled words.
(j) Demonstrating occasional creativity in the production of language.
(k) Asking and responding to basic questions.
(l) Using appropriate expressions and gestures of courtesy.
2. Understand and interpret written and spoken material in the foreign language on a variety of topics by:
(a) Recognizing a sound with its corresponding letter or symbol.
(b) Comprehending written and spoken numbers, dates, times and other basic thematic vocabulary.
(c) Reading and comprehending phrases, short sentences, brief written directions and simple narratives.
(d) Writing numbers, dates, times and other basic thematic vocabulary.
3. Use familiar thematic words and phrases by performing skits, puppet shows or dialogues.
4. Understand the relationship between the practices and perspectives of the culture studied by:
(a) Identifying the manner in which important traditions, events and holidays are celebrated in the culture.
(b) Recognizing various forms of communications in the culture, including gestures, body language, dance, art and music.
(c) Identifying the important persons, holidays, geography and history of the culture.
5. Understand the relationship between the products and perspectives of the culture studied by:
(a) Understanding the messages found in highly contextualized materials, including, without limitation, signs and posters.
(b) Identifying the artistic achievements and contributions of the culture.
(c) Recognizing certain unique products of the culture.
6. Understand other disciplines by using the foreign language to read, write and discuss familiar topics studied in other courses.
7. Understand the nature of language through comparisons of the foreign language with the pupil’s language by:
(a) Recognizing cognates, adopted words and expressions, and word families.
(b) Demonstrating that languages have important sound distinctions that must be mastered to communicate meaning.
(c) Analyzing and comparing the writing systems of both languages.
(d) Comparing and using language and grammatical patterns.
8. Understand the cultural differences and similarities between the culture studied and the pupil’s culture by demonstrating that there are culturally specific phrases and idioms that do not translate directly from one language to another.
9. Use the foreign language in and outside of school by reporting about the use of the foreign language outside the classroom.
10. Develop an interest in continuing the study of the foreign language for personal enjoyment and enrichment by planning a real or imaginary trip to a country in which the foreign language is spoken and collecting information concerning travel to that country and careers that require the use of that foreign language.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R065-97, eff. 12-10-97; A by R164-99, 2-16-2000)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.3925)
HIGH SCHOOL
Required Courses of Study
NAC 389.450 Prescribed courses of study for graduation. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 388.360, 389.0185) In addition to the courses of study required in chapter 389 of NRS, the State Board of Education prescribes the following courses of study for graduation from a public high school:
1. Arts and humanities, or career and technical education;
2. Health education;
3. English;
4. Mathematics, which may include the following courses of study:
(a) Basic mathematics;
(b) Mathematics for everyday living;
(c) Prealgebra;
(d) Algebra I;
(e) Geometry;
(f) Algebra II;
(g) Trigonometry;
(h) Analytic geometry;
(i) Precalculus;
(j) Calculus; and
(k) Probability and statistics;
5. Physical education or personal fitness;
6. Science, which may include the following courses of study:
(a) Life science;
(b) Earth science;
(c) Physical science;
(d) Environmental science; and
(e) General science;
7. Use of computers, which may include the following courses of study:
(a) Accounting and computing;
(b) Processing business information;
(c) Word processing;
(d) Introduction to computers;
(e) Application of computers; and
(f) Science of computers; and
8. Academic achievement, career exploration, and personal and social development.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A 5-4-87; 5-19-88; 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92; 3-27-92, eff. 9-1-92; 10-8-93; R061-02, 9-6-2002; R010-03, 10-30-2003; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006)
NAC 389.452 Arts and humanities. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185) The required course of study in arts and humanities may be one of the following:
1. Visual arts.
2. Music.
3. Theater.
4. Foreign language, as set forth in NAC 389.570, in the third, fourth and fifth years of instruction.
5. Other courses which are submitted to and approved by the State Board of Education, which may include the following:
(a) American literature.
(b) Mythology.
(c) The novel.
(d) Shakespearean literature.
(e) The short story.
(f) Modern literature.
(g) English literature.
(h) World literature.
(i) Creative writing.
(j) The history of man.
(k) Psychology.
(l) Creative thinking.
(m) Humanities.
(n) Sociology.
(o) Cultural anthropology.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 5-19-88; R073-00, 6-20-2000)
NAC 389.455 Health. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the 12th grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in health offered in public schools. Instruction in the 12th grade in health must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the 12th grade:
1. Comprehend concepts related to the promotion of health and the prevention of disease, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Identify patterns of behavior that may precede violent acts and ways to intervene;
(b) Analyze effective communication skills in a variety of situations;
(c) Describe how the use of alcohol, tobacco and other drugs would cause problems in his activities and relationships in the present and in the future, and suggest drug-free alternatives to the use of alcohol, tobacco and other drugs;
(d) Explain individual responsibility for the prevention of violence;
(e) Describe the causes of common infectious and noninfectious diseases, and methods of preventing and controlling the spread of those diseases;
(f) Analyze the relationship between nutrients, food selection, energy intake and emotional and physical health;
(g) Examine the relationship between food fads, cultural norms, dieting behavior and health;
(h) Use the basic food groups to develop meal plans which demonstrate variety, balance and moderation;
(i) Evaluate the reliability of health information;
(j) Analyze the misrepresentation of information concerning health in advertising;
(k) Judge and evaluate various emergency care situations and apply the appropriate first-aid assistance;
(l) Explain the steps which the pupil would take to obtain assistance for a friend or a member of his family who shows the warning signs of suicide; and
(m) Use effective discussion and problem-solving skills in practice situations.
2. Access valid health information and health-promoting products and services, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to investigate items of health information for scientific and statistical validity.
3. Practice health-enhancing behaviors and reduce health risks, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Identify two personal risk behaviors that can lead to suicide, or to the use of alcohol or drugs;
(b) Analyze the effectiveness of various techniques of stress management; and
(c) Develop an independent life-long health maintenance plan.
4. Analyze the influence of culture, media, technology and other factors on health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Analyze diseases which are specific to a particular culture and how those diseases challenge and threaten health; and
(b) Identify chronic diseases and evaluate the impact of technological advances in the treatment, prevention and possible cure of those diseases.
5. Use interpersonal communication skills to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Role-play passive, assertive and aggressive communication;
(b) Compare and contrast passive, assertive and aggressive methods of communication in terms of intent, style and gender; and
(c) Role-play techniques for refusing peers that demonstrate the ability to maintain control and keep friends under emotional circumstances.
6. Use goal-setting and decision-making skills to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Identify personal behaviors that increase the risk of disease and develop a plan to minimize those behaviors;
(b) Identify the continuum of adolescent use and abuse of, and dependency on, drugs, alcohol and tobacco, including, without limitation, identifying the early warning signs of substance abuse or behaviors that signal potential chemical dependency in himself or other persons;
(c) Describe how the use of drugs would cause problems in the present and in the future, and suggest alternative activities and behaviors which do not include the use of drugs;
(d) Explain the importance of preventive and remedial actions as those actions relate to health care; and
(e) Identify situations when community resources should be used for purposes relating to health care.
7. Advocate for personal, family and community health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Describe procedures for intervention that may be followed in seeking assistance for himself or for other persons if the pupil suspects that he or the other person has a problem with substance abuse or chemical dependency;
(b) Identify the various ways that a person can recover from a chemical dependency, including, without limitation, a 12-step model originated through a program known as Alcoholics Anonymous;
(c) Describe the dynamics of living in a family in which a member of the family has a chemical dependency, and list important strategies for successfully living in such a family;
(d) Identify personal feelings and attitudes concerning drug-related issues and demonstrate the ability to use a variety of techniques for refusing peers to stay in control and out of trouble when the individual value system of the pupil is threatened;
(e) Identify available health organizations and services;
(f) Investigate ways to pay for the cost of health care; and
(g) Prepare a report on a specific health issue which includes a description of how law and policies impact that health issue.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R032-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000)
NAC 389.461 English language arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the beginning of high school, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in English language arts offered in public schools. Instruction in high school in English language arts must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of high school:
1. For the area of reading:
(a) Know and use skills and strategies of word analysis to comprehend new words encountered in text and to develop vocabulary, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Decipher words in text using structural analysis by applying knowledge of:
(I) Base words;
(II) Root words;
(III) Suffixes;
(IV) Prefixes;
(V) Syllables; and
(VI) Compound words;
(2) Comprehend, build and expand vocabulary using:
(I) Syntax;
(II) Parts of speech;
(III) Homographs;
(IV) Homophones;
(V) Synonyms;
(VI) Antonyms;
(VII) Clues from the context in which the word is being used; and
(VIII) Structural analysis;
(3) Apply alphabetical order to locate a word in a resource;
(4) Use resources to find and confirm the:
(I) Meaning of an unknown word encountered in a text;
(II) Origin of a word;
(III) Greek root of a word; and
(IV) Latin root of a word;
(5) Evaluate the author’s use of the connotative and denotative meaning of a word in a text;
(6) Build vocabulary using pictures and symbols;
(7) Apply knowledge of content-specific vocabulary in a text to build comprehension; and
(8) Read aloud and silently with fluency and with a focus on:
(I) Prosody;
(II) Accuracy;
(III) Automaticity; and
(IV) Reading rate.
(b) Use skills and strategies of reading process to build comprehension, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Use prereading strategies which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Preview the text;
(II) Access prior knowledge;
(III) Build background knowledge;
(IV) Set the purpose for reading the text;
(V) Make predictions;
(VI) Determine the reading rate; and
(VII) Determine the type of text;
(2) Use strategies during the reading process which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Apply strategies of self-correction;
(II) Make, confirm and revise predictions;
(III) Understand and use key vocabulary;
(IV) Identify the main idea and supporting details;
(V) Make inferences;
(VI) Adjust the reading rate; and
(VII) Apply knowledge of the type of text; and
(3) Use strategies after completion of the reading which are based on the text and the purpose to:
(I) Recall details;
(II) Restate main ideas;
(III) Organize information;
(IV) Record information;
(V) Synthesize the text;
(VI) Evaluate the text; and
(VII) Evaluate the effectiveness of the strategies of reading.
(c) Read literary texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate authors, cultures and time periods, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Analyze the setting;
(2) Analyze the development of the plot with a focus on:
(I) Climax;
(II) Resolution;
(III) The turning point;
(IV) Exposition;
(V) Rising action; and
(VI) Falling action;
(3) Describe:
(I) An internal conflict and an external conflict;
(II) The main plot and the subplots; and
(III) The motivation for the actions of a character;
(4) Analyze:
(I) How one event may cause another event;
(II) The development of the characters in the text;
(III) The influence of historical events and cultures; and
(IV) The theme based on evidence from the text;
(5) Evaluate methods of characterization used by the author;
(6) Evaluate the effect of the author’s use of:
(I) First-person point of view;
(II) Third-person limited point of view; and
(III) Third-person omniscient point of view;
(7) Evaluate the use and purpose of:
(I) Imagery;
(II) Figurative language;
(III) Sound devices;
(IV) Dialect;
(V) Slang;
(VI) Formal language; and
(VII) Informal language;
(8) Analyze the author’s use of:
(I) Flashback;
(II) Foreshadowing; and
(III) Various types of irony;
(9) Explain:
(I) A lesson learned based on the events or the actions of a character; and
(II) The use of irony;
(10) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text about the:
(I) Setting;
(II) Plot; and
(III) Characters;
(11) Identify the effects of rhythm and rhyme on the text;
(12) Compare themes that relate to a single topic;
(13) Distinguish between the third-person limited point of view and the third-person omniscient point of view;
(14) Evaluate the use of stylistic devices to create tone and mood;
(15) Compare the use of stylistic devices to create mood;
(16) Analyze the influence of the work of an author on historical events;
(17) Analyze the influence of historical events and culture on the work of an author;
(18) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;
(19) Make connections between the text and:
(I) The pupil;
(II) Other texts; and
(III) The world;
(20) Use information to answer specific questions;
(21) Summarize information;
(22) Synthesize information; and
(23) Paraphrase information.
(d) Read expository and persuasive texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate the texts for specific purposes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Evaluate information from:
(I) Illustrations;
(II) Graphs;
(III) Charts;
(IV) Titles;
(V) Text boxes;
(VI) Diagrams;
(VII) Headings;
(VIII) Maps;
(IX) Tables of content;
(X) Glossaries; and
(XI) Indices;
(2) Identify and explain the use of:
(I) Boldface type;
(II) Underlined type;
(III) Highlighted type;
(IV) Italicized type;
(V) Abbreviations;
(VI) Acronyms; and
(VII) Parenthetical expressions;
(3) Analyze the use of:
(I) Dialect;
(II) Slang;
(III) Informal and formal language;
(IV) Idioms;
(V) Figurative language; and
(VI) Analogies;
(4) Explain:
(I) How words and phrases reveal an author’s tone;
(II) How language clarifies ideas and concepts; and
(III) How language is used for persuasion and propaganda;
(5) Describe how an author uses concrete examples to explain abstract ideas;
(6) Describe the main idea based on evidence from the text;
(7) Compare themes relating to a single topic;
(8) Compare events;
(9) Evaluate:
(I) The impact of the sequential order of the text and the chronological order of the text;
(II) A cause and its effect on events and relationships;
(III) A problem and a solution to the problem;
(IV) Hypotheses based on information;
(V) The author’s use of organizational structure;
(VI) The development of the author’s argument, viewpoint or perspective;
(VII) The influence of historical events and culture;
(VIII) The influence of historical events and culture on the work of an author;
(IX) The author’s use of facts and opinions;
(X) The reasonableness and adequacy of evidence from the text;
(XI) Information from one source by consulting other sources; and
(XII) The intended and unintended effects of techniques for persuasion and propaganda in various media;
(10) Make inferences about the cultural and historical viewpoints of the author;
(11) Make connections between the text and:
(I) The pupil;
(II) Other texts; and
(III) The world;
(12) Use information to answer specific questions;
(13) Summarize information;
(14) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;
(15) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text;
(16) Analyze:
(I) A theme based on evidence from the text; and
(II) The accuracy of facts;
(17) Read and follow directions to complete a task or a procedure;
(18) Synthesize information;
(19) Paraphrase information;
(20) Synthesize information from two or more texts;
(21) Predict events and relationships if:
(I) The sequence is altered; and
(II) The chronological order is altered; and
(22) Evaluate directions to complete a task or a procedure for:
(I) Clarity;
(II) Format;
(III) Technical vocabulary; and
(IV) Text features.
2. For the area of writing:
(a) Write a variety of texts using the writing process, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Use prewriting strategies to plan written work;
(2) Choose and narrow a topic to organize ideas;
(3) Explore a topic to plan written work;
(4) Draft papers which contain more than one paragraph about a single topic and which:
(I) Are appropriate for the audience;
(II) Address the purpose;
(III) Contain supporting details;
(IV) Contain an introduction;
(V) Contain transitions; and
(VI) Contain a conclusion;
(5) Revise drafts:
(I) For organization;
(II) To focus ideas;
(III) For voice;
(IV) For appropriateness for the audience;
(V) For purpose;
(VI) For relevant details;
(VII) For word choice; and
(VIII) For sentence fluency;
(6) Edit essays and compositions to ensure correct spelling of high-frequency words and content words;
(7) Edit for proper capitalization;
(8) Edit punctuation for the proper use of internal and external punctuation;
(9) Edit for the correct use of:
(I) Nouns;
(II) Verbs;
(III) Pronouns;
(IV) Adjectives;
(V) Agreement between the subject and verb;
(VI) Verb tenses;
(VII) Adverbs;
(VIII) Clauses;
(IX) Phrases;
(X) Agreement between a pronoun and its antecedent; and
(XI) The pronoun case;
(10) Edit sentence structure:
(I) For complete sentences;
(II) To combine sentences, when combining is appropriate;
(III) For compound sentences;
(IV) For complex sentences; and
(V) For compound-complex sentences;
(11) Edit sentences to eliminate:
(I) Sentence fragments; and
(II) Run-on sentences;
(12) Select a format in which to publish a final draft that is appropriate to the audience and purpose; and
(13) Prepare a legible final draft to display or share.
(b) Write a variety of texts that inform, persuade, describe, evaluate, entertain or tell a story and that are appropriate to the purpose and audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Write essays and compositions which include:
(I) A topic sentence;
(II) Supporting details;
(III) A thesis statement;
(IV) Transitions;
(V) A beginning, a middle and an end; and
(VI) A concluding statement;
(2) Write essays and compositions that use various organizational structures and stylistic devices;
(3) Write papers which contain more than one paragraph about experiences and events appropriate to the purpose and the audience and which:
(I) Are arranged in a logical sequence;
(II) Include characters;
(III) Describe a setting;
(IV) Contain a plot;
(V) Contain dialogue;
(VI) Use figurative language; and
(VII) Use sensory details;
(4) Write:
(I) Poetry;
(II) A literary analysis;
(III) An analysis of an expository text which addresses the effectiveness of the writing technique;
(IV) A variety of communications in a format appropriate for the type of communication; and
(V) Persuasive essays and compositions appropriate to the audience and purpose;
(5) Write persuasive essays and compositions which include:
(I) A thesis statement;
(II) Supporting evidence;
(III) Relevant evidence;
(IV) A structure of cause and effect;
(V) Structures for addressing problems and solutions; and
(VI) Rhetorical strategies;
(6) Write directions to complete a task or a procedure with a focus on:
(I) Clarity;
(II) Format;
(III) Technical vocabulary; and
(IV) Text features;
(7) Write research papers by:
(I) Choosing and narrowing a research topic;
(II) Locating, collecting and analyzing information from primary and secondary sources;
(III) Recording information from sources used to prepare the research paper;
(IV) Paraphrasing and summarizing information;
(V) Organizing information collected by the pupil; and
(VI) Adhering to an established format to document and cite the sources from which information was obtained;
(8) Evaluate the credibility of resources; and
(9) Demonstrate an understanding of the differences between original works and plagiarized works.
3. For the area of listening, listen to and evaluate oral communications for content, style, the purpose of the speaker and appropriateness for the audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Listen for a variety of purposes, including, without limitation:
(1) To gain information;
(2) Entertainment; and
(3) To understand directions;
(b) Listen for and identify:
(1) The main idea;
(2) The purpose;
(3) The message;
(4) The mood;
(5) The tone; and
(6) Techniques of persuasion;
(c) Listen for and summarize ideas and supporting details;
(d) Listen to and evaluate oral communications for:
(1) Content;
(2) Delivery;
(3) Point of view;
(4) Ideas;
(5) Purpose; and
(6) Value;
(e) Listen for and evaluate the effect of the attitude of the speaker on the audience;
(f) Listen for and distinguish fact from opinion;
(g) Listen for and evaluate techniques for public speaking;
(h) Listen to and evaluate the logic of the arguments of the speaker;
(i) Expand vocabulary through listening;
(j) Listen for and identify:
(1) Dialect;
(2) Slang; and
(3) The use of formal and informal language;
(k) Listen for and distinguish between social and academic language;
(l) Actively listen to oral communications;
(m) Listen to and participate in conversations;
(n) Listen to and evaluate constructive feedback;
(o) Provide constructive feedback; and
(p) Focus attention to solve problems by identifying, synthesizing and evaluating data.
4. For the area of speaking, speak using organization, style, tone, voice and media aids that are appropriate to the audience and purpose and participate in discussions to offer information, clarify ideas and support positions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Give directions to complete tasks or procedures with a focus on clarity and technical vocabulary;
(b) Ask questions to clarify directions;
(c) Use precise language to describe and elicit:
(1) Feelings;
(2) Experiences;
(3) Observations; and
(4) Ideas;
(d) Use standard English to communicate ideas;
(e) Use techniques for public speaking to deliver presentations which address the audience with appropriate:
(1) Volume;
(2) Eye contact;
(3) Enunciation;
(4) Posture;
(5) Expression;
(6) Purpose; and
(7) Prosody;
(f) Communicate information:
(1) While maintaining a clear focus;
(2) In a logical sequence; and
(3) By illustrating information using media aids;
(g) Communicate statements that express an opinion;
(h) Defend a position using logic and citing evidence which supports that position;
(i) Participate in conversations to solve problems by identifying, synthesizing and evaluating data;
(j) Respond to questions with evidence in support of an opinion;
(k) Ask relevant questions to generate possible solutions to a problem;
(l) Take a leadership role in conversations and discussions;
(m) Distinguish between relevant and irrelevant information; and
(n) Negotiate to arrive at a consensus by proposing and examining possible options.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R102-07, 1-30-2008)
NAC 389.465 Mathematics: Generally. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.019, 389.520)
1. A local school district shall ensure that pupils, by the completion of the 12th grade, are able to comply with the content and performance standards required for mathematics adopted by the State Board of Education. In carrying out this requirement, the district shall:
(a) Develop courses which must encompass all of the content and performance standards required for mathematics by the completion of the 12th grade; and
(b) Provide to each pupil, upon enrollment in high school, a listing of the courses that encompass all of the content and performance standards required for mathematics by the completion of the 12th grade.
2. If a pupil enrolls in a mathematics course listed under NAC 389.468 to 389.484, inclusive, the school district shall notify the pupil in writing at the time of enrollment in the course that:
(a) The objectives of the mathematics course may include standards for mathematics in addition to the standards that are required to be completed by the end of 12th grade; and
(b) The mathematics courses listed under NAC 389.468 to 389.484, inclusive, are not designed to ensure that the content and performance standards for mathematics that are required to be completed by the end of 12th grade will be met by completion of a course listed under NAC 389.468 to 389.484, inclusive, unless that course is included in the listing provided pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 1.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 4-1-92; A by R076-99, 11-4-99)
NAC 389.4675 Mathematics: Performance standards. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the 12th grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in mathematics offered in public schools. Instruction in the 12th grade in mathematics must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the 12th grade:
1. For the areas of numbers, number sense and computation, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must accurately calculate and use estimation techniques, number relationships, operation rules and algorithms, and determine the reasonableness of answers and the accuracy of solutions. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Determine an approximate value of radical and exponential expressions using a variety of methods;
(b) Solve mathematical problems involving exponents and roots;
(c) Perform addition, subtraction and scalar multiplication on matrices; and
(d) Identify and apply real number properties to solve problems.
2. For the areas of patterns, functions and algebra, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use various algebraic methods to analyze, illustrate, extend and create numerous representations, including, without limitation, words, numbers, tables, and graphs of patterns, functions and algebraic relations. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Add, subtract, multiply and factor first and second degree polynomials connecting the algebraic process and arithmetic process;
(b) Determine the domain and the range of functions, including, without limitation, linear, quadratic and absolute value, algebraically and graphically;
(c) Solve systems of two linear equations algebraically and graphically, and verify solutions with and without the assistance of technology;
(d) Use algebraic expressions to identify and describe the nth term of a sequence;
(e) Isolate any variable in given equations, inequalities, proportions and formulas to use in mathematical and practical situations;
(f) Simplify algebraic expressions, including, without limitation, exponents and radicals;
(g) Solve absolute value equations and inequalities algebraically and graphically; and
(h) Solve, with and without the assistance of technology, mathematical and practical problems involving linear and quadratic equations with a variety of methods, including, without limitation, discrete methods.
3. For the area of measurement, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use appropriate tools and techniques of measurement to determine, estimate, record and verify direct and indirect measurements. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Estimate and convert units of measure between customary and metric systems;
(b) Select and use appropriate tools of measurement, techniques and formulas to solve problems in mathematical and practical situations;
(c) Justify, differentiate and communicate the differences between precision, error and tolerance in practical problems;
(d) Interpret and apply consumer data presented in charts, tables and graphs to make informed financial decisions related to practical applications; and
(e) Determine the measurement of unknown dimensions, angles, areas and volumes by using relationships and formulas to solve problems.
4. For the areas of spatial relationships, logic and geometry, to solve problems, communicate and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must identify, represent, verify and apply spatial relationships and geometric properties. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Identify and apply the properties of interior and exterior angles of polygons to solve mathematical and practical problems;
(b) Use coordinate geometry to graph linear equations and find possible solutions to those equations;
(c) Use complementary and supplementary angles, congruent angles, vertical angles, angles formed when parallel lines are cut by a transversal and angles in polygons to solve problems;
(d) Apply the Pythagorean Theorem and its converse in mathematical and practical situations;
(e) Draw and construct geometric figures to solve problems and to demonstrate geometric relationships;
(f) Identify and use the parts of a circle to solve mathematical and practical problems;
(g) Apply properties of similarity using right triangle trigonometry to find missing angles and sides;
(h) Use coordinate geometry and algebraic techniques to determine the slope of a line;
(i) Identify parallel, perpendicular and intersecting lines by slope;
(j) Find possible solution sets of systems of equations whose slopes indicate parallel; and
(k) Formulate, evaluate and justify arguments using inductive and deductive reasoning in mathematical and practical situations.
5. For the area of data analysis, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must collect, organize, display, interpret and analyze data to determine statistical relationships and probability projections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Organize statistical data by using tables, graphs and matrices, with and without the assistance of technology;
(b) Select and apply appropriate statistical measures in mathematical and practical situations;
(c) Distinguish between a sample and a census;
(d) Identify sources of bias and their effect on data representations and statistical conclusions;
(e) Use the shape of a normal distribution to compare and analyze data from a sample;
(f) Apply permutations and combinations to mathematical and practical situations, including, without limitation, the Fundamental Counting Principle;
(g) Determine the probability of an event, with and without replacement, using sample spaces;
(h) Design, conduct, analyze and effectively communicate the results of multistage probability experiments;
(i) Design, construct, analyze and select an appropriate type of graphical representation to communicate the results of a statistical experiment; and
(j) Formulate and justify inferences based on a valid data sample.
6. For the area of problem solving, to develop the ability to solve problems, a pupil must engage in developmentally appropriate opportunities for problem solving in which there is a need to use various approaches to investigate and understand mathematical concepts to formulate problems, find solutions to problems, develop and apply strategies to solve problems, and integrate mathematical reasoning, communication and connections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Generalize solutions and apply previous knowledge to new problem-solving situations;
(b) Determine an efficient problem-solving strategy and verify, interpret and evaluate the results with respect to the original problem;
(c) Apply problem-solving strategies until a solution is found or it is clear that no solution exists;
(d) Interpret and solve a variety of mathematical problems by paraphrasing;
(e) Identify necessary and extraneous information;
(f) Check the reasonableness of a solution;
(g) Apply technology as a tool in problem-solving situations; and
(h) Apply combinations of proven strategies and previous knowledge to solve nonroutine problems.
7. For the area of mathematical communication, to develop the ability to communicate mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to obtain information in everyday life by reading, listening and observing to translate information into mathematical language and symbols, process information mathematically, discuss and exchange ideas about mathematics as part of learning, read various fiction and nonfiction texts to learn about mathematics and present the results in written, oral and visual formats. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Use a variety of techniques to solve mathematical problems;
(b) Evaluate written and oral presentations in mathematics;
(c) Model and explain mathematical relationships using oral, written, graphic and algebraic methods;
(d) Communicate and evaluate mathematical thinking based on the use of definitions, properties, rules and symbols in problem solving; and
(e) Communicate strategies and solutions to mathematical problems using oral and written expression of everyday language.
8. For the area of mathematical reasoning, to develop the ability to reason mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to investigate mathematical ideas and construct his own learning in all content areas to reinforce and extend his ability to reason logically, reflect on, clarify and justify his thinking, ask questions to extend his learning, use patterns and relationships to analyze mathematical situations, and determine relevant, irrelevant and sufficient information to solve mathematical problems. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Construct a valid argument;
(b) Recognize and apply inductive and deductive reasoning;
(c) Review and refine the assumptions and steps used to derive conclusions in mathematical arguments;
(d) Make and test conjectures about algebraic and geometric properties based on mathematical principles; and
(e) Justify the validity of an argument.
9. For the area of mathematical connections, to develop the ability to make mathematical connections, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to view mathematics as an integrated whole, including linking new concepts to prior knowledge, identifying relationships between content strands and integrating mathematics with other disciplines, thereby allowing the flexibility to approach problems in a variety of ways within and beyond the field of mathematics. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Use mathematical ideas from one area of mathematics to explain an idea from another area of mathematics;
(b) Explain the relationship between concepts and procedures;
(c) Use the connections among mathematical topics to develop multiple approaches to problems;
(d) Apply mathematical thinking and modeling to solve problems that arise in other disciplines, including, without limitation, rhythm in music and motion in science; and
(e) Identify, explain and apply mathematics in everyday life.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R155-06, 9-18-2006)
NAC 389.468 Prealgebra. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in prealgebra must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Demonstrate strategies for solving problems, including the use of sets, Venn diagrams, sketching diagrams and techniques of estimation.
2. Solve and graph equations and inequalities of the first degree.
3. Demonstrate an understanding of exponents.
4. Evaluate algebraic expressions and algebraic formulas by using the correct order of operations.
5. Perform basic monomial operations.
6. Add and subtract polynomials.
7. Formulate and solve problems in everyday life by using ratio, proportion and percentages.
8. Formulate and solve problems in everyday life by using the basic techniques of algebra.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 4-1-92)
NAC 389.470 Algebra I. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in Algebra I must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Formulate and solve problems in everyday life by using the basic techniques of algebra.
2. Solve and graph linear equations and linear inequalities.
3. Perform algebraic operations with polynomials.
4. Solve quadratic equations by algebraic methods.
5. Depict and represent problems or phenomena in everyday life by using algebra.
6. Depict and represent problems in everyday life by using matrices.
7. Solve linear equations by using algebraic methods.
8. Solve problems by using the basic laws of exponents and radicals.
9. Justify the logic of algebraic procedures by using field properties.
10. Formulate predictions based on collections of data points.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 4-1-92)
NAC 389.472 Geometry. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in geometry must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Investigate and compare the different geometric systems to develop an understanding of an axiomatic system.
2. Compare and contrast properties of geometric figures on a plane.
3. Investigate and draw three-dimensional objects.
4. Create and validate formulas for two-dimensional figures and three-dimensional objects.
5. Construct proofs for mathematical assertions, including indirect proofs and paragraph proofs.
6. Analyze and solve problems by using inductive reasoning and deductive reasoning.
7. Construct figures to discover and validate mathematical assertions.
8. Apply coordinate geometry to validate properties of geometric figures.
9. Investigate and solve problems by using relationships of the right triangle.
10. Formulate and solve problems in everyday life by using geometric models.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 4-1-92)
NAC 389.474 Algebra II. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in Algebra II must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Analyze the effect of changing parameters on graphs of functions.
2. Formulate and solve problems in everyday life by using matrices.
3. Investigate transformations on different classes of algebraic functions by using technology.
4. Solve linear and quadratic equations and inequalities by using algebraic methods and apply these skills to solving problems in everyday life.
5. Solve systems of equations and inequalities and apply these skills to solving problems in everyday life.
6. Solve algebraic problems by using absolute value, exponential functions and logarithmic functions.
7. Prove algebraic assertions by using field properties.
8. Organize data to aid in the interpretation of data and to make predictions on the basis of such data.
9. Represent and solve problems by using linear programming and difference equations.
10. Develop the complex system of numbers.
11. Investigate series and sequences.
12. Investigate different principles of counting and their use in probability.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 4-1-92)
NAC 389.476 Trigonometry. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in trigonometry must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Solve problems in everyday life by using transformations, coordinates and vectors.
2. Validate mathematical assertions by using techniques of trigonometry.
3. Demonstrate how phenomena occur in everyday life by using trigonometric and circular functions.
4. Investigate the connections between trigonometric functions, polar coordinates, series and complex numbers.
5. Investigate transformations on trigonometric functions by using technology.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 4-1-92)
NAC 389.478 Analytic geometry. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in analytic geometry must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of coordinate geometry.
2. Recognize the equations of conic sections in both polar and rectangular forms.
3. Recognize the three-dimensional conic sections generated by the revolution of a locus of points.
4. Use and sketch the graphs of the polynomial functions and the rational functions.
5. Demonstrate the translation and rotation of axes in a two-dimensional system.
6. Demonstrate an understanding of the operation on a vector and the properties of vectors.
7. Write vectors and parametric equations to solve problems.
8. Demonstrate the translation and rotation of axes in a three-dimensional system.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 4-1-92)
NAC 389.480 Precalculus. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in precalculus must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Analyze the graphs of polynomial, rational, radical and transcendental functions by using technology.
2. Determine the maximum and minimum points of a graph and interpret the results in situations involving problems in everyday life.
3. Investigate limits by examining infinite sequences and series and areas under curves.
4. Investigate different techniques available to solve problems in everyday life.
5. Solve problems in everyday life by using complex numbers and vectors.
6. Investigate the relationship between vectors and complex numbers.
7. Investigate and describe functions and their inverses by using techniques to sketch curves.
8. Investigate and describe the general properties and behavior of classes of functions.
9. Validate mathematical assertions by using mathematical induction.
10. Solve problems in everyday life by applying the techniques of elementary probability and statistics.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 4-1-92)
NAC 389.482 Calculus. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in calculus must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Interpret limits geometrically and evaluate them.
2. Differentiate between continuous functions and noncontinuous functions.
3. Analyze domains of functions.
4. Differentiate rational, transcendental and implicitly defined functions.
5. Investigate the upper and lower sums of a function by using technology.
6. Analyze the graphs of functions by using technology.
7. Integrate elementary functions.
8. Solve problems in everyday life by using the techniques of calculus.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 4-1-92)
NAC 389.484 Probability and statistics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in probability and statistics must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Analyze the effects of transformations of data on measures of central tendency and variability.
2. Design a statistical experiment to study a problem occurring in everyday life, interpret and communicate the outcomes, and test the hypothesis by using the appropriate statistics.
3. Analyze sets of data assumed to be distributed normally by using the properties of a normal curve.
4. Demonstrate an understanding of notations for combinations and permutations.
5. Apply the concept of a random variable to generate and interpret probability distributions including binomial, uniform, normal and chi square.
6. Solve problems in everyday life by using the techniques of statistical analysis.
7. Solve problems in everyday life by using conditional probability.
8. Formulate and solve problems in the physical world by using techniques in statistical analysis.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 4-1-92)
NAC 389.485 Physical education. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the 12th grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in physical education offered in public schools. Instruction in the 12th grade in physical education must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the 12th grade:
1. Understand and apply concepts relating to movement to the learning and development of motor skills, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Apply appropriate vocabulary to design a class or schoolwide activity;
(b) Integrate knowledge specific to a particular physical activity to new physical activities;
(c) Analyze his personal performance and apply the results of that analysis to improve his performance; and
(d) Analyze health and fitness benefits arising from various physical activities.
2. Demonstrate competency in many forms of movement and proficiency in a few forms of movement, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Demonstrate proficiency in at least three forms of movement in two or more sports; and
(b) Apply scientific principles to movements relating to weight transfer and balance.
3. Understand dance through the use of skills, techniques and choreography, and as a form of communication, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Identify and demonstrate, with consistency, complex combinations of steps and patterns from different theatrical and traditional styles of dance;
(b) Observe and analyze the actions and qualities of movement in dances, using the appropriate vocabulary relating to movement;
(c) Demonstrate rhythmic acuity with consistency; and
(d) Perform traditional styles of dance or theatrical styles of dance, or both traditional and theatrical styles of dance, from different times, periods or cultures, and compare and contrast the steps and styles of movement of those dances.
4. Achieve and maintain a health-enhancing level of individual fitness for an active lifestyle, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Refine health-related goals as defined by a formal guideline;
(b) Engage independently in physical activities that address fitness and wellness throughout life;
(c) Analyze a personal lifestyle which is healthy, independent of intervention by a teacher; and
(d) Evaluate physical activities for the potential of injury which may occur while participating in those physical activities.
5. Practice personal responsibility, positive social interaction and respect for diversity in settings in which physical activities occur, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Anticipate and avoid potentially dangerous outcomes and consequences that may occur while participating in physical activity;
(b) Accept the responsibility for taking a leadership role; and
(c) Discuss the changing needs of physical activity within a diverse society.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R033-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000)
NAC 389.488 Exemption from physical education. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)
1. A school district shall exempt a pupil from taking the course in physical education if he requests the exemption on the basis of his:
(a) Physical or mental condition, and the request is supported by a written statement from a physician;
(b) Religious belief, and the request is supported by a written statement from his parent or guardian;
(c) Enrollment in the Reserve Officer Training Corps; or
(d) Intended enrollment in a program which is comparable to the course in physical education.
2. If a pupil requests an exemption based on his intended enrollment in a program which is comparable to the course in physical education, the school district shall furnish the Superintendent of Public Instruction with a syllabus of that program. Upon the Superintendent’s written approval, the school district shall grant the exemption.
3. A school district shall exempt a pupil from not more than one credit in physical education if the pupil participates in interscholastic athletics, on a drill team, in a marching band, in a dance group or on a cheerleading squad if:
(a) The activity is sponsored by the school; and
(b) The pupil actively participates in the activity for at least 120 hours.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A 5-4-87)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.070)
NAC 389.491 Science: Generally. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.019, 389.520)
1. A local school district shall ensure that pupils, by the completion of the 12th grade, are able to comply with the standards required for science which are adopted by the State Board of Education pursuant to NAC 389.244, 389.2947, 389.411 and 389.4915. In carrying out this requirement, the district shall:
(a) Develop courses which must encompass all of the standards required for science by the completion of the 12th grade; and
(b) Provide to each pupil, upon enrollment in high school, a listing of the courses that encompass all of the standards required for science by the completion of the 12th grade.
2. If a pupil enrolls in a science course listed under NAC 389.492 to 389.498, inclusive, the school district shall notify the pupil in writing at the time of enrollment in the course that:
(a) The objectives of the science course may include standards for science in addition to the standards that are required to be completed by the end of the 12th grade; and
(b) The science courses listed under NAC 389.492 to 389.498, inclusive, are not designed to ensure that the standards for science that are required to be completed by the end of 12th grade will be met by completion of a course listed under NAC 389.492 to 389.498, inclusive, unless that course is included in the listing provided pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 1.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 3-27-92; A by R076-99, 11-4-99; R041-05, 10-31-2005)
NAC 389.4915 Science: Standards. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the 12th grade, pupils must know, understand and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in science offered in public schools. Instruction in the 9th grade through the 12th grade must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards by the completion of the 12th grade:
1. For the area of science inquiry:
(a) Understand that various methods of communication can be used to share scientific information;
(b) Know that tables, charts, illustrations and graphs can be used to make scientific arguments or claims and can be used as visual aids for oral and written presentations regarding such scientific arguments or claims;
(c) Know that scientists maintain a permanent record of procedures, data, analyses, decisions and understandings of scientific investigations;
(d) Know that experiments which are repeated allow scientists to prepare statistical analyses and make unbiased conclusions;
(e) Know how safely to conduct an original scientific investigation using the appropriate tools and technology; and
(f) Know that models and modeling can be used to identify and predict certain cause-and-effect relationships.
2. For the areas of science, technology and society:
(a) Understand the impact of science and technology as it relates to the costs and benefits to society;
(b) Know that science, technology and society have positive and negative influences on one another;
(c) Know that patterns of consumption, efforts at conservation, and cultural and social practices in various countries have different impacts on the environment;
(d) Know the influence of ethics on scientific enterprise; and
(e) Know that scientific knowledge is built on previous scientific information.
3. For the area of matter:
(a) Understand that atomic structure explains the properties and behavior of matter;
(b) Know that different molecular arrangements and motions account for the different physical properties of solids, liquids and gases;
(c) Know that elements in the periodic table are arranged into groups and periods by repeating patterns and relationships;
(d) Know that identifiable properties can be used to separate mixtures;
(e) Know that atoms bond with one another by transferring or sharing electrons;
(f) Know that chemical reactions can take place at different rates depending on a variety of factors which include, without limitation, temperature, concentration, surface area and agitation;
(g) Know that chemical reactions release energy or absorb energy;
(h) Know that during a chemical reaction, elements combine in predictable ratios and the numbers of atoms of each element do not change;
(i) Know that most elements have two or more isotopes, some of which have certain practical applications; and
(j) Know that the number of electrons in an atom determines whether the atom is:
(1) An electrically neutral atom; or
(2) An ion.
4. For the areas of force and motion:
(a) Understand the interactions between force and motion;
(b) Know that the laws of motion can be used to determine the effects of certain forces on the motion of an object;
(c) Know that an electromagnetic force can be established by magnetic forces and electric forces;
(d) Know that the strength of the electric force between two objects:
(1) Increases with an increase in the charge of the force; and
(2) Decreases with an increase in the distance between the objects; and
(e) Know that the strength of the gravitational force between two objects:
(1) Increases with an increase in the mass of the objects; and
(2) Decreases rapidly with an increase in the distance between the objects.
5. For the area of energy:
(a) Understand that there are interactions between matter and energy;
(b) Know that certain waves, including, without limitation, sound waves, seismic waves and electromagnetic waves, have energy that can be transferred when the waves interact with matter;
(c) Know that forms of energy can be converted;
(d) Know that nuclear reactions can convert a relatively small amount of material into a large amount of energy;
(e) Know the characteristics, applications and impacts of radioactivity;
(f) Know the relationship between heat and temperature; and
(g) Know that electricity is transferred from sources which generate electricity for consumption and practical uses.
6. For the area of heredity:
(a) Understand how genetic information is passed from one generation to the next generation;
(b) Know that genetic information which is passed from a parent to an offspring is coded in the DNA molecule;
(c) Know that DNA molecules provide instructions for assembling protein molecules;
(d) Know that all cells in the body of an organism develop from a single cell and contain essentially identical genetic instructions;
(e) Know several causes and effects of somatic mutations versus sex-cell mutations; and
(f) Know how to predict patterns of inherited characteristics.
7. For the area of the structure of life:
(a) Understand that all life forms at every level of organization have specialized structures and use similar processes to satisfy the needs of life;
(b) Know the structure and function of cells;
(c) Know that the human body has a specialized anatomy and physiology composed of a hierarchical arrangement of differentiated cells; and
(d) Know that disease disrupts the equilibrium that exists in a healthy organism.
8. For the area of organisms and their environment:
(a) Understand that ecosystems display patterns of organization, stability and change which result from the interactions and interdependencies between the living and nonliving components of the earth;
(b) Know the relationship between various organisms and their physical environments;
(c) Know how changes in an ecosystem can affect the biodiversity in the ecosystem and the contribution of the biodiversity to the stability of an ecosystem;
(d) Know that the amount of living matter that an environment can support is limited by the availability of matter and energy and the ability of the ecosystem to recycle certain materials; and
(e) Know the unique geological, hydrological, climatic and biological characteristics of the bioregions of the State of Nevada.
9. For the area of the diversity of life:
(a) Understand biological evolution and the diversity of life;
(b) Know that organisms can be classified based on evolutionary relationships;
(c) Know that the similarity of sequences of DNA provide evidence of relationships between certain organisms;
(d) Know that records of fossils provide evidence of natural selection and the evolutionary consequences of natural selection;
(e) Know that the extinction of a species can be a natural process;
(f) Know that biological evolution explains the diversity of life; and
(g) Know the concepts of natural and artificial selection.
10. For the areas of the atmospheric processes and the cycle of water:
(a) Understand that heat and energy transfer in and out of the atmosphere and influence the weather and the climate of the earth;
(b) Know that the sun is a major source of the energy for the earth and provides the energy that establishes the weather and the climate of the earth;
(c) Know that the composition of the atmosphere of the earth has changed in the past and continues to change;
(d) Understand the role of the atmosphere in the greenhouse effect of the earth;
(e) Know that convection and radiation play important roles in moving heat energy throughout the earth; and
(f) Know that the rotation of the earth affects wind currents and ocean currents.
11. For the area of the solar system and the universe:
(a) Know the scientific theories of the origins and evolution of the universe;
(b) Know the common characteristics of stars;
(c) Know that stars are powered by the nuclear fusion of lighter elements into heavier elements, which results in the release of large amounts of energy;
(d) Know the ways in which technology has increased the understanding of the universe;
(e) Know the continuing processes involved in the formation and destruction of stars; and
(f) Know that scientific evidence suggests that the universe is expanding.
12. For the area of the structure and composition of the earth:
(a) Understand scientific evidence concerning processes that take place on a geological time scale;
(b) Know how successive rock strata and fossils can be used to confirm the age, history and changing life forms of the earth, including, without limitation, the manner in which this evidence is affected by the folding, breaking and uplifting of layers of the earth;
(c) Understand the concept of and evidence supporting plate tectonics, including, without limitation, structural, geophysical and paleontological evidence;
(d) Know that elements exist in fixed amounts and move through solid earth, oceans, the atmosphere and living things as part of biogeochemical cycles;
(e) Know the processes of obtaining, using and recycling renewable and nonrenewable resources; and
(f) Know that soil, which is derived from weathered rocks and decomposed organic material, is found in layers of the earth.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R041-05, 10-31-2005)
NAC 389.492 Life science. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) In addition to the course of study in science required for all grades of high school, a course of study in life science must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following, as appropriate to the specific course in life science:
1. Demonstrate the active use of critical thinking and logical reasoning.
2. Identify relationships between matter and energy.
3. Analyze the characteristics and organization of the processes that cause diversity and change in the universe.
4. Recognize the interdependence of organisms and their environment.
5. Understand that mathematics is used to communicate scientific principles.
6. Use mathematics in collecting and interpreting scientific data.
7. Explain the relationship among scientific disciplines and their relationship to choosing a career, industry and daily living.
8. Understand environmental concepts as they relate to life science.
9. Demonstrate an understanding of the continuity and development of life forms.
10. Demonstrate an understanding of the structure and interdependence of living systems.
11. Demonstrate an understanding of metabolic processes.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A 5-4-87; 3-27-92)
NAC 389.494 Earth science. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) In addition to the course of study in science required for all grades of high school, a course of study in earth science must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following, as appropriate to the specific course in earth science:
1. Demonstrate the active use of critical thinking and logical reasoning.
2. Identify relationships between matter and energy.
3. Analyze the characteristics and organization of the processes that cause diversity and change in the universe.
4. Recognize the interdependence of organisms and their environment.
5. Understand that mathematics is used to communicate scientific principles.
6. Use mathematics in collecting and interpreting scientific data.
7. Explain the relationship among scientific disciplines and their relationship to choosing a career, industry and daily living.
8. Understand environmental concepts as they relate to earth science.
9. Demonstrate an understanding of geology, oceanography, meteorology and other phenomena related to earth science.
10. Demonstrate an understanding of the solar system and the universe.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 3-27-92)
NAC 389.496 Physical science. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) In addition to the course of study in science required for all grades of high school, a course of study in physical science must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following, as appropriate to the specific course in physical science:
1. Demonstrate the active use of critical thinking and logical reasoning.
2. Identify relationships between matter and energy.
3. Analyze the characteristics and organization of the processes that cause diversity and change in the universe.
4. Recognize the interdependence of organisms and their environment.
5. Understand that mathematics is used to communicate scientific principles.
6. Use mathematics to quantify science and in collecting and interpreting scientific data.
7. Explain the relationship among scientific disciplines and their relationship to choosing a career, industry and daily living.
8. Understand environmental concepts as they relate to physical science.
9. Explain the relationship between the structure and properties of matter.
10. Demonstrate an understanding of the transformation of energy, the forces of nature, motion and the relationship of cause and effect in those contexts.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 3-27-92)
NAC 389.498 Environmental science. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) In addition to the course of study in science required for all grades of high school, a course of study in environmental science must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Demonstrate the active use of critical thinking and logical reasoning.
2. Identify relationships between matter and energy.
3. Analyze the characteristics and organization of the processes that cause diversity and change in the universe.
4. Recognize the interdependence of organisms and their environment.
5. Understand that mathematics is used to communicate scientific principles.
6. Use mathematics to quantify science in collecting and interpreting scientific data.
7. Explain the relationship among scientific disciplines and their relationship to choosing a career, industry and daily living.
8. Understand environmental concepts as they relate to human activities.
9. Demonstrate an understanding of the interrelationship among components of the biosphere.
10. Demonstrate an understanding of succession.
11. Demonstrate an understanding of the effect of technology on the environment.
12. Demonstrate an understanding of the environmental effects of change in the biosphere.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 3-27-92)
NAC 389.505 Technology and computers. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the 12th grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in technology and computers offered in public schools. Instruction in the 12th grade in technology and computers must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the 12th grade:
1. To develop the ability to solve problems, pupils must be able to use problem-solving processes and resources to reach a desired outcome, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Compare and contrast a variety of approaches to problem solving;
(b) When given a problem, effectively design a method for solving the problem; and
(c) Create, with technical accuracy, designs or models for solving problems in one of the following areas of technology:
(1) Energy, power and transportation;
(2) Communications;
(3) Construction; and
(4) Manufacturing.
2. To develop the ability to use productivity tools, pupils must be able to use appropriate productivity tools, including, without limitation, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, multimedia and telecommunications, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Type a multipage word processing document that is correctly formatted, including, without limitation, using headers, footers, pagination, line spacing and margin settings;
(b) Use appropriate tools such as spell check and a thesaurus;
(c) Create a database, define fields and enter data for multiple records;
(d) Interpret reports based on data;
(e) Create and print a chart that visually represents data from a spreadsheet;
(f) Analyze the significance of the data that is included in a spreadsheet;
(g) Create and present a multipage, multimedia presentation using:
(1) Animation;
(2) Digital video; or
(3) Linking,
Ê with text, graphics and sound;
(h) Identify the intended message of a multimedia presentation;
(i) Organize files on a computer disc, hard drive, server or other storage device;
(j) Compare and contrast:
(1) A local area network, or LAN;
(2) A wide area network, or WAN;
(3) An Intranet; and
(4) The Internet;
(k) Compare and analyze the appropriate uses of a variety of electronic communications; and
(l) Locate and evaluate sources of distance learning, telecommuting and teleconferencing.
3. In the area of tools used for research, pupils must be able to use various tools of technology to research information and evaluate the accuracy and appropriateness of the information to solve problems and make decisions, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) State a research topic or problem and list the elements, limits and expected outcomes of the research on the topic or problem;
(b) Independently generate a list of keywords for a research topic or problem, with qualifying modifiers to narrow a search of electronic-based resources;
(c) Using a variety of search strategies, use hyperlinks to select information;
(d) Select an organizational tool and accurately place collected information within a format to aid in making a decision;
(e) Create a standard bibliography or work-cited page; and
(f) Complete a rubric for the evaluation of the results of the research of a topic or problem.
4. In the area of tools and processes, pupils must be able to identify, apply and manage various concepts, tools and resources to evaluate their accuracy and appropriateness in solving problems and making decisions, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Conduct research in an area related to computers or technology, and explain how new tools, materials and processes are necessary to maintain and improve high productivity and quality;
(b) Use tools, with minimal direction, to produce solutions in an area related to computers or technology;
(c) Select the correct tool and process to complete a task; and
(d) Under the supervision of a teacher or media specialist, correct nonfunctioning technology systems.
5. In the area of systems, pupils must be able to recognize that systems are made up of individual components and that each component affects the operation of the entire system and its relationship with other systems, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Explain the evolution of a given system or process;
(b) Design a model of a system to produce a desired outcome; and
(c) Given a system, identify possible ways to improve the product, productivity or management, or any combination thereof, generated by the system.
6. In the area of implications of technology and computers on society, pupils must be able to evaluate the impact and ethical implications of technology and computers on persons, society and the environment, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(a) Compare and contrast the impacts of new products and services on the quality of life;
(b) Given a specific technology, determine possible outcomes from the use of the technology and the acceptability of those outcomes;
(c) Develop a career plan; and
(d) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of widespread use of and reliance on technology in the workplace and in society as a whole.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R038-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000)
NAC 389.511 Social studies. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) By the end of the 12th grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in social studies offered in public schools. Instruction in the 12th grade in social studies must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the 12th grade:
1. For the area of history:
(a) Use chronology to organize and understand the sequence and relationship of events, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Analyze and develop a position on a current event.
(2) Explain the sequence and relationship of events on a tiered timeline.
(b) Use vocabulary and concepts specific to social studies to engage in inquiry, research and analysis, and use related decision-making skills, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Frame and evaluate historical questions from multiple points of view.
(2) Integrate, analyze and organize historical information from a variety of sources.
(3) Research, analyze and interpret historical content from informational tools, including, without limitation, charts, diagrams, tables, graphs, maps, political cartoons and photographs.
(c) Understand the development of human societies, civilizations and empires through the year 400, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify and describe the characteristics of preagricultural societies.
(2) Describe technological innovations of early agricultural societies, including, without limitation, the development of agriculture, the domestication of animals and the development of permanent communities.
(3) Explain and demonstrate how geography influenced the political, social and economic growth of ancient and classical civilizations, including, without limitation, the civilizations of Africa, China, Greece, India, Mesopotamia and Rome.
(4) Describe the unique political, economic, religious, social, technological and cultural contributions of ancient and classical civilizations, including, without limitation, the civilizations of Africa, the Americas, China, Greece, Hebrew kingdoms, India, Mesopotamia, Phoenicia and Rome.
(d) Understand the characteristics, ideas and significance of civilizations and religions that existed between the years 1 and 1400, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Locate and describe civilizations, in terms of geography, social structure, religion, political systems and contributions, including, without limitation, the civilizations of Africa, Byzantium, China, India, Japan and Scandinavia.
(2) Describe the characteristics of the Mayan, Aztec and Incan civilizations, including, without limitation, geography, social structure, religion, political systems and contributions.
(3) Describe the characteristics of European feudalism.
(4) Describe the rise of commercial trading centers and their effects on social, political and economic institutions.
(e) Understand the impact of the interaction of peoples, cultures and ideas between the years 1200 and 1750, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Examine the impact of the technological, mathematical and artistic developments of the Renaissance.
(2) Explain the development of European hereditary monarchies and their effects on centralized government, commerce and trade, and religion.
(3) Explain the causes of the Reformation and its effects in Europe and the Americas.
(4) Identify the influence of the Age of Enlightenment on the Western world, including, without limitation, science, fine arts, literature, government and philosophy.
(5) Compare common elements of the societies of Native Americans in North America, including, without limitation, traditions, communication, housing, economic systems, political systems and social systems.
(6) Explain the roles of nationalism, economics and religious rivalries during the Age of Exploration.
(7) Analyze interactions among Native Americans, Europeans and Africans.
(8) Analyze how the interrelationships of Native Americans, Africans and Europeans, and their descendents, have resulted in unique American economic, political and social institutions.
(9) Describe the similarities and differences between European colonial communities in North America in terms of politics, religion, language, economics and social customs.
(10) Compare and contrast life in the New England, Middle and Southern colonies.
(11) Explain the impact of world commerce, including, without limitation, the impact of the African slave trade on Europe, Africa and the Americas.
(12) Describe the contributions and social, political and economic characteristics of the African, Chinese, Indian and Japanese civilizations.
(13) Describe how the Islamic empires linked Africa, Europe and Asia.
(f) Understand the people, events, ideas and conflicts that led to the creation and growth of a distinctive culture between the years 1700 and 1865, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain the causes and results of the Industrial Revolution.
(2) Describe the causes and effects of the wars during this period on persons living in the American colonies and in the United States with Europe, including, without limitation, the French and Indian War.
(3) Explain the political and economic causes and effects of the American Revolution.
(4) Describe the ideas of John Locke, Thomas Paine and Thomas Jefferson, and the effects that those ideas had on the American Revolution and the formation of the United States.
(5) Describe the events, course and results of the American Revolution, including, without limitation, the contributions of African Americans and Native Americans.
(6) Explain the issues of the Confederation period, including, without limitation, war debts, land finance, western land, trade and taxation.
(7) Describe the underlying principles of the United States Constitution, including, without limitation, checks and balances, federalism, limited government, popular sovereignty and separation of powers.
(8) Describe the issues involved in the ratification of the United States Constitution, including, without limitation, the Bill of Rights, the main ideas of the Federalist Papers and the ideas of the Anti-Federalists.
(9) Describe the influence of the American Revolution on Europe and the Americas.
(10) Discuss the political events, people and ideas that influenced European politics, including, without limitation, Napoleon Bonaparte, Klemens von Metternich, Karl Marx and the Congress of Vienna.
(11) Describe achievements in European fine arts and literature.
(12) Describe the rise of national economies and the emergence of capitalism and free market economy.
(13) Explain the issues, events and roles of key people in the development of the political institutions of the United States, including, without limitation, the administration of President George Washington, the Marshall Court, the extension of suffrage, judicial review and the creation of the two political parties.
(14) Explain the issues, events and roles of key people associated with the development of a national economic identity and foreign policy for the United States, including, without limitation:
(I) The development of the factory system and other significant inventions, including, without limitation, the cotton gin and interchangeable parts;
(II) Territorial, trade and shipping issues with Great Britain;
(III) The War of 1812;
(IV) The creation of a national transportation system;
(V) The Monroe Doctrine; and
(VI) The growth and impact of immigration.
(15) Describe the social reform and religious movements of the antebellum United States, which attempted to enhance life, including, without limitation, educational reform, prison and mental health reform, religious revival, the Utopian Movement and women’s rights.
(16) Describe the contributions in language, literature, art and music from this period that led to the development of an emerging culture in the United States, including, without limitation, the contributions of Stephen Foster, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Henry David Thoreau and the Hudson River School of Art.
(17) Explain the doctrine of Manifest Destiny and the events related to the expansion of the United States, including, without limitation, the Louisiana Purchase, the removal of the Eastern tribes of Native Americans, the California and Oregon Trails, the Mexican War and the acquisitions resulting from that war, the California Gold Rush and the Homestead Acts.
(18) Explain abolitionism and describe the importance of abolitionists and slave revolts, including, without limitation, Nat Turner, John Brown, Frederick Douglass, William Lloyd Garrison and Harriet Beecher Stowe.
(19) Describe the causes, key people, events and outcomes of the American Civil War, including, without limitation, states’ rights and slavery, the election of 1860, Frederick Douglass, African American troops, Abraham Lincoln, the Emancipation Proclamation, the battles at Antietam, Vicksburg and Gettysburg, the Gettysburg Address, General Robert E. Lee and General Ulysses S. Grant.
(g) Understand the importance and impact of political, economic and social ideas between the years 1860 and 1920, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Summarize the successes and failures of the Reconstruction Period.
(2) Describe the key people and significant issues concerning the rights of African Americans, including, without limitation, Booker T. Washington and the Tuskegee Institute, Black codes and Jim Crow laws, Plessy v. Ferguson, W. E. B. DuBois and the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP), Ida B. Wells and the National Alliance of Colored Women (NACW).
(3) Describe federal policy toward Native Americans, including, without limitation, the Plains Wars, the Dawes Act, the Indian Reorganization Act of 1934, Indian boarding schools, the Indian Citizenship Act of 1924 and the reservation system.
(4) Describe the roles of farming, railroads and mining in the settlement of the West.
(5) Describe the causes, issues and effects of the Populist Movement.
(6) Describe the effect of innovations in industrial technology and urbanization on the social and economic development of the United States.
(7) Describe the development of corporate capitalism, including, without limitation, J. P. Morgan, mass production, and vertical and horizontal integration and consolidation of businesses and industries.
(8) Explain the motivations for groups of persons coming to the United States and describe the contributions of those groups on the society of the United States.
(9) Describe nativism and explain the response of citizens of the United States to immigration into the United States.
(10) Explain the origins and issues involved in the labor movements.
(11) Describe the development and impact of the Progressive Movement, including, without limitation, government reforms, prohibition and “trust busting.”
(12) Describe the development of the women’s suffrage movement which led to the passage of the 19th Amendment.
(13) Describe the causes, characteristics and consequences of the expansion and diplomacy of the United States, including, without limitation, Alaska, Hawaii, the Panama Canal, the Spanish American War, the Open Door Policy, the foreign policy of Theodore Roosevelt and Dollar Diplomacy.
(14) Explain the causes and effects of the Mexican Revolution of 1911.
(15) Describe the causes, characteristics and consequences of European and Japanese expansion.
(16) Describe the causes, course, character and effects of World War I, including, without limitation, imperialism, the arms race and alliances, nationalism, weapons and tactics, the Fourteen Points and the Treaty of Versailles.
(17) Describe the causes and effects of the Russian Revolution, including, without limitation, the Romanovs, Vladimir Lenin, the Bolsheviks and the Russian Civil War.
(18) Explain how fine arts, literature and leisure activities from the period were a reflection of the time.
(h) Understand the importance and impact of political, economic and social changes in the world between the years 1920 and 1945, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe the rise of totalitarian societies in Europe, Asia and Latin America.
(2) Discuss the effects on society of the new technologies created during this period, including, without limitation, the new technologies in the areas of communication, transportation and manufacturing.
(3) Describe the social tensions which existed in the postwar period following World War I, including, without limitation, radical politics, restrictions on immigration, religious fundamentalism and racism.
(4) Describe how cultural developments in education, media, leisure activities and the arts reflected and changed society in the United States.
(5) Describe causes of the Great Depression in the United States, the policies and programs of the New Deal, and the effects of those policies and programs on social, political, diplomatic and economic institutions.
(6) Describe the causes, course, character and effects of World War II, including, without limitation, the legacy of World War I, campaigns and strategies, the atomic bomb, significant military, political and scientific leaders, the “Big Four,” the United Nations, the changing status of the United States and the war crimes trials.
(7) Describe the causes, course and effects of the Holocaust, including, without limitation, “Aryan Supremacy,” the Nuremberg Laws, Kristallnacht, the “Final Solution,” concentration and death camps, and the events that would lead to the creation of Israel.
(8) Explain the effects of World War II on the United States, including, without limitation, internment camps, technologies, economic developments, contributions by women and minorities, and the Montgomery GI Bill.
(i) Understand the shift of international relationships and power, and the significant developments in the American culture that occurred between the years 1945 and 1990, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe the causes and effects of the Cold War on foreign policy and economic issues in the following areas, without limitation:
(I) Europe, including, without limitation, the Marshall Plan, Berlin, and the creation and role of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization.
(II) The Middle East, including, without limitation, Egypt, Israel and Afghanistan.
(III) Asia, including, without limitation, Japan, China, Korea and Vietnam.
(IV) The Americas, including, without limitation, Cuba and the United States.
(2) Describe the effects of the Cold War on the United States, including, without limitation, the arms race, nuclear testing, McCarthyism, the space race and the Cuban Missile Crisis.
(3) Describe the cause, course, character and outcomes of the conflict in Korea, including, without limitation, the role of the Security Council of the United Nations, the Pusan Perimeter, General Douglas McArthur, Inchon, South Korea, the Yalu River and the 38th Parallel.
(4) Explain how and why African and Asian people achieved independence from colonial rule.
(5) Describe how postwar science and technology augmented the economic strength of the United States, transformed daily life and influenced the world economy and politics.
(6) Describe the causes and effects of changing demographics within the United States, and the development of suburbanization.
(7) Describe the major issues, events and people of the Civil Rights Movement in the United States and other minority movements, including, without limitation, the Black Power Movement, the United Farm Workers, the American Indian Movement, Viva La Raza, the Women’s Rights Movement, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and the Civil Rights Act of 1964.
(8) Describe the causes, course, character and effects of the conflict in Vietnam, including, without limitation, Ho Chi Minh, Ngo Dinh Diem, the Tonkin Resolution, the draft and lottery, the Tet Offensive, the antiwar movement, the Paris Peace Accord, and prisoners of war and persons listed as missing in action.
(9) Describe the changes in the political culture of the United States, including, without limitation, the role of the media, the role of women and minorities, Watergate, the Iranian hostage crisis, the Iran-Contra affair and the involvement of the United States in Grenada and Panama.
(10) Describe how international policies contributed to the end of the Cold War, including, without limitation, the recognition of China, detente, disarmament treaties, the Strategic Defense Initiative, solidarity and glasnost.
(11) Describe the geopolitical changes that occurred in the world as a result of the disintegration of the Soviet Union.
(12) Summarize the impact of art, music, theater, film, literature and the news media on the society in the United States during this period.
(j) Understand the political, economic, social and technological issues challenging the world between the years 1990 and the present, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify and explain the implications of scientific and technological achievements, including, without limitation, the personal computer, the Internet, the use of satellites and biotechnology.
(2) Describe the regional and global effects of political and economic alliances.
(3) Describe how global issues affect countries differently, including, without limitation:
(I) Human rights, including, without limitation, the treatment of prisoners.
(II) The environment, including, without limitation, the destruction of rain forests.
(III) World conflicts, including, without limitation, Kosovo and Serbia.
(IV) Medical concerns, including, without limitation, the acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
(4) Explain the causes and effects of the Persian Gulf Crisis, including, without limitation, the invasion into Kuwait, the world oil supply and changing alliances.
(5) Describe the changing political climate in the United States, including, without limitation, the role of the media and the impeachment of President William J. Clinton.
(6) Explain how literature, music and the visual arts from this period are a reflection of the time.
2. For the area of geography:
(a) Use maps, globes and other geographic tools and technologies to locate and derive information about people, places and environments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Independently use a variety of complex maps, including, without limitation, topographic, demographic and land use maps, to acquire geographic information.
(2) Select appropriate maps, map projections and other representations to analyze and interpret geographic information.
(3) Use appropriate geographic tools and techniques, including, without limitation, cartograms, climagraphs, population pyramids and geographic information systems, to analyze and interpret the physical and human features of the earth.
(4) Construct from memory complex, accurate maps and models to answer questions about the location of human and physical features.
(5) Analyze maps for similarities and differences in purpose, accuracy, content and design.
(6) Apply concepts and models of spatial organization to make decisions about geographic information.
(b) Understand the physical and human features and cultural characteristics of places, and use that information to define and study regions and their patterns of changes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Determine how relationships between humans and the environment can lead to the development of connections among places and regions.
(2) Explain why places and regions are important to cultural identity and serve as forces for unification and fragmentation.
(3) Compare and contrast the characteristics of places and regions from different points of view.
(4) Determine how technology affects the way in which cultural groups perceive and use places and regions.
(5) Analyze historical issues and answer questions using the geographic concept of regions as the central rationale.
(6) Analyze why places and regions once characterized by one set of criteria may be defined by a different set of criteria now, and evaluate the patterns of change.
(7) Apply the concept of region to organize and study a geographic issue.
(c) Understand how physical processes shape the surface patterns and ecosystems of the earth, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe how the interactions of the atmosphere, lithosphere, hydrosphere and biosphere affect the different regions of the United States and the world.
(2) Describe the causes and consequences of natural hazards and disasters that shape features and patterns on the earth.
(3) Analyze the effects of physical and human forces on the interdependence within ecosystems.
(4) Analyze the biodiversity, distribution and productivity of ecosystems across the surface of the earth.
(5) Propose solutions to environmental problems using the concept of ecosystems.
(d) Understand how economic, political and cultural processes interact to shape patterns of human migration and settlement, influence and interdependence, and conflict and cooperation, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Analyze demographic trends in world population using appropriate geographic technology.
(2) Evaluate the impact of migration and settlement on physical and human systems, including, without limitation, suburban development, adequate housing, stress on infrastructure, traffic patterns, and police and fire protection.
(3) Analyze how history has been affected by the movement of people, goods and ideas.
(4) Compare and contrast the characteristics and patterns of migration and settlement in developing and developed countries.
(5) Analyze how location and distance connect and influence economic systems at the local, national and international levels.
(6) Analyze and evaluate international economic issues from a spatial perspective.
(7) Predict the impacts of changes in the level of economic development on the quality of life in developing and developed countries.
(8) Evaluate the changes that occur in the size and structure of cultural, political and economic organizations.
(9) Analyze how different cultures, points of view and self-interests influence cooperation among and conflict between persons and countries over territory and resources.
(10) Describe the forces of cooperation and conflict as those forces affect the way in which the world is divided among countries.
(e) Understand the effects of interactions between human and physical systems, and the changes in use, distribution and importance of resources, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Compare and contrast how changes in the physical environment can increase or diminish the capacity of the environment to support human activity.
(2) Evaluate strategies to respond to constraints placed on human systems by the physical environment.
(3) Describe ways in which technology has affected the human capacity to modify the physical environment, and evaluate the possible regional or global impact of the technology.
(4) Develop responses to changes caused by human modification of the physical environment.
(5) Analyze human perception of and response to natural hazards and disasters.
(6) Analyze the patterns of use, the changing distribution and the relative importance of the resources of the earth.
(7) Develop policies for the use and management of the resources of the earth that consider the various interests involved.
(f) Apply geographic knowledge of people, places and environments to interpret the past, understand the present and plan for the future, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Analyze the ways in which physical features and human characteristics of places and regions have influenced the evolution of significant historical events.
(2) Collect several articles about current events and relate the information in those articles to the physical features and human characteristics of places and regions.
(3) Research and make a presentation on a contemporary issue using geographic knowledge, skills and perspectives, and provide opinions and sound arguments to support the position made in the presentation.
(4) Predict possible outcomes and develop future policies for local or regional issues that have spatial dimensions, including, without limitation, plans to safeguard people and property if a major natural disaster occurs.
(g) Ask and answer questions about geography by acquiring, organizing and analyzing geographic information, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Plan and organize a geographic research project by asking appropriate geographic questions suggested by a series of maps or other data.
(2) Locate and acquire geographic information from a variety of primary and secondary sources, and assess the validity and utility of each such source used.
(3) Use a variety of tools and technologies to select and design appropriate forms of maps, graphs and diagrams to organize geographic information.
(4) Use quantitative methods of analysis to make inferences and draw conclusions from maps and other geographic representations, evaluating the quality of the geographic reasoning used.
(5) Complete a geographic inquiry by supporting geographic generalizations and conclusions with the analysis, interpretation and presentation of information in written and oral form.
3. For the area of civics:
(a) Know why society needs rules, law and governments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain the concept of the rule of law in the establishment of the United States Constitution.
(2) Discuss the philosophical underpinnings of the founding documents of the United States, including, without limitation, the Declaration of Independence, the Articles of Confederation and the United States Constitution.
(3) Analyze the role of citizen participation in American civic life.
(4) Identify and explain changes in the interpretation and application of the United States Constitution.
(5) Describe historic influences on the founding documents of the United States, including, without limitation, the influence of the Magna Carta, Iroquois Nation, and Greek and Roman law.
(b) Know the United States Constitution and the government created by the United States Constitution, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Examine the organization of the United States Constitution and describe the structure of government which it creates, including the executive, legislative and judicial branches.
(2) Describe the legislative process through which laws are created.
(3) Analyze and give examples of the expansion of the Federal Government through the use of its enumerated and implied powers.
(4) Describe the duties of the executive branch of government.
(5) Describe the jurisdiction of the Federal Court System.
(6) Explain the concept of judicial review by considering, without limitation, Marbury v. Madison.
(7) Explain the importance of the jury process in a democratic society.
(8) Analyze the effectiveness of the system of checks and balances in maintaining an equal division of power among the three branches of government.
(c) Explain the relationship between the states and the Federal Government of the United States, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain the provisions within the United States Constitution which provide for the division of powers between a state government and the Federal Government.
(2) Provide contemporary examples of federalism.
(3) Use examples to illustrate the supremacy clause of the United States Constitution to define the relationship between a state government and the Federal Government.
(d) Describe the roles of political parties, interest groups and public opinion in the democratic process, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Assess the process by which leaders are selected in the political system in the United States, and analyze the role of the electoral college in the election of the President of the United States.
(2) Analyze the roles and function of factions within political parties, and the roles of political parties in politics and the creation of public policies.
(3) Evaluate the significance of interest groups in the political process of a democratic society.
(4) Analyze the role that television and other media play in the process of political persuasion.
(5) Evaluate propaganda in both historical and current political communications.
(6) Describe the process by which public policy is formed and carried out.
(e) Know the roles, rights and responsibilities of citizens of the United States, and know the symbols of the United States, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Examine the responsibilities and rights of citizens, and how these rights may be restricted.
(2) Describe the development of the Bill of Rights, and provide a contemporary application of one of the rights enumerated in the Bill of Rights.
(3) Analyze the use of the United States Constitution and its amendments in protecting individual rights.
(4) Identify major conflicts in social, political and economic life.
(5) Analyze the role of compromise in the resolution of conflicts.
(6) Describe the role of the Supreme Court of the United States as the guardian of individual rights through an examination of landmark cases, including, without limitation:
(I) Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka.
(II) Gideon v. Wainwright.
(III) Miranda v. Arizona.
(IV) Tinker v. Des Moines Independent Community School District.
(7) Explain how the symbols and documents of a country represent its identity.
(f) Know the structure and functions of state and local governments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain the structure and function of state and local governments.
(2) Describe the unique roles of tribal governments within the United States.
(3) Compare and contrast the structure of the Constitution of the State of Nevada and the United States Constitution.
(4) Describe the differences between the local and state court systems.
(g) Explain the different political and economic systems in the world, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Summarize and evaluate the significant characteristics of the major political systems of the world, including, without limitation, monarchies, totalitarian dictatorships, presidential systems, parliamentary systems and communism.
(2) Define and analyze the major economic systems of the world, including, without limitation, capitalism, mixed economy, socialism and command economy.
(h) Know the political and economic relationship between the United States and its citizens, and other countries and their citizens, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify and analyze the effectiveness of the foreign policy of the United States with regard to international problems and concerns, including, without limitation, diplomacy, economic policy, humanitarian aid and military intervention.
(2) Analyze the conflict between the policies of the United States concerning isolationism and its policies concerning intervention in world affairs.
(3) Critique the role of international organizations in world affairs, including, without limitation, the role of the United Nations, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization and other nongovernmental organizations.
4. For the area of economics:
(a) Use fundamental concepts in economics, including, without limitation, scarcity, choice, cost, incentives and a comparison of cost and benefits, to describe and analyze problems and opportunities, both individual and social, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain why two high school seniors in the same situation may make different decisions.
(2) Recognizing that people act in their own self-interest, analyze and predict how an economic change, including, without limitation, a large employer moving into or out of a community will affect the choices made by local consumers, producers and savers.
(3) Use the concept of marginal benefit and marginal cost to explain the effects of a proposed change in a government program, including, without limitation, a new park, a lower school budget or a new freeway, on persons, businesses and local government.
(b) Demonstrate a knowledge of past and present economic performance in the United States, identify economic indicators used to measure that performance and use that knowledge to make individual decisions and discuss relevant social issues, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain the difference between nominal gross domestic product and real gross domestic product.
(2) Describe the meaning of real gross domestic product per capita and explain how living standards have changed over time, given sample historical data.
(3) Identify from historical data the changes made by the real gross domestic product over time and identify periods of highs and lows of economic growth.
(4) Using a price index, such as the Consumer Price Index, identify when the economy of the United States has experienced high and low rates of inflation, and discuss the impact of inflation and deflation on two different groups of people, such as homeowners and renters.
(5) Accurately infer, from data concerning the Consumer Price Index and the producer price index over a period of 5 to 10 years, the effects of price changes on two consumer goods and two goods purchased by producers.
(6) Given historical data showing rates of high unemployment, describe, with examples, the impact of a high rate of unemployment on the economy as a whole in terms of lost income, lost tax revenue and welfare burdens on states.
(7) When presented with current data on unemployment by age, gender, race, ethnic origin, occupation and educational attainment, compare and contrast the differences in the rates of unemployment by groups.
(8) Explain why an actual interest rate accurately measures the benefit of saving or the cost of borrowing money.
(9) Given historical data presented in graphic form that shows periods of high and low interest rates, explain how the changes in interest rates affect consumer and business decisions to purchase goods during those periods.
(c) Demonstrate an understanding of how markets work, including, without limitation, an understanding of why markets form, how supply and demand interact to determine market prices and interest rates, and how changes in prices act as signals to coordinate trade, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Describe in his own words why voluntary trade is beneficial to both parties in a trading situation.
(2) Use the concepts of supply and demand to analyze and predict changes in prices occurring in markets for goods and services.
(3) Explain the meaning of the elasticity of supply and demand, and give at least two examples of the behaviors of buyers and sellers to illustrate that meaning.
(4) Analyze, for several products, the effects of a price ceiling and a price floor imposed by a government.
(5) Given tabular or graphic data on the supply and demand for money, explain how interest rates are determined.
(d) Describe the roles played by various economic institutions in the United States, including, without limitation, financial institutions, labor unions, for-profit business organizations and not-for-profit organizations, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Analyze the roles of financial institutions in creating credit.
(2) Explain how labor unions affect employees and employers.
(3) Identify a current or historic merger, buyout or acquisition.
(4) Explain how the services of not-for-profit organizations impact other economic institutions.
(e) Demonstrate an understanding of various forms of money, how money makes it easier to trade, borrow, save, invest and compare the value of services, and how the Federal Reserve System and its policies affect the supply of money in the United States, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain the three functions of money as a medium for exchange, store of value and unit of account.
(2) Explain how the commercial banking system creates money by making loans.
(3) Describe the three primary policy instruments, such as reserve requirements, discount rates and open market operations, that are used by the Federal Reserve to control the supply of money.
(4) Define “M1” and “M2,” as those designations are used in the field of economics.
(f) Demonstrate an understanding of the economic system of the United States, as a whole, in terms of how it allocates resources, how it determines the production, income, unemployment and price levels in the United States and how it leads to variations in individual levels of income, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Compare the benefits and costs of allocating resources through markets or governments.
(2) Given data for the United States and another country, explain the potential of each country for producing goods and services, based on its natural, human and capital resources and technology.
(3) Based on given data, such as a change in the national income resulting from a change in spending, identify the value of the multiplier and explain how the multiplier works.
(4) Make connections between the unemployment rate in the United States and:
(I) Changes in season.
(II) Changes in industry.
(III) Changes in demographics.
(5) Given an increase in demand for a product, explain the effect on the price for the product and the consequences for wages paid to a worker.
(g) Demonstrate an understanding of how investment, entrepreneurship, competition and specialization lead to changes in the structure and performance of an economy, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Identify an invention, describe how businesses invested in the production of the invention and explain how such an investment raised the standard of living.
(2) Cite and explain specific examples of physical capital and human capital.
(3) Examine the impact of government on investments through the imposition of taxes and fees, governmental regulation, the creation of enterprise zones and the provision of subsidies.
(4) After reading the biographies of at least two entrepreneurs, explain how those entrepreneurs affected the economy by solving problems, taking risks and taking advantages of opportunities to earn profits.
(5) Identify one innovation of the 20th century and explain how the innovation, through the self-interest of the innovator, helped the economy to promote well-being of society.
(6) Identify examples of business specialization and interdependence in the local community, and list the pros and cons of the specialization and interdependence for each example listed.
(h) Explain the role of government in a market economy, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain why government provides public goods rather than allowing the market to provide those goods.
(2) Explain why government intervenes in markets in response to certain externalities.
(3) Discuss whether redistributing money is an appropriate role of government.
(4) Explain why government must define, establish and enforce property rights for markets to function.
(5) Explain why it is possible for the decision of a government to impose costs on many persons, when only a few persons may benefit from such a decision.
(6) Explain how fiscal policy affects production, employment and the level of prices.
(i) Explore the characteristics of economic systems from places other than the United States to demonstrate an understanding of how those systems and the economic system in the United States are connected, through trade, with peoples and cultures throughout the world, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Given a situation involving policy decisions relating to economics and trade between the United States and another country, analyze the groups within each country that would benefit and would be hurt by the implementation of those policies, including, without limitation, free trade between the United States and Taiwan or Mexico.
(2) Identify an economic event in a foreign country and predict the impact which that event will have on the economy of the United States.
(3) Construct an economic profile of a foreign country and explain how the characteristics of the country affect its economic performance and international trade.
(4) Analyze a rate of exchange from two or more periods, and determine the impact of changes in the rate of exchange on the prices of products imported from and exported to a country.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R074-00, eff. 6-20-2000)
Elective Courses of Study
NAC 389.516 Permissible elective courses of study. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 388.360) A local school board may offer the following courses of study as elective courses in a public high school:
1. History, other than American history.
2. Government, other than American government.
3. Agriculture and natural resource sciences, which may include the courses of study described in NAC 389.520 to 389.537, inclusive.
4. The arts.
5. Business, which may include the courses of study described in NAC 389.543 to 389.555, inclusive.
6. Communications, which may include the courses of study described in NAC 389.556 and 389.558.
7. Career and technical education, in cooperation with private employers, as described in NAC 389.562, 389.564 and 389.566.
8. Drivers’ education.
9. Foreign language.
10. Occupations, which may include the courses of study described in NAC 389.572 to 389.584, inclusive.
11. Occupations in trade and industry, which may include the courses of study described in NAC 389.586 to 389.618, inclusive.
12. Family and consumer sciences.
13. Industrial arts.
14. Marketing.
15. Skills needed to obtain employment as described in NAC 389.644 to 389.650, inclusive.
16. Social studies.
17. Introduction to occupations which may include the courses of study described in NAC 389.6528 to 389.6547, inclusive.
18. Great Basin Native American languages.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92; A by R066-97, 12-10-97; R073-00, 6-20-2000; R155-01, 12-17-2001; R195-01, 4-1-2002; R010-03, 10-30-2003; R108-03, R165-03, R166-03, R184-03 & R185-03, 1-22-2004; R236-03, 3-19-2004; R040-05 & R043-05, 10-31-2005; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006)
NAC 389.520 Agriculture. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in agriculture and natural resource sciences must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the second year of instruction:
1. For the area of agriculture and society, describe the relationship between agriculture in the State of Nevada and society at the local, state, national and international level and discuss the economic impact of leading commodities, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Identify and categorize agricultural products and services in the State of Nevada;
(b) Discuss the role of agriculture in the development of society; and
(c) Explain the economic value of agricultural commodities produced at the local, state, national and international level.
2. For the area of animal science, explain the importance of animals, the domestication of animals and the role of animals in modern society, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Explain the care and uses of domesticated livestock in society;
(b) Demonstrate an understanding of the process of evaluation and selection of livestock based upon current industry standards;
(c) Explain the correct method to select and safely use facilities for the housing of animals and related equipment;
(d) Explain the structure and function of the reproductive systems of animals and the relationship of those systems to reproductive management and fetal development;
(e) Explain the factors that influence animal nutrition and feeding, including, without limitation, an identification of the common ingredients of feed and an explanation of the uses of different types of feed for particular animal species;
(f) Identify the general symptoms of health problems that affect animals and the causes of disease in domesticated animals; and
(g) Demonstrate an awareness of the perception of the general public concerning issues related to the welfare of animals.
3. For the area of plant and soil science, explain the requirements for the growth and development of plants and the relationship with soil, water and fertilizer, and identify and explain the functions and interaction of plant systems and characteristics of soil, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Explain the principles of the classification of plants by taxonomy and use;
(b) Explain the principles of the physiology and growth of plants;
(c) Recognize the differences in the reproductive systems of plants;
(d) Explain the relationship between soils and the production of plants;
(e) Explain the importance of the systems, management and care of plants; and
(f) Explain the economic and aesthetic role of horticulture in the community and in industry at the local, state and national level.
4. For the area of supervised agricultural experience, explain the relationship between a supervised agricultural experience and the preparation that is necessary for a pupil to pursue a career in agriculture, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to actively engage in and manage a supervised agricultural experience in a manner that enables the pupil to develop skills necessary for a career in agriculture.
5. For the area of leadership and Future Farmers of America, recognize the traits of effective leaders and participate in leadership training through active membership in the Future Farmers of America, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to understand the basic principles of an organizational framework, communication, group dynamics, team building and the management of meetings.
6. For the area of the business, sales and marketing of agriculture, explain the importance of agricultural firms and technologies with regard to the production, processing, servicing, purchasing and marketing of agricultural products, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Explain the basic principles of the marketing of agricultural products;
(b) Explain the basic principles of sales and service of agricultural products; and
(c) Explain the basic principles of concepts of business management.
7. For the area of mechanical engineering and technology relating to agriculture, explain the concepts of mechanical systems and structures and explain the emerging technologies and their relationship to the agricultural industry, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Explain the operating principles of common tools that are used in agriculture; and
(b) Explain the different types of power systems and the major components and principles of operation of those systems.
8. For the area of natural resources, explain the relationship between modern agriculture and the environment, with an emphasis on land, water and other natural resources in the State of Nevada and explain how the availability of natural resources affects agriculture, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Explain the importance of agriculturists as stewards of our natural resources;
(b) Describe the environmental impacts of agriculture on the water, soil and air;
(c) Explain the importance and value of mining in the State of Nevada; and
(d) Explain the importance of the management of wildlife and its relationship to agriculture.
9. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrate:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain the appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) An ability to effectively manage resources in the workplace;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for retaining a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R155-01, 12-17-2001)
NAC 389.521 Agricultural business systems. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in agricultural business systems must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by completion of the final course of instruction:
1. Describe basic economic principles as they relate to agricultural business and agriculture, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Describe the basic economic factors that affect management decisions relating to a farm and agricultural business;
(b) Distinguish among supplementary, complementary, competitive and independent enterprises; and
(c) Use economic decision-making tools to increase the profitability of an agricultural enterprise.
2. Explain how business ownership structures, organizations and human resources affect management decisions relating to agricultural business, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Explain how the different types of business ownership structures affect agricultural enterprises;
(b) Explain how different public and private organizations affect agricultural enterprises;
(c) Explain the role of a human resources manager for agricultural business; and
(d) Explain the role and importance of human resources in a successful agricultural business.
3. Describe generally accepted accounting principles and establish an accounting system appropriate for agricultural business, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to explain and use generally accepted accounting principles to record business transactions.
4. Read and interpret financial reports to make informed decisions relating to budgeting, obtaining credit, managing taxes and making other financial decisions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Identify and interpret financial reports and recommend sound financial proposals;
(b) Describe the purposes, benefits and limitations of budgeting and developing a budget for agricultural business;
(c) Describe and explain the role of credit in an agricultural business; and
(d) Describe the types of taxes, the reasons for tax planning and the general factors necessary for understanding tax management.
5. Explain the importance of establishing and maintaining an efficient system of recordkeeping to comply with applicable laws and regulations and to assist in decision making, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Identify reports required by applicable laws and regulations and establish systems of collection and retrieval of information to facilitate completion of those reports; and
(b) Complete and explain the importance of production reports used in planning and analyzing performance in agricultural business.
6. Identify the major principles of law and risk management as they relate to agricultural enterprises, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to explain those major principles of law and methods of risk management.
7. Describe the principles of marketing and selling agricultural products and use simulations and career development events, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Describe and simulate strategies for marketing agricultural products and services;
(b) Describe and simulate strategies for buying and selling agricultural products and services; and
(c) Explain the interrelationships of governmental, economic and cultural factors that affect local, national and international trade.
8. Use technology and information technology for improvement of agricultural business, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Explain and use computer technology to support strategies for improvement of agricultural business; and
(b) Explain and use technology to support strategies for improvement of agricultural business.
9. Explain the relationship between a supervised agricultural experience and preparation for a career in agricultural business, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to actively engage in and manage a supervised agricultural experience in a manner that enables the pupil to develop skills for the workplace.
10. Recognize the importance of leadership skills, including interpersonal relations, group management and communication, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to recognize traits of effective leaders and participate in leadership training by actively participating in Future Farmers of America.
11. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R184-03, eff. 1-22-2004)
NAC 389.523 Agricultural mechanical engineering technology. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in agricultural mechanical engineering technology must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the final course of instruction:
1. For the area of safety:
(a) Demonstrate and practice general shop safety and those practices specific to the learning activity; and
(b) Understand personal and group safety while working in an agricultural mechanics environment.
2. For the area of welding:
(a) Understand the principles and application of welding and, where applicable, cutting, and be able to explain the role of heat and the process of fusion.
(b) Practice safety, demonstrate equipment setup and maintenance, appropriate welding procedures and, where applicable, cutting procedures, and practice proper tool selection while using:
(1) Oxy-fuel welding;
(2) Shielded metal arc welding;
(3) Gas metal and arc welding;
(4) Gas tungsten arc welding; and
(5) Air arc and plasma cutting procedures.
(c) For the area of electricity, understand the principles of generation, distribution and application of electricity in agricultural and industrial settings, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Understand and use safe practices and procedures during learning activities appropriate to agricultural electrification;
(2) Recognize principles and theories of electricity;
(3) Describe appropriate use and application of electrical conductors and over-current protection;
(4) Recognize standard components of electrical systems;
(5) Understand, design and construct electrical circuits; and
(6) Demonstrate proficiency in the use of electrical meters and test equipment.
(d) For the area of agricultural industry water management, understand the principles and applications of water and wastewater management as they relate to the agricultural and industrial settings, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Understand and use safe practices and procedures in the management of water in the agricultural and industrial settings;
(2) Understand the theory and design of various water transfer systems; and
(3) Understand the application of various components relating to water transfer systems.
(e) For the area of concrete, understand the principles and applications of concrete in agricultural and industrial construction, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Understand and use safe practices and procedures with concrete;
(2) Know the components and ratios of various mixtures of concrete; and
(3) Demonstrate knowledge of proper concrete applications and construction.
(f) For the area of fencing, understand the agricultural and industrial applications of fencing, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Understand and use safe practices and procedures in the construction of agricultural and industrial fencing;
(2) Describe the application of various types of fencing systems; and
(3) Understand the design and installation of various types of fencing systems.
(g) For the area of agricultural and industrial drafting, attain proficiency in agricultural and industrial drafting, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Understand the use of various types of drafting plans; and
(2) Prepare and use drafting plans appropriate to the learning activity.
(h) For the area of agricultural and industrial buildings, understand the applications of agricultural and industrial buildings, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Understand and use safe practices and procedures associated with the construction of agricultural and industrial buildings;
(2) Understand different types of buildings used in the agricultural industry;
(3) Select and design the appropriate building for a specific agricultural application;
(4) Demonstrate the skills necessary for the appropriate maintenance and repair of agricultural buildings; and
(5) Construct a selected agricultural building.
(i) For the area of small engine power and equipment, understand the principles and applications of small engine power and equipment in an agricultural setting, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Understand and use safe practices and procedures associated with the operation, maintenance and repair of small engines and equipment;
(2) Show a working knowledge of essential engine operating systems;
(3) Recognize appropriate power attachments and their applications; and
(4) Demonstrate the skills necessary for the appropriate maintenance and repair of small gasoline engines and their power attachments.
(j) For the area of hand and power tools, identify and demonstrate the proper use of hand and power tools in agricultural settings, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Identify general hand and power tools;
(2) Show a working knowledge of and demonstrate the safe use of hand and power tools;
(3) Select and use the appropriate tool for a task; and
(4) Demonstrate the skills necessary for the appropriate maintenance and repair of hand and power tools.
(k) For the area of gasoline and diesel power, understand the basic principles, operations and maintenance of gasoline and diesel engines used in agricultural settings, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Understand and use safe practices and procedures with gasoline and diesel engines used in agricultural settings;
(2) Demonstrate knowledge of the theoretical operation of a multiple cylinder engine; and
(3) Demonstrate the skills necessary for the appropriate maintenance and repair of multiple cylinder engines.
(l) For the area of hydraulics, understand the basic principles, operations and maintenance of hydraulic systems used in agricultural settings, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Understand and use safe practices and procedures appropriate for hydraulic systems used in agricultural settings;
(2) Demonstrate a knowledge of the basic principles of hydraulics;
(3) Identify the components of hydraulic systems;
(4) Demonstrate the skills necessary for the appropriate maintenance and repair of hydraulic system; and
(5) Design and build hydraulic systems to be used in an agricultural application.
(m) For the area of agricultural industrial machinery, understand and demonstrate basic skills in the operation, maintenance and repair of agricultural industrial machinery, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Understand and use safe practices and procedures associated with the operation, maintenance and repair of agricultural industrial machinery;
(2) Understand the theoretical operation of agricultural machinery;
(3) Demonstrate the skills necessary for the appropriate maintenance and repair of agricultural machinery; and
(4) Demonstrate the skills necessary for the safe operation of agricultural machinery, including tractors.
(n) For the area of electrical power, understand and demonstrate the operation, maintenance and use of electrical power in agricultural applications, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(1) Understand and use safe practices and procedures associated with the operation, maintenance and repair of electrical power;
(2) Describe the basic principles and operation of electric motors and controls;
(3) Design and build an electric system using motors and controls; and
(4) Demonstrate the skills necessary for the appropriate maintenance and repair of electrical motor and control systems.
(o) For the area of supervised agricultural experience, explain the relationship between a supervised agricultural experience and the preparation that is necessary for a pupil to pursue a career in agriculture, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to actively engage in and manage a supervised agricultural experience in a manner that enables the pupil to develop skills necessary for a career in agricultural mechanical engineering technology.
(p) For the area of leadership and Future Farmers of America, recognize the traits of effective leaders and participate in leadership training through active membership in the Future Farmers of America, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to understand the basic principles of an organizational framework, communication, group dynamics, team building and the management of meetings.
(q) For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrate:
(1) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(2) Skills of critical thinking;
(3) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(4) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(5) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(6) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(7) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;
(8) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(9) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R010-03, eff. 10-30-2003)
NAC 389.524 Landscape management. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in landscape management must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Identify the tools used in designing a landscape.
2. Explain the relationship between the design and development of a landscape.
3. Explain the techniques involved in the design of a landscape.
4. Write a program for professional care of a lawn.
5. Describe the requirements to maintain the various grasses.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.525 Plant and environmental horticulture science. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in plant and environmental horticulture science must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the final course of instruction:
1. For the area of plant science, understand plant anatomy, physiology and reproduction as it relates to environmental horticulture, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Describe the major external plant structures and their functions;
(b) Describe the major internal plant structures and their functions;
(c) Recognize differences in the methods of plant reproduction; and
(d) Describe the processes involved in plant growth.
2. For the area of plant classification, recognize the importance of plant classification and identification, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Recognize the importance of the history and purpose of plant classification and nomenclature;
(b) Recognize plant characteristics used for the identification of plants; and
(c) Classify and identify local horticultural plant materials.
3. For the area of soil and water science, recognize the importance of the interaction of soil, water and fertilizer in plant production, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Explain the relationship between soils and plant production;
(b) Understand nutrition practices for plants as they relate to plant growth and health; and
(c) Understand effective management practices used in irrigation, drainage, watersheds and water conservation.
4. For the area of pest control, explore basic principles of integrated pest management and identify pest and disease damage, including methods of disease and pest control, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Describe and explain safe practices of pesticide management;
(b) Identify insects and insect damage and learn methods of pest management as it relates to agriculture and horticulture crops;
(c) Identify weeds and describe methods of weed control as it relates to agricultural and horticultural crops; and
(d) Identify horticultural diseases and disease damage and describe methods of control.
5. For the area of arboriculture, understand basic principles of arboriculture as it relates to the management of ornamental and production trees and shrubs, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Explain proper techniques of planting and transplanting for ornamental and production trees and shrubs;
(b) Describe management practices used with ornamental and production trees and shrubs; and
(c) Explain and identify tools and equipment involved in the management of ornamental and production trees and shrubs.
6. For the area of greenhouse, understand the design, construction, management and operation of a greenhouse in the production of a greenhouse crop, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Explain the principles of greenhouse and growing structure design, construction and operation; and
(b) Explain the principles of the management and production of greenhouse crops.
7. For the area of nursery, understand the care and maintenance of nursery stock and understand the importance of wholesale and retail nursery operations, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Explain the principles involved in the production of nursery stock; and
(b) Describe management practices involved in a retail nursery operation.
8. For the area of turf grass, understand the selection, installation and maintenance of turf, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Describe the considerations involved in the selection of turf grass;
(b) Describe the various methods of the installation of turf grass; and
(c) Identify and explain the cultural practices involved in the maintenance and care of turf grass.
9. For the area of landscaping, understand the basic principles of landscape planning, design, construction, irrigation and maintenance, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Describe the principles and practices involved in landscape planning and design;
(b) Describe proper techniques used in landscape construction;
(c) Examine the practices involved in the design, construction and maintenance of irrigation systems; and
(d) Explain proper practices of landscape maintenance.
10. For the area of floral design, understand the basic principles and skills involved in the design and construction of floral arrangements, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Demonstrate the basic design principles used in the floral industry;
(b) Identify and use flowers and foliage common to the floral industry; and
(c) Identify and use floral tools and materials.
11. For the area of business management, understand the importance of business principles and practices in the horticulture industry, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Explain basic business principles; and
(b) Explain the importance of keeping business and production records.
12. For the area of supervised agricultural experience, explain the relationship between a supervised agricultural experience and the preparation that is necessary for a pupil to pursue a career in horticulture, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to actively engage in and manage a supervised agricultural experience in a manner that enables the pupil to develop skills necessary for a career in horticulture.
13. For the area of leadership and Future Farmers of America, recognize the traits of effective leaders and participate in leadership training through active membership in the Future Farmers of America, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to understand the basic principles of an organizational framework, communication, group dynamics, team building and the management of meetings.
14. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrate:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R010-03, eff. 10-30-2003)
NAC 389.526 Technology of horses. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in the technology of horses must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Develop a knowledge of genetics, the systems for breeding, the principles of production and the care of a herd of horses used for breeding.
2. Apply the knowledge of controlling parasites and diseases affecting horses.
3. Demonstrate the proper procedure in feeding horses and providing a proper diet.
4. Perform proper procedures in handling a horse, caring for its feet and for transporting it.
5. Develop skills necessary to train, equip, show and sell horses.
6. Demonstrate a knowledge of the practices for the management of a farm and ranch, including leases, taxes and legal documents.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.527 Animal science and veterinary medicine. (NRS 385.010, 385.110) A course of study in animal science and veterinary medicine must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by completion of the final course of instruction:
1. For the area of introduction to animal science, understand the history and importance of domestic animals, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Define animal science and its components;
(b) Describe how, why and when the domestication of animals occurred;
(c) Classify animals using accepted nomenclatures; and
(d) Explore global trends and the impact of domestic animals.
2. For the area of anatomy and physiology, understand the structure and function of the major organ systems of animals, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Identify the external anatomy of domestic animals; and
(b) Identify and describe the anatomy and functions of the:
(1) Musculoskeletal, nervous and integumentary systems;
(2) Digestive and urinary systems;
(3) Reproductive and endocrine systems; and
(4) Cardiovascular, hemolymphatic and respiratory systems.
3. For the area of the evaluation and selection of animals, demonstrate an understanding of the process of evaluation and selection of animals based upon current industry standards, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Recognize and describe the different breeds within the species of domestic animals;
(b) Identify the various types and conformations of domestic animals;
(c) Analyze and interpret the performance data used in the selection of domestic animals; and
(d) Recognize the importance of physical condition in the evaluation of an animal.
4. For the area of animal genetics, understand the basic theory of inheritance and the genetic basis for animal selection, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Explain the role of genetics in animal production and performance;
(b) Explain the process of cellular division and how that process relates to the transfer of genetic information;
(c) Explain the concepts of linkage, crossover and mutation as they relate to the transmission of characteristics; and
(d) Discuss genetic engineering and its effects on animal production and performance.
5. For the area of management of animal reproduction, understand the structure and function of the endocrine and reproductive systems and how they relate to the management of reproductive practices and to fetal development, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to describe the:
(a) Factors that affect fertility and the process of fertilization;
(b) Stages of fetal development and gestation;
(c) Process of parturition and lactation; and
(d) Common breeding systems used in animal reproduction.
6. For the area of feeding and nutrition, understand the nutritional requirements and feeding practices of animals, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Differentiate the types of gastrointestinal tracts and dietary requirements;
(b) Identify the nutrients and nutritional requirements for animal production and performance;
(c) Identify and classify the common types of feed used for animal production and performance, including methods of preparation and processing; and
(d) Explain the role of food additives in animal nutrition.
7. For the area of animal health, understand the prevention and etiology of animal diseases with an emphasis on the applicable region, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to recognize:
(a) Common infectious diseases in domestic animals;
(b) Nutritional diseases in domestic animals;
(c) Common genetic and congenital diseases in domestic animals;
(d) Environmental diseases associated with domestic animals;
(e) Common developmental diseases associated with domestic animals; and
(f) Common traumatic injuries in domestic animals.
8. For the area of animal facilities, equipment and handling, recognize accepted industry standards for the use and selection of animal facilities, housing, tools and equipment used for restraining animals, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Classify and discuss the different types of systems used for housing and penning domestic animals;
(b) Identify and describe appropriate methods of restraining and handling domestic animals;
(c) Recognize the behaviors common to domestic animals that are exhibited during confinement and handling;
(d) Describe appropriate and safe methods for transporting animals; and
(e) Recognize the type of equipment used in the management of animals.
9. For the area of animal welfare, develop an understanding of issues relating to animals and the uses of animals in today’s society, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to discuss:
(a) Philosophies concerning animal welfare;
(b) Historical events, changing attitudes and legislation regarding the use of animals; and
(c) Controversial practices and cultural differences in the use of animals.
10. For the area of animals and society, develop an awareness of the relationship and interaction of animals in society, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Describe how domestic animals are used as sources of food and fiber;
(b) Discuss food safety as it relates to animal products and by-products;
(c) Discuss applicable statutes and regulations governing the use of animals; and
(d) Recognize the existence and importance of the bond between humans and animals.
11. For the area of animals and the environment, understand the role animals have with the ecosystem and their impact on the ecosystem, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Describe sustainable agricultural practices associated with animal production;
(b) Discuss the various aspects of the practices of range management and the relationship of those practices to the land; and
(c) Discuss the various aspects of the management of domestic animals and the relationship of those practices to wildlife management.
12. For the area of nontraditional and specialty animals, develop an understanding of the significance of those animals and their husbandry practices.
13. For the area of supervised agricultural experience, explain the relationship between a supervised agricultural experience and preparation for a career in agriculture, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to actively engage in and manage a supervised agricultural experience in a manner that enables the pupil to develop skills for the workplace.
14. For the area of leadership and Future Farmers of America, recognize the importance of leadership skills, including interpersonal relations, group management and communication, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to recognize traits of effective leaders and participate in leadership training by actively participating in Future Farmers of America.
15. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R185-03, eff. 1-22-2004)
NAC 389.530 Forestry. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in forestry must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Develop a knowledge of the identification and physiology of trees and the classification of a crown of a tree.
2. Describe the relationship of the forest to the geology, soils, ecology and types of density of the forest.
3. Explain methods to protect forests against fire, insects, diseases, injury by animals, weather and chemicals.
4. Apply a knowledge of techniques to fight fire.
5. Demonstrate the fundamentals of reforestation and applied silviculture.
6. Apply a knowledge of the business of forestry, including knowledge of taxation, other laws relating to forestry and real estate.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.532 Management of wildlife and natural resources. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in management of wildlife and natural resources must include instruction designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the final course of instruction:
1. Identify the characteristics of soil, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Explore the chemical and biological interactions of soil; and
(b) Develop an appreciation for the conservation of soil.
2. Examine the sources and distribution of water resources, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Comprehend and explain the hydrological cycle;
(b) Explain the factors contributing to the quality of water; and
(c) Investigate the basis of monitoring water.
3. Understand air quality as it relates to natural resource systems, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Investigate the composition of the atmosphere; and
(b) Explore major issues affecting the quality of air and associated monitoring techniques.
4. Examine the interaction between energy resources and the ecosystems, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Recognize the types and importance of energy resources; and
(b) Explore the relationship between the development and use of energy and the ecosystem.
5. Examine minerals in Nevada and the socioeconomic impact of those minerals, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Develop an appreciation for the mineral resources in Nevada;
(b) Examine the relationship between the development of minerals and the management of natural resources; and
(c) Examine the development of minerals as it relates to cultural resources and socioeconomics in Nevada.
6. Examine vegetation resources in Nevada, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Examine plant biology;
(b) Identify the characteristics of plant communities and the associated dynamics of those communities;
(c) Explore the agricultural vegetation in Nevada; and
(d) Investigate the basis of standards and monitoring for vegetation.
7. Explore the science of management of the range, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Identify the components of managing a range;
(b) Examine the nutrition for animals managed on a range;
(c) Determine the factors affecting the carrying capacity of rangelands and compare and contrast among the various grazing systems;
(d) Investigate the factors contributing to the ecology of a range;
(e) Investigate practices for manipulating the vegetation of a range; and
(f) Investigate the principles involved in monitoring the inventory of a range.
8. Understand forest ecology, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to develop a historical and regional perspective of the resources of a forest and opportunities for future management of a forest.
9. Investigate fish and wildlife ecology, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Differentiate among the various categories of wildlife and explore the importance and distribution of fish and wildlife resources in Nevada;
(b) Examine wildlife and aquatic ecology;
(c) Investigate the relationship between uplands and riparian habitats;
(d) Examine the federal Endangered Species Act of 1973, 16 U.S.C. §§ 1531 et seq., and its implementation; and
(e) Investigate the basis of wildlife and aquatic monitoring.
10. Understand the dynamics of fire ecology, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Explore the effects of fire on the ecosystem; and
(b) Explore the cycle of a fire and examine fire as a tool for the management of the rangeland ecosystem.
11. Understand outdoor recreation and its importance to natural resources, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to explore the opportunities associated with outdoor recreation.
12. Explore outdoor safety and survival skills, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to examine the proper response to outdoor emergency situations.
13. Understand the importance and application of global positioning systems and geographic information systems in the management of natural resources, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to investigate those systems and their applications.
14. Recognize the importance of leadership skills, including interpersonal relations, group management and communication, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to recognize traits of effective leaders and participate in leadership training by actively participating in Future Farmers of America.
15. Explain the relationship between a supervised agricultural experience and preparation for a career in management of wildlife and natural resources, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to engage actively in and manage a supervised agricultural experience in a manner that enables the pupil to develop skills for the workplace.
16. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) The ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R043-05, 10-31-2005)
NAC 389.534 Processing of meat. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in processing of meat must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Identify cuts of beef, lamb and pork.
2. Prepare and preserve meat.
3. Explain how to buy, sell, ship, handle and receive meat and fish.
4. Explain the sanitation required in the processing, handling and storing of meats.
5. Identify the nutritive value, uses, cooking qualities and palatability of different types of meat.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.536 Management of a feedlot. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in the management of a feedlot must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Identify classes of feed and additives to feed.
2. Demonstrate an ability to analyze and prepare feed.
3. Describe the layout of a feedlot including the construction of pens, gates and chutes.
4. Use commercial feeding facilities and equipment.
5. Demonstrate a knowledge of quarantine, the treatment of sick animals, and the eradication of disease.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.537 Leadership, communication and policy relating to agriculture and natural resource sciences. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in leadership, communication and policy relating to agriculture and natural resource sciences must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by completion of the final course of instruction:
1. Recognize the importance and history of communications, leadership and policy relating to agriculture, including effects on consumer and producer markets, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Determine the need for competent communications, leadership and policy relating to agriculture;
(b) Identify major changes in communications, leadership and policy relating to agriculture;
(c) Identify historical events in communications, leadership and policy relating to agriculture; and
(d) Explore the future of communications, leadership and policy relating to agriculture.
2. Characterize factors associated with leadership categories and styles, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Analyze various definitions of leadership;
(b) Investigate and discuss personal leadership development;
(c) Explain the relationship between leadership categories, human behavior and employment;
(d) Describe various leadership styles;
(e) Identify the qualities of successful leaders; and
(f) Identify the need for teamwork in group settings.
3. Recognize and apply various methods of research used in communications relating to agriculture, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Identify basic research techniques; and
(b) Identify and apply effective interviewing techniques.
4. Develop effective verbal communication skills for use in occupational, social and civic settings, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Explain the types and importance of verbal communication; and
(b) Demonstrate the principles of verbal communication.
5. Develop effective written communications skills for use in occupational, social and civic settings, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Identify the types of written communication relating to agriculture;
(b) Demonstrate the basic skills of journalistic writing;
(c) Demonstrate the basic skills of group correspondence;
(d) Demonstrate the basic skills of writing for employment;
(e) Demonstrate the basic skills of technical writing; and
(f) Demonstrate the basic skills of page layout and design.
6. Identify various channels of mass media communication and apply its uses in the agricultural industry, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Explore the importance and impact of mass media on the agricultural industry;
(b) Use the Internet in communication relating to agriculture; and
(c) Develop print, broadcast and electronic media projects.
7. Identify traits associated with a positive self-concept and relationships with others in occupational, social and civic settings, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Discuss the importance and components of self-concept;
(b) Demonstrate the importance of self-concept in social, occupational and civic settings; and
(c) Compare diversity in relationships.
8. Examine the developmental process of political and governmental policy issues relating to the agricultural industry, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Demonstrate the principles of the effective management of meetings;
(b) Investigate local and political agricultural policy issues;
(c) Identify the steps of the political process;
(d) Identify the various organizations involved in agricultural policy; and
(e) Examine the legal and ethical aspects of agricultural policy.
9. Recognize the importance of leadership skills, including interpersonal relations, group management and communication, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to recognize traits of effective leaders and participate in leadership training by actively participating in Future Farmers of America.
10. Explain the relationship between a supervised agricultural experience and preparation for a career in natural resources and wildlife management, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to engage actively in and manage a supervised agricultural experience in a manner that enables the pupil to develop skills for the workplace.
11. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) The ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R043-05, eff. 10-31-2005)
NAC 389.541 The arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520) Pupils in the 9th, 10th, 11th or 12th grade who elect to take a class in the arts must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades of public school for the elected course of study in the arts. Instruction in the arts in the 9th, 10th, 11th or 12th grades must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards of performance by the completion of the 12th grade:
1. For the area of music:
(a) Sing a varied repertoire of music alone and with others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Sing his repertoire in small and large ensembles using expression, technical accuracy, good breath control, intonation, diction and articulation, and tone and timbre quality while maintaining his part; and
(2) Sing in four parts with and without accompaniment.
(b) Perform a varied repertoire of music on instruments alone and with others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Perform a large and varied repertoire with expression, technical accuracy and appropriate ensemble skills, with a level of musical difficulty of 4 and in small and large ensembles while following a conductor; and
(2) Perform contrapuntal music with accuracy of rhythm and melody and with appropriate balance.
(c) Improvise melodies, variations and accompaniments as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to improvise:
(1) Melodies over a simple chord progression;
(2) Harmonies that are appropriate for the pupil; and
(3) Variations of melody and rhythm on pentatonic melodies and melodies in major keys that are provided by the teacher.
(d) Compose and arrange music within specified guidelines as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Compose music in more than two distinct styles incorporating the elements of music; and
(2) Arrange a piece of music for voices or instruments incorporating correct transposition and appropriate vocal and instrumental ranges.
(e) Read and notate music as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Read complex rhythms in all meters within the context of the repertoire with a level of musical difficulty of 4;
(2) Read complex melodies within the context of the repertoire with a level of musical difficulty of 4;
(3) Apply all standard musical symbols within the context of the repertoire with a level of musical difficulty of 4;
(4) Sight-read music with technical accuracy and with a level of musical difficulty of 3; and
(5) Use nonstandard notation symbols.
(f) Listen to, analyze and describe music as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Apply knowledge of the technical vocabulary of the elements of music in analyzing aural examples; and
(2) Analyze examples of a varied repertoire of music representing diverse genres and cultures by describing the uses of the elements of music and expression.
(g) Evaluate music and musical performances as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Develop specific musical criteria for making informed critical evaluations of the quality and effectiveness of performances and compositions;
(2) Evaluate his personal participation in musical performances and compositions applying specific criteria for music and justify his opinion; and
(3) Evaluate performances or compositions by comparing them to similar or exemplary models and justify his opinion by describing several of the most distinguishing features of each performance or composition using appropriate terminology relating to music.
(h) Demonstrate relationships between music, the other arts and disciplines outside the arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Compare similar themes found in music and other art forms and analyze how themes are expressed in each; and
(2) Analyze concepts that are common to music and other disciplines outside the arts.
(i) Demonstrate knowledge of the historical periods and cultural diversity of music, including, the ability to:
(1) Classify musical examples by style, historical periods and cultures; and
(2) Discuss the achievements of musicians from various historical periods and cultures.
2. For the area of theater:
(a) Understand the components of theatrical production, including scriptwriting, directing and production as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Use historical or cultural research to write a script which is well-structured and properly formatted and which is appropriate for stage, television, film or electronic media;
(2) Create a theatrical performance that includes, without limitation, auditions, casting characters, directing scenes and organizing and facilitating production meetings;
(3) Explain the varied responsibilities of technical personnel involved in theater, film, television or electronic media;
(4) Develop a unified production concept for informal theater, film, television or electronic media;
(5) Design and create for a theatrical, film, television or electronic media production a program, poster and one of the following:
(I) Tickets;
(II) Flyers;
(III) Print Ads;
(IV) Print media; or
(V) Television or radio public service announcements;
(6) Design or construct with other group members a variety of devices that are used for scenery in an informal production for theater, film, television or electronic media;
(7) Explain his choice of costumes, props and makeup as they relate to the interpretation of an informal production for theater, film, television or electronic media;
(8) Describe different light and sound equipment and techniques in theater, film, television and electronic media and demonstrate a practical application of such equipment and techniques in one area; and
(9) Create or implement a functional light or sound plot for an informal production for theater, film, television or electronic media.
(b) Understand and demonstrate the role of the actor in the theater as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain and practice various classical and contemporary techniques and methods of acting;
(2) Interpret and explain the physical, emotional and social dimensions of characters found in a variety of text; and
(3) Portray characters within an ensemble for theater, film, television and electronic media in an informal production.
(c) Apply and demonstrate critical and creative thinking skills in theater, film, television and electronic media as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Generate and justify personal aesthetic criteria and use that criteria to critique the effectiveness of the visual, aural and kinesthetic elements of a performance; and
(2) Compare and contrast one of the following in various media:
(I) Classical and contemporary dramas; or
(II) Classical and contemporary comedies.
(d) Recognize and explain how theatrical experiences contribute to a better understanding of history, culture and human relationships as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Show similarities and differences in the way themes and archetypes are portrayed in dramatized events in another culture and historical period; and
(2) Evaluate the ways that characters in dramatized events resolve conflict and cite some alternative means for resolving such conflict.
(e) Make connections between theater and other academic disciplines as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Compare and contrast the ways that themes, stories or motifs are interpreted in works from the three different areas of the arts;
(2) Identify and explain three significant events in the development of dramatic forum, production practices and theatrical traditions across cultures and historical periods; and
(3) Describe and assess three different ways technology enhances theater, film, television and electronic media.
3. For the area of visual arts:
(a) Know and apply media, techniques and processes for developing visual arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain why he chose a particular medium, technique and process in his works of visual art;
(2) Revise his works of visual art based on criteria established by the teacher; and
(3) Create works of visual art that reveal control over a variety of media, tools, techniques and processes.
(b) Use knowledge of characteristics, purposes and functions of the visual arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Explain in a logical manner an interpretation of visual characteristics of works of visual art;
(2) Explain in a logical manner an interpretation of the purposes of works of visual art;
(3) Analyze at a basic level the effectiveness of, and relationships among, visual characteristics, purposes and functions in works of visual art; and
(4) Demonstrate control of visual characteristics of visual art to convey ideas in a series of his works of visual art.
(c) Choose, apply and evaluate a range of subject matter, symbols and ideas relating to the visual arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Evaluate and summarize the origins of subject matter, symbols and ideas in works of visual art;
(2) Plan and create an original work of visual art using subject matter, symbols and ideas to communicate an intended meaning; and
(3) Justify the subject matter, symbols and ideas used in works of visual art.
(d) Understand the visual arts in relation to history and culture as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Interpret works of visual art of various cultures and eras while differentiating among relationships of form, context and purposes in such works;
(2) Analyze at a basic level similarities in works of visual art from various times and cultures while interpreting the meanings of such works; and
(3) Analyze at a basic level relationships between works of visual art of the pupil and influences on such works from the history, aesthetics and culture of the pupil.
(e) Analyze and assess characteristics, merits and meaning in his own works of visual art and in the works of others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Evaluate his works of visual art and the works of visual art of others based on themes, styles, purposes and subject matter;
(2) With guidance from the teacher, create criteria and use such criteria to assess merits of a work of visual art;
(3) Study and evaluate a variety of techniques for communicating meanings, ideas, attitudes, views and intentions through works of visual art; and
(4) Develop a personal aesthetic position and explain its level of success when applied to a work of visual art.
(f) Demonstrate relationships between the visual arts, the other arts and disciplines outside the arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:
(1) Demonstrate how ideas, issues and themes of a particular period are used in the visual arts and other disciplines;
(2) Compare the use of materials, techniques, media and processes of the visual arts with those of other art disciplines; and
(3) Create works of visual art that reflect the research of multiple disciplines.
4. As used in this section:
(a) “Aesthetic criteria” means criteria developed by a pupil about the visual, aural and oral aspects of a performance that are derived from cultural and emotional values and cognitive meaning.
(b) “Aesthetics” means the philosophical study of the visual arts, focusing on broad questions on the nature of art in general rather than the study of specific works of art.
(c) “Unified production concept” means a brief statement, metaphor or expression of the essential meaning of a play that orders and patterns all the parts of the play.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)
NAC 389.543 Accounting. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in accounting must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of accounting concepts and principles.
2. Demonstrate an understanding of the accounting cycle and explain the purpose of each step in that cycle.
3. Demonstrate an understanding of the value of assets.
4. Demonstrate an understanding of liabilities.
5. Demonstrate an understanding of equity.
6. Prepare, interpret and analyze a financial statement.
7. Use planning and control principles, including differential analysis and concepts of present value, to evaluate the performance of an organization.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)
NAC 389.5435 Business law. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in business law must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Demonstrate knowledge of the different sources of law as they relate to ethical and legal decisions.
2. Differentiate between criminal and civil law.
3. Identify the structure of the court system at the state and federal levels.
4. Demonstrate an understanding of contractual relationships.
5. Demonstrate an understanding of consumer law.
6. Demonstrate an understanding of the roles of agency and employment law as they relate to the national and international marketplaces.
7. Demonstrate an understanding of laws that affect national and international business organizations.
8. Demonstrate an understanding of laws that apply to personal and real property.
9. Demonstrate an understanding of commercial paper, insurance, secured transactions and bankruptcy.
10. Demonstrate an understanding of family law as it relates to domestic relations, wills and trusts.
11. Demonstrate an understanding of laws that apply to the environment and energy regulation.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)
NAC 389.545 Business communications. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in business communications must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of oral communication.
2. Communicate effectively in writing.
3. Read for information, understanding and appreciation.
4. Be able to apply effective employment communication skills.
5. Apply social communications skills in personal and professional situations.
6. Demonstrate how to use technology to enhance effectiveness of communication.
7. Demonstrate how to incorporate appropriate customer service strategies, leadership, supervision and personal ethics to communicate effectively within various business environments.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)
NAC 389.5455 Business economics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in business economics must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of the allocation of resources.
2. Demonstrate an understanding of economic systems.
3. Demonstrate an understanding of economic institutions and incentives.
4. Demonstrate an understanding of markets and prices in the economy of the United States.
5. Demonstrate an understanding of market structures and the effect they have on the price and quality of the goods and services produced.
6. Demonstrate an understanding of the importance of productivity.
7. Demonstrate an understanding of the role of government in economic systems.
8. Demonstrate an understanding of concepts of international economics, including the roles of trade, protectionism and monetary markets in the global economy.
9. Demonstrate an understanding of supply and demand, analyze how the economy of the United States functions as a whole and describe macroeconomic measures of economic activity.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)
NAC 389.547 Entrepreneurship. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in entrepreneurship must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Demonstrate knowledge of the characteristics of entrepreneurship.
2. Demonstrate knowledge of the components of a business plan, including marketing.
3. Demonstrate knowledge of entrepreneurial finance.
4. Demonstrate knowledge of entrepreneurial management.
5. Demonstrate knowledge of the legal requirements of business ownership.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)
NAC 389.5475 Finance. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in finance must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of rational decision making as it applies to the roles of citizens, workers, businesses and consumers.
2. Demonstrate an understanding of financial budgeting and planning.
3. Gain an understanding of saving and investment options for individuals and businesses.
4. Demonstrate an understanding of financial institutions and banking procedures.
5. Demonstrate an understanding of factors that affect the choice of credit, the cost of credit and the legal aspects of using credit.
6. Demonstrate an understanding of principles of protection against risk and financial loss.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)
NAC 389.549 International business. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in international business must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Explain the role and impact of international business and analyze how it affects business at the local, state and national levels, including considerations of geography, travel and career opportunities.
2. Demonstrate knowledge of the social, cultural, ethical, political, legal and economic factors that shape and affect the international business environment.
3. Demonstrate an understanding of communication strategies necessary for effective international relations.
4. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of the balance of trade as they relate to the import-export process.
5. Demonstrate an understanding of challenges in operations and human resource management in international business.
6. Demonstrate an understanding of the application of marketing principles to international business.
7. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts, role and importance of international finance and risk management.
8. Identify forms of business ownership and entrepreneurial opportunities available in international business.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)
NAC 389.5495 Management and business leadership. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in management and business leadership must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Demonstrate knowledge of management theories and functions.
2. Demonstrate an understanding of business organizations.
3. Demonstrate an understanding of human resources, including organized labor.
4. Demonstrate an understanding of personal management skills necessary to function effectively and efficiently in a business environment.
5. Demonstrate an understanding of operations and information management.
6. Demonstrate an understanding of financial decision making based upon industry analysis.
7. Demonstrate an understanding of ethical business leadership skills and practices.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)
NAC 389.551 Business math. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in business math must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of basic mathematical foundations.
2. Solve problems involving whole numbers, decimals, fractions, percents, ratios, averages and proportions.
3. Use algebraic operations to solve problems.
4. Use common international standards of measurement in solving problems.
5. Analyze and interpret data using common statistical procedures.
6. Use mathematical procedures to analyze and solve business problems.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)
NAC 389.5515 Business marketing. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in business marketing must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of marketing foundations.
2. Demonstrate an understanding of the characteristics, motivations and behavior of consumers.
3. Demonstrate an understanding of the influence of external factors on marketing.
4. Demonstrate an understanding of the elements of the marketing mix.
5. Demonstrate an understanding of the role of marketing research in decision making.
6. Demonstrate an understanding of the elements, design and purpose of a marketing plan.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)
NAC 389.553 Information systems and business technology. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in information systems and business technology must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Demonstrate knowledge of the impact of technology on society.
2. Demonstrate knowledge of current and emerging computer architecture, including the use of input technologies appropriately to enter and manipulate text and data, configure, install and upgrade hardware, and diagnose and repair hardware problems.
3. Demonstrate knowledge of the use of various types of operating systems, environments and utilities.
4. Demonstrate knowledge of:
(a) Application software, including its identification, evaluation, selection, installation, use, upgrading, and diagnosing and problem solving; and
(b) Technology components relating to major business functions.
5. Demonstrate the ability to gather, evaluate, use and cite information from information technology sources.
6. Demonstrate an understanding of database management systems.
7. Demonstrate an understanding of programming and application development.
8. Demonstrate an understanding of communications and information infrastructures.
9. Demonstrate an understanding of network applications.
10. Demonstrate an understanding of systems analysis and design and the planning and acquisition of information technology.
11. Demonstrate an understanding of technical support and training.
12. Demonstrate an understanding of risk management policies and procedures for information technology and policies for managing issues of privacy and ethics in a technology-based society.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)
NAC 389.5535 Business services and innovation. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in business services and innovation must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of electronic commerce and its impact on society, including issues of law and ethics.
2. Demonstrate an understanding of the service industry and its role in local, state and national economies.
3. Demonstrate an understanding of technological advances, scientific discoveries and inventions and their impact on business.
4. Demonstrate an understanding of changes in the human perspective relating to the virtual business environment, including new relationships and cultural exchanges.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)
NAC 389.555 Employability skills. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in employability skills must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Demonstrate problem-solving and critical-thinking skills.
2. Speak, write and listen effectively.
3. Demonstrate the ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology.
4. Demonstrate leadership, teamwork and sound workplace ethics.
5. Demonstrate the ability to manage resources effectively in a high-performance workplace.
6. Demonstrate career planning, job retention and lifelong learning skills.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)
NAC 389.556 Journalism. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in journalism must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Differentiate fact from opinion.
2. Identify elements which make facts newsworthy.
3. Distinguish which facts to use in writing news.
4. Write accurate, unbiased news stories based on given facts.
5. Demonstrate effective techniques of interviewing.
6. Practice different writing styles for sports, features, editorials, columns and reviews.
7. Read copy and proofread.
8. Write a headline and lay out a publication.
9. Recognize the importance of photojournalism, including composition, cropping and sizing of photographs.
10. Recognize the importance of advertising.
11. Differentiate between journalism involving printing and broadcasting.
12. Write scripts for programs of news and features for radio and television.
13. Identify the basic concepts of the law relating to journalism, including libel, privileged information and invasion of privacy.
14. Recognize the role and responsibilities of the journalist in modern society.
15. Develop critical skills in assessing strengths and weaknesses in the professional journalist.
16. Identify opportunities for a career in journalism.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.558 Speech. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in speech must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Demonstrate effective techniques of research by gathering and organizing material for speeches.
2. Practice techniques for writing a speech.
3. Apply the basic steps for organizing a speech.
4. Practice effective methods for delivery of a speech.
5. Use visual aids effectively.
6. Demonstrate poise, self-assurance and confidence while speaking.
7. Communicate feelings and ideas.
8. Demonstrate techniques of good listening.
9. Demonstrate techniques of oral interpretation.
10. Demonstrate leadership and poise by assuming the role of a leader of a group.
11. Understand social and political problems through communication.
12. Evaluate and judge presentations.
13. Recognize that speech is important in all careers.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.562 Career and technical education in cooperation with private employer: Contents. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 388.360) A course of study in career and technical education in cooperation with a private employer must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:
1. Acquire, in class, instruction that directly applies to the occupation in which the pupil is employed.
2. Demonstrate a knowledge of the current technology used in the occupation in which the pupil is employed.
3. Gain a practical knowledge of the occupation the pupil is studying.
4. Demonstrate successful interaction with other workers, supervisors, clients and customers.
5. Demonstrate desirable habits and attitudes about work.
6. Apply the theory and technical skills learned in class while on the job.
7. Adapt to adverse working conditions.
8. Develop skills that relate to the basic concepts necessary for entry to, retention of and advancement on the job.
9. Keep the teacher informed about progress on the job.
10. Submit weekly time sheets.
11. Attend school and hold a job on a regular basis.
12. Give the employer and the teacher advance notice of inability to report for work or tardiness.
13. Describe entrepreneurship skills appropriate to owning or operating a business, or both.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006)
NAC 389.564 Career and technical education in cooperation with private employer: Duties of teacher. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 388.360) A teacher of a course of study in career and technical education in cooperation with a private employer shall:
1. Provide relevant and current instruction which prepares the pupil for a specific vocation.
2. Provide realistic conditions which teach theory, technical skills, work scheduling and human relations.
3. Use training which correlates with the knowledge and skills expected by an employer.
4. Strengthen relations between the school and the community.
5. Supplement the facilities and resources in the school with those in the community that are representative of the availability of the occupation being studied by the pupil.
6. Provide all parties with an awareness of their responsibilities and obligations while participating in the program.
7. Visit the place of employment to consult with pupils and employers to determine the pupil’s progress on the job, attitudes, growth of skills and knowledge and breadth of educational exposure.
8. Use discretion on the time and circumstances chosen for visits.
9. Assist the employer with appraisals of the pupil and the course of study.
10. Foster good communications and understanding between all parties.
11. Constantly strive to improve the program by seeking suggestions from all parties.
12. When supervising a pupil at a training location in which he does not hold an endorsement, use information from an appropriately endorsed teacher to ensure that the pupil functions satisfactorily during the training.
13. Recruit, interview and select pupils based on the career interests of the pupils and predetermined written criteria.
14. Keep records of the time used to develop training plans and agreements, counseling, training station assessment and student-employer evaluations.
15. Retain for at least 1 year after the pupil leaves the program the record of his initial interview, the training agreement, the cooperative agreement, the employer-teacher-coordinator evaluation, the report of the pupil’s wages earned and hours worked during the program and his weekly time sheets.
16. Coordinate the pupil’s work experience with related classroom instruction.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006)
NAC 389.566 Career and technical education in cooperation with private employer: Duties of employer. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 388.360) The employer of a pupil in a course of study in career and technical education in cooperation with a private employer shall:
1. Participate in the development of the agreement for training.
2. Assist the pupil to develop skills required in the occupation.
3. Provide for direct supervision of the pupil’s work.
4. Give the pupil progressive and challenging work, review his progress each week and sign a weekly time sheet.
5. Provide periodic appraisals of the pupil’s performance on forms provided by the teacher.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006)
NAC 389.568 Drivers’ education. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 388.874, 389.090)
1. A pupil must complete 30 hours of classroom instruction to complete a course of drivers’ education. In completing the 30 hours of classroom instruction required by this subsection, 1 hour of behind-the-wheel training is equivalent to 3 hours of classroom instruction, as set forth in NRS 389.090. A school may provide a course of drivers’ education that includes more than the minimum number of hours of instruction required by this subsection.
2. A course of study in drivers’ education must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
(a) Describe the proper attitudes for driving safely and the adverse effects of disturbed emotions.
(b) State the consequences of physical disabilities on the ability to drive.
(c) Recognize the effects of alcohol and drugs on driving.
(d) State the grounds for revocation of a driver’s license.
(e) Explain the requirements for equipment and registration of a vehicle.
(f) Identify the following:
(1) The sign designating that parking is illegal;
(2) The right-of-way in various situations;
(3) Hand signals;
(4) The meaning of the different colors of a traffic light;
(5) When the driver of a school bus must stop; and
(6) The legal and moral responsibilities in case of an accident.
(g) Name the different highway systems and the organizations which supervise the maintenance of and enforce the traffic laws on each system.
(h) Identify the purpose of each instrument, device and control in a vehicle.
(i) List the procedures for preparing to start a vehicle.
(j) Describe the weather and the condition of the road and how these affect driving.
(k) Describe the proper procedures for making a turn.
(l) Describe the proper procedures for parking.
(m) Describe the proper procedures for moving in reverse.
(n) Describe the proper procedures for driving in a controlled and an uncontrolled intersection.
(o) Determine the proper distance for following.
(p) Describe how to handle specified situations which arise when driving.
(q) Differentiate between the techniques required for driving in the city, on the highway and under adverse conditions.
(r) State the requirements for insurance in Nevada and the types of coverage available.
(s) Compile a list for the efficient and economical maintenance of a vehicle.
(t) Recognize the importance of the maintenance of a vehicle for driving safely.
(u) Explain the procedures for purchasing an automobile.
(v) Identify sources of credit to finance the purchase of an automobile.
3. A course of study in drivers’ education may be provided through classroom instruction or behind-the-wheel training, or both. A course of study in drivers’ education that is provided through a program of distance education pursuant to NRS 388.820 to 388.874, inclusive, must be equivalent to a course of study that is provided through regular classroom instruction.
4. As used in this section:
(a) “Behind-the-wheel training” means the portion of a course of study of drivers’ education which is taught through the operation of a motor vehicle under real conditions and which is characterized by a pupil driving on a driving range or on the street, or both, while under the direction of a licensed teacher.
(b) “Classroom instruction” means the portion of a course of study of drivers’ education that is taught in a classroom environment or through a program of distance education by a licensed teacher.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R107-01, 12-17-2001; R107-01, 12-17-2001, eff. 7-1-2002)
NAC 389.569 Foreign language: First year. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course in a foreign language offered as an elective course in a public high school as a first-year foreign language course must include instruction designed to teach the pupil by the completion of the first year of high school study to:
1. Engage in conversations, provide information, express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions in the foreign language by:
(a) Talking and writing about activities of daily life using memorized phrases, short sentences, numbers, dates, times and other basic thematic vocabulary.
(b) Giving and following simple oral or written instructions and commands relating to familiar topics using visual cues when appropriate.
(c) Recognizing commonly used verbs and phrases in discussions about past and future events.
(d) Participating in structured conversations on various topics, including, without limitation, state of being and feelings.
(e) Making simple oral and written requests.
(f) Telling and writing a simple narrative about a personal experience or event in the present tense.
(g) Restating in the present tense, with assistance, what another person has said.
(h) Recognizing the standard rules of usage and grammar.
(i) Demonstrating accuracy in the imitation of modeled words.
(j) Demonstrating occasional creativity in the production of language.
(k) Asking and responding to basic questions.
(l) Using appropriate expressions and gestures of courtesy.
2. Understand and interpret written and spoken material in the foreign language on various topics by:
(a) Recognizing a sound with its corresponding letter or symbol.
(b) Comprehending written and spoken numbers, dates, times and other basic thematic vocabulary.
(c) Reading and comprehending phrases, short sentences, brief written directions and simple narratives.
(d) Writing numbers, dates, times and other basic thematic vocabulary.
(e) Using familiar thematic words and phrases by performing skits, puppet shows or dialogues.
3. Present information, concepts and ideas to an audience in the foreign language by performing skits, puppet shows or dialogues.
4. Understand the relationship between the practices and perspectives of the culture studied by:
(a) Identifying the manner in which persons in the culture celebrate important traditions, events and holidays.
(b) Recognizing various forms of communications in the culture, including gestures, body language, dance, art and music.
(c) Identifying the important persons, holidays, geography and history of the culture.
5. Understand the relationship between the products and perspectives of the culture studied by:
(a) Recognizing the messages in highly contextualized materials, including, without limitation, signs and posters.
(b) Identifying certain artistic achievements and contributions of the culture.
(c) Recognizing certain unique products of the culture.
6. Understand other disciplines by reading, writing and discussing in the foreign language familiar topics studied in other courses.
7. Understand the nature of language through comparisons of the foreign language with the pupil’s language by:
(a) Recognizing cognates, adopted words and expressions, and word families.
(b) Demonstrating that languages have important sound distinctions that must be mastered to communicate meaning.
(c) Analyzing and comparing the writing systems of both languages.
(d) Comparing and using language and grammatical patterns.
8. Understand the cultural differences and similarities between the culture studied and the pupil’s culture by demonstrating that there are culturally specific phrases and idioms that do not translate directly from one language to another.
9. Use the foreign language in and outside the school by reporting about the use of the foreign language outside the classroom.
10. Develop an interest in continuing the study of the foreign language for personal enjoyment and enrichment by planning a real or imaginary trip to a country in which the foreign language is spoken and collecting information concerning travel to that country and careers that require the use of that foreign language.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R164-99, eff. 2-16-2000)
NAC 389.5695 Foreign language: Second year. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course in a foreign language offered as an elective course in a public high school as a second-year foreign language course must, in addition to the requirements set forth in NAC 389.569, include instruction designed to teach the pupil by the completion of the second year of high school study to:
1. Engage in conversations, provide information, express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions in the foreign language by:
(a) Asking and responding to a variety of questions concerning activities of daily life.
(b) Giving and following oral or written directions, instructions and commands.
(c) Using various verbs and phrases to discuss and write about past and future events.
(d) Participating in conversations on various topics by expressing opinions and emotions.
(e) Making requests for goods and services in public places.
(f) Telling or writing effectively a narrative about a personal experience or event.
(g) Restating an event or an account of an event in various tenses.
(h) Applying standard rules of usage and grammar.
(i) Speaking in a manner that is comprehensible to speakers of the foreign language.
(j) Demonstrating creativity in the production of language.
2. Understand and interpret written and spoken material in the foreign language on various topics by:
(a) Reading selected materials with a certain degree of fluency, accuracy, intonation and expression.
(b) Using background knowledge to comprehend narratives, personal correspondence and other contextualized print.
(c) Paraphrasing or expressing main ideas of written and spoken material.
3. Present information, concepts and ideas in the foreign language to an audience by:
(a) Creating and presenting stories or brief written reports on various topics.
(b) Reciting selected forms of literature or singing songs.
(c) Engaging in debate on various topics.
4. Understand the relationship between the practices and perspectives of the culture studied by:
(a) Explaining the value systems and routines of daily life of the culture.
(b) Identifying important geographical features, historical events and political structures of the culture.
(c) Using appropriate verbal and nonverbal behavior in various situations.
(d) Experiencing entertainment of the culture.
(e) Identifying important persons in entertainment and the arts of the culture.
5. Understand the relationship between the products and perspectives of the culture studied by:
(a) Discussing the artistic contributions of the culture.
(b) Describing certain unique products of the culture.
(c) Identifying the perspectives of the culture that are manifested in its commercial advertisements.
(d) Understanding messages conveyed in the media.
6. Understand other disciplines by:
(a) Comprehending short articles, news broadcasts, commercial advertisements and videos in the foreign language on topics studied in other courses.
(b) Presenting oral and written reports in the foreign language on topics studied in other courses.
7. Understand the nature of language through comparisons of language structures by:
(a) Recognizing the equivalent meaning of idiomatic expressions and other linguistic concepts.
(b) Demonstrating that languages have important distinctions in sounds that must be mastered to communicate meaning.
8. Understand cultural differences and similarities by developing an awareness of cultural diversity and the contributions of the culture studied made to American culture.
9. Use the foreign language in and outside the school by corresponding in the foreign language.
10. Develop an interest in continuing the study of the foreign language for personal enjoyment and enrichment by:
(a) Researching and presenting information concerning traveling to and studying in a country where the foreign language is spoken.
(b) Participating in a project to explore careers that require interaction in the foreign language.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R164-99, eff. 2-16-2000)
NAC 389.570 Foreign language: Fourth year. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course in a foreign language offered as an elective course in a public high school as a fourth-year foreign language course must, in addition to the requirements set forth in NAC 389.5695 and subject to the experience of the pupils with the foreign language in kindergarten through the 11th grade, include instruction designed to teach the pupil by the completion of the 12th grade to:
1. Engage in conversations, provide information, express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions in the foreign language by:
(a) Responding effectively to factual and interpretive questions.
(b) Using increasingly complex verb tenses and forms.
(c) Interacting in increasingly complex situations.
(d) Analyzing and discussing competently personal reactions to selected materials.
(e) Using familiar idiomatic and nonverbal expressions and appropriate vocabulary.
(f) Applying effectively strategies for questions, paraphrasing, circumlocution and self-correction.
(g) Demonstrating adequately patterns of pronunciation and intonation.
(h) Expressing appropriately opinions and emotions.
(i) Determining meaning by using contextual cues.
(j) Demonstrating creativity in the production of language.
2. Understand and interpret written and spoken material in the foreign language on a variety of topics by:
(a) Advancing from a literal and interpretive comprehension of the foreign language to a more critical appreciation of reading and listening skills.
(b) Comprehending increasingly complex vocabulary.
(c) Understanding and paraphrasing increasingly complex spoken and written material.
(d) Obtaining and analyzing information from original materials by using background knowledge and contextual cues.
3. Present information, concepts and ideas in the foreign language to an audience by:
(a) Composing and presenting an original report on a topic of interest.
(b) Playing roles in various situations.
(c) Giving presentations on current events and cultural topics using appropriate expressions and intonation.
4. Understand the relationship between the practices and perspectives of the culture studied by:
(a) Analyzing the manner in which history influences the present.
(b) Adjusting communication to the situation and audience.
(c) Identifying important persons in entertainment and the arts in the culture and recognizing their achievements and contributions.
5. Understand the relationship between the products and perspectives of the culture studied by:
(a) Analyzing the important contributions of the culture.
(b) Correlating major historical events, literary works and other art forms to cultural practices.
6. Understand other disciplines through the foreign language by:
(a) Presenting increasingly complex oral and written reports in the foreign language concerning topics studied in other courses.
(b) Discussing brief articles, news broadcasts, commercial advertisements and videos in the foreign language concerning topics studied in other courses.
7. Acquire information and recognize the distinctive viewpoints that are only available through materials in the foreign language by:
(a) Describing the cultural differences and their distinctive viewpoints.
(b) Preparing reports using sources in the foreign language.
8. Understand the nature of language through comparisons of the foreign language with the pupil’s language by:
(a) Using complex idiomatic expressions and language structures.
(b) Identifying dialects from different regions, cultures and contexts.
9. Understand cultural similarities and differences by analyzing the perspectives of the culture studied as they are reflected in art and literature.
10. Use the language in and outside of school by:
(a) Interacting with members of the pupil’s community on various topics using the foreign language.
(b) Participating in a program to make the transition from school to work which requires proficiency in the foreign language and knowledge of the culture studied.
11. Develop an interest in continuing the study of the foreign language for personal enjoyment and enrichment by preparing a project using various media concerning traveling and studying in a country where the foreign language is spoken.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 9-15-89; R065-97, 12-10-97; R164-99, 2-16-2000)
NAC 389.571 American Sign Language: First year. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185) A course of study in American Sign Language must include instruction designed to teach a pupil by completion of the first year:
1. Receptive skills, including, without limitation:
(a) The ability to comprehend simple statements and questions in standard dialect even if the pupil requires repetition for comprehension;
(b) A general and detailed understanding of expressions that are short and discrete; and
(c) The ability to comprehend the main idea of simple, extended messages and conversations.
2. Expressive skills, including, without limitation, the ability to express basic personal needs and to compose statements, questions and short messages, even if the pupil commits errors in grammar and in the production of signs, in a manner that is comprehensible to a person who is fluent in American Sign Language and who is experienced in communicating in American Sign Language with persons who are not fluent in American Sign Language.
3. Interactive skills, including, without limitation, the ability to initiate and engage in conversation with a person who is fluent in American Sign Language and who is experienced in communicating in American Sign Language with persons who are not fluent in American Sign Language, using simple statements and vocabulary and grammar appropriate to the situation. The pupil may have to repeat or rephrase his statements or questions so that the statements or questions are understood by persons who are fluent in American Sign Language and who are experienced in communicating with persons who are not fluent in American Sign Language.
4. Cultural skills, including, without limitation:
(a) Knowledge of the existence of different cultures and a basic understanding of the culture of the community of persons who are deaf;
(b) Knowledge of current events involving persons who are deaf and of persons who are deaf who are prominent in American society;
(c) The ability to function in authentic, commonplace situations in the community of persons who are deaf even if the pupil makes errors that impede communication; and
(d) Familiarity with the location of and directional signs within the geographical area of the school in which the class is taught.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R036-99, eff. 11-3-99)
NAC 389.5712 American Sign Language: Second year. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185) A course of study in American Sign Language must include instruction designed to teach a pupil by completion of the second year:
1. Receptive skills, including, without limitation:
(a) The ability to comprehend short conversations in standard dialects based on region, age and educational differences even if the pupil requires repetition or rephrasing for comprehension;
(b) The ability to comprehend common grammatical features and use word order patterns in simple sentences;
(c) A basic understanding of longer conversations and messages in familiar communicative situations; and
(d) The ability to sustain comprehension through contextual inferences in short communications with persons who are fluent in American Sign Language and who are aware of the pupil’s lack of fluency.
2. Expressive skills, including, without limitation:
(a) The ability to use an intermediate vocabulary and commonly encountered structures of signs;
(b) The ability to express comprehensively ideas relating to the past, present and future even if the pupil makes errors in expressing complex thoughts;
(c) Basic development of sequential relationships; and
(d) The ability to sign in a manner that is comprehensible to a person who is fluent in American Sign Language and who is experienced in communicating in American Sign Language with persons who are not fluent in American Sign Language.
3. Interactive skills, including, without limitation:
(a) The ability to initiate and sustain conversation even if the pupil exhibits frequent hesitation and requires paraphrasing for comprehension;
(b) The ability to use more common grammatical features, even if the pupil commits errors in the formation and selection of the features;
(c) The ability to use word order accurately in conversations and in more complex patterns;
(d) The ability to sustain coherent structures of signs in short communication;
(e) The ability to engage in extended communication that is cohesive; and
(f) The ability to sign comprehensively even if the pupil has difficulty producing certain features in certain positions or combinations and may need to repeat or rephrase his statements or questions so that the statements or questions are understood by persons who are fluent in American Sign Language.
4. Cultural skills, including, without limitation:
(a) Increased knowledge of different cultures and of the culture of the community of persons who are deaf even if the pupil demonstrates misunderstanding in the application of this knowledge;
(b) An understanding that cultures, including, without limitation, the culture of the community of persons who are deaf, are a system of values that evolve over time;
(c) The ability to show the manner in which certain values are associated with certain patterns of behavior in the culture of the pupil as well as in the culture of the community of persons who are deaf;
(d) The ability to distinguish culturally authentic patterns of behavior from idiosyncratic behaviors;
(e) Increased knowledge of current events involving persons who are deaf and of persons who are deaf who are prominent in American society; and
(f) Increased familiarity with signs for geography within the geographical area of the school in which the class is taught.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R036-99, eff. 11-3-99)
NAC 389.5714 American Sign Language: Third year. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185) A course of study in American Sign Language must include instruction designed to teach a pupil by completion of the third year:
1. Receptive skills, including, without limitation:
(a) The ability to comprehend conversations of intermediate length in standard dialects based on region, age and educational differences;
(b) An increased vocabulary;
(c) The ability to use common grammatical features and word order patterns in sentences of intermediate length;
(d) An advanced understanding of longer conversations and messages within familiar communicative situations; and
(e) The ability to sustain comprehension through contextual inferences in short communications with persons who are fluent in American Sign Language.
2. Expressive skills, including, without limitation:
(a) Use of an advanced vocabulary and commonly encountered structures of signs;
(b) Advanced proficiency in expressing comprehensively ideas relating to the past, present and future;
(c) Improved ability to express more complex thoughts;
(d) Continued development of sequential relationships; and
(e) The ability to sign comprehensively with little difficulty and in a manner which is comprehensible to persons fluent in American Sign Language with less repetition.
3. Interactive skills, including, without limitation:
(a) Continued development in initiating and sustaining conversation;
(b) Use of an expanded vocabulary, paraphrasing and more common grammatical features;
(c) Use of word order in conversation accurately and in more complex patterns;
(d) The ability to sustain coherent structures of signs in intermediate communications; and
(e) The ability to demonstrate extended communication which is cohesive.
4. Cultural skills, including, without limitation:
(a) Increased knowledge of different cultures and of the culture of the community of persons who are deaf and an advanced ability in applying such knowledge;
(b) A more extensive understanding of cultures as systems of values that evolve over time;
(c) The ability to demonstrate the manner in which certain values are associated with certain behavior patterns in the culture of the pupil as well as the culture of the community of persons who are deaf;
(d) The ability to distinguish culturally authentic patterns of behavior from idiosyncratic behaviors;
(e) Knowledge of current events involving persons who are deaf and of persons who are deaf who are prominent in American society;
(f) Knowledge of historical events involving persons who are deaf;
(g) Increased familiarity with directional signs within the geographical area in which the class is given; and
(h) Familiarity with systems of signs derived from American Sign Language.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R036-99, eff. 11-3-99)
NAC 389.5716 American Sign Language: Fourth year. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185) A course of study in American Sign Language must include instruction designed to teach a pupil by completion of the fourth year:
1. Receptive skills, including, without limitation:
(a) The ability to comprehend a wide variety of registers with little or no repetition or paraphrasing necessary for comprehension;
(b) The ability to comprehend most points of discussion or presentations on familiar topics; and
(c) Continued development and mastery of advanced signed communication.
2. Expressive skills, including, without limitation:
(a) The ability to organize presentations on familiar topics;
(b) The ability to organize complex ideas;
(c) Use of an advanced vocabulary;
(d) Advanced control of the morphology of the language and of most of the frequently used syntactic structures of signs; and
(e) The ability to sign in a manner that is comprehensible to a person who is fluent in American Sign Language.
3. Interactive skills, including, without limitation:
(a) The ability to communicate in most situations with confidence;
(b) Continued development towards mastery of complicated or difficult material; and
(c) Advanced control of more complex structures of signs.
4. Cultural skills, including, without limitation:
(a) Knowledge of and the ability to function in the culture of the community of persons who are deaf;
(b) An understanding of most behaviors particular to the community of persons who are deaf that are the product of the culture of the community of persons who are deaf;
(c) An appreciation for the culture of the community of persons who are deaf;
(d) The ability to function, communicate and generally avoid misunderstanding in authentic, everyday situations encountered in the community of persons who are deaf;
(e) The ability to use the context to guess the meaning of unfamiliar behaviors that are particular to the culture of the community of persons who are deaf;
(f) Demonstration of initiative and ease in using behaviors which are appropriate for use in the community of persons who are deaf and which are learned by observing authentic needs in the culture of the community of persons who are deaf;
(g) Increased knowledge of current and historical events in the community of persons who are deaf and of persons who are deaf who are prominent in American society;
(h) Increased familiarity with directional signs within the geographical area of the school in which the class is taught; and
(i) Familiarity with systems of signs derived from American Sign Language.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R036-99, eff. 11-3-99)
NAC 389.572 Occupations in health care. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in occupations in health care must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. For the area of professionalism:
(a) Demonstrate a knowledge of and compliance with the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(b) Perform duties in accordance with the applicable laws, regulations and policies;
(c) Understand the legal responsibilities and limitations placed upon the pupil;
(d) Understand the legal implications of actions taken by the pupil;
(e) Interact effectively and sensitively with others while showing respect for cultural and social diversity;
(f) Understand and apply the principles of privacy and confidentiality in the field of health care;
(g) Understand how the role of the pupil relates to other roles within the field of health care;
(h) Identify interrelationships between the key systems within the field of health care; and
(i) Identify stressors and respond appropriately.
2. For the area of health promotion and disease prevention:
(a) Demonstrate an understanding of the wellness strategies used to help prevent injury and disease throughout the life span;
(b) Demonstrate an understanding of interventions for health improvement;
(c) Understand the interventions for secondary prevention that are used when chronic conditions exist; and
(d) Demonstrate an awareness of alternative and complementary health practices.
3. For the area of client and patient care skills:
(a) Demonstrate an understanding of existing and potential hazards to clients or patients, coworkers and the pupil and prevention of injury and illness through safe work practices and compliance with health and safety policies and procedures;
(b) Demonstrate effective communication with clients or patients;
(c) Demonstrate an understanding of the process of care through assessment, planning, implementation and evaluation; and
(d) Demonstrate knowledge of and the ability to use the technology, equipment, tools and supplies used in health care.
4. For the area of medical sciences:
(a) Define, pronounce, spell and use terminology related to health care;
(b) Demonstrate knowledge of human anatomy and physiology;
(c) Demonstrate an understanding of diseases and other health conditions;
(d) Demonstrate an understanding and appreciation of the impact that history and culture have had on health care; and
(e) Understand and apply mathematics as it specifically relates to health care.
5. For the area of employability skills:
(a) Demonstrate the skill of problem solving;
(b) Demonstrate the skill of critical thinking;
(c) Demonstrate the ability to speak, write, listen, record and report effectively;
(d) Demonstrate the ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology;
(e) Demonstrate the skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) Demonstrate the ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;
(g) Demonstrate skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(h) Demonstrate skills necessary for retaining a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R123-03, 1-22-2004)
NAC 389.573 Culinary arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in the commercial production and service of food must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the final courses of instruction:
1. For the area of career exploration, analyze career paths and employ industry standards within the culinary arts field to:
(a) Describe the professional food service industry, including its history, traditions and current trends;
(b) Analyze career paths and opportunities in food production and service as well as related food service industries; and
(c) Develop and model workplace behaviors that are professional and ethical.
2. For the area of sanitation, integrate knowledge, skills and practices in sanitation to:
(a) Determine microorganisms found in food and their role in causing illness;
(b) Comply with applicable laws and regulations governing food sanitation;
(c) Apply principles governing the safe handling of food during all stages of food handling to minimize the risk of foodborne illnesses; and
(d) Apply techniques of proper facility management for cleaning and sanitation.
3. For the area of safety, apply knowledge, skills and practices in workplace safety to:
(a) Demonstrate procedures of basic first aid for injuries that typically occur in the food service industry; and
(b) Use appropriate procedures and precautions to prevent accident and injuries.
4. For the area of equipment, demonstrate proper operation of equipment used in the food service industry to explore tools, and large and small standard equipment used in the food service industry.
5. For the area of nutrition, apply principles related to health and nutrition to evaluate the principles of nutrition, food plans, techniques of preparation and special dietary plans.
6. For the area of basic skills, integrate knowledge and demonstrate basic skills in the culinary arts to:
(a) Develop necessary knife skills;
(b) Apply terminology used in the professional culinary arts;
(c) Establish mise en place in the workplace;
(d) Employ proper techniques of measuring; and
(e) Use recipe standards.
7. For the area of management skills, integrate specific functions of management related to the food service industry to:
(a) Explore the principles of writing a menu; and
(b) Incorporate the relationship between purchasing, operating a storeroom and controlling costs.
8. For the area of breakfast preparation, apply knowledge, skills and practices to prepare eggs, and breakfast meats and starches.
9. For the area of bakeshop, demonstrate bakery production skills by demonstrating a variety of techniques for preparing breads, pastries and desserts.
10. For the area of garde-manger, explore and practice techniques of a garde-manger by demonstrating a variety of techniques to:
(a) Prepare salads, sandwiches, appetizers and hors d’oeuvres, and fresh and dried herbs; and
(b) Make attractive presentations.
11. For the area of front-of-the-house and model front-of-the-house operations:
(a) Explore various styles of service and career opportunities; and
(b) Demonstrate an awareness of beverage service.
12. For the area of product identification, differentiate and categorize food service products by demonstrating knowledge of the principles regarding the:
(a) Selection of fruits, starches and grains, vegetables, dairy products, meats, poultry, and fish and shellfish; and
(b) Identification and selection of staples.
13. For the area of product preparation, differentiate and categorize food service products by demonstrating knowledge of the principles regarding the preparation of fruits, starches and grains, vegetables, dairy products, meats, poultry, and fish and shellfish.
14. For the area of stocks, sauces and soups, classify and produce stocks, sauces and soups by demonstrating knowledge of the principles regarding the preparation of stocks, sauces and soups.
15. For the area of cooking methods, differentiate and carry out appropriate cooking methods by demonstrating dry heat, moist heat and combination cooking methods.
16. For the area of business operations, analyze business procedures in the hospitality field to:
(a) Explore entrepreneurship opportunities in the food service industry;
(b) Describe marketing strategies in the food service industry;
(c) Investigate facilities management in the food service industry; and
(d) Explore professional organizations in the food service industry.
17. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R165-03, eff. 1-22-2004)
NAC 389.575 Foods and nutrition. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in foods and nutrition must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Examine the factors that influence personal choices relating to food;
2. Evaluate the nutritional needs of individual persons and families as those needs relate to health and wellness;
3. Integrate knowledge, skills and practices in the proper sanitation and safety relating to food;
4. Apply the skills used in the management of kitchen resources;
5. Apply knowledge, skills and practices used in the preparation of food;
6. Apply the principles of managing a meal;
7. Make informed choices as a consumer;
8. Analyze career paths and opportunities in the food and nutrition industry; and
9. Achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R205-07, eff. 6-17-2008)
NAC 389.576 Fashion, textiles and design. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in fashion, textiles and design must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Examine the skills necessary to effectively manage decisions relating to clothing;
2. Integrate knowledge, skills and practices in clothing and textile construction;
3. Evaluate the use, care and production of fibers, fabrics and textiles;
4. Develop the knowledge and skills necessary for the field of fashion merchandising;
5. Analyze career paths and opportunities within the fashion, textile and design industry; and
6. Achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R205-07, 6-17-2008)
NAC 389.577 Hospitality services. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in hospitality services must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to demonstrate an understanding of:
1. Basic economic systems, cost-profit relationships, economic indicators and trends, and international concepts as they relate to the hospitality industry;
2. The hospitality industry;
3. The department or division that oversees rooms in a full-service hotel;
4. The department or division that oversees food and beverages in a full-service hotel; and
5. The department or division that oversees staff, including, without limitation, human resources, sales and marketing, accounting, security and engineering in a full-service hotel.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R166-03, eff. 1-22-2004)
NAC 389.579 Travel and tourism. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in travel and tourism must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of basic economic systems, cost-profit relationships, economic indicators and trends, and international concepts as they relate to the travel and tourism industry;
2. Demonstrate an understanding of the travel and tourism industry;
3. Demonstrate an understanding of lodging and transportation as they relate to the travel and tourism industry;
4. Demonstrate an understanding of wholesale and retail services as they relate to the travel and tourism industry;
5. Demonstrate an understanding of sales and marketing as they relate to the travel and tourism industry;
6. Demonstrate an understanding of destination marketing as it relates to the travel and tourism industry; and
7. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R166-03, eff. 1-22-2004)
NAC 389.580 Care of the aged and persons with special needs. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in the care of the aged and persons with special needs must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Demonstrate the ability to work with the aged and persons with special needs.
2. Describe the special needs of the aged and persons with disabilities.
3. Describe the patterns of behavior found in each stage of aging or the process of dealing with a disability and their interrelationship.
4. Describe the resources available to persons with special needs.
5. Describe the relationship between the different types of care and facilities available to the aged or persons with disabilities.
6. Identify state or national standards and requirements for licensing, operating or working in a business which provides care of the aged or persons with special needs.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.581 Early childhood care, education and services. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in early childhood care, education and services must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the final course of instruction:
1. For the area of careers in early childhood care and education, analyze career paths within early childhood development, education and services, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Determine the roles and functions of persons engaged in early childhood education and services;
(b) Explore opportunities for employment and entrepreneurial endeavors;
(c) Examine the requirements of education and training and the opportunities for careers in early childhood education and services; and
(d) Examine the impact of occupations in early childhood education and services on the local, state, national and global economics.
2. For the area of developmentally appropriate practices, analyze developmentally appropriate practices to plan for early childhood development, education and services, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Examine theories of child development and their implications for early childhood education practices;
(b) Use a variety of methods to observe and interpret the growth and development of children;
(c) Consider cultural and environmental influences upon the development of children;
(d) Determine any special needs of children; and
(e) Practice effective strategies that promote the growth and development of all children.
3. For the area of curriculum and instruction, demonstrate integration of curriculum and instruction to meet the developmental needs and interests of children, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Examine a variety of curriculum and instructional models;
(b) Implement learning activities in all curriculum areas that meet the developmental needs of all children;
(c) Implement and integrate a preliteracy curriculum for children;
(d) Implement and integrate a curriculum that considers the native language, learning style, home experience, and cultural values of each child;
(e) Arrange learning centers that provide for exploration, discovery and development by children; and
(f) Establish activities, routines and transitions for children.
4. For the area of health and safety, provide a safe and healthy learning environment for children, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Manage physical space to maintain a safe and healthy learning environment;
(b) Comply with safe and healthy practices in conformance with the statutes and regulations applicable to a particular agency;
(c) Implement strategies to teach children habits related to health, safety and sanitation;
(d) Provide safe and healthy meals and snacks;
(e) Document symptoms of child abuse and neglect and use appropriate procedures to report suspected abuse or neglect to the appropriate authorities;
(f) Implement basic health practices and prevention procedures for child care workers and children regarding childhood illness and communicable diseases; and
(g) Demonstrate security and emergency procedures appropriate for child care facilities.
5. For the area of child and family relationships, understand techniques for positive collaborative relationships with children and their families, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Establish developmentally appropriate guidelines for behavior;
(b) Demonstrate problem-solving skills with children;
(c) Demonstrate interpersonal skills and implement strategies that promote positive and productive relationships with children;
(d) Implement strategies for constructive and supportive interactions between children and their families; and
(e) Present information to a parent regarding any developmental issues and concerns related to his child in a positive and supportive manner.
6. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrate:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R010-03, eff. 10-30-2003)
NAC 389.582 Housing and interior design. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in housing and interior design must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Evaluate needs and preferences relating to personal choices in housing;
2. Investigate options when selecting a place to reside;
3. Evaluate a home for quality of construction;
4. Describe the architectural features of a home;
5. Demonstrate skills in the use and planning of space;
6. Evaluate and select home furnishings;
7. Evaluate and select backgrounds for home interiors;
8. Complete an interior design plan;
9. Analyze career paths and opportunities within the housing and interior design industry; and
10. Achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R205-07, 6-17-2008)
NAC 389.584 Commercial housekeeping. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in commercial housekeeping must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Demonstrate the knowledge required to be a commercial housekeeper.
2. Plan, control the cost of and standardize the techniques, equipment and supplies used in housekeeping.
3. Use equipment, materials and supplies necessary for cleaning.
4. Describe the relationship between the facility to be cleaned and the equipment, personnel and services to be provided.
5. Identify state or national standards and requirements for licensing for operating or working in the business of commercial housekeeping.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.586 Occupations involving electricity. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in occupations involving electricity must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Read blueprints.
2. Estimate the need for material and labor.
3. Design circuitry.
4. Identify and name common electrical materials and supplies.
5. Name and make common splices in wire.
6. Install a complete residential wiring system.
7. Install electrical systems in commercial buildings.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.588 Carpentry. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in carpentry must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Identify and use the basic hand and power tools associated with carpentry.
2. Operate transits and levels.
3. Identify and describe the common fasteners for construction and the building materials associated with carpentry.
4. Demonstrate the common procedures for constructing foundations of a building.
5. Construct and install framing for a floor, roof and stair and finish roofing.
6. Install exterior and interior frames for a door and window, doors, windows and the necessary trim.
7. Install exterior covering of a wall and interior finishing of a wall.
8. Install thermal insulation and sound conditioning.
9. Install and identify cabinets and finished coverings for the floor.
10. Read and understand measuring tapes and blueprints.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.589 Residential building construction. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in residential building construction must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:
1. For the area of mathematics used in construction, blueprints, and the use of tools and equipment, a pupil shall demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Understand and apply mathematics for practical use in:
(1) Carpentry;
(2) Residential plumbing;
(3) Residential wiring; and
(4) Masonry and concrete placement; and
(b) Interpret and apply information from blueprints, and schedules and specifications used in the residential construction trades.
2. For the area of safe practices and proper use of equipment and tools, a pupil shall demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Adhere to general shop and job-site safety rules, including, without limitation, rules governing safety apparel, hazardous materials, fire safety, tools, equipment and other apparatus, including protection devices for falls; and
(b) Maintain and safely use hand tools and power tools.
3. For the area of site preparation, a pupil shall demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Understand the proper use of layout and measurement tools used in residential construction and excavation processes;
(b) Properly use layout and measurement tools; and
(c) Identify methods of excavation, compaction and backfill processes commonly used for residential construction.
4. For the area of foundations, a pupil shall demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Understand layout techniques;
(b) Interpret construction drawings to layout locations and elevations of concrete and masonry structural elements and reinforcements;
(c) Apply forming techniques in accordance with accepted industry standards;
(d) Apply techniques for placing concrete; and
(e) Lay masonry units according to plans and specifications.
5. For the area of carpentry, a pupil shall demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Understand carpentry techniques;
(b) Layout and construct floor systems according to plans and specifications;
(c) Layout, construct and raise wall assemblies according to plans and specifications;
(d) Layout, construct and install roof framing systems according to plans and specifications;
(e) Layout, cut and install interior finish materials;
(f) Apply techniques for the installation of exterior finish materials;
(g) Apply techniques for the installation of doors and windows;
(h) Install thermal insulation and vapor barriers; and
(i) Install a roofing system, including, without limitation, underlayments, drip edging, flashing and shingles.
6. For the area of plumbing, a pupil shall demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Understand the plumbing system for a single-family residence in accordance with accepted industry standards;
(b) Layout the locations of plumbing fixtures and components, and complete a rough and top out installation of:
(1) Water piping in a single-family residence; and
(2) Drain waste vent piping in a single-family residence; and
(c) Install fixtures required for the completion of the water supply and drain waste vent systems of a single-family residence.
7. For the area of electrical systems, a pupil shall demonstrate the ability to:
(a) Understand the electrical system for a single-family residence in accordance with accepted industry standards;
(b) Install service equipment, junction and device boxes, conduits, cables and conductors required for a complete residential electrical installation; and
(c) Select and install switches and receptacles and terminate conductors to devices.
8. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, a pupil shall achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R236-03, eff. 3-19-2004)
NAC 389.590 Repair of electrical and electronic equipment. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in the repair of electrical and electronic equipment must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Design circuitry.
2. Identify and name common electrical materials and supplies.
3. Name and make common splices in wire.
4. Install electronic equipment.
5. Test electronic systems.
6. Calibrate instruments.
7. Assemble an electronic chassis.
8. Build, design, repair and assemble electronic equipment.
9. Apply the principles of electrical theory.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.592 Heating, ventilation, air-conditioning and refrigeration. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in heating, ventilation, air-conditioning and refrigeration must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:
1. For the area of general safety, demonstrate safe work practices while performing operations in the heating, ventilation, air-conditioning and refrigeration laboratory or internship program, or both, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Adhere to general shop and site safety rules associated with the heating, ventilation, air-conditioning and refrigeration industry, including:
(1) The Occupational Safety and Health Act;
(2) Fire drills;
(3) The proper use of fire extinguishers and fire blankets;
(4) The classification of various types of fires; and
(5) Personal behaviors and attitudes appropriate for the working environment;
(b) Comply with personal safety and work habits associated with:
(1) Personal protective wear;
(2) The effect of substance abuse on safety;
(3) Practices for safe driving;
(4) Procedures for proper lifting;
(5) Proper and safe use of ladders; and
(6) Maintenance of clean and orderly work areas;
(c) Adhere to safe work practices in the handling of pressurized fluids associated with:
(1) The application of pressure relief devices;
(2) The proper storage and handling of refrigerants, oxygen, nitrogen and acetylene bottles; and
(3) The ability to follow procedures specified in Material Safety Data Sheets, the specifications of the United States Environmental Protection Agency and other industry safety standards for the handling, use and disposal of pressurized fluids;
(d) Comply with safe work practices in handling hazardous substances; and
(e) Comply with safe work practices regarding electrical safety.
2. For the area of the history of air-conditioning and refrigeration, demonstrate knowledge of the history of air-conditioning and refrigeration and explore related career paths, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to understand:
(a) The basics of the refrigeration cycle and its components;
(b) The development of air-conditioning as a part of the refrigeration process; and
(c) Various heating systems.
3. For the area of thermodynamics and heat transfer, understand thermodynamic properties and heat transfer and interpret the significance of thermodynamic properties and heat transfer in air-conditioning and refrigeration technology, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Understand the fundamentals of refrigeration and heating science;
(b) Explore the science of fluids and pressures as they relate to air-conditioning and refrigeration;
(c) Understand the relationship of the components of the refrigeration cycle; and
(d) Use different methods of measurement systems.
4. For the area of hand tools and equipment, demonstrate the proper use of hand tools and equipment common to the air-conditioning and refrigeration industry, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Identify tools and equipment related to air-conditioning and refrigeration;
(b) Properly use tools and equipment related to air-conditioning and refrigeration;
(c) Properly use electrical meters;
(d) Properly use refrigeration test instruments;
(e) Properly use fossil fuel heating system measurement devices; and
(f) Properly use instruments necessary to determine proper airflow.
5. For the area of piping and piping practices, demonstrate various brazing techniques to prepare and install piping, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to understand proper tubing and piping requirements for air-conditioning systems.
6. For the area of electricity, demonstrate knowledge of electrical theory, measurement, circuitry and controls, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Understand basic electricity;
(b) Describe how electricity is generated and distributed; and
(c) Identify and use specialty controls used in air-conditioning and refrigeration systems.
7. For the area of refrigerant system components, understand the purposes and uses of refrigeration cycle components, including, without limitation, metering devices, evaporators, compressors, condensers, accessories and access fittings, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Explain the functions and uses of metering devices;
(b) Understand how various types of evaporators function;
(c) Understand how various types of compressors function;
(d) Understand how various types of condensers function;
(e) Identify air-conditioning and refrigeration system accessories and describe how they function; and
(f) Understand the function and operation of various access fittings.
8. For the area of gas controls, demonstrate knowledge of the operation and diagnosis of gas control valves, regulators and fossil fuel heating systems, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Demonstrate the operation and function of various gas control valves;
(b) Understand the operation of fuel control systems; and
(c) Install and operate residential control systems.
9. For the area of fossil fuel heating systems, demonstrate competency in the operation and maintenance of unitary and split fossil fuel-fired heating systems, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Service and operate a forced-air heating system;
(b) Test and balance heating systems; and
(c) Understand the function of humidity for air-conditioning comfort systems.
10. For the area of air-conditioning systems, understand the process of heat transfer and the properties of air relating to air-conditioning applications, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Understand the relationship between temperature and humidity as they affect comfort;
(b) Understand the operation of cooling systems as part of the refrigeration process; and
(c) Troubleshoot an air-conditioning system to determine and correct electrical and mechanical cooling problems.
11. For the area of air handling, understand the principles and effects of airflow and duct design on the operation of an air-conditioning system, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Understand the requirements of supplying air to an area to be environmentally controlled;
(b) Install and service air-filtering systems; and
(c) Understand how various types of fan blower systems operate.
12. For the area of electrical motors, understand the various types of electrical motors used in air-conditioning systems, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to understand the:
(a) Function, operation and service of motors used in air-conditioning systems;
(b) Various types of motors and motor components used in air-conditioning systems; and
(c) Operation of three-phase motors.
13. For the area of electrical heating systems, demonstrate competency in the operation and maintenance of unitary and electrical heating systems, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to operate and test an electrical heating system.
14. For the area of heat pump systems, demonstrate a working knowledge of reverse cycle heating systems and emergency heat applications, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Understand the operation of heat pumps;
(b) Understand the various applications for the heat pump;
(c) Describe the functions of heat pump system controls; and
(d) Install basic heat pump system controls.
15. For the area of commercial refrigeration, demonstrate knowledge of refrigeration systems for food service, medical industries and transportation applications, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Understand the aspects of commercial refrigeration;
(b) Understand the use of multiple evaporators on a single system;
(c) Inspect and service commercial ice makers;
(d) Describe the operation of dispensing freezers; and
(e) Inspect and service a commercial refrigeration system.
16. For the area of system load calculations, understand how to calculate the cooling and heating requirements for an environmental living space, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to calculate heat loss and heat gains through various insulating and construction materials.
17. For the area of system installation and start-up, demonstrate knowledge of procedures for installation and start-up, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to inspect and perform check-out procedures to start and operate safely various:
(a) Gas heating systems;
(b) Reverse cycle heating systems; and
(c) Cooling systems.
18. For the area of servicing and troubleshooting systems, demonstrate knowledge of how to perform procedures for servicing and troubleshooting, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to troubleshoot and service problems in:
(a) Mechanical systems;
(b) Electrical systems;
(c) Gas heating systems;
(d) Reverse cycle heating systems; and
(e) Cooling systems.
19. For the area of preventative maintenance, demonstrate knowledge of the various requirements for maintenance and how to implement recommendations of the manufacturer.
20. For the area of refrigerant recovery, demonstrate a thorough knowledge of the guidelines and standards established by the United States Environmental Protection Agency that govern refrigerant recovery, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Understand the regulations that affect ozone depletion;
(b) Demonstrate refrigerant handling safety techniques while complying with applicable laws and regulations;
(c) Understand the methods of refrigerant recovery, recycling and reclamation;
(d) Understand the use of equipment for refrigerant recovery, recycling and reclamation;
(e) Determine if an alternative refrigerant is applicable for retrofitting a specific system;
(f) Explain the different classes of refrigerants; and
(g) Successfully complete the Technician Certification Test offered by a Technician Certification Program that has been approved by the United States Environmental Protection Agency.
21. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning, by demonstrating:
(a) Skills necessary for problem solving;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) Effective management of resources in high-performance workplaces;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R057-06, 8-31-2007)
NAC 389.594 Mechanics of gasoline, diesel and small engines. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in the mechanics of gasoline, diesel and small engines must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Tune gasoline and diesel engines.
2. Perform repairs on suspension and steering systems.
3. Diagnose problems in and repair electrical systems.
4. Perform necessary repairs and maintenance on drum and disc brakes.
5. Demonstrate a knowledge of the construction of engines powered by gasoline and diesel and cooled by air, and their related components.
6. Repair malfunctions in the systems for exhaust, cooling and fuel, the assembly for the transmission and clutch for an automobile and other mechanical systems in an engine powered by gasoline or diesel.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.596 Collision repair technology. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in collision repair technology must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:
1. For the area of safety, demonstrate safe work practices while performing operations in a collision repair technology lab by:
(a) Adhering to general shop and site safety rules relating to:
(1) Personal protective wear;
(2) Hand tools;
(3) Power equipment;
(4) Proper ventilation;
(5) The safe handling, storage and disposal of hazardous materials;
(6) Awareness of potential hazards to oneself and to other persons;
(7) Safety practices used in the collision repair industry; and
(8) Administration of basic first-aid treatment.
(b) Adhering to specific shop fire safety rules and procedures.
2. For the area of analysis and damage repair, demonstrate, in accordance with vehicle manufacturer specifications and procedures:
(a) Understanding of the processes involved in frame inspection and repair;
(b) The ability to inspect and repair a frame;
(c) Understanding of the processes used to inspect and replace glass; and
(d) Understanding of the processes used in metal welding and cutting.
3. For the area of nonstructural analysis and damage repair, demonstrate an understanding of the processes involved in:
(a) The preparation of nonstructural inspection and repair;
(b) Outer body panel repairs, replacements and adjustments;
(c) Metal finishing and body filling;
(d) Repairing or replacing movable glass and hardware;
(e) Metal welding and cutting; and
(f) Plastic repair and adhesives.
4. For the area of mechanical and electrical components, demonstrate an understanding of the processes involved in:
(a) Identifying, inspecting, diagnosing and removing mechanical and electrical components as required;
(b) Repairing suspension and steering systems;
(c) Repairing electrical components and systems;
(d) Testing and repairing brake systems;
(e) Inspecting and repairing air conditioning;
(f) Diagnosing and repairing cooling systems;
(g) Repairing drive train systems;
(h) Repairing or replacing fuel intake and exhaust systems; and
(i) Diagnosing and repairing active, passive and supplemental restraint systems.
5. For the area of painting and refinishing procedures, demonstrate an understanding of the processes involved in:
(a) Adhering to health, safety and environmental requirements and abiding by local, state and federal safety and environmental regulations;
(b) Adhering to health, safety and environmental requirements while maintaining safety precautions;
(c) Preparing a surface;
(d) Operating a spray gun and related equipment;
(e) Applying, mixing and matching paint;
(f) Identifying paint defects; and
(g) Completing final details.
6. For the area of estimating collision repairs, demonstrate an understanding of the processes involved in:
(a) Preparing damage reports;
(b) Using industry definitions;
(c) Identifying the different types of automotive finishes;
(d) Obtaining relevant information needed to estimate collision-related repairs; and
(e) Writing a damage report.
7. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrate:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) The ability to effectively manage resources in high performance workplaces;
(h) Knowledge of the skills necessary for career planning and development; and
(i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
8. For the area of English, demonstrate an understanding and use of language arts-related academic skills commonly used in the collision repair industry.
9. For the area of mathematics, demonstrate an understanding and use of mathematics-related academic skills commonly used in the collision repair industry.
10. For the area of science, demonstrate an understanding and use of science-related academic skills commonly used in the collision repair industry.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R056-06, 8-31-2007)
NAC 389.597 Automotive technology: Advanced program. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in automotive technology must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:
1. For the area of safety, demonstrate safe work practices while performing operations in an automotive technology laboratory, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Demonstrate adherence to the general rules of shop safety, including, without limitation, the:
(1) Proper use of safety apparel;
(2) Proper use and care of hand and power tools;
(3) Proper use and care of heavy equipment; and
(4) Safe handling, storage and disposal of chemicals and hazardous materials in accordance with local, state and federal statutes and regulations.
(b) Demonstrate adherence to the specific rules and procedures of shop safety regarding fire safety, including, without limitation, the:
(1) Proper use of fire extinguishers; and
(2) Safe handling, storage and disposal of chemicals and hazardous materials in accordance with local, state and federal statutes and regulations.
2. For the area of engine repair, understand the requirements for automotive service, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to perform:
(a) General diagnosis of an engine and the removal and reinstallation of an engine;
(b) Diagnosis and repair of a cylinder head and valve train;
(c) Assembly, diagnosis and repair of an engine block; and
(d) Diagnosis and repair of the lubrication and cooling system.
3. For the area of automatic transmissions and transaxles, understand the requirements for automotive service, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to perform:
(a) General diagnosis of a transmission and transaxle;
(b) Maintenance and adjustment of a transmission and transaxle;
(c) Repair of a transmission and transaxle while the transmission and transaxle are in the vehicle; and
(d) Repair of a transmission and transaxle while the transmission and transaxle are off the vehicle.
4. For the area of manual drive train and axles, understand the requirements for automotive service, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to perform diagnosis and repair of a:
(a) Clutch on rear-wheel drive vehicles;
(b) Transmission and transaxle;
(c) Drive-shaft and half-shaft, universal and constant velocity joint;
(d) Drive axle; and
(e) Four-wheel and all-wheel drive component.
5. For the area of suspension and steering, understand the requirements of automotive service, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to perform:
(a) Diagnosis and repair of a steering system;
(b) Diagnosis and repair of a suspension system;
(c) Diagnosis, adjustment and repair for wheel alignment; and
(d) Diagnosis and repair of wheels and tires.
6. For the area of brakes, understand the requirements of automotive service, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to perform diagnosis and repair of:
(a) Hydraulic systems;
(b) Drum brakes;
(c) Disc brakes;
(d) Power assists units;
(e) Anti-lock brake systems; and
(f) Other items relating to the proper service of brakes, including, without limitation, wheel bearings, parking brakes and electrical systems.
7. For the area of electrical and electronic systems, understand the requirements of automotive service, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to perform:
(a) General diagnosis of the electrical system;
(b) Diagnosis and repair of a battery;
(c) Diagnosis and repair of a starting system;
(d) Diagnosis and repair of a charging system;
(e) Diagnosis and repair of a lighting system; and
(f) Diagnosis and repair of a horn and windshield wiper and washer.
8. For the area of heating and air conditioning, understand the requirements for automotive service, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to perform:
(a) Diagnosis and repair of an air conditioning system;
(b) Diagnosis and repair of a refrigeration system component;
(c) Diagnosis and repair of a heating, ventilation and engine cooling system;
(d) Diagnosis and repair of operating systems and related controls; and
(e) Recovery, recycling and handling of refrigerants.
9. For the area of engine performance, understand the requirements of automotive service, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to perform:
(a) General diagnosis of an engine;
(b) Diagnosis and repair of computerized engine controls;
(c) Diagnosis and repair of an ignition system;
(d) Diagnosis and repair of fuel, air induction and exhaust systems;
(e) Diagnosis and repair of emissions control systems; and
(f) Other services related to an engine.
10. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrate:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain the appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) An ability to effectively manage resources in the workplace;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for retaining a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R195-01, eff. 4-1-2002)
NAC 389.598 Mechanics of an aircraft. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in the mechanics of an aircraft must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Maintain and repair reciprocating and turbine engines of an aircraft.
2. Identify, repair and maintain lubricating systems of an aircraft.
3. Maintain and repair induction systems, cooling systems and systems for fuel and exhaust.
4. Maintain and repair the ignition, electrical system and instruments of an aircraft.
5. Maintain and repair systems for the protection against fire in an engine.
6. Maintain and repair propellers.
7. Acquire the skills necessary to acquire a license as an aircraft mechanic from the Federal Aviation Administration.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.600 Electronic communications. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in electronic communications must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Install electronic equipment.
2. Test electronic systems.
3. Operate audio equipment.
4. Calibrate instruments.
5. Assemble an electronic chassis.
6. Inspect and repair instruments.
7. Repair digital equipment.
8. Test and repair audio and video equipment.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.601 Information technology. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in information technology must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards:
1. For the area of network systems, including topology, internetworking design, implementation, network instrumentation and network administration, understand basic network systems, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Demonstrate the fundamental tasks required to administer a network;
(b) Demonstrate the use of network security policies and procedures;
(c) Demonstrate proper file and disc management skills; and
(d) Construct, differentiate and diagnose network systems.
2. For the area of information technology service and support, understand basic hardware and software support, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Understand hardware and software support;
(b) Understand quality customer service skills;
(c) Demonstrate proficiency with documentation skills; and
(d) Understand basic electronics, troubleshooting skills and the proper use of electronic test equipment and repair tools.
3. For the area of multimedia, understand multimedia content creation and authoring, including, without limitation:
(a) Fundamental drawing techniques;
(b) The use of audio and video in content creation and authoring;
(c) Computer animation;
(d) Typography;
(e) Computer digital imaging;
(f) Web design and development;
(g) The use of electronic commerce; and
(h) The ability to explain basic intellectual property and copyright laws as they relate to content creation and authoring.
4. For the area of computer programming, understand essential programming skills, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to understand the:
(a) Use of essential programming skills;
(b) Design and analysis of software;
(c) Encoding of software; and
(d) Testing and integration of software.
5. For the area of computer applications, understand contemporary application programs and office software application products, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to understand the:
(a) Use of spreadsheet software;
(b) Use of databases;
(c) Use of word processing software;
(d) Use of desktop publishing software;
(e) Use of presentation software; and
(f) Installation, set up and upgrade of software.
6. For the area of information technology management, demonstrate:
(a) An understanding of organizational issues in the management of information technology;
(b) An understanding of effective interpersonal communication skills in the workplace;
(c) Proficiency in oral and written communication skills; and
(d) An understanding of information technology policies and procedures established by companies and the necessity for compliance with and enforcement of those policies and procedures.
7. For the area of telecommunications, demonstrate:
(a) An understanding of telephony and the operation and specifications of public switch telephone networks, or PTSN;
(b) An understanding of broadband and baseband local area network, or LAN, metropolitan area network, or MAN, and wide area network, or WAN, systems; and
(c) An understanding of wireless technologies.
8. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrate:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R010-03, eff. 10-30-2003)
NAC 389.602 Drafting. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in drafting must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Sketch by freehand.
2. Identify, define, draw and construct geometric shapes and designs.
3. Complete a set of architectural, mechanical and electrical drawings.
4. Construct an orthographic drawing.
5. Complete a set of specifications.
6. Draw a topographical map.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.603 Computer-aided drafting and design. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in computer-aided drafting and design, or CADD, must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:
1. For the area of fundamental drafting skills, understand fundamental drafting skills, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Create various geometric constructions;
(b) Use appropriate measuring and scaling techniques;
(c) Use conventional drafting practices;
(d) Create multiview drawings using orthographic projections;
(e) Apply dimensions and annotations;
(f) Create pictorial drawings; and
(g) Create development drawings and models.
2. For the area of fundamental computer skills, understand computer-aided drafting and design processes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Determine fundamental safety and ergonomic factors in the computer-aided drafting and design work environment;
(b) Maintain, operate and adjust computer hardware; and
(c) Demonstrate proficiency in common operating systems and software.
3. For the area of fundamental computer-aided drafting and design skills, understand computer-aided drafting and design processes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Perform drawing set up and layout;
(b) Create, apply and modify annotations;
(c) Construct and manipulate problems using the Cartesian Coordinate System;
(d) Create and modify geometric entities using command sequences; and
(e) Use media output.
4. For the area of advanced computer-aided drafting and design skills, understand computer-aided drafting and design processes as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Develop symbols, attributes and libraries;
(b) Apply appropriate geometric dimensioning and tolerancing standards;
(c) Output drawings;
(d) Develop and display three-dimensional models;
(e) Develop and construct presentation drawings; and
(f) Customize a computer-aided drafting and design working environment.
5. For the area of related disciplines, understand computer-aided drafting and design principles as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to apply drafting concepts related to:
(a) Basic manufacturing processes;
(b) Basic architectural design;
(c) Basic geographic information systems and civil engineering; and
(d) Basic electronics.
6. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrate:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R010-03, eff. 10-30-2003)
NAC 389.604 Graphic arts and printing. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in graphic arts and printing must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Identify different styles of letters.
2. Operate equipment for a bindery.
3. Set up and operate an efficient darkroom.
4. Prepare a basic layout.
5. Operate a system of platemaking.
6. Operate a single and two offset presses with one or two colors.
7. Produce halftones in a variety of sizes.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.606 Photography. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in photography must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:
1. For the area of history of photography, describe and analyze the role and development of photography in past and present cultures by demonstrating an understanding of the role and development of photography in those cultures;
2. For the area of laws and ethics, demonstrate knowledge of the laws and ethics relating to photography by demonstrating an understanding of the principles of photography law;
3. For the area of safety, demonstrate the safe use of photographic materials and equipment by demonstrating general rules of lab safety, including, without limitation, rules relating to camera equipment, lighting equipment, other electrical equipment, photography materials and fire safety;
4. For the area of cameras and camera accessories, identify and use different types of cameras and camera accessories by demonstrating:
(a) Competence in the proper use of various types of cameras to take photographs, including a 35 millimeter or digital single-lens reflex camera; and
(b) An understanding of various lenses and corrective applications for those lenses;
5. For the area of exposure, demonstrate competence in the use of exposure settings to achieve the desired photographic effects by demonstrating knowledge of the selection and proper exposure settings for a variety of situations as prescribed by the International Organization for Standardization;
6. For the area of elements and principles of art and composition, demonstrate a basic understanding of the application of the elements and principles of art and composition to digital photography by:
(a) Incorporating the elements and principles of art into photographs; and
(b) Using the elements and principles of composition to organize images to communicate ideas;
7. For the area of lighting, demonstrate an understanding of different sources of light and proper uses of those sources by demonstrating an understanding of the:
(a) Techniques of artificial lighting as applied in a variety of situations and the effects of artificial lighting for digital photography; and
(b) Techniques of natural lighting as applied to a variety of situations and the effects of natural lighting for digital photography;
8. For the area of film photography, if a course of study includes instruction in silver-based film photography, demonstrate knowledge in selecting film, developing film and printing negatives;
9. For the area of digital images, demonstrate an understanding of capturing, manipulating, storing and printing digital images by demonstrating:
(a) Knowledge of the components of a digital camera and digital image storage devices;
(b) Proficiency in using a scanner;
(c) Competence in using graphics software to modify or enhance a digital image;
(d) The ability to save and retrieve digital images;
(e) Knowledge of printers and techniques for printing digital images; and
(f) Knowledge of the proper maintenance and calibration of printers;
10. For the area of presentations, demonstrate competence in presentation techniques and the development of a portfolio by:
(a) Displaying printed digital images; and
(b) Creating a physical or electronic portfolio of digital photographs;
11. For the area of career development, identify and research career options in photography by demonstrating knowledge in selecting career opportunities relating to photography; and
12. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:
(a) Knowledge and skills necessary to perform in the workplace;
(b) The ability to safely work with a variety of technologies;
(c) Knowledge in preparing for job interviews and preparing to obtain a job;
(d) The ability to properly identify, organize, plan and allocate resources;
(e) Knowledge of interpersonal skills related to the workplace; and
(f) An understanding of entrepreneurship.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R132-07, 1-30-2008)
NAC 389.608 Machine shop. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in machine shop must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Read blueprints.
2. Perform benchwork.
3. Operate a lathe, grinder, milling machine, drill press, band saw and any other equipment necessary in the operation of a machine shop.
4. Read and interpret a micrometer.
5. Heat-treat metal.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.610 Sheet metal. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in sheet metal must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Read blueprints.
2. Demonstrate methods utilized to lay out parallel lines, radial lines, development and triangulation.
3. Fabricate, erect or install ducts and fittings.
4. Join metal with mechanical fasteners.
5. Join metal by welding and soldering.
6. Operate equipment which forms and shears sheet metal.
7. Construct and assemble common locks and seams.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.611 Metalworking. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in metalworking must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:
1. For the area of safety, demonstrate safe work practices while performing operations in the metalworking laboratory, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Comply with personal and environmental safety practices associated with:
(1) Clothing;
(2) Protection of the eyes and ears;
(3) Hand tools and power equipment;
(4) Proper ventilation; and
(5) The handling, storage and disposal of materials in accordance with local, state and federal safety and environmental regulations.
(b) Adhere to the general rules of laboratory safety as they apply to:
(1) Flammables;
(2) Ventilation;
(3) Electrical hazards;
(4) Maintenance of orderly work areas;
(5) Personal protective wear;
(6) Safe use of tools and equipment;
(7) Work habits and behaviors; and
(8) Lifting and emergency response.
(c) Adhere to the specific procedures of fire safety in the laboratory and the rules applying to:
(1) The proper use of extinguishers;
(2) Evacuation;
(3) Knowledge of potential fire hazards;
(4) Ventilation;
(5) Personal protective wear; and
(6) Storage of flammables.
2. For the area of measurement and layout techniques, understand the proper use of layout and measurement tools and techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Use measuring tools to complete required laboratory assignments;
(b) Use and apply layout tools to complete required laboratory projects;
(c) Interpret basic prints and develop working drawings; and
(d) Apply basic mathematical skills common to the metalworking industry.
3. For the area of metallurgy, understand the classification and physical properties of different types of metals common to the welding industry, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Identify the types and shapes of metals;
(b) Describe and apply the principles of metallurgy as they apply to hardening and annealing; and
(c) Describe the effects of heating and cooling of metals to be fabricated.
4. For the area of tools and machines, understand how to safely operate commonly used machines and tools, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to identify and safely operate:
(a) Stationary power machines commonly used in the welding industry;
(b) Portable power machines commonly used in the welding industry; and
(c) Hand tools commonly used in the welding industry.
5. For the area of welding techniques, understand proper welding and cutting techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Properly use personal protective equipment and procedures;
(b) Set up and operate oxy-fuel welding and cutting equipment;
(c) Set up and operate shielded metal arc welding equipment;
(d) Set up and operate gas metal arc welding equipment;
(e) Set up and operate gas tungsten arc welding equipment; and
(f) Set up and operate plasma arc welding equipment.
6. For the area of sheet metal, understand the proper layout, forming and fastening techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Demonstrate pattern development and layout techniques;
(b) Identify and demonstrate the use of sheet metal forming machines and hand tools; and
(c) Identify and demonstrate the use of various sheet metal fastening techniques.
7. For the area of machine tools, understand the identification and safe operation of machine tools, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to set up and safely operate:
(a) Metal cutting lathes;
(b) Milling machines; and
(c) The drill press.
8. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R040-05, eff. 10-31-2005)
NAC 389.612 Welding. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in welding must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:
1. For the area of safety, demonstrate safe work practices while performing operations in the welding laboratory, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Comply with personal and environmental safety practices associated with:
(1) Clothing;
(2) Protection of the eyes and ears;
(3) Hand tools and power equipment;
(4) Proper ventilation; and
(5) The handling, storage and disposal of materials in accordance with local, state and federal safety and environmental regulations.
(b) Adhere to the general rules of laboratory safety as they apply to:
(1) Flammables;
(2) Ventilation;
(3) Electrical hazards;
(4) Maintenance of orderly work areas;
(5) Personal protective wear;
(6) Safe use of tools and equipment;
(7) Work habits and behaviors; and
(8) Lifting and emergency response.
(c) Adhere to the specific procedures of fire safety in the laboratory and the rules applying to:
(1) The proper use of extinguishers;
(2) Evacuation;
(3) Knowledge of potential fire hazards;
(4) Ventilation;
(5) Personal protective wear; and
(6) Storage of flammables.
2. For the area of measurement and layout techniques, understand the proper use of layout and measurement tools and techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Use measuring tools to complete required laboratory assignments;
(b) Use and apply layout tools to complete required laboratory projects;
(c) Interpret basic prints and develop working drawings; and
(d) Apply basic mathematical skills common to the welding industry.
3. For the area of metallurgy, understand the classification and physical properties of different types of metals common to the welding industry, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Identify the types and shapes of metals; and
(b) Describe the effects of heating, cooling and annealing processes of metals to be fabricated.
4. For the area of tools and machines, understand how to safely operate commonly used machines and tools, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to identify and safely operate:
(a) Stationary power machines commonly used in the welding industry;
(b) Portable power machines commonly used in the welding industry; and
(c) Hand tools commonly used in the welding industry.
5. For the area of oxy-fuel welding and cutting, understand proper welding and cutting techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Properly use personal protective equipment and procedures;
(b) Identify, select, set up and use oxy-fuel welding equipment;
(c) Identify, select, set up and use oxy-fuel cutting equipment; and
(d) Identify, select, set up and use oxy-fuel brazing equipment.
6. For the area of shielded metal arc welding, understand proper shielded metal arc welding techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Use safety procedures and describe the electrical theory of shielded metal arc welding;
(b) Select and set up the appropriate equipment and consumables used in shielded metal arc welding; and
(c) Perform shielded metal arc welding using appropriate safety techniques.
7. For the area of gas metal arc welding, understand proper gas metal arc welding techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Use safety procedures and describe the electrical theory of gas metal arc welding;
(b) Select and set up the appropriate equipment and consumables used in gas metal arc welding; and
(c) Perform gas metal arc welding using appropriate safety techniques.
8. For the area of flux cored arc welding, understand proper flux cored arc welding techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Use safety procedures and describe the electrical theory of flux cored arc welding;
(b) Select and set up the appropriate equipment and consumables used in flux cored arc welding; and
(c) Perform flux cored arc welding using appropriate safety techniques.
9. For the area of gas tungsten arc welding, understand proper gas tungsten arc welding techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Use safety procedures and describe the electrical theory of gas tungsten arc welding;
(b) Select and set up appropriate equipment and consumables used in gas tungsten arc welding; and
(c) Perform gas tungsten arc welding using appropriate safety techniques.
10. For the area of plasma arc cutting, understand proper plasma arc cutting techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Use safety procedures and describe the electrical theory of plasma arc cutting;
(b) Select and set up the appropriate equipment and consumables used in plasma arc cutting; and
(c) Perform plasma arc cutting using appropriate safety techniques.
11. For the area of fabrication, understand the tools, equipment and fabrication techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:
(a) Identify and use fabrication techniques and equipment while planning, designing, laying out and constructing projects;
(b) Identify and perform nondestructive weld-testing techniques; and
(c) Identify and perform destructive weld-testing techniques.
12. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R040-05, 10-31-2005)
NAC 389.614 Furniture and cabinetmaking. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in furniture and cabinetmaking must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:
1. For the area of safety, demonstrate safe work practices and use of equipment and tools while performing operations in the work environment by:
(a) Adhering to general shop and site safety rules for:
(1) Personal protective wear;
(2) The safe handling, storage and disposal of hazardous materials;
(3) Awareness of the potential hazards to oneself and to other persons;
(4) Adherence to construction-related safety practices; and
(5) Administration of basic first-aid treatment.
(b) Adhering to safe work practices in the maintenance and use of hand and power tools, including:
(1) The safe use and care of hand tools;
(2) The safe operation of stationary power tools;
(3) Basic maintenance of hand and power tools;
(4) The proper operation of pneumatic tools; and
(5) The proper inspection of power tools to ensure that the guards, shields, insulation and other protective devices are properly placed and functioning.
2. For the area of mathematics, apply mathematics for practical use in furniture and cabinetmaking by:
(a) Estimating the needs and costs for materials by using board-, square- and linear-foot measurements; and
(b) Demonstrating how to properly square corners and accurately measure to 1/32 inch and to the nearest millimeter.
3. For the area of project planning, demonstrate competence in the planning, design and blueprint reading necessary for furniture and cabinetmaking by:
(a) Understanding the elements and principles of design;
(b) Identifying the various kitchen, furniture and cabinet styles used in the furniture and cabinetmaking industry;
(c) Demonstrating competence in various drafting techniques and blueprint reading used in the furniture and cabinetmaking industry;
(d) Interpreting and applying information to develop or evaluate a bill of materials;
(e) Estimating the quantity and cost of materials; and
(f) Developing a plan of procedures necessary to complete a project.
4. For the area of tool selection and usage, demonstrating the proper use of:
(a) Measuring and layout tools;
(b) Cutting tools;
(c) Striking tools;
(d) Hand-boring tools;
(e) Hand-shaping tools; and
(f) Clamping tools.
5. For the area of power tool selection and usage, demonstrating the proper and safe use of:
(a) Portable power tools; and
(b) Stationary power tools.
6. For the area of joinery, demonstrate competence in the use of joinery techniques, fasteners and adhesives by:
(a) Demonstrating a working knowledge of the various metallic fasteners used in the furniture and cabinetmaking industry;
(b) Identifying and using various dowels and biscuits used in the furniture and cabinetmaking industry;
(c) Identifying and using various adhesives used in the furniture and cabinetmaking industry; and
(d) Identifying and constructing various wood joints used in the furniture and cabinetmaking industry.
7. For the area of wood products and materials, demonstrate knowledge in the identification, characteristics and uses of commonly used wood products and materials by:
(a) Identifying various hardwoods and softwoods;
(b) Identifying various sheet goods and describing their characteristics and uses;
(c) Identifying various solid surface and laminate materials and describing their characteristics and uses; and
(d) Identifying various veneers and describing their characteristics and uses.
8. For the area of construction processes, demonstrate an understanding of various construction processes used in the furniture and cabinetmaking industry by:
(a) Demonstrating furniture construction techniques, including case, frame and panel, and leg and rail construction;
(b) Demonstrating cabinet construction techniques, including face frame case, frameless case, cabinet drawer and cabinet door construction;
(c) Demonstrating manufacturing and mass production techniques;
(d) Selecting and installing various hardware used in the furniture and cabinetmaking industry; and
(e) Demonstrating various plastic laminating techniques.
9. For the area of finishing, prepare a project and apply finishes in accordance with the standards of the furniture and cabinetmaking industry by:
(a) Properly using various abrasives to prepare a project for a finish;
(b) Selecting and applying various stains;
(c) Identifying and applying various sealers and finish coats; and
(d) Identifying and applying various fillers.
10. For the area of installation, transport and install furniture and cabinets in accordance with the standards of the furniture and cabinetmaking industry by demonstrating:
(a) Proper techniques for packaging and transporting furniture and cabinets;
(b) The proper layout and installation of cabinets;
(c) The proper layout, fabrication and installation of countertops; and
(d) The proper layout and installation of molding and trim.
11. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrating:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) The ability to effectively manage resources in high-performance workplaces;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for retaining a job and the continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R055-06, 8-31-2007)
NAC 389.616 Digital video and broadcast production. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in digital video and broadcast production must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:
1. For the area of history, demonstrate knowledge of the history of communications, industry terminology, ethics and the law by:
(a) Demonstrating knowledge of the history of film and broadcast communications;
(b) Using industry terminology; and
(c) Demonstrating an understanding of industry ethics and the law;
2. For the area of safety, demonstrate knowledge of safety and personal responsibility in video production in the workplace by demonstrating:
(a) Professionalism and personal responsibility; and
(b) Safe work habits, including, without limitation:
(1) Following established procedures;
(2) Selecting and using appropriate tools and equipment;
(3) Properly maintaining tools and equipment; and
(4) Adhering to fire safety standards;
3. For the area of communication, demonstrate appropriate skills of communication by:
(a) Distinguishing different purposes and methods of writing for broadcast;
(b) Demonstrating appropriate speaking skills and demeanor for on-camera performances; and
(c) Using story structures as appropriate for different applications in a script;
4. For the area of preproduction, demonstrate practices of preproduction which reflect the standards of the industry by:
(a) Demonstrating an understanding of the target audience, the goals of the client and the goals of the project;
(b) Conducting formal and informal research to collect appropriate topical information for a project;
(c) Demonstrating effective skills for managing time when producing a video;
(d) Interpreting and writing a script for different projects;
(e) Demonstrating appropriate techniques for interviews; and
(f) Demonstrating appropriate practices in the newsroom;
5. For the area of production, demonstrate practices of production which reflect the standards of the industry by demonstrating:
(a) The ability to operate a camera;
(b) Effective techniques for on-camera interviews;
(c) Effective on-camera performances that are appropriate for a project;
(d) The ability to select and operate sound equipment that is appropriate for a project;
(e) The correct use of technology and proper procedures to produce a studio broadcast production;
(f) The correct use of technology and proper procedures to create a professional field production; and
(g) The ability to make appropriate and ethical decisions during the production process;
6. For the area of postproduction, demonstrate practices of postproduction which reflect the standards of the industry by:
(a) Organizing and evaluating all materials that are necessary for the postproduction process;
(b) Demonstrating computer skills that are necessary for completing a video project; and
(c) Demonstrating the ability to make appropriate and ethical decisions during the postproduction process; and
7. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) The ability to effectively manage resources in high-performance workplaces;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for the retention of a job and the continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R133-07, 1-30-2008)
NAC 389.618 Cosmetology. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in cosmetology must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Explain various types of occupations in the field of cosmetology.
2. Identify and describe the composition of hair.
3. Recognize and match the texture of hair and match it to the characteristics of that texture.
4. Identify and describe the disorders of the scalp.
5. Identify and describe the most common shapes for manicuring nails.
6. Identify and describe the diseases of the nail.
7. Identify and operate the equipment and tools used in manicuring and pedicuring.
8. Identify and describe the bones of the face and head.
9. Distinguish between sensory and motor nerves.
10. Distinguish between a cartilage and a ligament.
11. List the permits and licenses necessary to do business as a cosmetologist.
12. Develop a plan for a salon.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.620 Family and consumer sciences. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) If a district offers a course of study in family and consumer sciences, the course must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards:
1. For the area of human and family development:
(a) Examine the principles and roles of the development of the family and humans;
(b) Explore the stages of development throughout the life span;
(c) Explore the roles and responsibilities of parenting that maximize human growth and development;
(d) Evaluate an effective family unit and how it impacts individual growth and development;
(e) Analyze factors that affect a decision of a person to become a parent;
(f) Choose appropriate activities for young children based upon developmental stages; and
(g) Demonstrate an awareness of the opportunities and requirements for employment in early childhood education.
2. For the area of food science and nutrition:
(a) Integrate knowledge, skills and practices in food science and nutrition;
(b) Demonstrate safety and sanitation practices relating to food;
(c) Use principles of nutrition and technology in the planning and preparation of food;
(d) Apply principles of management related to food and nutrition;
(e) Demonstrate skills and procedures in the preparation and service of food;
(f) Demonstrate principles of food science that affect the quality of food; and
(g) Demonstrate an awareness of the opportunities and requirements for employment in nutrition or the food industry.
3. For the area of textiles and apparel:
(a) Integrate knowledge, skills and practices in textiles and apparel;
(b) Demonstrate skills necessary to produce, alter and repair textile products and apparel;
(c) Evaluate the use and care of fiber, fabrics and textile materials;
(d) Examine the elements and principles of design in creating, constructing and altering textile products to enhance the visual appearance of those products;
(e) Examine skills used by consumers to effectively manage money expended on apparels;
(f) Evaluate the factors that influence the apparel industry; and
(g) Demonstrate an awareness of the opportunities and requirements for employment in the textile and apparel industry.
4. For the area of family and consumer resource management:
(a) Develop skills of management related to personal, family and community resources;
(b) Demonstrate management of personal and family resources, including, without limitation, food, clothing, housing, health care, recreation and transportation;
(c) Demonstrate skills required for maintenance of interpersonal relationships, including, without limitation, effective communication and resolution of conflicts;
(d) Analyze the rights and responsibilities of consumers in the economic system;
(e) Demonstrate management of financial resources to meet the needs and goals of individuals and families throughout the life span;
(f) Evaluate the impact of technology on personal and family resources; and
(g) Develop responsible behavior and skills for making decisions, setting goals and demonstrating leadership.
5. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrate:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain the appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) An ability to effectively manage resources in the workplace;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for retaining a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R155-01, 12-17-2001)
NAC 389.622 Industrial arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in industrial arts must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of the opportunities for a career in the field of industrial arts.
2. Demonstrate the appropriate use of the tools and materials used in industry.
3. Demonstrate the proper application of established standards of safety for industrial programs.
4. Identify a preferred career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.624 Marketing. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in marketing must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards:
1. For the area of economics, demonstrate an understanding of the:
(a) Basic concepts of economics;
(b) Fundamental systems of economics;
(c) Basic concepts of cost-profit relationships;
(d) Economic indicators and trends; and
(e) International trade concepts.
2. For the area of business management and entrepreneurship:
(a) Demonstrate knowledge of marketing and the functions of marketing;
(b) Demonstrate an understanding of basic business fundamentals, management functions and entrepreneurship;
(c) Demonstrate competency in basic computer skills related to business; and
(d) Demonstrate an understanding of how risk management impacts business.
3. For the area of distribution, demonstrate an understanding of the:
(a) Nature and scope of distribution as a function of marketing;
(b) Basic concepts of fulfilling orders;
(c) Basic concepts of warehousing and handling of stock; and
(d) Basic concepts of managing distribution, including, without limitation, control of inventory, and the relationship of distribution to other activities of marketing.
4. For the area of financing, demonstrate an understanding of:
(a) The nature and scope of financing; and
(b) Extending and obtaining business credit.
5. For the area of management of marketing information, demonstrate an understanding of:
(a) The nature and scope of techniques to manage the marketing of information;
(b) Methods to gather information to determine appropriate markets;
(c) Methods to process and present information gathered by applying techniques to manage the marketing of information; and
(d) Plans and strategies for marketing a product or service.
6. For the area of pricing, demonstrate an understanding of the:
(a) Nature and scope of the pricing function;
(b) Process for establishing and communicating the value or cost of goods and services; and
(c) Strategies and outcomes for determining prices.
7. For the area of managing products or services, demonstrate an understanding of:
(a) The nature and scope of the management of products and services;
(b) The importance of ensuring quality of products and services;
(c) The concept of product mix;
(d) The concept of product and business positioning; and
(e) Other considerations related to the retail of products.
8. For the area of promotion, demonstrate an understanding of the:
(a) Nature and scope of promotion in marketing;
(b) Concept and purpose of advertising;
(c) Concept and purpose of publicity and public relations;
(d) Concept and purpose of sales promotion;
(e) Use of products, services, images and ideas to achieve a desired outcome; and
(f) Use of advertising agencies.
9. For the area of selling a product or service, demonstrate an understanding of the:
(a) Nature and scope of the functions associated with strategies of personal and business sales;
(b) Processes and techniques of selling;
(c) Relationship between knowledge of the product or service and selling;
(d) Support activities related to selling; and
(e) Management of selling.
10. For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrate:
(a) Skills necessary for solving problems;
(b) Skills of critical thinking;
(c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;
(d) The ability to select, apply and maintain the appropriate technology necessary for a career;
(e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;
(f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;
(g) An ability to effectively manage resources in the workplace;
(h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and
(i) Skills necessary for retaining a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R155-01, 12-17-2001)
NAC 389.644 Skills to obtain employment: Contents. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in skills to obtain employment must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Apply a knowledge of skills needed to search for, acquire and retain employment.
2. Demonstrate positive habit and attitudes concerning work.
3. Understand opportunities in and the responsibilities of employment.
4. Exhibit the ability to adapt to change.
5. Work cooperatively.
6. Exhibit confidence and self-discipline.
7. Develop skills used in making decisions and establishing priorities.
8. Develop skills for effective speaking, listening, writing and reading.
9. Seek and accept responsibility.
10. Understand the American economic system, including the principles of free enterprise and entrepreneurship, taxes and the management of money.
11. Apply the instruction received in school that relates to the area of study.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.646 Skills to obtain employment: Eligible pupils. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) The following pupils may enroll in a course of study in skills needed to obtain employment:
1. A pupil whose score is in the lower three stanines of a standardized achievement test or an equivalent test.
2. A pupil who fails one or more sections of the Nevada proficiency examination.
3. A pupil who is a dropout or potential dropout from secondary school.
4. A pupil who:
(a) Has a physical or mental disability which substantially limits his activities;
(b) Had such a disability in the past; or
(c) Is perceived by his peers as having such an impairment.
5. A pupil who meets one of the criteria established in 29 U.S.C. §§ 701 to 796, inclusive.
6. A pupil whose family has an income at or below the level of poverty established by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.
7. A pupil in grades 9 to 12, inclusive, who qualifies for free lunch or lunch at reduced cost.
8. A pupil who is eligible for public assistance.
9. A pupil in grades 9 to 12, inclusive, who has failed one or more courses equal to one Carnegie Unit.
10. A pupil who has been absent from school 9 or more days in any one semester.
11. A pupil who is under the age of 18, is a parent or expectant parent and has not earned a high school diploma.
12. A pupil who is under the age of 18, has not earned a high school diploma and is unable to attend a regular course of study in high school because of misconduct in school or the action of a court.
13. A pupil who attends a school where a course of study in the desired vocational experience is not offered or available to the pupil.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.648 Skills to obtain employment: Duties of teacher. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) The teacher of a course of study in skills needed to obtain employment shall:
1. Design a plan of training for each pupil which designates the specific skills and levels of performance required of the pupil. The plan must be developed in cooperation with the employer, the pupil and, if necessary, other teachers.
2. Ensure that the pupil, his parent and the employer sign the plan.
3. Ensure that specific instruction prepares the pupil for obtaining a job.
4. Ensure that the employment teaches theory, how to make a decision, and cooperation.
5. Encourage training which is relevant to obtaining a job.
6. Strengthen the relationship between the school and the community.
7. Encourage participation by the community in the course of study.
8. Remind participants of their responsibilities and obligations.
9. Visit the place of employment of a pupil to evaluate the pupil, with the assistance of the employer.
10. Assist the employer with the development of each pupil’s agreement for training.
11. Encourage the development of effective skills of communication.
12. Seek suggestions from employers and pupils on ways to improve the course of study.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.650 Skills to obtain employment: Duties of participating employer. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) An employer participating in a course of study in skills necessary to obtain employment shall:
1. Provide direct supervision of the pupil.
2. Encourage the pupil to develop skills which will lead to employability.
3. Provide an evaluation of a pupil’s performance, cooperation and self-discipline.
4. Encourage each pupil to accept responsibility and to develop initiative, cooperation and self-discipline.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.652 Social studies. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in social studies must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. Recognize that people in a pluralistic society communicate and express themselves in different ways.
2. Recognize that social institutions, the various methods of communication and technology influence persons and groups in society.
3. Describe how historical developments and current economic conditions relate to national and international developments.
4. Interpret how people function alone and as members of groups.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.6525 Introduction to occupations. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A local school board shall include within courses of study in a public high school introducing students to occupations, the courses of study:
1. Working citizen.
2. Management of personal resources.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)
NAC 389.6526 Working citizen. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in working citizen must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:
1. Describe business systems and business transactions.
2. Describe the relationship of the individual person to business.
3. Describe the relationship of business to the individual person.
4. Describe the influence of economic factors on the job market and on individual standards of living.
5. Relate tentative career plans to education, training and future employment.
6. Describe personal characteristics and qualities that are desirable for successful employment.
7. Describe laws and regulations which relate to the employee.
8. Describe the influence of personal health, attitude and interpersonal relationships on productivity and job satisfaction.
9. Describe the role labor unions and professional organizations play in the relationship between employer and employee.
10. Identify the sources which provide information relating to employment opportunities.
11. Demonstrate the use of information which identifies opportunities for employment.
12. Describe the skills and training necessary for successful employment among related jobs.
13. Match the competency of the pupil with skills required for specific employment.
14. Analyze the factors that influence individual job selection.
15. Demonstrate the skills necessary to obtain employment.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)
NAC 389.6527 Management of personal resources. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in the management of personal resources must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:
1. Identify human and economic resources.
2. Explain the value of human and economic resources in daily living.
3. Describe how human and economic resources influence and change life styles.
4. Identify the personal resources needed to attain a life goal.
5. Describe the steps in attaining a life goal.
6. Describe how efficient and inefficient management of time affects the completion of a task.
7. Develop a schedule of weekly activities.
8. Identify areas of personal potential.
9. Explain how personal potential can affect the success of organizing a business.
10. Develop a plan for effective use of available human resources.
11. Identify ways to reach a financial goal.
12. Prepare a personal budget.
13. Develop a saving plan.
14. Write checks, prepare a deposit slip and update a check register.
15. Reconcile a bank statement.
16. Demonstrate the proper preparation of a federal income tax return.
17. Describe the establishment and maintenance of a credit rating.
18. Demonstrate the benefits of purchasing an item with cash instead of paying for the item in installments.
19. Explain guidelines and procedures in making a major purchase.
20. List various services which a person might buy.
21. Describe guidelines for purchasing services.
22. Describe misleading sales practices.
23. Describe ways to remedy misleading sales practices.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)
NAC 389.6528 Introduction to human relations and decision making. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in an introduction to human relations and decision making must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:
1. Explain basic human needs and their effects on an individual person.
2. Develop personal goals through techniques of self-improvement, self-motivation and self-discipline.
3. Rate the strengths and weaknesses of his personality.
4. Describe ways in which a person can improve his personality.
5. Describe the effect personal dress has on obtaining a job.
6. Determine the ethics involved in various work situations.
7. Describe the process of making decisions.
8. Apply techniques for solving problems to developing solutions for given problems in personal, job and group situations.
9. Demonstrate ways to give and receive points of view involving a disagreement.
10. Identify the causes of conflict in social and work settings.
11. Demonstrate techniques of resolving conflict in social and work settings.
12. Analyze the manner in which employees interact in a work-related dispute.
13. Recognize actions which can improve employee relationships.
14. Identify the knowledge and skills required for obtaining a job in the area of human relations.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)
NAC 389.6529 Introduction to human and family development. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in an introduction to human and family development must be designed so that pupils meet the performance standards set forth in subsections 1 and 5 of NAC 389.620.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92; A by R155-01, 12-17-2001)
NAC 389.653 Introduction to food science and nutrition. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in an introduction to food science and nutrition must be designed so that pupils meet the performance standards set forth in subsections 2 and 5 of NAC 389.620.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92; A by R155-01, 12-17-2001)
NAC 389.6531 Introduction to economics of work. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in an introduction to the economics of work must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:
1. Explain the importance of the worker in our economic system.
2. Identify differences between the three major types of current economic systems.
3. Explain the relationship supply and demand have to the cost a consumer pays for goods and services.
4. Describe the concept of scarcity as the underlying condition of an economic system.
5. Describe the possible effects competition has on different types of businesses.
6. Describe the business cycle and its effect on the economy.
7. Analyze the differences in employment opportunities between an entrepreneurial enterprise and an established company.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)
NAC 389.6532 Introduction to basic communication skills. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in an introduction to basic communication skills must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:
1. Prepare original compositions.
2. Describe three types of business documents.
3. Demonstrate the organization of ideas.
4. Give a speech on an occupation.
5. Use visual aids in a written or oral presentation on occupational material.
6. Identify six effective speaking skills.
7. Summarize a conversation.
8. Recognize the purpose of a set of oral instructions by listing the key parts.
9. Describe the four aspects of body language.
10. Describe the effect physical and environmental elements have on nonverbal communication.
11. Demonstrate functional reading by interpreting written instructions.
12. Demonstrate the ability to retain information through reading and study skills.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)
NAC 389.6533 Introduction to keyboarding. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in an introduction to keyboarding must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:
1. Demonstrate the correct method of inserting paper, adjusting the paper guides and adjusting the margins.
2. Demonstrate the use of function keys to operate a printer.
3. Type a paragraph without mistakes.
4. Demonstrate the operation of a keyboard by touch without watching the keys.
5. Demonstrate keyboard operations using number keys.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)
NAC 389.6534 Introduction to information technology. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in an introduction to information technology must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:
1. Describe the development of a contemporary information system from inception to present use.
2. Describe various types and uses of information systems.
3. Describe information systems that satisfy the needs of the home.
4. Describe information systems that satisfy the needs of education.
5. Describe information systems that satisfy the needs of business and industry.
6. Describe information systems that satisfy the needs of government.
7. Describe the effect information systems have on human culture and life style.
8. Describe how a computer operates.
9. Describe the function of hardware and software within a compatible computer system.
10. Identify the applications used for the various computer languages.
11. Complete a flowchart that outlines a simple task.
12. Identify the knowledge and skills needed to obtain a job in the area of information technology.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)
NAC 389.6535 Introduction to visual communications. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in an introduction to visual communications must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:
1. Describe the characteristics of different types of visual media.
2. Describe the relationship of color, line and design in visual media.
3. Interpret the significance of a sign or symbol.
4. Describe the effect different forms of visual communication have upon society.
5. Identify the different types of messages presented on videotaped presentations.
6. Research career opportunities in the area of electronic communications.
7. Identify the products produced in the field of graphic arts.
8. Describe the process used to develop printed material.
9. Describe the accuracy of the photographic media in society and the influence this media has on society.
10. Identify the different means by which photography is used to communicate a message.
11. Recognize the emotional effect a set of photographs can cause.
12. Identify the knowledge and skills needed to obtain a job in the area of photography.
13. Identify the types and characteristics of a printed advertisement.
14. Summarize the different purposes various types of printed advertising can have.
15. Design a printed advertisement.
16. Identify the knowledge and skills needed to obtain a job in the area of visual merchandising.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)
NAC 389.6536 Introduction to keeping business records. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in an introduction to keeping business records must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:
1. Demonstrate the classification of terms used to designate assets, liabilities, owner’s equity, revenues and expense accounts.
2. Describe the accounting equation—assets equals liabilities plus owner’s equity.
3. Prepare a balance sheet in account form.
4. Determine net profit or loss using the income statement report form.
5. Identify five items of information found on a cash register tape, a snap-out form and a receipt prepared on a forms register.
6. Prepare a sales slip for a sales transaction.
7. Complete a slip for a bank deposit.
8. Record information in a petty cash book.
9. Compute the cost, markup and retail selling price of merchandise.
10. Explain the importance of taking inventory.
11. Demonstrate the use of the three-column accounts-receivable ledger, including beginning balances, sale of merchandise and payments on account.
12. Prepare a schedule of accounts receivable or payable.
13. Compute earnings per hours worked from an employee’s time card.
14. Compute employees’ earnings, including considerations of federal and state payroll tax deductions.
15. Identify the knowledge and skills needed to obtain a job in the area of recordkeeping.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)
NAC 389.6537 Introduction to natural resources. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in an introduction to natural resources must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:
1. Describe the various forms and sources of pollution.
2. Identify the various problems which are caused by pollution.
3. Recognize natural and synthetic resources and materials.
4. Determine the origin and use of a variety of synthetic materials.
5. Distinguish renewable from nonrenewable natural resources.
6. Describe the consequences human activity can have on forest and wetland environments.
7. Identify the knowledge and skills needed to obtain a job managing natural resources in the soil, wildlife, fish, forestry and recreation areas.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)
NAC 389.6538 Introduction to basic mechanical principles and skills. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in an introduction to basic mechanical principles and skills must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:
1. Demonstrate the measurement of a machine part using an instrument for precise measurement in metric or customary scales.
2. Demonstrate linear measurements with a ruler or tape measure using the metric or customary systems of measurement.
3. Operate electric meters.
4. Interpret readings from a variety of monitoring devices used on industrial equipment and machinery.
5. Identify regulatory agencies at the state, federal and local levels.
6. Identify safety regulations which affect the home, the school and the workplace.
7. Demonstrate safety practices in the use of tools and equipment.
8. Identify hand tools by name and purpose.
9. Demonstrate the use of tools for fastening, wood working and metal working.
10. Identify power hand tools by name and purpose.
11. Demonstrate the use of power hand tools for fastening, wood working and metal working.
12. Complete a project using industry-approved procedures.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)
NAC 389.6539 Introduction to basic mechanical maintenance. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in an introduction to basic mechanical maintenance must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:
1. Describe the economic benefits that result from routinely scheduled service to maintain equipment.
2. Develop a chart for the routine service and maintenance of a piece of equipment based upon the manufacturer’s recommendations.
3. Demonstrate procedures for the service and repair of a defective piece of equipment, using the operator’s manual.
4. Describe the owner’s responsibility and liability in a warranty agreement.
5. Identify the performance and use of tools in a maintenance or service operation which are set by the industry.
6. Demonstrate the use of tools required to perform maintenance or service operations.
7. List criteria used to determine the quality of tools.
8. Demonstrate the application of industry standards and procedures used to service basic hand tools, power tools and equipment.
9. Recognize when tools, machines or equipment require adjustment, repair or replacement.
10. Conduct safety inspections of tools, machines and equipment.
11. Perform a safety inspection of a workplace, including inspection of lighting, electrical wiring and housekeeping practices and inspection for fire, chemical and electrical hazards, using regulations adopted by the occupational safety and health administration.
12. Perform maintenance or service repair on a piece of household equipment following approved industry standards.
13. Prepare a machine for operation by checking various drives, power sources, fluid levels and lubrication points using an owner’s manual or service manual.
14. Demonstrate the procedures set by the industry for servicing a direct current electrical system.
15. Operate a machine including the start-up and monitoring of equipment functions such as revolutions per minute, temperature and oil pressure.
16. Demonstrate the procedures set by the industry for locating and servicing filters.
17. Identify the knowledge and skills required for a job in the area of mechanical maintenance.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)
NAC 389.6541 Introduction to animal science. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in an introduction to animal science must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:
1. Describe the use of animals by people within the area in which the pupil lives.
2. Identify by-products of animal agriculture.
3. Identify the benefits humans have received through animal research.
4. Describe the function of each system of physiological structures found in animals.
5. Research the availability and cost of a variety of animals.
6. Prepare a report that outlines the strategies used in selecting an animal.
7. Determine the cost of feeding an animal over a set period.
8. Develop a plan that outlines housing requirements and environmental concerns related to raising a selected animal.
9. Describe the steps involved in setting up a preventive health program for the life of an animal, including the animal’s nutritional requirements.
10. Describe procedures to follow in harvesting and disposing of animals and their products.
11. Compile a set of records on a farm animal or pet.
12. Describe the safety precautions to follow when working with unhealthy or potentially dangerous animals.
13. Describe techniques to use when transporting animals.
14. Describe treatment and procedures for dealing with a sick or injured animal.
15. Describe the types of markets and marketing techniques available to the producer of animals or animal products.
16. Describe the economic aspects of marketing animals or animal products.
17. Identify trends in consumer purchasing and their effect on the marketing of animal products.
18. Identify the knowledge and skills needed to obtain a job in the area of animal science.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)
NAC 389.6542 Introduction to reading blueprints and technical sketching. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in an introduction to reading blueprints and technical sketching must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:
1. Identify occupations that are dependent upon reading blueprints.
2. Describe the steps involved in producing a blueprint.
3. Identify the parts of a standard blueprint.
4. Identify the steps involved in reading a blueprint.
5. Demonstrate the application of addition, subtraction, multiplication and division skills using common fractions, mixed numbers and whole numbers.
6. Create a decimal equivalency table.
7. Demonstrate the application of a variety of measuring tools.
8. Describe the uses of sketches.
9. Describe the sketching process, including sketching equipment and final sketches.
10. Demonstrate the application of sketching techniques.
11. Identify occupations that require the use of sketching.
12. Identify the different types of lines used on a blueprint.
13. Describe the purpose of each type of line used on a blueprint.
14. Demonstrate the application of blueprints using the different types of basic lines.
15. Identify the key characteristics that differentiate the common types of industrial drawings.
16. Sketch an object in the isometric, orthographic, cabinet and cavalier oblique styles of representation.
17. Explain the importance of interpreting dimensions as it relates to careers in technical fields.
18. Sketch dimensioning conventions.
19. Recognize ferrous from nonferrous metals and cold-rolled steel from hot-rolled steel.
20. List the common thicknesses of sheet metal.
21. Identify flat bar, strip stock and other bar stocks.
22. Sketch and label the parts of the silhouettes of angles, channels and beams.
23. Describe size specifications of mechanical tubing and pipe.
24. Describe the purposes for commonly used hardware.
25. Identify, locate and read common material symbols used in standard tables.
26. Identify the knowledge and skills needed to obtain a job in the area of technical sketching.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)
NAC 389.6543 Introduction to textile and apparel. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in an introduction to textile and apparel must be designed so that pupils meet the performance standards set forth in subsections 3 and 5 of NAC 389.620.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92; A by R155-01, 12-17-2001)
NAC 389.6544 Introduction to electricity. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in an introduction to electricity must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:
1. Demonstrate the production and use of a home electrical system.
2. Demonstrate behavior that contributes to the maintenance and cleanliness of a facility.
3. Assemble, fabricate and construct a simple electrical circuit.
4. Describe the theory and operation of a basic electrical circuit.
5. Demonstrate the applications in the home of low voltage circuits and systems.
6. Identify and discuss the operating theories of three sources of electrical energy.
7. Identify the major components of an electrical system.
8. Replace common switches or receptacles of an electrical system.
9. List the various applications of electric current.
10. Diagram the functions of each component in an electrical system.
11. Identify the knowledge and skills needed to obtain a job installing, repairing and maintaining the electrical systems in homes.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)
NAC 389.6545 Introduction to electronics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in an introduction to electronics must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:
1. Identify electronic systems and subsystem functions.
2. Describe passive and active electronic devices.
3. Demonstrate laboratory and circuit fabrication techniques.
4. Demonstrate safety practices and procedures in an electronics laboratory.
5. Describe digital and linear circuit technology.
6. Analyze the construction, durability and worth of an electronics product.
7. Identify the knowledge and skills needed to obtain a job in the area of electronics.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)
NAC 389.6546 Introduction to technical drawing. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in an introduction to technical drawing must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:
1. Describe several aspects of the historical development of technical drawing.
2. Define terms commonly used in technical drawing.
3. Describe the aims of technical drawing.
4. Describe aesthetic judgments concerning works of art.
5. Describe the tools, equipment and materials used in drafting.
6. Draw basic lines with the tools, equipment and materials used in technical drawing.
7. Demonstrate techniques for lettering.
8. Identify types of sketches.
9. Demonstrate the skills of technical drawing in creating items of art and perspective drawings.
10. Use skills for sketching to solve problems.
11. Identify the best perspective to depict an object.
12. Select and draw a view to describe an object.
13. Produce dimensioning arrows, lines, letters and numerals.
14. Describe the rationale for and implementation of three-view drawings.
15. Describe the purpose for the various types of lines in multiview drawings.
16. Construct a multiview drawing.
17. Identify the knowledge and skills required for a job in the area of technical drawing.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)
NAC 389.6547 Introduction to energy. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in an introduction to energy must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:
1. Define and analyze the forms of energy.
2. Analyze the various systems for energy conversions and describe the relative efficiency of those systems.
3. List the major sources of energy.
4. List the past and present contributions of the various sources of energy.
5. List the projected supply of the various sources of energy.
6. Describe the potential effect reliance upon the various sources of energy will have on future living conditions.
7. List the relevant events that led up to the energy crisis of the 1970’s and describe the effect the crisis had on society and the implications for the future.
8. Describe how energy is used in society.
9. Describe the basic principles of solar energy.
10. Identify the method used to measure solar energy.
11. Describe, construct and evaluate passive, active and hybrid systems for heating and cooling with solar energy.
12. Describe how a photo voltaic cell converts sunlight to electrical energy.
13. Create a device which illustrates the conversion of sunlight to electrical energy.
14. Describe the source of wind energy.
15. Describe how wind energy can be applied for useful purposes.
16. Identify sources of water power.
17. Describe the process which converts wind energy to productive uses.
18. Describe how plant and animal life make use of solar energy.
19. Describe the sources of energy which exist in the oceans.
20. Describe the ways in which energy resources can be used to benefit humans.
21. Identify the technical processes and methods used to locate, recover, process and distribute petroleum and natural gas products.
22. Identify the technical processes and methods used to locate, recover, process and distribute coal.
23. Trace the development of nuclear fission as a source of energy.
24. Identify the knowledge and skills needed to obtain a job in the area of managing or developing sources of energy.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)
NAC 389.6549 Great Basin Native American language. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A course of study in a Great Basin Native American language must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:
1. After 1 year of instruction:
(a) Understand routine questions, statements, commands and conversation.
(b) Recognize the differences in intonation between questions, statements and commands.
(c) Produce words and phrases used frequently in daily life.
(d) Identify in oral speech highly contextualized cognates.
(e) Understand and compose simple oral material.
(f) Be familiar with the location and geography of the Native Americans whose language is being studied.
(g) Be familiar with how the Native Americans whose language is being studied are related to other Native Americans in the Great Basin region.
(h) Be familiar with important cultural features, prominent persons, current events and activities of the Native Americans whose language is being studied.
(i) Be familiar with some of the major contributions to the culture of this State and the United States made by the Native Americans whose language is being studied.
2. After 2 years of instruction:
(a) Understand simple conversation.
(b) Understand the language of simple social conventions.
(c) Distinguish the unique sounds of the language in familiar context.
(d) Participate in familiar situations, including, without limitation, asking and answering questions, giving and following simple directions, engaging in conversation at a dinner table, and introducing oneself.
(e) Understand a written passage sufficiently to use alternative language to communicate the content of the passage.
(f) Retell familiar material.
(g) Understand main ideas and facts from a simple oral text, including, without limitation, a story.
(h) Follow oral directions.
(i) Infer meaning from the context of the material studied and cognates.
(j) Compose, with guidance from the instructor, short oral compositions, statements and dialogue.
(k) Explore major aspects of the geography, daily life, celebrations, social customs, body language and proximity, perception of time and major historical events of the region where the language is spoken.
(l) Continue to demonstrate an awareness of current events, communities and prominent persons of the region where the language is spoken.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R066-97, eff. 12-10-97)
Requirements for Diploma
NAC 389.655 Passage of proficiency examinations. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.805)
1. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 9, a pupil must not be given a standard high school diploma until the pupil has, after entering grade 11, passed:
(a) The Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Reading;
(b) The Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Mathematics; and
(c) The Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Writing for the Eleventh Grade and Above.
Ê For pupils who graduate from high school before the 2004-2005 school year, the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Science must be used solely to gather information and data concerning the examination and must not be used as a condition for receipt of a high school diploma.
2. After entering grade 10, if a pupil passes one of the high school proficiency examinations, the pupil is not required to take that examination again to graduate.
3. For pupils who enroll in grade 11 in the 1997-1998 school year, passing scores on the high school proficiency examinations are as follows:
(a) In reading, 70 percent of the questions on the examination answered correctly.
(b) In mathematics, 61 percent of the questions on the examination answered correctly.
(c) In writing, 7.
4. For pupils who enroll in grade 11 in the 1998-1999 school year, the 1999-2000 school year or the 2000-2001 school year, passing scores on the high school proficiency examinations are as follows:
(a) In reading, a scaled score of 71.
(b) In mathematics, a scaled score of 64.
(c) In writing, 7.
5. On or before January 1, 2002, the State Board of Education will set the passing scores on the high school proficiency examinations for pupils who enroll in grade 11 in the 2001-2002 school year or thereafter. In making its determination of the appropriate passing scores, the State Board of Education will consider the scores received by pupils in the October 2001 administration of the examinations. The Department of Education shall provide notice to each school district and charter school of the passing scores that are set at least until such time as the scores are codified in regulation.
6. A passing score that is in effect at the time that a pupil enrolls in grade 11 will remain in effect for 1 year after the pupil’s anticipated completion of grade 12.
7. For pupils who enroll in an adult high school program after July 1, 2000, but before July 1, 2003, passing scores on the high school proficiency examinations are as follows:
(a) In reading, a scaled score of 71.
(b) In mathematics, a scaled score of 64.
(c) In writing, 7.
8. For pupils who enroll in an adult high school program after July 1, 2003, passing scores on the high school proficiency examinations are the scores that are set by the State Board of Education pursuant to subsection 5.
9. A pupil who fails to pass the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Writing for the Eleventh Grade and Above must receive a standard high school diploma if he:
(a) Satisfies the requirements of paragraph (b) of subsection 1 of NRS 389.805;
(b) Satisfies the requirements of NAC 389.657; and
(c) Has not previously failed to satisfy the requirements of NAC 389.657.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 3-9-88; A 9-15-89; 9-13-91; 1-26-94; R115-97, 12-10-97; R019-98, 4-17-98; R060-98, 6-26-98; R065-99, 11-3-99; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R155-07, 1-30-2008; R134-07, 6-17-2008)
NAC 389.657 Alternative method to demonstrate proficiency in writing. (NRS 385.080, 389.805)
1. A pupil who is currently enrolled in the 12th grade and who satisfies the requirements of paragraph (b) of subsection 1 of NRS 389.805 may demonstrate proficiency in writing by submitting to the Department of Education three separate writing samples.
2. The writing samples submitted pursuant to subsection 1 must:
(a) Demonstrate an understanding of the writing process and the application of writing skills, including, without limitation, organization, voice, conventions, development of ideas and style, as prescribed in the academic standards for English language arts in the area of writing.
(b) Include:
(1) One narrative or descriptive essay;
(2) One expository or persuasive essay; and
(3) One other writing sample which demonstrates proficiency, including, without limitation:
(I) A research paper;
(II) A technical writing; or
(III) A single selection from a senior project or a portfolio of the pupil’s work.
Ê At least one of the writing samples submitted pursuant to this subsection must be written in a monitored setting.
3. The Department of Education shall prescribe the dates by which the writing samples must be submitted to ensure that a pupil is granted the opportunity to satisfy the requirements of this section before graduation from high school. A pupil shall submit the writing samples on or before the dates specified by the Department.
4. A teacher at the school in which the pupil is enrolled and the principal of that school shall certify that the writing samples submitted by the pupil are the pupil’s own work.
5. Submissions that do not meet the requirements of this section will be classified as “Insufficient” and will not be scored.
6. The Department of Education shall, in collaboration with licensed educational personnel, develop guidelines for evaluating writing samples submitted by pupils pursuant to this section. The guidelines must require a pupil to meet or exceed the academic standards for English language arts in the area of writing.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R155-07, 1-30-2008)
NAC 389.658 Submission of results of proficiency examinations. (NRS 385.080, 389.017)
1. The board of trustees of each school district shall submit the results of the proficiency examinations to the Superintendent of Public Instruction by the time and in the form and manner he requires.
2. The Superintendent shall annually notify each board of trustees of the requirements for submitting the results.
[Dep’t of Education, Proficiency Examination Reg. Nos. 1-3, eff. 2-15-80]—(NAC A by Bd. of Education by R115-97, 12-10-97)
NAC 389.659 Units required for promotion to next higher grade level; waiver of certain requirements. (NRS 385.080)
1. If a pupil enrolls in the 9th grade during or after the 1999-2000 school year:
(a) Except as otherwise provided in subsection 2, the pupil must earn a minimum of:
(1) Five units of credit to be promoted to the 10th grade.
(2) Eleven units of credit to be promoted to the 11th grade.
(3) Seventeen units of credit to be promoted to the 12th grade.
(b) A school district shall evaluate the transcripts of the pupil if he transferred to a high school within the school district from another high school located outside the school district, whether located inside or outside this State, to determine the grade level for which the pupil qualifies pursuant to paragraph (a).
(c) Except as otherwise provided in subsection 2, the pupil shall be deemed deficient in credit if, after completing a year of high school, he failed to earn at least the number of units of credit required pursuant to paragraph (a) to be promoted to the next higher grade level.
2. The superintendent of a local school district may waive the requirement set forth in:
(a) Subparagraph (1) of paragraph (a) of subsection 1 if:
(1) The local school district is a school district in which the 9th grade is taught in a junior high or middle school; and
(2) He determines that extenuating circumstances exist; and
(b) Subparagraph (3) of paragraph (a) of subsection 1 if he determines that extenuating circumstances exist.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R091-99, eff. 1-14-2000)
NAC 389.660 Provision of remedial study for pupil in grade 11 or 12. (NRS 385.080, 389.015)
1. Each school district shall provide remedial study to each pupil in grade 11 or 12 who:
(a) Fails any of the high school proficiency examinations two or more times; or
(b) Is deemed deficient in credit pursuant to paragraph (c) of subsection 1 of NAC 389.659 in:
(1) English, including reading, composition and writing;
(2) Mathematics; or
(3) Science.
2. A school district shall not charge such a pupil for any of the costs related to the remedial study, including, without limitation, costs relating to transporting the pupil to the remedial study, unless the deficiency in credit is a result of his:
(a) Absence from school, other than an absence from school that has been verified as excused for medical reasons; or
(b) Habitual truancy.
3. The remedial study described in subsection 1 may be offered:
(a) During the regular school day;
(b) During summer school;
(c) During intersession school; or
(d) As part of a program that is offered before or after the regular school day.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A by R115-97, 12-10-97; R091-99, 1-14-2000)
NAC 389.661 Enrollment in remedial study required for failure of proficiency examinations two or more times. (NRS 385.080, 389.015)
1. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 2, a pupil who enrolls in the 11th grade during or after the 1999-2000 school year and who has failed any of the high school proficiency examinations two or more times must enroll in remedial study that is provided pursuant to NAC 389.660.
2. The superintendent of a local school district may waive the requirement set forth in subsection 1 if he determines that extenuating circumstances exist.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R091-99, eff. 1-14-2000)
NAC 389.662 Proficiency examinations for pupil who transfers to Nevada high school. (NRS 385.080, 389.015) A pupil who transfers to a Nevada high school from another school must pass the proficiency examination, administered pursuant to NRS 389.015, before he is graduated from the Nevada high school.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.100)
NAC 389.663 Units and grade point average required to receive advanced diploma. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 388.360, 389.018)
1. To receive an advanced diploma evidencing graduation from high school, a pupil must, in addition to having passed the high school proficiency examination required by NRS 389.015, have:
(a) Earned a minimum of 18 units of credit for required courses and 6 units of credit for elective courses for a total of at least 24 units of credit; and
(b) Maintained at least a 3.25 grade point average on a 4.0 grading scale, weighted or unweighted, for all units of credit applicable toward graduation.
2. The units for the required courses must be earned in accordance with the following table:
|
|
Minimum |
|
Required Course |
Number of Units |
|
|
|
|
American government......................................................................................... 1 |
|
|
American history................................................................................................. 1 |
|
|
Arts and humanities, or career and technical education..................................... 1 |
|
|
Social studies....................................................................................................... 1 |
|
|
English, including reading, composition and writing......................................... 4 |
|
|
Health education............................................................................................... 1/2 |
|
|
Mathematics........................................................................................................ 4 |
|
|
Physical education............................................................................................... 2 |
|
|
Use of computers.............................................................................................. 1/2 |
|
|
Science................................................................................................................. 3 |
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL: 18 |
|
|
|
|
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R091-99, eff. 1-14-2000; A by R025-01, 11-1-2001; R061-02, 9-6-2002; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006; A by Bd. of Education by R059-07, 10-31-2007, eff. 10-15-2008)
NAC 389.664 Units required to receive standard diploma. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 388.360)
1. Except as otherwise provided in subsections 2 and 3, to receive a standard diploma evidencing graduation from high school, a pupil must, in addition to having passed the proficiency examination required by NRS 389.015, have earned a minimum of 15 units of credit for required courses and 7 1/2 units of credit for elective courses for a total of at least 22 1/2 units of credit. The units for the required courses must be earned in accordance with the following table:
|
|
Minimum |
|
Required Course |
Number of Units |
|
|
|
|
American government......................................................................................... 1 |
|
|
American history................................................................................................. 1 |
|
|
Arts and humanities, or career and technical education..................................... 1 |
|
|
English, including reading, composition and writing......................................... 4 |
|
|
Health education............................................................................................... 1/2 |
|
|
Mathematics........................................................................................................ 3 |
|
|
Physical education............................................................................................... 2 |
|
|
Use of computers.............................................................................................. 1/2 |
|
|
Science................................................................................................................. 2 |
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL: 15 |
|
2. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 3, if a pupil enrolled in the ninth grade during or before the 1998-1999 school year, to receive a standard diploma evidencing graduation from high school, the pupil must, in addition to having passed the proficiency examination required by NRS 389.015, have earned a minimum of 1 unit of credit in American government, 1 unit of credit in American history, 1 unit of credit in arts and humanities, 4 units of credit in English, including reading, composition and writing, 1/2 unit of credit in health education, 2 units of credit in mathematics, 2 units of credit in physical education, 1/2 unit of credit in the use of computers and 2 units of credit in science, for a total of at least 14 units of credit for required courses. The units of credit required by this subsection are in addition to a minimum of 8 1/2 units of credit for elective courses that the pupil must have earned for a total of at least 22 1/2 units of credit.
3. If a pupil satisfactorily completes a course of study in the use of computers during the sixth, seventh or eighth grade, he is not required to take the course of study in the use of computers and must only earn a minimum of 14 1/2 units of credit for required courses pursuant to subsection 1 or 13 1/2 units of credit for required courses pursuant to subsection 2. The course of study in the use of computers must be for at least one semester or trimester, or the equivalent, and must not be taught as part of another course of study. This subsection authorizes, but does not require, a school district to offer a course in the use of computers as part of the curriculum of a middle school.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A 5-4-87; R091-99, 1-14-2000; R037-99, 11-3-99, eff. 7-1-2000; R061-02, 9-6-2002; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006)
NAC 389.666 Units applicable toward graduation. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.155) Units of credit which a pupil may apply toward graduation from high school may be earned:
1. In a public or private high school located in this State.
2. In a public or private high school located outside this State if the school district approves a transfer of the units for this purpose.
3. In an institution of higher learning whose academic programs are accredited by a national accrediting organization.
4. In the Nevada Youth Training Center or the Caliente Youth Center.
5. In a course of independent study conducted in accordance with NAC 389.710 to 389.750, inclusive.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A by R051-98, 9-9-98)
NAC 389.668 Credit which may be granted in fractional time units. (NRS 385.080) A high school which provides instruction in fractional time units may grant credit proportionately to the requirements for basic units of credits, but the school may not record less than one-fourth of a unit.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.115)
NAC 389.670 Credit for specific course without attending classes. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.171) A pupil may be granted credit for a specific course of study in a secondary school or in an adult high school program without having attended the regularly scheduled classes in the course if he demonstrates his competence to meet the objectives of the course through his performance on examinations.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A by R134-07, 6-17-2008)
NAC 389.672 Academic credit for occupational courses of study: Limitations and prerequisites. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 388.360)
1. A board of trustees may allow a pupil to earn, towards the units necessary for graduation from high school, two units of the credit required in English, one unit required in mathematics, one unit required in science and one-half unit required in health if he is enrolled in one of the following occupational courses of study and that course of study includes, as part of its curriculum, the curriculum of the required course:
(a) Agriculture and natural resource sciences described in NAC 389.520 to 389.537, inclusive.
(b) Business.
(c) Career and technical education in cooperation with a private employer.
(d) Occupations described in NAC 389.572 to 389.584, inclusive.
(e) Occupations in trade and industry described in NAC 389.586 to 389.618, inclusive.
(f) Family and consumer sciences.
(g) Industrial arts.
(h) Marketing.
(i) Skills needed to obtain employment.
2. The superintendent of the school district shall appoint a committee composed of one person certified to teach in the occupational course of study and one person certified to teach in the academic area in which the credit may be earned. The committee must verify to the board of trustees that the curriculum for the occupational course of study includes the curriculum of the required course of study.
3. After verification has been received by the board of trustees, the written curriculum and title of the course of study and a statement of the academic credit to be granted must be submitted to the State Board of Education for approval. Academic credit may be granted for the occupational course of study or combination of courses only after the State Board of Education has given its approval.
4. The Superintendent of Public Instruction may give approval for the granting of academic credit to a board of trustees requesting to use a curriculum for a course of study that has been approved by the State Board of Education for another school district if:
(a) The procedures set forth in subsection 2 were followed by the requesting district; and
(b) The board of trustees provides assurances that it will not deviate from the curriculum that has been approved by the State Board.
5. A pupil who earns academic credit pursuant to this section must be notified that the approval for academic credit is designed to meet the requirements for graduation from high school and may not necessarily be accepted for academic credit by a specific postsecondary institution. A copy of the notification given to the pupil must accompany the other materials to be submitted to the State Board of Education for final approval.
6. A minimum number of credits must be earned in the respective academic areas, as follows:
(a) At least one credit must be earned in the academic mathematics department;
(b) At least one credit must be earned in the academic science department; and
(c) At least two credits must be earned in the academic English department.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by Bd. for Occupational Education, 3-27-92; 11-17-95; A by Bd. of Education by R069-97, 12-10-97, eff. 9-1-99; R155-01, 12-17-2001; R195-01, 4-1-2002; R165-03, R166-03, R184-03 & R185-03, 1-22-2004; R236-03, 3-19-2004; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006)
NAC 389.673 Academic credit for occupational courses of study: Periodic review and approval of each course. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)
1. The superintendent of each school district which is authorized by the State Board of Education to grant academic credit for an occupational course of study pursuant to NAC 389.672 shall, at least once every 3 years, appoint a committee to review that occupational course of study. The committee must consist of one person who is certified to teach in the occupational course of study and one person who is certified to teach in the academic area in which the credit may be earned.
2. After the committee has reviewed the occupational course of study, it shall submit a written report of its review to the board of trustees of the school district. The report must include a statement signed by the members of the committee that the curriculum for the occupational course of study includes the curriculum of the required course of study.
3. The board of trustees shall submit to the State Board of Education, for its approval, the written curriculum and title of the occupational course of study and a statement of the academic credit it proposes to grant.
4. Academic credit may be granted for the occupational course of study or combination of courses only after the State Board of Education has given its approval.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R069-97, 12-10-97, eff. 9-1-99)
NAC 389.674 Credit for equivalent experience outside campus or program. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)
1. A school district may, under suitable criteria, allow credit toward graduation from high school for a pupil’s experiences outside the high school campus if those experiences are equivalent in kind and amount to the educational experiences being offered in the high school.
2. A school district may, under suitable criteria, allow credit toward completion of an adult high school program for a pupil’s experiences outside the adult high school program if those experiences are equivalent in kind and amount to the educational experiences being offered in the adult high school program.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A by R134-07, 6-17-2008)
NAC 389.676 Credit for sectarian religious courses not allowed. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) Credit for sectarian religious courses may not be applied to fulfill requirements for graduation from high school.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.130)
NAC 389.678 Summer school units applicable toward graduation. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.160)
1. Summer school units of credit to be applied toward graduation from high school may consist only of units earned through a summer school conducted by a public or private high school or an accredited institution of higher learning.
2. Such units must be earned in courses which are equivalent to the courses offered in the programs of the high school.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.135)
NAC 389.680 Credit for correspondence courses. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.160)
1. A school district may, in accordance with policies developed by the board of trustees of the school district, grant a pupil credit toward graduation from high school or toward completion of an adult high school program for his successful completion of a correspondence course if:
(a) The course is provided by a secondary educational institution which is approved by the State Board of Education; and
(b) The course is equivalent to a course offered in a regular program in the school district or a course offered in an adult high school program in the school district, as applicable.
2. A school district shall, in accordance with policies developed by the board of trustees of the school district, grant a pupil credit toward graduation from high school or toward completion of an adult high school program, as applicable, for his successful completion of a correspondence course if:
(a) The course is provided and credit was issued by a secondary educational institution which is accredited by:
(1) The Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools;
(2) The New England Association of Schools and Colleges;
(3) The North Central Association of Colleges and Schools;
(4) The Northwest Association of Accredited Schools;
(5) The Southern Association of Colleges and Schools;
(6) The Western Association of Schools and Colleges; or
(7) The Commission on International and Trans-Regional Accreditation; and
(b) The course is equivalent to a course offered in a regular program in the school district or a course offered in an adult high school program in the school district, as applicable.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A by R088-05, 10-31-2005; R134-07, 6-17-2008)
NAC 389.682 Requirements for graduation for pupils transferring to Nevada high school. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)
1. A pupil who transfers to a Nevada high school from another school, whether located inside or outside this State, shall abide by the requirements for graduation of the receiving school district unless he is in the 12th grade and the requirements of that district would not allow him to graduate by the end of the 12th grade.
2. Each school district shall develop a policy and procedure to make an allowance for a pupil in the latter circumstances so that he may graduate from:
(a) The receiving school under its requirements or the minimum requirements of the State Board of Education; or
(b) His school of origin if that school is willing to issue the diploma.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.145)
NAC 389.684 Schools prohibited from reducing or reevaluating credits transferred from another school. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A school shall not reduce or reevaluate a pupil’s credit which has been officially transferred from another public or private school or from the Nevada Youth Training Center or the Caliente Youth Center.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)
NAC 389.686 Exemptions for certain high schools from requirements for graduation. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) The Superintendent of Public Instruction may exempt from the requirements for graduation from high school students graduating from a high school with less than 100 students if the school is unable to obtain certified staff to meet the requirements. Before the beginning of the school year for which an exception is to be effective, the superintendent of a school district with such a high school with less than 100 students may apply to the Superintendent of Public Instruction for an exception from the graduation requirements enacted after July 1, 1988. This exception may be approved at the discretion of the Superintendent of Public Instruction for those high schools with less than 100 students that are unable to recruit certified staff to meet the requirements. The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall notify in writing the superintendent of the school district of the exceptions that have been granted or denied and furnish a report to the State Board of Education of each exception granted at the next regularly scheduled meeting after the exception is granted.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)
NAC 389.688 Requirements for adult standard diploma. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 388.360)
1. A school district may award an adult standard diploma to a person who:
(a) Withdrew from high school before his graduation and was not eligible to graduate with his class, or participated in an alternative program for the education of pupils at risk of dropping out of school established by a school district pursuant to NRS 388.537;
(b) Has passed the high school proficiency examination which is administered to pupils pursuant to NRS 389.015;
(c) Has earned, in high school, in an adult high school program or in an alternative program for the education of pupils at risk of dropping out of school established by a school district pursuant to NRS 388.537, or waived, the units of credit required in subsection 2; and
(d) Is 18 years of age or older at the time of the award or is 17 years of age but less than 18 years of age and participates in an alternative program for the education of pupils at risk of dropping out of school pursuant to NRS 388.537.
2. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 3, the units of credit which a person must have earned or waived to be qualified to receive an adult standard diploma are a total of 13 units for required courses and a total of 7 1/2 units for elective courses. The person must have earned or waived his units for the required courses in accordance with the following table:
|
|
Minimum |
|
Required Course |
Number of Units |
|
|
|
|
American government......................................................................................... 1 |
|
|
American history................................................................................................. 1 |
|
|
Arts and humanities, or career and technical education..................................... 1 |
|
|
English................................................................................................................. 4 |
|
|
Health education............................................................................................... 1/2 |
|
|
Mathematics........................................................................................................ 3 |
|
|
Science................................................................................................................. 2 |
|
|
Use of computers.............................................................................................. 1/2 |
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL: 13 |
|
3. If a person demonstrates a competency in the use of computers, he is not required to complete the course in the use of computers and must earn or waive a total of 12 1/2 units in required courses.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 12-16-82, eff. 7-1-83; A 5-4-87; 3-9-88, eff. 7-1-92; R067-97, 12-10-97; R037-99, 11-3-99, eff. 7-1-2000; R029-01, 11-1-2001, eff. 7-1-2002; R061-02, 9-6-2002; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006; A by Bd. of Education by R134-07, 6-17-2008)
NAC 389.690 Credit received through adult high school program applicable toward adult standard diploma. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)
1. Units of credit earned by a person through an adult high school program may be applied toward meeting the requirements for an adult standard diploma only if the course in which the units were earned was:
(a) Taught in a school district of this State; or
(b) Equivalent to a regular course offered in the high school where the diploma will be issued, and the course is approved by the principal of the high school for that purpose.
2. As used in this section, “adult high school program” means instruction or training provided at or below the level of a secondary school for persons who:
(a) Are at least 18 years of age and who have not completed high school.
(b) Are 17 years of age but less than 18 years of age and participate in an alternative program for the education of pupils at risk of dropping out of school pursuant to NRS 388.537.
(c) Are 16 years of age and authorized to attend an adult high school program pursuant to NAC 389.695.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A by R067-97, 12-10-97; R029-01, 11-1-2001; R134-07, 6-17-2008)
NAC 389.692 Other credits applicable toward adult standard diploma. (NRS 385.080, 385.110) A school district may award a person units of credit toward meeting the requirements for an adult standard diploma if he successfully completes:
1. A course given by the United States Armed Forces Institute or a high school course offered through that institute by a cooperating college or university;
2. A subject examination given by the Armed Forces;
3. A course given by the United States Marine Corps Institute;
4. A course given by the United States Coast Guard Institute; or
5. A course of training conducted by a branch of the Armed Forces.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.170)
NAC 389.694 Waiver of credits for adult standard diploma. (NRS 385.080, 385.448)
1. Except as otherwise provided in this section, a person who is 18 years of age or older and who seeks an adult standard diploma may waive units of credit for English, mathematics, science and social studies by taking tests of his general educational development in those subjects. A person who seeks an adult standard diploma and who is enrolled in an alternative program for the education of pupils at risk of dropping out of school established by a school district pursuant to NRS 388.537 may not waive any units of credit pursuant to this section.
2. The maximum number of credits which may be waived in the areas of English, mathematics and science must be based on the number of credits previously earned which meet the minimum requirements for course content outlined in NAC 389.450 to 389.511, inclusive, and the credits waived upon the completion of the General Educational Development Test.
3. Credits in elective courses may be waived only in the area of social studies. The maximum number of credits which may be waived in the area of social studies must be based on the General Educational Development Test.
4. The following table sets forth the scores which a person must achieve on the tests to waive credits in required and elective courses and the corresponding number of units which may be waived:
|
|
|
Maximum Number of Units |
|
|
|
Designation of |
For Score of |
For Score of |
|
Subject |
Test |
450 to 499.9 |
500 or higher |
|
|
|
|
|
|
English |
I and IV (average) |
2 |
4 |
|
Mathematics |
V |
1 |
3 |
|
Science |
III |
1 |
2 |
|
Social Studies |
II |
1 |
2 |
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A 5-4-87; 3-9-88; R067-97, 12-10-97; R029-01, 11-1-2001; R194-01, 4-1-2002; R194-01, 4-1-2002, eff. 7-1-2002; R134-07, 6-17-2008)
NAC 389.695 Attendance at adult high school program for test preparation. (NRS 385.080, 385.448) The board of trustees of a school district may allow a person who is 16 years of age who has withdrawn from high school so that he may take the tests of general educational development to attend an adult high school program only for the purpose of test preparation.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R029-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R134-07, 6-17-2008)
NAC 389.696 Individualized program of education for pupil with disability. (NRS 385.080, 388.520)
1. The board of trustees of each school district shall have an individualized educational program prepared for each pupil with a disability who is enrolled in a public high school in the district. The program must include:
(a) A statement of the pupil’s present levels of educational performance;
(b) A statement of annual goals, including short-term instructional objectives;
(c) A statement of the specific special education and related services to be provided to the pupil and the extent to which he will be able to participate in regular educational programs;
(d) The projected dates for initiation of services and the anticipated duration of the services;
(e) Appropriate objective criteria, procedures for evaluation and schedules for determining, at least on an annual basis, whether the short-term instructional objectives are being achieved;
(f) A schedule of meetings with the pupil and his parents or a record of attempts to schedule such meetings if such meetings are appropriate for a review of the pupil’s progress; and
(g) If appropriate, the special requirements or adjusted standards which the pupil must meet for graduation from high school.
2. A pupil with a disability, whether in a public or private high school, in the Nevada Youth Training Center or in the Caliente Youth Center, is entitled to graduate from high school with:
(a) A standard diploma if he fulfills all the requirements for a standard diploma except for any appropriate accommodations which are outlined in his individualized program of education.
(b) An adjusted diploma if he fulfills all the requirements which are outlined in his individualized program of education.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.180)
NAC 389.698 Adjusted diploma for pupil with disability. (NRS 385.080, 388.520) An adjusted diploma may be earned by any pupil with a disability who meets the standards prescribed by his individualized education plan.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 3-9-88)
NAC 389.699 Requirements for certificate of attendance; subsequent issuance of diploma. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.015)
1. A certificate of attendance must be issued to a pupil who is 17 years of age or older if the pupil has satisfied all the requirements for graduation from high school or completion of an adult high school program, including, without limitation, completion of the units of credit required for a diploma, except that the pupil has not passed one or more of the high school proficiency examinations or has not satisfied the alternative criteria prescribed by the State Board of Education pursuant to NRS 389.805, if applicable.
2. If a pupil who qualifies for a certificate of attendance subsequently passes, during the summer immediately after the completion of his senior year of high school, each high school proficiency examination that he previously failed to pass, the appropriate high school diploma must be issued to the pupil in accordance with the procedure established in his school district. If a pupil who qualifies for a certificate of attendance subsequently passes, through an adult high school program, each high school proficiency examination that he previously failed to pass, an adult standard diploma must be issued to the pupil in accordance with the procedure established in his school district. A pupil who qualifies for a certificate of attendance is not eligible to satisfy the alternative criteria prescribed by the State Board of Education pursuant to NRS 389.805 after the completion of his senior year of high school.
3. A pupil who qualifies for a certificate of attendance must not be counted as a dropout.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R086-99, 11-3-99, eff. 1-1-2000; A by R134-07, 6-17-2008)
Miscellaneous Provisions
NAC 389.700 Transcript of high school record. (NRS 385.080)
1. In preparing a transcript of a pupil’s high school record of courses, credits and grades, the school district shall use:
(a) The form of transcript prescribed by the Superintendent of Public Instruction; or
(b) An alternative form approved by the Superintendent.
2. In lieu of issuing the original transcript of a pupil’s record, a school district may issue a photostatic copy if it is certified by the principal of the school to be a true, or official, copy of the original.
3. Each school district shall provide on all its permanent records and transcripts an explanation of the system of symbols which it uses for grading.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.185)
Program of Independent Study
NAC 389.710 “Independent study” defined. (NRS 385.080, 389.155) As used in NAC 389.710 to 389.750, inclusive, unless the context otherwise requires, “independent study” means the method by which a pupil may complete a required or elective course outside of the normal classroom setting that is consistent with the course of study prescribed by the State Board.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R051-98, eff. 9-9-98; A by R134-07, 6-17-2008)
NAC 389.720 Plan to operate program; approval or denial of plan; written policy; system of recordkeeping. (NRS 385.080, 389.155)
1. The board of trustees of a school district may submit to the Department of Education, in the form prescribed by the Department, a plan to operate a program of independent study. The program of independent study must contain the information prescribed in subsection 3 and must be offered as part of:
(a) An adult high school program;
(b) An alternative program for the education of pupils at risk of dropping out of school;
(c) A program of distance education; or
(d) Any other educational program offered by the school district.
2. The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall review each plan to operate a program of independent study submitted to the Department of Education and approve or deny the plan. If the plan is denied by the Superintendent, the school district may appeal the decision of the Superintendent to the State Board of Education. The State Board may approve or deny the plan for a program of independent study upon appeal.
3. The board of trustees of a school district which provides for independent study shall:
(a) Develop a written policy for independent study, which must include, without limitation, the process by which a pupil may appeal a decision by the board of trustees which denies the pupil from enrolling in a course of independent study.
(b) Establish a system of recordkeeping for each pupil enrolled in a course of independent study. For each course that a pupil participates in, the record must include, without limitation:
(1) A copy of the written agreement required pursuant to NAC 389.750;
(2) A record of all communication between the pupil and the teacher;
(3) A record of the assignments that the pupil has completed; and
(4) A copy of the record which indicates the final grade and the number of units of credit earned by the pupil.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R051-98, eff. 9-9-98; A by R134-07, 6-17-2008)
NAC 389.730 Courses allowed; courses outside school district. (NRS 385.080, 389.155)
1. A pupil who is enrolled in school or in an alternative program pursuant to NRS 388.537, an adult high school program approved pursuant to NAC 387.190 or a program of distance education established by a school district may complete any required or elective course by independent study if the board of trustees of the school district in which the pupil is enrolled provides for independent study in accordance with NAC 389.710 to 389.750, inclusive.
2. A course of independent study may be taken at a location outside of the school district in which the pupil is enrolled upon the written approval of the board of trustees of the school district in which the pupil is enrolled.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R051-98, eff. 9-9-98; A by R218-99, 5-4-2000; R134-07, 6-17-2008)
NAC 389.740 Licensing of instructors; supervision required for certain courses. (NRS 385.080, 389.155)
1. The instructor of record for a course of independent study must be a person who is licensed to teach in this State.
2. If the board of trustees of a school district that provides for independent study determines that an activity which is part of the course of independent study constitutes a risk to the health or safety of a pupil who is enrolled in the course, the course must be supervised by a person who has been approved by the board of trustees.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R051-98, eff. 9-9-98)
NAC 389.750 Written agreement with pupil. (NRS 385.080, 389.155)
1. A pupil shall enter into a written agreement with the teacher of the course of independent study or the board of trustees of the school district or its designee before the pupil may begin a course or program of independent study. A pupil may enter into a written agreement if the pupil participates in:
(a) An adult high school program;
(b) An alternative program;
(c) A program of distance education; or
(d) Any other educational program offered by the school district.
2. Such an agreement must include, without limitation:
(a) The objectives of the course or program.
(b) A timeline for the completion of the assigned course work.
(c) A schedule of the communications between the pupil and the teacher that satisfies the requirements of subparagraph (2) of paragraph (a) of subsection 2 of NRS 389.155.
(d) The method by which the teacher will assess the learning of the pupil.
(e) If a pupil is under 18 years of age, the written approval of a parent or guardian of the pupil to participate in the course of independent study.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R051-98, eff. 9-9-98; A by R218-99, 5-4-2000; R134-07, 6-17-2008)
Program of Career and Technical Education
NAC 389.800 General requirements for program. (NRS 388.360)
1. Courses of study in career and technical education described in this chapter must:
(a) Be based upon a written curriculum that has been developed in collaboration with representatives of the occupation being studied to measure the competency of the pupil and which includes:
(1) The current duties, tasks, skills and levels of performance necessary to perform the duties and tasks involved in being employed in the occupation being taught.
(2) Instruction which reinforces academic skills of reading, writing, speaking, mathematics, science and using a computer.
(3) Instruction designed to develop leadership, initiative, integrity, confidence, poise, reliability, cooperation, the ability to accept divergent points of view, self-discipline, the ability to adapt to change, make decisions, solve problems and set priorities, the ability to learn and participate in discussions, and a willingness to seek and accept responsibility.
(b) Be designed to:
(1) Allow the student to advance in the course of study at his own pace and allow the teacher to evaluate the progress of the pupil based on the requirements for obtaining employment or being promoted in the occupation being taught.
(2) Include pupils with disabilities.
(c) Provide the student with reasonable access to the equipment used in the occupation he is studying.
2. The teacher of a course of study in career and technical education shall:
(a) Possess a valid endorsement to his license for each occupation in which he teaches a course of study.
(b) Use resources, materials and techniques which do not discriminate among pupils.
(c) Evaluate the pupil’s achievement of the required goals in the course of study.
3. Each pupil enrolled in a course of study of an occupation:
(a) Must be given the opportunity to participate in youth organizations that are:
(1) Affiliated with state and national organizations;
(2) Associated with the occupation the pupil is studying; and
(3) An integral part of the instructional program.
(b) Must be given a certificate upon completion of a course of study in an occupation which states the level of performance the pupil has attained in specific skills identified by representatives of business or industry.
(c) Upon completion of the course, should be qualified to enter a higher level of training without the necessity of repeating previously learned skills.
4. Written policies for the maintenance, replacement and disposal of equipment must be made available to the representatives of business or industry for review and comment.
5. The superintendent of each school district shall maintain a current and comprehensive inventory of all capital equipment, if any, maintained for each course offered in career and technical education. The superintendent shall establish a list of equipment that is comparable to that used in the occupations in which a course of study is offered. The superintendent shall not allow the use in career and technical education of equipment or facilities which do not meet the generally applicable safety requirements, including those adopted to ensure occupational safety and health for that occupation.
6. The teacher of a course of study in career and technical education shall cooperate with the guidance counselor of each school to assist pupils to enroll in an appropriate course of study. The guidance counselor shall assist the pupil to achieve:
(a) An awareness of the opportunities for the development of the skills required in the various occupations.
(b) An exploration of the pupil’s abilities with his occupational interest.
(c) Opportunities for the development of the pupil’s skills.
(d) Realities of the workforce and expectations of employers.
(e) Opportunities for continued career and technical education and training.
7. The Department of Education shall cause surveys to be taken of each pupil who has completed a course of study in career and technical education to determine the effectiveness of the program.
8. Each school district shall adopt a written statement of philosophy for its program of career and technical education which includes stated goals that such instruction will:
(a) Contribute to each pupil’s competency to enter the job market.
(b) Enable the pupils to succeed in further training.
(c) Enable the pupils to obtain employment.
(d) Enable the pupils to advance in job responsibilities.
(Added to NAC by Bd. for Occupational Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006)
NAC 389.805 Duties of Department of Education and school district. (NRS 385.080, 388.360)
1. The Department of Education shall develop and administer a career and technical education reporting system which provides information regarding the enrollment in, completion of and staffing of career and technical education courses. The Department of Education shall provide guidance and technical assistance to each school district concerning participation in the system.
2. Each school district shall participate in the system by:
(a) Maintaining records of such information as the Department of Education requires; and
(b) Providing the Department with the records maintained pursuant to paragraph (a) at a time and in a manner approved by the Department.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 10-8-93; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006)
NAC 389.810 Establishment and duties of joint technical skills committees and career and technical education councils. (NRS 388.360)
1. If a community college located within a local school district provides career and technical instruction for a specific job for which the local school district also provides an instructional program, the superintendent of that school district shall establish a joint technical skills committee for each such program of career and technical education to review and determine annually the tasks, duties and competency levels to be taught. The committee shall assist the school district and be available to assist the community college upon request.
2. The superintendent of each local school district which is located in a county:
(a) Whose population is 35,000 or more; and
(b) In which a campus of the community college is located,
Ê may establish a career and technical education council to assist the school district and be available to assist, upon request, the community college. To the extent possible, the superintendent shall draw the membership from among the members of an advisory technical skills committee formed pursuant to NRS 388.385. Educators may serve on the council in an advisory, nonvoting capacity only. The council shall render advice on questions of policy regarding the programs of career and technical education where employment demands are being met and shall make recommendations regarding the expansion, improvement and modernization of all of the programs. The council shall also recommend methods to establish a cooperative mechanism for local businesses and industries to share with the school district the instruction, facilities and equipment necessary for the programs and to participate in the resulting efforts needed to secure employment for the pupils who complete the programs.
(Added to NAC by Bd. for Occupational Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92; A 3-30-92; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006)
NAC 389.815 Requirements for endorsement on diploma indicating successful completion of program. (NRS 388.360, 388.380)
1. To qualify for an endorsement on a high school diploma indicating that a pupil has successfully completed a program of career and technical education, the pupil must:
(a) Satisfactorily complete a sequence, or combination of sequences, of courses leading to a terminal course prescribed by the school district or charter school in which the pupil is enrolled for the career and technical area selected.
(b) Satisfy the state academic requirements governing receipt of a standard high school diploma and the statutes and regulations governing the receipt of a standard high school diploma, including, without limitation, passage of the high school proficiency examination.
2. The sequence and terminal courses required pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 1 must be approved by the Department of Education. A sequence must be a minimum of two credits.
3. The endorsement must be printed on the front of the high school diploma in a format prescribed by the local school district.
(Added to NAC by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, eff. 2-23-2006)
VETERANS
NAC 389.850 Issuance of standard high school diploma to certain veterans who left high school to serve in Armed Forces. (NRS 385.080, 389.810)
1. To receive a standard high school diploma in accordance with the provisions of NRS 389.810, a veteran who satisfies the qualifications set forth in that section may submit to the Office of Veterans’ Services an application on a form prescribed for this purpose by the State Board of Education. If such a qualified veteran is deceased or mentally or physically unable, a family member or guardian of the veteran may submit an application on behalf of the veteran. Each such application must be accompanied by a copy of the certificate of honorable discharge issued to the veteran or a certified copy of the form DD214 issued to the veteran.
2. If a veteran submits an application pursuant to subsection 1 and the veteran:
(a) Attended a secondary school in this State before he left to serve in the Armed Forces of the United States, the application must list the name and location of the Nevada secondary school the veteran attended; or
(b) Is a current resident of this State but did not attend a secondary school in this State, the application must be accompanied by an affidavit:
(1) Affirming that the veteran attended a secondary school before he left to serve in the Armed Forces of the United States; and
(2) Listing the name and location of that secondary school.
3. If a family member or guardian of a veteran submits an application pursuant to subsection 1, the application must be accompanied by an affidavit affirming to the best of his knowledge that the veteran:
(a) Attended a secondary school in this State before he left to serve in the Armed Forces of the United States and listing the name and location of that Nevada secondary school; or
(b) Was a resident of this State at the time of his death or incapacitation and left a secondary school to serve in the Armed Forces of the United States, including the name and location of that secondary school.
4. Upon determination that an application is complete and is accompanied by the material required by subsection 1 and subsection 2 or 3, as applicable, the Office of Veterans’ Services will forward the application to the appropriate school district on the veteran’s behalf.
5. Upon receipt of an application approved pursuant to subsection 4, a school district may issue a standard high school diploma to the veteran. Such a diploma may be presented to the veteran, or the family member or guardian of the veteran, as applicable:
(a) During a graduation ceremony regularly conducted in that school district;
(b) During a special ceremony conducted in that school district for veterans; or
(c) By mailing the diploma to the veteran, or his family member or guardian, as applicable.
(Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R098-03, eff. 1-27-2004)